DCS-Mirror
/
Door43-Catalog_en_tn
mirror of https://git.door43.org/Door43-Catalog/en_tn
2
0
Fork 0
Files Issues Releases Wiki Activity See in Reader

removed leading zeros (#2064) 

removed leading zeros in the headers of the TN chapter intros

Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/2064
Co-authored-by: Grant_Ailie <grant_ailie@noreply.door43.org>
Co-committed-by: Grant_Ailie <grant_ailie@noreply.door43.org>
This commit is contained in:
Grant_Ailie 2021-09-16 20:04:28 +00:00
parent 30f2d9faaa
commit d46880cebb
35 changed files with 272 additions and 272 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

18
en_tn_03-LEV.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

18
en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
NUM front intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Numbers<br><br>1. Preparing to leave Sinai (1:1–10:10)<br>- Counting and assembling the tribes (1:1–4:49)<br>- Regulations (5:1–6:27)<br>- Dedicating the altar (7:1-89)<br>- Setting up the lampstand (8:1-4)<br>- Setting apart the Levites (8:5–29)<br>- Second Passover; the cloud to lead them; trumpets (9:1–10:10)<br>1. Sinai to Moab, through the wilderness (10:11–17:13)<br>- Complaining and murmuring (10:11–11:15)<br>- The quails (11:16–35)<br>- Miriam’s leprosy (12:1–16)<br>- The spies selected and sent (13:1–14:45)<br>- Commands (15:1-41)<br>- Korah’s rebellion (16:1–17:13)<br>1. The Priests and purifying (18:1-19:22)<br>- Priests and Levites (18:1–32)<br>- The law about purifying (19:1–22)<br>1. Conflicts (20:1–21:35)<br>- Miriam’s death (20:1–13)<br>- Edom’s refusal and Aaron’s death (20:14–29)<br>- Journey to Moab (21:1–35)<br>1. The Plains of Moab (22:1–36:13)<br>- Balaam (22:1–24:25)<br>- Baal Peor (25:1–18)<br>- The second counting (26:1-65)<br>- Inheritance rights for daughters (27:1–11)<br>- Joshua succeeds Moses (27:12–23)<br>- Offerings and women’s vows (28:1–30:16)<br>- Midianite war (31:1–54)<br>- Across the Jordan (32:1–42)<br>- The people set up camp (33:1–56)<br>- Land west of the Jordan; cities for Levites and cities of refuge (34:1–35:34)<br>- Female heirs marry (36:1-13)<br><br>### What is the Book of Numbers about?<br><br>The Book of Numbers tells about the people of Israel as they traveled from Mount Sinai in the wilderness to the Jordan River. While traveling, the Israelites became discouraged. So they rebelled against the leaders whom God had given them. At the Jordan River, the people of Israel refused to enter the Promised Land. Because the Israelites were afraid and did not trust God, he delayed their entry into the Promised Land for forty years (13:1–14:45). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The title of this book, “Numbers,” refers to when the number of the Israelites was counted. The people of the project language may already be familiar with the name “Numbers” from other Bible versions. If not, the translator could consider a clearer name for the book, such as “The Counting of the People of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/census]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Numbers?<br><br>The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Numbers. However, at a later time, scribes and priests probably put the book into its present form. They may have included text from other sources. One such source was “the scroll of the Wars of Yahweh” (21:14).<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How does Numbers present the idea of the whole community being responsible when only a few people sinned?<br><br>The people understood and assumed that God would punish the whole community of Israel if some of the people rebelled against him. God did often punish the entire nation when some of them sinned. All of the people in the ancient Near East would have understood and expected this. However, Moses and Aaron prayed for God to punish only those who were guilty.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why does Moses speak using third person pronouns about himself?<br><br>When an author wrote about something he was involved in, it was common for him to use the pronoun “he” instead of “I,” or “they” instead of “we.” The translator may decide to use the project’s normal pronouns instead.
NUM 1 intro av14 0 # Numbers 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 1:5-15 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.<br><br>### Census<br><br>They counted how many men of military age were in each tribe of Israel. These men would also become the heads of families. It is possible the numbers in this chapter are rounded to the nearest 100.
NUM 1 intro av14 0 # Numbers 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 1:5-15 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.<br><br>### Census<br><br>They counted how many men of military age were in each tribe of Israel. These men would also become the heads of families. It is possible the numbers in this chapter are rounded to the nearest 100.
NUM 1 1 fr2s 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
NUM 1 1 u2p1 translate-hebrewmonths 0 the first day of the second month This is the second month of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 1 1 ava2 translate-ordinal 0 the second year “year 2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ NUM 1 52 qn3w 0 his armed group “his military division”
NUM 1 53 yl7f 0 the tabernacle of the covenant decrees The tabernacle was also called by this longer name because the ark with the law of God was placed inside it. See how you translated this in [Numbers 1:50](../01/50.md).
NUM 1 53 j1iz figs-metaphor 0 so that my anger does not come upon the people of Israel Here Yahweh speaks of not punishing the Israelites as his anger not coming upon them. The phrase “come upon” refers to his anger being applied to them. Alternate translation: “so that in my anger I do not punish the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 1 54 k71a figs-explicit 0 Yahweh commanded through Moses Yahweh had commanded Moses everything that the Israelites were to do, and then Moses had commanded the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 2 intro wn6c 0 # Numbers 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Camping<br><br>Moses told each tribe where to camp. They were each given a specific area in which to stay.
NUM 2 intro wn6c 0 # Numbers 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Camping<br><br>Moses told each tribe where to camp. They were each given a specific area in which to stay.
NUM 2 2 q34t 0 around his standard The “standards” were four larger groups that the tribes were divided into. Each standard was commanded to camp together. The standards was represented by a banner.
NUM 2 2 mdj9 0 with the banners of their fathers’ houses Each extended family also had a banner under with the camp, which was within the area designated for their standard.
NUM 2 2 p14g 0 banners A banner is a large flag.
@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ NUM 2 32 ifg9 figs-activepassive 0 All those counted This can be stated in acti
NUM 2 32 zjs1 0 by their divisions Here “their” refers to the people of Israel.
NUM 2 32 a1g3 translate-numbers 0 are 603,550 “are six hundred and three thousand five hundred and fifty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 2 34 rc4w figs-explicit 0 They went out from the camp This refers to when they would travel to another place. Alternate translation: “When they traveled, they went out from the camp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 3 intro d7r1 0 # Numbers 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### The tribe of Levi<br><br>The Levites were given a special function in Israel. They belonged to or were specially dedicated to serve Yahweh. They were to be priests and because of this were held to a higher standard than the rest of Israel. Only one of Aaron’s sons survived because the others offered improper sacrifices. This tribe had a lot of responsibility during this time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
NUM 3 intro d7r1 0 # Numbers 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### The tribe of Levi<br><br>The Levites were given a special function in Israel. They belonged to or were specially dedicated to serve Yahweh. They were to be priests and because of this were held to a higher standard than the rest of Israel. Only one of Aaron’s sons survived because the others offered improper sacrifices. This tribe had a lot of responsibility during this time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
NUM 3 1 h3ge 0 Now Here the author uses the word “now” to shift to telling a new historical account.
NUM 3 2 r7t6 0 Nadab the firstborn “Nadab, who was the firstborn”
NUM 3 2 tl67 translate-names 0 Nadab … Abihu … Ithamar These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ NUM 3 51 u72d 0 the redemption money This refers to the money that Moses colle
NUM 3 51 pt1a 0 to his sons Here “his” refers to Aaron
NUM 3 51 gh9t figs-parallelism 0 he was told to do by Yahweh’s word, as Yahweh had commanded him These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 3 51 bj75 figs-activepassive 0 he was told to do by Yahweh’s word Here “Yahweh’s word” refers to Yahweh who spoke to Moses. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh had told him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 4 intro c4x5 0 # Numbers 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Counting the Levites by clans<br><br>Moses gave special instructions for each of the families of the tribes of Levi. Each family was given a special role in the ministry of the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
NUM 4 intro c4x5 0 # Numbers 4 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Counting the Levites by clans<br><br>Moses gave special instructions for each of the families of the tribes of Levi. Each family was given a special role in the ministry of the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
NUM 4 2 png1 0 Kohath See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 3:17](../03/17.md).
NUM 4 3 j52n translate-numbers 0 thirty to fifty years old “30 to 50 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 4 3 xcf4 0 join the company The word “company” refers to the rest of the people working in the tent of meeting.
@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ NUM 4 49 v91x 0 keeping count of each by the type … He counted each man by t
NUM 4 49 hpb1 figs-activepassive 0 by the type of work he was assigned to do This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “by his type of work assignment” or “by the type of work he had assigned each man to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 4 49 kdw6 0 he would bear “he would have”
NUM 4 49 q8p8 0 they obeyed what Yahweh had commanded them Here “they” and “them” refer to Moses and Aaron.
NUM 5 intro q2wy 0 # Numbers 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s camp<br><br>Israel’s entire camp was to be a “clean” place. This meant that people who could not be made acceptable to God were not allowed inside the camp. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br><br>### Vengeance<br>There are several laws in this chapter regarding restitution. These laws were meant to limit the ways in which people who had been wronged could seek to be compensated. These laws were intended to make it difficult for such people to avenge a wrong when they were angry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]])
NUM 5 intro q2wy 0 # Numbers 5 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s camp<br><br>Israel’s entire camp was to be a “clean” place. This meant that people who could not be made acceptable to God were not allowed inside the camp. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br><br>### Vengeance<br>There are several laws in this chapter regarding restitution. These laws were meant to limit the ways in which people who had been wronged could seek to be compensated. These laws were intended to make it difficult for such people to avenge a wrong when they were angry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]])
NUM 5 2 w9tt 0 infectious skin disease This refers to leprosy, which is a sickness that affects the skin and easily spreads to other people.
NUM 5 2 zu9x 0 oozing sore This refers to an open cut that is leaking fluids.
NUM 5 2 mu8x figs-metaphor 0 whoever is unclean through touching a dead body If a person touched a dead body they were considered unclean. A person who is not acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ NUM 5 30 lwf7 0 before Yahweh “in the presence of Yahweh”
NUM 5 31 xzp4 0 Connecting Statement: Moses continues to describe what the people are to do if the hypothetical situation he began describing in [Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md) ever happens.
NUM 5 31 by7a 0 will be free from guilt for bringing his wife to the priest “will not be guilty of doing something wrong by bringing his wife to the priest”
NUM 5 31 jq87 0 must bear “must endure”
NUM 6 intro v9bp 0 # Numbers 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Nazirite vow<br>The Nazirite vow was a special type of vow between a person and Yahweh. This chapter gives the rules for people to be consecrated to God as Nazirites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]])
NUM 6 intro v9bp 0 # Numbers 6 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Nazirite vow<br>The Nazirite vow was a special type of vow between a person and Yahweh. This chapter gives the rules for people to be consecrated to God as Nazirites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]])
NUM 6 2 fuw1 figs-idiom 0 separates himself “To separate yourself to someone” means to “dedicate yourself” to that person. Alternate translation: “dedicates himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 6 3 vl9v figs-idiom 0 he must keep himself from This idiom means that he must not eat or drink them. Alternate translation: “he must not consume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 6 3 guv7 figs-activepassive 0 vinegar made from wine This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “vinegar that people make from wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ NUM 6 25 f8fh figs-you 0 on you … to you Here “you” is singular. (See: [[
NUM 6 26 x48t figs-idiom 0 look on you with favor Here the phrase “look on” means to show a certain attitude towards that person. Alternate translation: “show you favor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 6 26 jh4e figs-you 0 on you … give you Here “you” is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
NUM 6 27 y2cb figs-metaphor 0 they must give my name Here Yahweh speaks about claiming the Israelites as his own by saying that he is giving them “his name.” Alternate translation: “they must let the people of Israel know that they are mine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 7 intro tjd7 0 # Numbers 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Consecrating the altar<br><br>When the tabernacle was completed, they consecrated the altar. Each tribe brought an offering to consecrate the altar. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]])
NUM 7 intro tjd7 0 # Numbers 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Consecrating the altar<br><br>When the tabernacle was completed, they consecrated the altar. Each tribe brought an offering to consecrate the altar. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]])
NUM 7 1 pvb3 0 Moses completed the tabernacle “Moses finished setting up the tabernacle”
NUM 7 2 uj4z figs-parallelism 0 the leaders of Israel … the heads of their ancestor’s families These two phrases describe the same group of people two different ways. Alternate translation: “the leaders of Israel who are also the heads of their ancestors families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 7 2 p163 figs-metonymy 0 the heads of their ancestor’s families Here the leaders of the families are referred to as “heads.” Alternate translation: “the leaders of their ancestor’s families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ NUM 7 89 y6f1 figs-synecdoche 0 he heard his voice speaking to him Here “his
NUM 7 89 jpx6 figs-parallelism 0 from above the atonement lid … from between the two cherubim These two phrases describe the same location. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 7 89 e4hs 0 ark of the testimony See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 4:5](../04/05.md).
NUM 7 89 cu31 0 He spoke to him “Yahweh spoke to Moses”
NUM 8 intro v1ax 0 # Numbers 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The consecration of the tabernacle continues in this chapter. The people obeyed Yahweh’s exact instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
NUM 8 intro v1ax 0 # Numbers 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The consecration of the tabernacle continues in this chapter. The people obeyed Yahweh’s exact instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
NUM 8 2 v3fv 0 must give light in front “must shine towards the front”
NUM 8 3 u9fj 0 to give light “to shine”
NUM 8 4 vx9c figs-activepassive 0 The lampstand was made This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They had made the lampstand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ NUM 8 24 ygl7 0 All of this is for the Levites “All of these commandments ar
NUM 8 24 q65x translate-numbers 0 twenty-five years old “25 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 8 24 l8m6 0 must join the company to serve in the tent of meeting The word “company” refers to the rest of the people working in the tent of meeting. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 4:3](../04/03.md).
NUM 8 25 hw8k translate-numbers 0 at the age of fifty years “at 50 years old” or “when they become 50 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 9 intro p8ra 0 # Numbers 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>==Passover ==<br><br>This chapter records the celebration of the Passover for the first time since it began. The people kept the Passover as directed by the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])
NUM 9 intro p8ra 0 # Numbers 9 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>==Passover ==<br><br>This chapter records the celebration of the Passover for the first time since it began. The people kept the Passover as directed by the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])
NUM 9 1 zi29 translate-ordinal 0 in the first month of the second year after they came out from the land of Egypt This means that they had come out of Egypt a year earlier. They were beginning their second year in the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 9 1 w91f translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the first month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. It marks when God brought the people of Israel out of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 9 1 ku29 figs-idiom 0 after they came out from the land of Egypt Here “they” refers to the people of Israel. The phrase “came out” means to leave. Alternate translation: “after they left the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 NUM front intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Numbers<br><br>1. Preparing to leave Sinai (1:1–10:10)<br>- Counting and assembling the tribes (1:1–4:49)<br>- Regulations (5:1–6:27)<br>- Dedicating the altar (7:1-89)<br>- Setting up the lampstand (8:1-4)<br>- Setting apart the Levites (8:5–29)<br>- Second Passover; the cloud to lead them; trumpets (9:1–10:10)<br>1. Sinai to Moab, through the wilderness (10:11–17:13)<br>- Complaining and murmuring (10:11–11:15)<br>- The quails (11:16–35)<br>- Miriam’s leprosy (12:1–16)<br>- The spies selected and sent (13:1–14:45)<br>- Commands (15:1-41)<br>- Korah’s rebellion (16:1–17:13)<br>1. The Priests and purifying (18:1-19:22)<br>- Priests and Levites (18:1–32)<br>- The law about purifying (19:1–22)<br>1. Conflicts (20:1–21:35)<br>- Miriam’s death (20:1–13)<br>- Edom’s refusal and Aaron’s death (20:14–29)<br>- Journey to Moab (21:1–35)<br>1. The Plains of Moab (22:1–36:13)<br>- Balaam (22:1–24:25)<br>- Baal Peor (25:1–18)<br>- The second counting (26:1-65)<br>- Inheritance rights for daughters (27:1–11)<br>- Joshua succeeds Moses (27:12–23)<br>- Offerings and women’s vows (28:1–30:16)<br>- Midianite war (31:1–54)<br>- Across the Jordan (32:1–42)<br>- The people set up camp (33:1–56)<br>- Land west of the Jordan; cities for Levites and cities of refuge (34:1–35:34)<br>- Female heirs marry (36:1-13)<br><br>### What is the Book of Numbers about?<br><br>The Book of Numbers tells about the people of Israel as they traveled from Mount Sinai in the wilderness to the Jordan River. While traveling, the Israelites became discouraged. So they rebelled against the leaders whom God had given them. At the Jordan River, the people of Israel refused to enter the Promised Land. Because the Israelites were afraid and did not trust God, he delayed their entry into the Promised Land for forty years (13:1–14:45). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The title of this book, “Numbers,” refers to when the number of the Israelites was counted. The people of the project language may already be familiar with the name “Numbers” from other Bible versions. If not, the translator could consider a clearer name for the book, such as “The Counting of the People of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/census]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Numbers?<br><br>The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Numbers. However, at a later time, scribes and priests probably put the book into its present form. They may have included text from other sources. One such source was “the scroll of the Wars of Yahweh” (21:14).<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How does Numbers present the idea of the whole community being responsible when only a few people sinned?<br><br>The people understood and assumed that God would punish the whole community of Israel if some of the people rebelled against him. God did often punish the entire nation when some of them sinned. All of the people in the ancient Near East would have understood and expected this. However, Moses and Aaron prayed for God to punish only those who were guilty.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why does Moses speak using third person pronouns about himself?<br><br>When an author wrote about something he was involved in, it was common for him to use the pronoun “he” instead of “I,” or “they” instead of “we.” The translator may decide to use the project’s normal pronouns instead.
3 NUM 1 intro av14 0 # Numbers 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 1:5-15 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.<br><br>### Census<br><br>They counted how many men of military age were in each tribe of Israel. These men would also become the heads of families. It is possible the numbers in this chapter are rounded to the nearest 100. # Numbers 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 1:5-15 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.<br><br>### Census<br><br>They counted how many men of military age were in each tribe of Israel. These men would also become the heads of families. It is possible the numbers in this chapter are rounded to the nearest 100.
4 NUM 1 1 fr2s 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
5 NUM 1 1 u2p1 translate-hebrewmonths 0 the first day of the second month This is the second month of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
6 NUM 1 1 ava2 translate-ordinal 0 the second year “year 2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
61 NUM 1 53 yl7f 0 the tabernacle of the covenant decrees The tabernacle was also called by this longer name because the ark with the law of God was placed inside it. See how you translated this in [Numbers 1:50](../01/50.md).
62 NUM 1 53 j1iz figs-metaphor 0 so that my anger does not come upon the people of Israel Here Yahweh speaks of not punishing the Israelites as his anger not coming upon them. The phrase “come upon” refers to his anger being applied to them. Alternate translation: “so that in my anger I do not punish the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
63 NUM 1 54 k71a figs-explicit 0 Yahweh commanded through Moses Yahweh had commanded Moses everything that the Israelites were to do, and then Moses had commanded the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
64 NUM 2 intro wn6c 0 # Numbers 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Camping<br><br>Moses told each tribe where to camp. They were each given a specific area in which to stay. # Numbers 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Camping<br><br>Moses told each tribe where to camp. They were each given a specific area in which to stay.
65 NUM 2 2 q34t 0 around his standard The “standards” were four larger groups that the tribes were divided into. Each standard was commanded to camp together. The standards was represented by a banner.
66 NUM 2 2 mdj9 0 with the banners of their fathers’ houses Each extended family also had a banner under with the camp, which was within the area designated for their standard.
67 NUM 2 2 p14g 0 banners A banner is a large flag.
121 NUM 2 32 zjs1 0 by their divisions Here “their” refers to the people of Israel.
122 NUM 2 32 a1g3 translate-numbers 0 are 603,550 “are six hundred and three thousand five hundred and fifty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
123 NUM 2 34 rc4w figs-explicit 0 They went out from the camp This refers to when they would travel to another place. Alternate translation: “When they traveled, they went out from the camp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
124 NUM 3 intro d7r1 0 # Numbers 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### The tribe of Levi<br><br>The Levites were given a special function in Israel. They belonged to or were specially dedicated to serve Yahweh. They were to be priests and because of this were held to a higher standard than the rest of Israel. Only one of Aaron’s sons survived because the others offered improper sacrifices. This tribe had a lot of responsibility during this time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) # Numbers 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### The tribe of Levi<br><br>The Levites were given a special function in Israel. They belonged to or were specially dedicated to serve Yahweh. They were to be priests and because of this were held to a higher standard than the rest of Israel. Only one of Aaron’s sons survived because the others offered improper sacrifices. This tribe had a lot of responsibility during this time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
125 NUM 3 1 h3ge 0 Now Here the author uses the word “now” to shift to telling a new historical account.
126 NUM 3 2 r7t6 0 Nadab the firstborn “Nadab, who was the firstborn”
127 NUM 3 2 tl67 translate-names 0 Nadab … Abihu … Ithamar These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
191 NUM 3 51 pt1a 0 to his sons Here “his” refers to Aaron
192 NUM 3 51 gh9t figs-parallelism 0 he was told to do by Yahweh’s word, as Yahweh had commanded him These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
193 NUM 3 51 bj75 figs-activepassive 0 he was told to do by Yahweh’s word Here “Yahweh’s word” refers to Yahweh who spoke to Moses. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh had told him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
194 NUM 4 intro c4x5 0 # Numbers 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Counting the Levites by clans<br><br>Moses gave special instructions for each of the families of the tribes of Levi. Each family was given a special role in the ministry of the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]]) # Numbers 4 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Counting the Levites by clans<br><br>Moses gave special instructions for each of the families of the tribes of Levi. Each family was given a special role in the ministry of the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
195 NUM 4 2 png1 0 Kohath See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 3:17](../03/17.md).
196 NUM 4 3 j52n translate-numbers 0 thirty to fifty years old “30 to 50 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
197 NUM 4 3 xcf4 0 join the company The word “company” refers to the rest of the people working in the tent of meeting.
276 NUM 4 49 hpb1 figs-activepassive 0 by the type of work he was assigned to do This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “by his type of work assignment” or “by the type of work he had assigned each man to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
277 NUM 4 49 kdw6 0 he would bear “he would have”
278 NUM 4 49 q8p8 0 they obeyed what Yahweh had commanded them Here “they” and “them” refer to Moses and Aaron.
279 NUM 5 intro q2wy 0 # Numbers 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s camp<br><br>Israel’s entire camp was to be a “clean” place. This meant that people who could not be made acceptable to God were not allowed inside the camp. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br><br>### Vengeance<br>There are several laws in this chapter regarding restitution. These laws were meant to limit the ways in which people who had been wronged could seek to be compensated. These laws were intended to make it difficult for such people to avenge a wrong when they were angry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]]) # Numbers 5 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s camp<br><br>Israel’s entire camp was to be a “clean” place. This meant that people who could not be made acceptable to God were not allowed inside the camp. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br><br>### Vengeance<br>There are several laws in this chapter regarding restitution. These laws were meant to limit the ways in which people who had been wronged could seek to be compensated. These laws were intended to make it difficult for such people to avenge a wrong when they were angry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]])
280 NUM 5 2 w9tt 0 infectious skin disease This refers to leprosy, which is a sickness that affects the skin and easily spreads to other people.
281 NUM 5 2 zu9x 0 oozing sore This refers to an open cut that is leaking fluids.
282 NUM 5 2 mu8x figs-metaphor 0 whoever is unclean through touching a dead body If a person touched a dead body they were considered unclean. A person who is not acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
351 NUM 5 31 xzp4 0 Connecting Statement: Moses continues to describe what the people are to do if the hypothetical situation he began describing in [Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md) ever happens.
352 NUM 5 31 by7a 0 will be free from guilt for bringing his wife to the priest “will not be guilty of doing something wrong by bringing his wife to the priest”
353 NUM 5 31 jq87 0 must bear “must endure”
354 NUM 6 intro v9bp 0 # Numbers 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Nazirite vow<br>The Nazirite vow was a special type of vow between a person and Yahweh. This chapter gives the rules for people to be consecrated to God as Nazirites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]]) # Numbers 6 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Nazirite vow<br>The Nazirite vow was a special type of vow between a person and Yahweh. This chapter gives the rules for people to be consecrated to God as Nazirites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]])
355 NUM 6 2 fuw1 figs-idiom 0 separates himself “To separate yourself to someone” means to “dedicate yourself” to that person. Alternate translation: “dedicates himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
356 NUM 6 3 vl9v figs-idiom 0 he must keep himself from This idiom means that he must not eat or drink them. Alternate translation: “he must not consume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
357 NUM 6 3 guv7 figs-activepassive 0 vinegar made from wine This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “vinegar that people make from wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
412 NUM 6 26 x48t figs-idiom 0 look on you with favor Here the phrase “look on” means to show a certain attitude towards that person. Alternate translation: “show you favor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
413 NUM 6 26 jh4e figs-you 0 on you … give you Here “you” is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
414 NUM 6 27 y2cb figs-metaphor 0 they must give my name Here Yahweh speaks about claiming the Israelites as his own by saying that he is giving them “his name.” Alternate translation: “they must let the people of Israel know that they are mine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
415 NUM 7 intro tjd7 0 # Numbers 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Consecrating the altar<br><br>When the tabernacle was completed, they consecrated the altar. Each tribe brought an offering to consecrate the altar. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]]) # Numbers 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Consecrating the altar<br><br>When the tabernacle was completed, they consecrated the altar. Each tribe brought an offering to consecrate the altar. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]])
416 NUM 7 1 pvb3 0 Moses completed the tabernacle “Moses finished setting up the tabernacle”
417 NUM 7 2 uj4z figs-parallelism 0 the leaders of Israel … the heads of their ancestor’s families These two phrases describe the same group of people two different ways. Alternate translation: “the leaders of Israel who are also the heads of their ancestors families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
418 NUM 7 2 p163 figs-metonymy 0 the heads of their ancestor’s families Here the leaders of the families are referred to as “heads.” Alternate translation: “the leaders of their ancestor’s families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
571 NUM 7 89 jpx6 figs-parallelism 0 from above the atonement lid … from between the two cherubim These two phrases describe the same location. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
572 NUM 7 89 e4hs 0 ark of the testimony See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 4:5](../04/05.md).
573 NUM 7 89 cu31 0 He spoke to him “Yahweh spoke to Moses”
574 NUM 8 intro v1ax 0 # Numbers 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The consecration of the tabernacle continues in this chapter. The people obeyed Yahweh’s exact instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]]) # Numbers 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The consecration of the tabernacle continues in this chapter. The people obeyed Yahweh’s exact instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
575 NUM 8 2 v3fv 0 must give light in front “must shine towards the front”
576 NUM 8 3 u9fj 0 to give light “to shine”
577 NUM 8 4 vx9c figs-activepassive 0 The lampstand was made This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They had made the lampstand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
606 NUM 8 24 q65x translate-numbers 0 twenty-five years old “25 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
607 NUM 8 24 l8m6 0 must join the company to serve in the tent of meeting The word “company” refers to the rest of the people working in the tent of meeting. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 4:3](../04/03.md).
608 NUM 8 25 hw8k translate-numbers 0 at the age of fifty years “at 50 years old” or “when they become 50 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
609 NUM 9 intro p8ra 0 # Numbers 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>==Passover ==<br><br>This chapter records the celebration of the Passover for the first time since it began. The people kept the Passover as directed by the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]]) # Numbers 9 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>==Passover ==<br><br>This chapter records the celebration of the Passover for the first time since it began. The people kept the Passover as directed by the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])
610 NUM 9 1 zi29 translate-ordinal 0 in the first month of the second year after they came out from the land of Egypt This means that they had come out of Egypt a year earlier. They were beginning their second year in the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
611 NUM 9 1 w91f translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the first month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. It marks when God brought the people of Israel out of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
612 NUM 9 1 ku29 figs-idiom 0 after they came out from the land of Egypt Here “they” refers to the people of Israel. The phrase “came out” means to leave. Alternate translation: “after they left the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

18
en_tn_05-DEU.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
DEU front intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Deuteronomy<br><br>1. Moses reminds Israel of how Yahweh guided them through the wilderness (1:1–3:29)<br>1. Moses appeals for Israel to obey the law of Yahweh (4:1–43)<br>1. The Ten Commandments (5:1–10:22)<br>1. Rules and warnings from the Law (11:1–26:19)<br>1. Instructions for entering Canaan (27:1–26)<br>1. Blessings for obeying and curses for disobeying (28:1-68)<br>1. The covenant renewed (29:1-30:20)<br>1. Last words of Moses, the Song of Moses, and his death (31:1–34:12)<br><br><br>### What is the Book of Deuteronomy about?<br><br>In the book of Deuteronomy, Moses repeats the laws of the covenant that God made with the people of Israel. The people of Israel were about to go into the Promised Land. Before they entered the land, Moses reminded them of what Yahweh did for them and what he expected from them. Moses warned the people about worshipping idols and no longer trusting Yahweh once they settled in the Promised Land. Yahweh promised to judge those who disobey him and to bless those who obey his Law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The name “Deuteronomy” means “Second Law” or “the retelling of the Law.” Translators may decide on a title such as, “A Repeat of the Law” or “Moses Explains the Law Again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Deuteronomy?<br><br>The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Deuteronomy. However, many scholars think that Joshua wrote chapter 34. This chapter tells how Moses died.<br><br>### What are the important features of the Book of Deuteronomy?<br><br>The book contains a series of speeches that Moses gave to Israel before he died. He spoke these things just before the people entered the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did Yahweh command the Israelites to completely destroy the people who lived in the Promised Land?<br><br>As God prepared the Israelites to enter the Promised Land, he commanded them to completely destroy the Canaanite people who lived there. The Israelites would then not be tempted to join them and worship their false gods.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the role of God’s name in Deuteronomy?<br><br>God’s name is mentioned over thirty times in the book of Deuteronomy. The use of God’s name in this book usually represents God’s honor or fame. At other times in Deuteronomy, God’s name represents his presence. God said he would choose a place and make his name dwell there. This means God’s presence would be there. The people were to go to that place to worship him.<br><br>### Can this book be translated before the rest of the Pentateuch?<br><br>The Books of Genesis and Exodus help to explain what happens in Deuteronomy. For this reason, those books should be translated before the Book of Deuteronomy.
DEU 1 intro ggp9 0 # Deuteronomy 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter forms a continuation with the last chapter of the book of Numbers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s victory<br>The chapter explains that Israel’s conquering of the Promised Land will be done by Yahweh. They are not to fear the people of Canaan but be obedient to Yahweh. Yahweh is bringing about his judgement upon the people of Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>### Possessing the land<br>While the Promised Land belongs to Israel, they do not possess the land. Possessing the land is an important theme. Posessing the land depended on Israel’s faithfulness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
DEU 1 intro ggp9 0 # Deuteronomy 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter forms a continuation with the last chapter of the book of Numbers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s victory<br>The chapter explains that Israel’s conquering of the Promised Land will be done by Yahweh. They are not to fear the people of Canaan but be obedient to Yahweh. Yahweh is bringing about his judgement upon the people of Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>### Possessing the land<br>While the Promised Land belongs to Israel, they do not possess the land. Possessing the land is an important theme. Posessing the land depended on Israel’s faithfulness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
DEU 1 1 j9ty 0 beyond the Jordan This refers to the land across the Jordan River, to the east of Israel. Moses was east of the Jordan when he spoke to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “east of the Jordan”
DEU 1 1 bg65 translate-names 0 Suph … Paran … Tophel … Laban … Hazeroth … Dizahab These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DEU 1 2 p4gk 0 It is eleven days’ journey from Horeb … to Kadesh Barnea “It takes eleven days to walk from Horeb … to Kadesh Barnea”
@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ DEU 1 44 fn6p translate-names 0 Hormah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc:/
DEU 1 44 xcg6 0 struck you down “killed many of your soldiers”
DEU 1 45 d7e5 0 General Information: Moses continues reminding the people of Israel what the previous generation of Israelites did.
DEU 1 45 yrs7 0 returned and wept “returned to Kadesh and wept”
DEU 2 intro ji46 0 # Deuteronomy 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Covenant faithfulness<br>Yahweh is faithful to the covenant he made with Abraham. He is also faithful to the promises he made with Esau and Lot. Because of this, Israel was given specific land it was able to conquer in Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
DEU 2 intro ji46 0 # Deuteronomy 2 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Covenant faithfulness<br>Yahweh is faithful to the covenant he made with Abraham. He is also faithful to the promises he made with Esau and Lot. Because of this, Israel was given specific land it was able to conquer in Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
DEU 2 1 ys5a 0 General Information: Moses continues reminding the people of Israel what the previous generation of Israelites did.
DEU 2 1 b9af 0 Then we turned and took our journey “Then we turned around and went”
DEU 2 1 yf1v 0 we went around Mount Seir for many days This could mean: (1) the Israelites traveled around the mountain called Seir for a very long time or (2) the Israelites wandered in a region called Mount Seir for a very long time.
@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ DEU 2 36 pd7q translate-names 0 Valley of the Arnon “Arnon” is the name of
DEU 2 36 snr1 figs-litotes 0 there was not a city too high for us This negative statement is used to emphasize their success in battle. This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “we were able to defeat the people of every city even if the city had high walls around it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
DEU 2 37 v1z7 figs-you 0 you did not go Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so “you” is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 2 37 vt6d translate-names 0 Jabbok River This is the name of a river that created the border between Sihon’s land and the land of the Ammonites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DEU 3 intro z1ea 0 # Deuteronomy 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Victories<br>The victories recorded in this chapter occurred on the east side of the Jordan River. This was not part of the Promised Land, which was on the west side of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
DEU 3 intro z1ea 0 # Deuteronomy 3 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Victories<br>The victories recorded in this chapter occurred on the east side of the Jordan River. This was not part of the Promised Land, which was on the west side of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
DEU 3 1 b1tm 0 General Information: Moses continues reminding the people of Israel of what happened in the past.
DEU 3 1 z2w7 translate-names 0 Og This is the name of a king. See how you translated it in [Deuteronomy 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DEU 3 1 v626 translate-names 0 Edrei This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [Deuteronomy 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ DEU 3 27 qm9b 0 Pisgah See how you translated this is in [Deuteronomy 3:17](..
DEU 3 27 a7ag figs-idiom 0 lift up your eyes The words “lift up your eyes” are an idiom that means look. Alternate translation: “look” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DEU 3 28 x7d3 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
DEU 3 29 dut2 translate-names 0 Beth Peor This is the name of a town in Moab near Mount Pisgah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DEU 4 intro d8g8 0 # Deuteronomy 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Law of Moses<br>In order to possess the land, the people needed to obey the law of Moses. This will be the most important thing in the religious life of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Moses’ instructions<br>Moses is not allowed to enter into the Promised Land. Since they are getting ready to possess the Promised Land, Moses gives them some last instructions before his death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>Moses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince his readers to obey his instructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
DEU 4 intro d8g8 0 # Deuteronomy 4 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Law of Moses<br>In order to possess the land, the people needed to obey the law of Moses. This will be the most important thing in the religious life of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Moses’ instructions<br>Moses is not allowed to enter into the Promised Land. Since they are getting ready to possess the Promised Land, Moses gives them some last instructions before his death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>Moses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince his readers to obey his instructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
DEU 4 1 m1n5 0 I am about to teach you Moses is telling the people of Israel what God wants them to do.
DEU 4 1 zdp5 0 to do them “and obey them”
DEU 4 2 ft3x 0 You will not add to the words … neither will you diminish them Yahweh does not want his people to create new laws, or to ignore those he has already given them.
@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ DEU 4 48 n3ct 0 the Valley of the Arnon This is the name of a place. See how y
DEU 4 48 vyn6 0 Mount Siyon … Mount Hermon These are different names for the same mountain. The word “Sion” is another spelling of “Sirion” ([Deuteronomy 3:9](../03/09.md)). See how you translated “Mount Hermon” in [Deuteronomy 3:8](../03/08.md).
DEU 4 49 axk1 0 eastward beyond the Jordan This refers to the land across the Jordan River, to the east of Israel. Moses was east of the Jordan when he said this. Alternate translation: “eastward from the side of the Jordan River”
DEU 4 49 x6zf 0 Sea of the Arabah … Mount Pisgah See how you translated these names in [Deuteronomy 3:17](../03/17.md).
DEU 5 intro xsp1 0 # Deuteronomy 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each of the commandements in the list of Ten Commandments in 5:7-21 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT uses a separate paragraph for each commandment.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ten commandments<br>This chapter repeats the material of Exodus 20. It is known as the Ten Commandments.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors and idioms<br>Moses uses metaphors and idioms to instruct the people to follow the law of Moses. This is because it is very important to follow these laws. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DEU 5 intro xsp1 0 # Deuteronomy 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each of the commandements in the list of Ten Commandments in 5:7-21 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT uses a separate paragraph for each commandment.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ten commandments<br>This chapter repeats the material of Exodus 20. It is known as the Ten Commandments.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors and idioms<br>Moses uses metaphors and idioms to instruct the people to follow the law of Moses. This is because it is very important to follow these laws. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DEU 5 1 d5qb 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the people of Israel.
DEU 5 1 vj47 figs-hyperbole 0 called to all Israel Here “all” is a generalization. Moses wanted everyone in Israel to hear and obey his words, but his voice was probably not so loud that everyone actually heard him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
DEU 5 1 rwb1 figs-synecdoche 0 that I will speak in your ears today Here “ears” refers to the whole person. This metaphor emphasizes that the people know what Moses has said to them, so they cannot sin and then say they did not know they were sinning. Alternate translation: “that I will speak to you today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ DEU 5 32 kyg9 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the people of
DEU 5 32 weq5 0 You will keep Moses is giving a command to the people of Israel.
DEU 5 32 w87i figs-metaphor 0 you will not turn aside to the right hand or to the left This compares a person disobeying God to a person turning off of the correct path. Alternate translation: “you will not disobey him in any way” or “you will do everything he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DEU 5 33 ype4 figs-metaphor 0 prolong your days Long days are a metaphor for a long life. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 4:40](../04/40.md). Alternate translation: “be able to live a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DEU 6 intro q4y8 0 # Deuteronomy 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s blessings<br>Yahweh’s continued blessing of the people of Israel is dependent upon the people’s obedience to the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>There are many metaphors in this chapter. These metaphors describe the greatness of the Promised Land the wholehearted worship that is completely dedicated to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
DEU 6 intro q4y8 0 # Deuteronomy 6 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s blessings<br>Yahweh’s continued blessing of the people of Israel is dependent upon the people’s obedience to the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>There are many metaphors in this chapter. These metaphors describe the greatness of the Promised Land the wholehearted worship that is completely dedicated to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
DEU 6 1 it53 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues the speech to the people of Israel he began in [Deuteronomy 5:1](../05/01.md). Beginning in verse 2, he speaks to the people of Israel as if they were one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 6 1 z6zb 0 might keep “might obey”
DEU 6 1 ymp9 0 going over the Jordan “going to the other side of the Jordan River”
@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ DEU 6 24 nhg8 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to tell the peopl
DEU 6 24 ye68 0 keep obey at all times and for a long time
DEU 6 25 p4b1 0 before Yahweh “in the presence of Yahweh” or “where Yahweh can see us”
DEU 6 25 bva9 figs-metonymy 0 this will be our righteousness The word “this” refers to keeping Yahweh’s commands. This is a metonym for Yahweh considering them righteous. Alternate translation: “he will consider us righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DEU 7 intro y1wn 0 # Deuteronomy 07 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “You must completely destroy them”<br>The people of Canaan were to be punished by Yahweh. Yahweh used Israel to punish these nations. If they were not completely destroyed, they would lead Israel into sin. Therefore, they were to be completely destroyed and be shown no mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>### Abrahamic Covenant<br>This chapter references parts of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham. It also emphasizes Yahweh’s faithfulness to this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
DEU 7 intro y1wn 0 # Deuteronomy 7 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “You must completely destroy them”<br>The people of Canaan were to be punished by Yahweh. Yahweh used Israel to punish these nations. If they were not completely destroyed, they would lead Israel into sin. Therefore, they were to be completely destroyed and be shown no mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>### Abrahamic Covenant<br>This chapter references parts of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham. It also emphasizes Yahweh’s faithfulness to this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
DEU 7 1 zv16 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to tell the people of Israel Yahweh’s words as if the Israelites are one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 7 2 wdj3 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to tell the people of Israel Yahweh’s words as if the Israelites are one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 7 2 h8dz figs-metaphor 0 gives them over to you Moses speaks of victory as if it were a physical object one person could give to another. Alternate translation: “enables you to defeat them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ DEU 7 25 su6c figs-metaphor 0 you will become trapped by it Even taking the gol
DEU 7 25 z31g 0 for it is an abomination to Yahweh your God These words tell why Yahweh wants the people to burn the idols. “do this because Yahweh your God hates it very much”
DEU 7 26 b8dp figs-doublet 0 You will utterly detest and abhor The words “detest” and “abhor” mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of hatred. Alternate translation: “You will completely hate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DEU 7 26 xs75 figs-metaphor 0 for it is set apart for destruction Yahweh cursing something and promising to destroy it is spoken of as if Yahweh were setting the object apart from everything else. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh has set it apart for destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DEU 8 intro w4zj 0 # Deuteronomy 08 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Forgetting<br>This chapter recalls the great things that Yahweh has done for Israel and is about to do for them. This is so they do not forget him and they will continue to worship him. They must remember that Yahweh is the source of their blessings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
DEU 8 intro w4zj 0 # Deuteronomy 8 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Forgetting<br>This chapter recalls the great things that Yahweh has done for Israel and is about to do for them. This is so they do not forget him and they will continue to worship him. They must remember that Yahweh is the source of their blessings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
DEU 8 1 rbf2 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the Israelites as if they are one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 8 1 zvt4 figs-you 0 You must keep … you may live and multiply, and go in and possess … your fathers All instances of “you” and “your” and the verbs are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 8 2 t2tj figs-idiom 0 You will call to mind This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “You must remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ DEU 8 19 umv6 0 you will surely perish “you will certainly die”
DEU 8 20 d86j figs-you 0 before you … you perish … you would not … your God All these instances of “you” and “your” are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 8 20 a8kh 0 before you “in front of you”
DEU 8 20 l83x figs-metonymy 0 would not listen to the voice of Yahweh Here “the voice of Yahweh” means what Yahweh tells his people to do. Alternate translation: “would not obey Yahweh’s commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DEU 9 intro id6j 0 # Deuteronomy 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s victory<br>This chapter assures the Israelites that it is Yahweh who will empower them to conquer the Promised Land. The Israelites will not be strong enough on their own to conquer these other nations. This victory will be Yahweh’s. The people did not earn this victory, but it is Yahweh’s punishment of these sinful nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Israel’s sin<br>Yahweh is about to punish the Canaanites for their sin. He also reminds Israel of their sin. This serves as a warning to the people of Israel. If they sin again, Yahweh will punish them too.
DEU 9 intro id6j 0 # Deuteronomy 9 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s victory<br>This chapter assures the Israelites that it is Yahweh who will empower them to conquer the Promised Land. The Israelites will not be strong enough on their own to conquer these other nations. This victory will be Yahweh’s. The people did not earn this victory, but it is Yahweh’s punishment of these sinful nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Israel’s sin<br>Yahweh is about to punish the Canaanites for their sin. He also reminds Israel of their sin. This serves as a warning to the people of Israel. If they sin again, Yahweh will punish them too.
DEU 9 1 iqh4 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the Israelites as if they are one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 9 1 wy46 figs-metonymy 0 Hear, Israel The word “Israel” is a metonym for the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Listen, people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DEU 9 1 n75r 0 to dispossess “to take the land from”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 DEU front intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Deuteronomy<br><br>1. Moses reminds Israel of how Yahweh guided them through the wilderness (1:1–3:29)<br>1. Moses appeals for Israel to obey the law of Yahweh (4:1–43)<br>1. The Ten Commandments (5:1–10:22)<br>1. Rules and warnings from the Law (11:1–26:19)<br>1. Instructions for entering Canaan (27:1–26)<br>1. Blessings for obeying and curses for disobeying (28:1-68)<br>1. The covenant renewed (29:1-30:20)<br>1. Last words of Moses, the Song of Moses, and his death (31:1–34:12)<br><br><br>### What is the Book of Deuteronomy about?<br><br>In the book of Deuteronomy, Moses repeats the laws of the covenant that God made with the people of Israel. The people of Israel were about to go into the Promised Land. Before they entered the land, Moses reminded them of what Yahweh did for them and what he expected from them. Moses warned the people about worshipping idols and no longer trusting Yahweh once they settled in the Promised Land. Yahweh promised to judge those who disobey him and to bless those who obey his Law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The name “Deuteronomy” means “Second Law” or “the retelling of the Law.” Translators may decide on a title such as, “A Repeat of the Law” or “Moses Explains the Law Again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Deuteronomy?<br><br>The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Deuteronomy. However, many scholars think that Joshua wrote chapter 34. This chapter tells how Moses died.<br><br>### What are the important features of the Book of Deuteronomy?<br><br>The book contains a series of speeches that Moses gave to Israel before he died. He spoke these things just before the people entered the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did Yahweh command the Israelites to completely destroy the people who lived in the Promised Land?<br><br>As God prepared the Israelites to enter the Promised Land, he commanded them to completely destroy the Canaanite people who lived there. The Israelites would then not be tempted to join them and worship their false gods.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the role of God’s name in Deuteronomy?<br><br>God’s name is mentioned over thirty times in the book of Deuteronomy. The use of God’s name in this book usually represents God’s honor or fame. At other times in Deuteronomy, God’s name represents his presence. God said he would choose a place and make his name dwell there. This means God’s presence would be there. The people were to go to that place to worship him.<br><br>### Can this book be translated before the rest of the Pentateuch?<br><br>The Books of Genesis and Exodus help to explain what happens in Deuteronomy. For this reason, those books should be translated before the Book of Deuteronomy.
3 DEU 1 intro ggp9 0 # Deuteronomy 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter forms a continuation with the last chapter of the book of Numbers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s victory<br>The chapter explains that Israel’s conquering of the Promised Land will be done by Yahweh. They are not to fear the people of Canaan but be obedient to Yahweh. Yahweh is bringing about his judgement upon the people of Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>### Possessing the land<br>While the Promised Land belongs to Israel, they do not possess the land. Possessing the land is an important theme. Posessing the land depended on Israel’s faithfulness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) # Deuteronomy 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter forms a continuation with the last chapter of the book of Numbers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s victory<br>The chapter explains that Israel’s conquering of the Promised Land will be done by Yahweh. They are not to fear the people of Canaan but be obedient to Yahweh. Yahweh is bringing about his judgement upon the people of Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>### Possessing the land<br>While the Promised Land belongs to Israel, they do not possess the land. Possessing the land is an important theme. Posessing the land depended on Israel’s faithfulness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
4 DEU 1 1 j9ty 0 beyond the Jordan This refers to the land across the Jordan River, to the east of Israel. Moses was east of the Jordan when he spoke to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “east of the Jordan”
5 DEU 1 1 bg65 translate-names 0 Suph … Paran … Tophel … Laban … Hazeroth … Dizahab These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6 DEU 1 2 p4gk 0 It is eleven days’ journey from Horeb … to Kadesh Barnea “It takes eleven days to walk from Horeb … to Kadesh Barnea”
104 DEU 1 44 xcg6 0 struck you down “killed many of your soldiers”
105 DEU 1 45 d7e5 0 General Information: Moses continues reminding the people of Israel what the previous generation of Israelites did.
106 DEU 1 45 yrs7 0 returned and wept “returned to Kadesh and wept”
107 DEU 2 intro ji46 0 # Deuteronomy 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Covenant faithfulness<br>Yahweh is faithful to the covenant he made with Abraham. He is also faithful to the promises he made with Esau and Lot. Because of this, Israel was given specific land it was able to conquer in Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) # Deuteronomy 2 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Covenant faithfulness<br>Yahweh is faithful to the covenant he made with Abraham. He is also faithful to the promises he made with Esau and Lot. Because of this, Israel was given specific land it was able to conquer in Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
108 DEU 2 1 ys5a 0 General Information: Moses continues reminding the people of Israel what the previous generation of Israelites did.
109 DEU 2 1 b9af 0 Then we turned and took our journey “Then we turned around and went”
110 DEU 2 1 yf1v 0 we went around Mount Seir for many days This could mean: (1) the Israelites traveled around the mountain called Seir for a very long time or (2) the Israelites wandered in a region called Mount Seir for a very long time.
205 DEU 2 36 snr1 figs-litotes 0 there was not a city too high for us This negative statement is used to emphasize their success in battle. This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “we were able to defeat the people of every city even if the city had high walls around it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
206 DEU 2 37 v1z7 figs-you 0 you did not go Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so “you” is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
207 DEU 2 37 vt6d translate-names 0 Jabbok River This is the name of a river that created the border between Sihon’s land and the land of the Ammonites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
208 DEU 3 intro z1ea 0 # Deuteronomy 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Victories<br>The victories recorded in this chapter occurred on the east side of the Jordan River. This was not part of the Promised Land, which was on the west side of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) # Deuteronomy 3 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Victories<br>The victories recorded in this chapter occurred on the east side of the Jordan River. This was not part of the Promised Land, which was on the west side of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
209 DEU 3 1 b1tm 0 General Information: Moses continues reminding the people of Israel of what happened in the past.
210 DEU 3 1 z2w7 translate-names 0 Og This is the name of a king. See how you translated it in [Deuteronomy 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
211 DEU 3 1 v626 translate-names 0 Edrei This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [Deuteronomy 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
283 DEU 3 27 a7ag figs-idiom 0 lift up your eyes The words “lift up your eyes” are an idiom that means look. Alternate translation: “look” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
284 DEU 3 28 x7d3 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
285 DEU 3 29 dut2 translate-names 0 Beth Peor This is the name of a town in Moab near Mount Pisgah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
286 DEU 4 intro d8g8 0 # Deuteronomy 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Law of Moses<br>In order to possess the land, the people needed to obey the law of Moses. This will be the most important thing in the religious life of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Moses’ instructions<br>Moses is not allowed to enter into the Promised Land. Since they are getting ready to possess the Promised Land, Moses gives them some last instructions before his death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>Moses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince his readers to obey his instructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) # Deuteronomy 4 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Law of Moses<br>In order to possess the land, the people needed to obey the law of Moses. This will be the most important thing in the religious life of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Moses’ instructions<br>Moses is not allowed to enter into the Promised Land. Since they are getting ready to possess the Promised Land, Moses gives them some last instructions before his death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>Moses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince his readers to obey his instructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
287 DEU 4 1 m1n5 0 I am about to teach you Moses is telling the people of Israel what God wants them to do.
288 DEU 4 1 zdp5 0 to do them “and obey them”
289 DEU 4 2 ft3x 0 You will not add to the words … neither will you diminish them Yahweh does not want his people to create new laws, or to ignore those he has already given them.
382 DEU 4 48 vyn6 0 Mount Siyon … Mount Hermon These are different names for the same mountain. The word “Sion” is another spelling of “Sirion” ([Deuteronomy 3:9](../03/09.md)). See how you translated “Mount Hermon” in [Deuteronomy 3:8](../03/08.md).
383 DEU 4 49 axk1 0 eastward beyond the Jordan This refers to the land across the Jordan River, to the east of Israel. Moses was east of the Jordan when he said this. Alternate translation: “eastward from the side of the Jordan River”
384 DEU 4 49 x6zf 0 Sea of the Arabah … Mount Pisgah See how you translated these names in [Deuteronomy 3:17](../03/17.md).
385 DEU 5 intro xsp1 0 # Deuteronomy 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each of the commandements in the list of Ten Commandments in 5:7-21 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT uses a separate paragraph for each commandment.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ten commandments<br>This chapter repeats the material of Exodus 20. It is known as the Ten Commandments.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors and idioms<br>Moses uses metaphors and idioms to instruct the people to follow the law of Moses. This is because it is very important to follow these laws. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) # Deuteronomy 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each of the commandements in the list of Ten Commandments in 5:7-21 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT uses a separate paragraph for each commandment.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ten commandments<br>This chapter repeats the material of Exodus 20. It is known as the Ten Commandments.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors and idioms<br>Moses uses metaphors and idioms to instruct the people to follow the law of Moses. This is because it is very important to follow these laws. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
386 DEU 5 1 d5qb 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the people of Israel.
387 DEU 5 1 vj47 figs-hyperbole 0 called to all Israel Here “all” is a generalization. Moses wanted everyone in Israel to hear and obey his words, but his voice was probably not so loud that everyone actually heard him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
388 DEU 5 1 rwb1 figs-synecdoche 0 that I will speak in your ears today Here “ears” refers to the whole person. This metaphor emphasizes that the people know what Moses has said to them, so they cannot sin and then say they did not know they were sinning. Alternate translation: “that I will speak to you today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
437 DEU 5 32 weq5 0 You will keep Moses is giving a command to the people of Israel.
438 DEU 5 32 w87i figs-metaphor 0 you will not turn aside to the right hand or to the left This compares a person disobeying God to a person turning off of the correct path. Alternate translation: “you will not disobey him in any way” or “you will do everything he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
439 DEU 5 33 ype4 figs-metaphor 0 prolong your days Long days are a metaphor for a long life. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 4:40](../04/40.md). Alternate translation: “be able to live a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
440 DEU 6 intro q4y8 0 # Deuteronomy 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s blessings<br>Yahweh’s continued blessing of the people of Israel is dependent upon the people’s obedience to the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>There are many metaphors in this chapter. These metaphors describe the greatness of the Promised Land the wholehearted worship that is completely dedicated to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) # Deuteronomy 6 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s blessings<br>Yahweh’s continued blessing of the people of Israel is dependent upon the people’s obedience to the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>There are many metaphors in this chapter. These metaphors describe the greatness of the Promised Land the wholehearted worship that is completely dedicated to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
441 DEU 6 1 it53 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues the speech to the people of Israel he began in [Deuteronomy 5:1](../05/01.md). Beginning in verse 2, he speaks to the people of Israel as if they were one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
442 DEU 6 1 z6zb 0 might keep “might obey”
443 DEU 6 1 ymp9 0 going over the Jordan “going to the other side of the Jordan River”
485 DEU 6 24 ye68 0 keep obey at all times and for a long time
486 DEU 6 25 p4b1 0 before Yahweh “in the presence of Yahweh” or “where Yahweh can see us”
487 DEU 6 25 bva9 figs-metonymy 0 this will be our righteousness The word “this” refers to keeping Yahweh’s commands. This is a metonym for Yahweh considering them righteous. Alternate translation: “he will consider us righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
488 DEU 7 intro y1wn 0 # Deuteronomy 07 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “You must completely destroy them”<br>The people of Canaan were to be punished by Yahweh. Yahweh used Israel to punish these nations. If they were not completely destroyed, they would lead Israel into sin. Therefore, they were to be completely destroyed and be shown no mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>### Abrahamic Covenant<br>This chapter references parts of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham. It also emphasizes Yahweh’s faithfulness to this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) # Deuteronomy 7 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “You must completely destroy them”<br>The people of Canaan were to be punished by Yahweh. Yahweh used Israel to punish these nations. If they were not completely destroyed, they would lead Israel into sin. Therefore, they were to be completely destroyed and be shown no mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>### Abrahamic Covenant<br>This chapter references parts of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham. It also emphasizes Yahweh’s faithfulness to this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
489 DEU 7 1 zv16 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to tell the people of Israel Yahweh’s words as if the Israelites are one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
490 DEU 7 2 wdj3 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to tell the people of Israel Yahweh’s words as if the Israelites are one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
491 DEU 7 2 h8dz figs-metaphor 0 gives them over to you Moses speaks of victory as if it were a physical object one person could give to another. Alternate translation: “enables you to defeat them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
554 DEU 7 25 z31g 0 for it is an abomination to Yahweh your God These words tell why Yahweh wants the people to burn the idols. “do this because Yahweh your God hates it very much”
555 DEU 7 26 b8dp figs-doublet 0 You will utterly detest and abhor The words “detest” and “abhor” mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of hatred. Alternate translation: “You will completely hate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
556 DEU 7 26 xs75 figs-metaphor 0 for it is set apart for destruction Yahweh cursing something and promising to destroy it is spoken of as if Yahweh were setting the object apart from everything else. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh has set it apart for destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
557 DEU 8 intro w4zj 0 # Deuteronomy 08 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Forgetting<br>This chapter recalls the great things that Yahweh has done for Israel and is about to do for them. This is so they do not forget him and they will continue to worship him. They must remember that Yahweh is the source of their blessings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]]) # Deuteronomy 8 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Forgetting<br>This chapter recalls the great things that Yahweh has done for Israel and is about to do for them. This is so they do not forget him and they will continue to worship him. They must remember that Yahweh is the source of their blessings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
558 DEU 8 1 rbf2 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the Israelites as if they are one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
559 DEU 8 1 zvt4 figs-you 0 You must keep … you may live and multiply, and go in and possess … your fathers All instances of “you” and “your” and the verbs are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
560 DEU 8 2 t2tj figs-idiom 0 You will call to mind This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “You must remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
620 DEU 8 20 d86j figs-you 0 before you … you perish … you would not … your God All these instances of “you” and “your” are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
621 DEU 8 20 a8kh 0 before you “in front of you”
622 DEU 8 20 l83x figs-metonymy 0 would not listen to the voice of Yahweh Here “the voice of Yahweh” means what Yahweh tells his people to do. Alternate translation: “would not obey Yahweh’s commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
623 DEU 9 intro id6j 0 # Deuteronomy 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s victory<br>This chapter assures the Israelites that it is Yahweh who will empower them to conquer the Promised Land. The Israelites will not be strong enough on their own to conquer these other nations. This victory will be Yahweh’s. The people did not earn this victory, but it is Yahweh’s punishment of these sinful nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Israel’s sin<br>Yahweh is about to punish the Canaanites for their sin. He also reminds Israel of their sin. This serves as a warning to the people of Israel. If they sin again, Yahweh will punish them too. # Deuteronomy 9 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s victory<br>This chapter assures the Israelites that it is Yahweh who will empower them to conquer the Promised Land. The Israelites will not be strong enough on their own to conquer these other nations. This victory will be Yahweh’s. The people did not earn this victory, but it is Yahweh’s punishment of these sinful nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Israel’s sin<br>Yahweh is about to punish the Canaanites for their sin. He also reminds Israel of their sin. This serves as a warning to the people of Israel. If they sin again, Yahweh will punish them too.
624 DEU 9 1 iqh4 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the Israelites as if they are one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
625 DEU 9 1 wy46 figs-metonymy 0 Hear, Israel The word “Israel” is a metonym for the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Listen, people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
626 DEU 9 1 n75r 0 to dispossess “to take the land from”

18
en_tn_06-JOS.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
JOS front intro syt5 0 # Introduction to Joshua<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Joshua<br><br>1. Conquest of the land of Canaan (1:1–12:24)<br>- Preparation for conquest; spies; crossing the Jordan River (1:1–5:1)<br>- Ceremonies at Gilgal; conquest of Jericho and Ai (5:2–8:29)<br>- The covenant affirmed at Shechem (8:30–35)<br>- Southern and central campaigns; northern campaigns (9:1–12:24)<br>1. Settlement in the Promised Land; division of the land (13:1–22:34)<br>1. Joshua’s final days (23:1–24:33)<br><br>### What is the Book of Joshua about?<br><br>The Book of Joshua is about the Israelites entering and occupying the Promised Land. Joshua was the leader that replaced Moses. He led the Israelites as they fought the people living in the Promised Land. This book also tells how the Israelites divided the land among the twelve tribes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has the title “Joshua” because Joshua leads the people of Israel after Moses dies. Translators may create a title such as “The Book About When Joshua Led Israel.” Translators should avoid a title that suggests Joshua as the writer of the book.<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Joshua?<br><br>The book does not tell who wrote it. However, some verses in the book indicate that Joshua may have written at least part of it. Since ancient times, Jews have thought that Joshua wrote most of the book.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How does the Book of Joshua present the cause of historical events?<br><br>In the ancient Near East, people assumed that gods caused world events to happen in a certain way. The Book of Joshua has some similarities with this view, but there are important differences. The events in the Book of Joshua occurred because Yahweh promised the Israelites that he would give them the Promised Land. What happened also depended on whether or not the Israelites obeyed Yahweh.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>This phrase was used by the writer to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. He must avoid giving the impression to readers that “to this day” means “to the present day.” The translator might decide to say “to this day, at the time when this was being written,” or “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Joshua 4:9; 6:25; 7:26; 8:28, 29; 10:27; 13:13; 14:14; 15:63; 16:10.<br><br>### What does the phrase “all Israel” mean?<br><br>This phrase appears many times in the Book of Joshua, but it does not always mean every person in the nation of Israel. At times it means the Israelite army. At other times it means the representatives of the twelve tribes of Israel. In still other passages, it probably means a large number of the people in the nation of Israel.<br><br>### When should Joshua be translated?<br><br>The Book of Joshua should probably not be translated before Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy. This is because the historical events of Joshua will not be understood without the information in these previous books.<br>
JOS 1 intro r7gc 0 # Joshua 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter appears to be a natural continuation of the book of Deuteronomy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Be strong and Courageous<br><br>Joshua is often told, “Be strong and courageous.” This repeated encouragement is on purpose and may indicate Joshua will need help in the future.<br>
JOS 1 intro r7gc 0 # Joshua 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter appears to be a natural continuation of the book of Deuteronomy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Be strong and Courageous<br><br>Joshua is often told, “Be strong and courageous.” This repeated encouragement is on purpose and may indicate Joshua will need help in the future.<br>
JOS 1 1 s8u5 יְהוָ֑ה 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
JOS 1 1 eka2 translate-names נ֔וּן 1 Nun Joshua’s father (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 1 2 le23 figs-idiom עֲבֹ֜ר אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֣ן הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה 1 cross over this Jordan To “cross over” means “go to the opposite bank of the river.” Alternate translation: “travel from this side to the opposite side of the Jordan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ JOS 1 16 c7t9 0 General Information: These Isrelites were specifically the Reu
JOS 1 18 rel4 figs-parallelism יַמְרֶ֣ה אֶת־פִּ֗י⁠ךָ וְ⁠לֹֽא־יִשְׁמַ֧ע אֶת־דְּבָרֶ֛י⁠ךָ 1 rebels against your commands and disobeys your words These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that any form of disobedience will be punished. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 1 18 lbc3 figs-activepassive יוּמָ֑ת 1 will be put to death This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we will put to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 1 18 zez7 figs-parallelism חֲזַ֥ק וֶ⁠אֱמָֽץ 1 be strong and courageous Israel and God considered both traits important for Joshua to pursue as their leader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 2 intro vg4m 0 # Joshua 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of the conquest of the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rahab’s faith<br><br>Rahab expressed her faith in Yahweh. The statement “for Yahweh your God, he is God in heaven above and on the earth below” is a recognition of her faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The Israelites were to completely destroy the evil Canaanites. They are compared to melting snow: “…melting away because of us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br>
JOS 2 intro vg4m 0 # Joshua 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of the conquest of the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rahab’s faith<br><br>Rahab expressed her faith in Yahweh. The statement “for Yahweh your God, he is God in heaven above and on the earth below” is a recognition of her faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The Israelites were to completely destroy the evil Canaanites. They are compared to melting snow: “…melting away because of us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br>
JOS 2 1 ig8n translate-names נ֠וּן 1 Nun This is Joshua’s father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 2 1 w886 translate-names הַ⁠שִּׁטִּ֞ים 1 Shittim This is the name of a place on the east side of the Jordan River. It means “Acacia Trees.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 2 1 z78b מְרַגְּלִים֙ 1 as spies These men were to visit the land to gain information on how Israel should conquer the land.
@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ JOS 2 23 i2bk translate-names נ֑וּן 1 Nun This is a male name; the father o
JOS 2 23 cv1w אֵ֥ת כָּל־הַ⁠מֹּצְא֖וֹת אוֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 everything that had happened to them “all that the men had experienced and seen.”
JOS 2 24 rk66 בְּ⁠יָדֵ֖⁠נוּ 1 our This word, “us,” refers to Israel.
JOS 2 24 eh7s figs-metaphor יֹשְׁבֵ֥י הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 inhabitants of the land are melting away The people of the land toward Israel are like a substance that melts in the presence of heat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 3 intro qs85 0 # Joshua 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God dries the Jordan River<br><br>Joshua told the people “Dedicate yourselves to Yahweh tomorrow, for Yahweh will do wonders among you.” The conquest of the Promised Land is accomplished through the supernatural power of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br>
JOS 3 intro qs85 0 # Joshua 3 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God dries the Jordan River<br><br>Joshua told the people “Dedicate yourselves to Yahweh tomorrow, for Yahweh will do wonders among you.” The conquest of the Promised Land is accomplished through the supernatural power of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br>
JOS 3 1 ct91 וַ⁠יַּשְׁכֵּם֩ 1 got up The phrase, “got up,” means to “awaken.”
JOS 3 1 y8kd מֵֽ⁠הַ⁠שִּׁטִּ֗ים 1 Shittim A place in the land of Moab, west of the Jordan River where the Israelites were camped before their entry into the promised land, Canaan.
JOS 3 2 wz25 הַ⁠שֹּׁטְרִ֖ים 1 officers These are people holding a position of command or authority.
@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ JOS 3 15 mu2b writing-background וְ⁠הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן מָלֵא֙
JOS 3 17 dp93 0 General Information: The miraculous Jordan River crossing continues.
JOS 3 17 tg4f figs-explicit הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֖ן 1 the Jordan This refers to the Jordan River bed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 3 17 w7z6 figs-idiom עֹֽבְרִים֙ 1 crossed over This phrase means to go to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “traveled from this side to the opposite side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 4 intro eh7p 0 # Joshua 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s war<br>The conquering of the Promised Land was a special war. It was God’s war against the people of Canaan and Joshua recognized that they would only be victorious through Yahweh’s power. This is why their first act after crossing the Jordan River was to build an altar. This war was a witness to Yahweh’s power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br>
JOS 4 intro eh7p 0 # Joshua 4 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s war<br>The conquering of the Promised Land was a special war. It was God’s war against the people of Canaan and Joshua recognized that they would only be victorious through Yahweh’s power. This is why their first act after crossing the Jordan River was to build an altar. This war was a witness to Yahweh’s power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br>
JOS 4 1 yem9 figs-pronouns 0 General Information: Though Yahweh was speaking directly to Joshua, all occurrences of you include Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
JOS 4 1 h2p6 figs-idiom לַ⁠עֲב֖וֹר 1 crossed over The words “crossed over” refer to going to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “went across” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 4 1 lz4a figs-explicit אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן 1 the Jordan the Jordan River (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ JOS 4 20 s8s2 figs-explicit וְ⁠אֵת֩ שְׁתֵּ֨ים עֶשְׂרֵ֤
JOS 4 22 lx8h 0 General Information: Joshua continues to remind the people the purpose of the pile of stones.
JOS 4 22 p6nk וְ⁠הוֹדַעְתֶּ֖ם אֶת־בְּנֵי⁠כֶ֣ם 1 Tell your children It was for Israel to teach their children of God’s miracles so that they would honor Yahweh forever.
JOS 4 24 qe29 figs-metonymy אֶת־יַ֣ד יְהוָ֔ה כִּ֥י חֲזָקָ֖ה הִ֑יא 1 the hand of Yahweh is mighty This refers to the power of Yahweh being strong. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is mighty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 5 intro dv8f 0 # Joshua 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Circumcision<br><br>It would have been very unusual to be circumcised in a time of war. When men are circumcised they are unable to move without pain or to defend themselves in battle for several days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])<br><br>### Manna<br><br>Yahweh stops providing manna in this chapter and will no longer provide them with their daily allotment of food. This does not mean Yahweh’s care and provision will stop.<br>
JOS 5 intro dv8f 0 # Joshua 5 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Circumcision<br><br>It would have been very unusual to be circumcised in a time of war. When men are circumcised they are unable to move without pain or to defend themselves in battle for several days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])<br><br>### Manna<br><br>Yahweh stops providing manna in this chapter and will no longer provide them with their daily allotment of food. This does not mean Yahweh’s care and provision will stop.<br>
JOS 5 1 el1p figs-parallelism וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗⁠ם וְ⁠לֹא־הָ֨יָה בָ֥⁠ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ 1 their hearts melted … there was no longer any spirit in them These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of their fear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 5 1 q8mi figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗⁠ם 1 their hearts melted Here “hearts” refers to their courage. They were so afraid that it was as if their courage melted away like wax in a fire. Alternate translation: “they lost all their courage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 5 1 a2wh figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹא־הָ֨יָה בָ֥⁠ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ 1 there was no longer any spirit in them Here “spirit” refers to their will to fight. Alternate translation: “they no longer had any will to fight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ JOS 5 14 d8u1 וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר 1 He said The word “he” refers to the
JOS 5 14 ds5l לֹ֗א 1 Neither This is the beginning of the man’s answer to Joshua’s question, “Are you for us or for our enemies?” This short answer could be clarified. Alternate translation: “I am neither for you nor for your enemies”
JOS 5 14 r42a translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּפֹּל֩ יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ אֶל־פָּנָ֥י⁠ו אַ֨רְצָ⁠ה֙ וַ⁠יִּשְׁתָּ֔חוּ 1 Joshua lay facedown on the ground to worship This was an act of worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
JOS 5 15 ge5y translate-symaction שַׁל־נַֽעַלְ⁠ךָ֙ מֵ⁠עַ֣ל רַגְלֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 Take off your sandals from your feet This was an act of reverence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
JOS 6 intro uie9 0 # Joshua 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh conquers<br><br>It was God, not the army, who gave them victory. It is said, “Shout! For Yahweh has given you the city.” The circumstances of Israel’s victory in the battle for Jericho were very unusual. It was never common to march around a city or to shout in order to win a military battle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
JOS 6 intro uie9 0 # Joshua 6 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh conquers<br><br>It was God, not the army, who gave them victory. It is said, “Shout! For Yahweh has given you the city.” The circumstances of Israel’s victory in the battle for Jericho were very unusual. It was never common to march around a city or to shout in order to win a military battle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
JOS 6 1 gbz8 וִֽ⁠ירִיחוֹ֙ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the narrator tells us why the gates of Jericho are closed and locked up.
JOS 6 2 j65i figs-pastforfuture נָתַ֣תִּי בְ⁠יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ אֶת־יְרִיח֖וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־מַלְכָּ֑⁠הּ גִּבּוֹרֵ֖י הֶ⁠חָֽיִל 1 I have delivered Jericho into your hand, its king, and its trained soldiers Yahweh is telling Joshua that he will certainly do this by saying that he has already done it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JOS 6 2 v4hu figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 into your hand The word “hand” is a metonym for the control that the hand exercises. Alternate translation: “so that you can control it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ JOS 6 26 cq3c figs-metaphor אָר֨וּר הָ⁠אִ֜ישׁ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣
JOS 6 26 len7 figs-metaphor בִּ⁠בְכֹר֣⁠וֹ יְיַסְּדֶ֔⁠נָּה 1 At the cost of his firstborn son, he will lay the foundation The consequence of a man laying a new foundation for Jericho is that his firstborn son would die. This is spoken of as if it were a cost that the man would pay. Alternate translation: “If he lays the foundation, he will lose his firstborn son” or “If he lays the foundation, his firstborn son will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 6 26 anp8 figs-metaphor וּ⁠בִ⁠צְעִיר֖⁠וֹ יַצִּ֥יב דְּלָתֶֽי⁠הָ 1 at the cost of his youngest son, he will set up its gates The consequence of a man setting up new gates for Jericho is that his youngest son would die. This is spoken of as if it were a cost that the man would pay. Alternate translation: “If he sets up its gates, he will lose his youngest son” or “If he sets up it gates, his youngest son will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 6 27 brx7 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְהִ֥י שָׁמְע֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠כָל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 his fame spread throughout the land This refers to Joshua’s fame, not Yahweh’s. Becoming known among the people throughout the land is spoken of as if his fame spread. Alternate translation: “Joshua became famous throughout the land” or “people throughout the land learned about Joshua” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 7 intro uv41 0 # Joshua 07 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin brought defeat<br><br>It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
JOS 7 intro uv41 0 # Joshua 7 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin brought defeat<br><br>It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
JOS 7 1 mtm4 בַּ⁠חֵ֑רֶם 1 the things that were set apart for destruction “the things that God had said they must set apart to him by destroying them”
JOS 7 1 z3zl translate-names עָכָ֣ן…כַּרְמִי֩…זַבְדִּ֨י…זֶ֜רַח 1 Achan … Karmi … Zabdi … Zerah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 7 1 li2v figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּֽחַר־אַ֥ף יְהוָ֖ה 1 Yahweh’s anger burned “anger” and “burned” indicates intensity, not that fire is present. Alternate translation: “Yahweh’s anger burned like a fire” or “Yahweh was very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ JOS 7 25 vd6n figs-rquestion מֶ֣ה עֲכַרְתָּ֔⁠נוּ 1 Why have y
JOS 7 25 i3rq וַ⁠יִּשְׂרְפ֤וּ אֹתָ⁠ם֙ בָּ⁠אֵ֔שׁ וַ⁠יִּסְקְל֥וּ אֹתָ֖⁠ם בָּ⁠אֲבָנִֽים 1 Then they stoned the rest with stones and burned them with fire. Possible meanings are 1) the Israelites burned Achan’s family to death and then covered them with stones or 2) the Israelites stoned Achan’s family to death and then burned the dead bodies or 3) that Achan and his possessions were stoned and then burned.
JOS 7 26 zcp9 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יָּ֥שָׁב יְהוָ֖ה מֵ⁠חֲר֣וֹן אַפּ֑⁠וֹ 1 Yahweh turned away his burning anger Turning away his anger represents stopping being angry. Burning anger represents strong anger. Alternate translation: “Yahweh stopped being angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 7 26 hfq5 עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 until this present day It was still called the valley of Achor at the time the author wrote this. Alternate translation: “even today” or “even now”
JOS 8 intro f3jc 0 # Joshua 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin brought defeat<br>It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. Because they repented, Yahweh brought victory to Israel in Ai. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>### Built an altar<br>Altars were commonly built in the Ancient Near East to commemorate important events. Several altars were built in the Book of Joshua.<br>
JOS 8 intro f3jc 0 # Joshua 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin brought defeat<br>It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. Because they repented, Yahweh brought victory to Israel in Ai. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>### Built an altar<br>Altars were commonly built in the Ancient Near East to commemorate important events. Several altars were built in the Book of Joshua.<br>
JOS 8 1 l4p8 figs-parallelism אַל־תִּירָ֣א וְ⁠אַל־תֵּחָ֔ת 1 Do not fear; do not be discouraged These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Yahweh combines them to emphasize that there is no reason to be afraid. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 8 1 den6 figs-metonymy נָתַ֣תִּי בְ⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ֗ אֶת־מֶ֤לֶךְ הָ⁠עַי֙ וְ⁠אֶת־עַמּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־עִיר֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 I have given into your hand the king of Ai … and his land Giving them into Israel’s hand represents giving Israel victory and control over them. Alternate translation: “I have given you victory over the king of Ai and his people, and I have given you control over his city and his land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 8 1 t7bq figs-pastforfuture נָתַ֣תִּי 1 I have given God speaks of what he promises to do as though he had already done it, because he will certainly do it. Alternate translation: “I will certainly give” or “I am giving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ JOS 8 29 wd9u עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 to this day “t
JOS 8 30 xev4 translate-names בְּ⁠הַ֖ר עֵיבָֽל 1 Mount Ebal a mountain in Canaan (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 8 35 ym6u figs-doublenegatives לֹֽא־הָיָ֣ה דָבָ֔ר מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֣ה מֹשֶׁ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹֽא־קָרָ֜א יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ 1 There was not one word from all that Moses commanded that Joshua did not read This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “Joshua read every word of all that Moses commanded” or “Joshua read the entire law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JOS 8 35 kdu7 figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 Israel This refers to the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 9 intro w1cx 0 # Joshua 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s mistake<br><br>Israel was deceived because “they did not consult with Yahweh for guidance.” Instead of consulting Yahweh, they attempted to achieve victory under their own power. This was sinful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
JOS 9 intro w1cx 0 # Joshua 9 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s mistake<br><br>Israel was deceived because “they did not consult with Yahweh for guidance.” Instead of consulting Yahweh, they attempted to achieve victory under their own power. This was sinful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
JOS 9 1 g4h4 translate-names הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֜ן 1 the Jordan a shortened name for the Jordan River (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 9 2 uj94 figs-metonymy פֶּ֖ה אֶחָֽד 1 under one command Here “command” represents the one who commanded them. Being under him represents obeying his commands. Alternate translation: “obeying the commands of one leader” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 9 4 r5yb בְּ⁠עָרְמָ֔ה 1 cunning plan a crafty scheme intended to trick Joshua and the Israelites

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 JOS front intro syt5 0 # Introduction to Joshua<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Joshua<br><br>1. Conquest of the land of Canaan (1:1–12:24)<br>- Preparation for conquest; spies; crossing the Jordan River (1:1–5:1)<br>- Ceremonies at Gilgal; conquest of Jericho and Ai (5:2–8:29)<br>- The covenant affirmed at Shechem (8:30–35)<br>- Southern and central campaigns; northern campaigns (9:1–12:24)<br>1. Settlement in the Promised Land; division of the land (13:1–22:34)<br>1. Joshua’s final days (23:1–24:33)<br><br>### What is the Book of Joshua about?<br><br>The Book of Joshua is about the Israelites entering and occupying the Promised Land. Joshua was the leader that replaced Moses. He led the Israelites as they fought the people living in the Promised Land. This book also tells how the Israelites divided the land among the twelve tribes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has the title “Joshua” because Joshua leads the people of Israel after Moses dies. Translators may create a title such as “The Book About When Joshua Led Israel.” Translators should avoid a title that suggests Joshua as the writer of the book.<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Joshua?<br><br>The book does not tell who wrote it. However, some verses in the book indicate that Joshua may have written at least part of it. Since ancient times, Jews have thought that Joshua wrote most of the book.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How does the Book of Joshua present the cause of historical events?<br><br>In the ancient Near East, people assumed that gods caused world events to happen in a certain way. The Book of Joshua has some similarities with this view, but there are important differences. The events in the Book of Joshua occurred because Yahweh promised the Israelites that he would give them the Promised Land. What happened also depended on whether or not the Israelites obeyed Yahweh.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>This phrase was used by the writer to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. He must avoid giving the impression to readers that “to this day” means “to the present day.” The translator might decide to say “to this day, at the time when this was being written,” or “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Joshua 4:9; 6:25; 7:26; 8:28, 29; 10:27; 13:13; 14:14; 15:63; 16:10.<br><br>### What does the phrase “all Israel” mean?<br><br>This phrase appears many times in the Book of Joshua, but it does not always mean every person in the nation of Israel. At times it means the Israelite army. At other times it means the representatives of the twelve tribes of Israel. In still other passages, it probably means a large number of the people in the nation of Israel.<br><br>### When should Joshua be translated?<br><br>The Book of Joshua should probably not be translated before Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy. This is because the historical events of Joshua will not be understood without the information in these previous books.<br>
3 JOS 1 intro r7gc 0 # Joshua 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter appears to be a natural continuation of the book of Deuteronomy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Be strong and Courageous<br><br>Joshua is often told, “Be strong and courageous.” This repeated encouragement is on purpose and may indicate Joshua will need help in the future.<br> # Joshua 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter appears to be a natural continuation of the book of Deuteronomy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Be strong and Courageous<br><br>Joshua is often told, “Be strong and courageous.” This repeated encouragement is on purpose and may indicate Joshua will need help in the future.<br>
4 JOS 1 1 s8u5 יְהוָ֑ה 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
5 JOS 1 1 eka2 translate-names נ֔וּן 1 Nun Joshua’s father (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6 JOS 1 2 le23 figs-idiom עֲבֹ֜ר אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֣ן הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה 1 cross over this Jordan To “cross over” means “go to the opposite bank of the river.” Alternate translation: “travel from this side to the opposite side of the Jordan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
37 JOS 1 18 rel4 figs-parallelism יַמְרֶ֣ה אֶת־פִּ֗י⁠ךָ וְ⁠לֹֽא־יִשְׁמַ֧ע אֶת־דְּבָרֶ֛י⁠ךָ 1 rebels against your commands and disobeys your words These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that any form of disobedience will be punished. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
38 JOS 1 18 lbc3 figs-activepassive יוּמָ֑ת 1 will be put to death This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we will put to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
39 JOS 1 18 zez7 figs-parallelism חֲזַ֥ק וֶ⁠אֱמָֽץ 1 be strong and courageous Israel and God considered both traits important for Joshua to pursue as their leader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
40 JOS 2 intro vg4m 0 # Joshua 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of the conquest of the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rahab’s faith<br><br>Rahab expressed her faith in Yahweh. The statement “for Yahweh your God, he is God in heaven above and on the earth below” is a recognition of her faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The Israelites were to completely destroy the evil Canaanites. They are compared to melting snow: “…melting away because of us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br> # Joshua 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of the conquest of the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rahab’s faith<br><br>Rahab expressed her faith in Yahweh. The statement “for Yahweh your God, he is God in heaven above and on the earth below” is a recognition of her faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The Israelites were to completely destroy the evil Canaanites. They are compared to melting snow: “…melting away because of us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br>
41 JOS 2 1 ig8n translate-names נ֠וּן 1 Nun This is Joshua’s father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
42 JOS 2 1 w886 translate-names הַ⁠שִּׁטִּ֞ים 1 Shittim This is the name of a place on the east side of the Jordan River. It means “Acacia Trees.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
43 JOS 2 1 z78b מְרַגְּלִים֙ 1 as spies These men were to visit the land to gain information on how Israel should conquer the land.
85 JOS 2 23 cv1w אֵ֥ת כָּל־הַ⁠מֹּצְא֖וֹת אוֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 everything that had happened to them “all that the men had experienced and seen.”
86 JOS 2 24 rk66 בְּ⁠יָדֵ֖⁠נוּ 1 our This word, “us,” refers to Israel.
87 JOS 2 24 eh7s figs-metaphor יֹשְׁבֵ֥י הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 inhabitants of the land are melting away The people of the land toward Israel are like a substance that melts in the presence of heat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
88 JOS 3 intro qs85 0 # Joshua 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God dries the Jordan River<br><br>Joshua told the people “Dedicate yourselves to Yahweh tomorrow, for Yahweh will do wonders among you.” The conquest of the Promised Land is accomplished through the supernatural power of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br> # Joshua 3 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God dries the Jordan River<br><br>Joshua told the people “Dedicate yourselves to Yahweh tomorrow, for Yahweh will do wonders among you.” The conquest of the Promised Land is accomplished through the supernatural power of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br>
89 JOS 3 1 ct91 וַ⁠יַּשְׁכֵּם֩ 1 got up The phrase, “got up,” means to “awaken.”
90 JOS 3 1 y8kd מֵֽ⁠הַ⁠שִּׁטִּ֗ים 1 Shittim A place in the land of Moab, west of the Jordan River where the Israelites were camped before their entry into the promised land, Canaan.
91 JOS 3 2 wz25 הַ⁠שֹּׁטְרִ֖ים 1 officers These are people holding a position of command or authority.
110 JOS 3 17 dp93 0 General Information: The miraculous Jordan River crossing continues.
111 JOS 3 17 tg4f figs-explicit הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֖ן 1 the Jordan This refers to the Jordan River bed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
112 JOS 3 17 w7z6 figs-idiom עֹֽבְרִים֙ 1 crossed over This phrase means to go to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “traveled from this side to the opposite side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
113 JOS 4 intro eh7p 0 # Joshua 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s war<br>The conquering of the Promised Land was a special war. It was God’s war against the people of Canaan and Joshua recognized that they would only be victorious through Yahweh’s power. This is why their first act after crossing the Jordan River was to build an altar. This war was a witness to Yahweh’s power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br> # Joshua 4 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s war<br>The conquering of the Promised Land was a special war. It was God’s war against the people of Canaan and Joshua recognized that they would only be victorious through Yahweh’s power. This is why their first act after crossing the Jordan River was to build an altar. This war was a witness to Yahweh’s power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br>
114 JOS 4 1 yem9 figs-pronouns 0 General Information: Though Yahweh was speaking directly to Joshua, all occurrences of you include Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
115 JOS 4 1 h2p6 figs-idiom לַ⁠עֲב֖וֹר 1 crossed over The words “crossed over” refer to going to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “went across” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
116 JOS 4 1 lz4a figs-explicit אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן 1 the Jordan the Jordan River (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
141 JOS 4 22 lx8h 0 General Information: Joshua continues to remind the people the purpose of the pile of stones.
142 JOS 4 22 p6nk וְ⁠הוֹדַעְתֶּ֖ם אֶת־בְּנֵי⁠כֶ֣ם 1 Tell your children It was for Israel to teach their children of God’s miracles so that they would honor Yahweh forever.
143 JOS 4 24 qe29 figs-metonymy אֶת־יַ֣ד יְהוָ֔ה כִּ֥י חֲזָקָ֖ה הִ֑יא 1 the hand of Yahweh is mighty This refers to the power of Yahweh being strong. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is mighty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
144 JOS 5 intro dv8f 0 # Joshua 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Circumcision<br><br>It would have been very unusual to be circumcised in a time of war. When men are circumcised they are unable to move without pain or to defend themselves in battle for several days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])<br><br>### Manna<br><br>Yahweh stops providing manna in this chapter and will no longer provide them with their daily allotment of food. This does not mean Yahweh’s care and provision will stop.<br> # Joshua 5 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Circumcision<br><br>It would have been very unusual to be circumcised in a time of war. When men are circumcised they are unable to move without pain or to defend themselves in battle for several days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])<br><br>### Manna<br><br>Yahweh stops providing manna in this chapter and will no longer provide them with their daily allotment of food. This does not mean Yahweh’s care and provision will stop.<br>
145 JOS 5 1 el1p figs-parallelism וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗⁠ם וְ⁠לֹא־הָ֨יָה בָ֥⁠ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ 1 their hearts melted … there was no longer any spirit in them These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of their fear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
146 JOS 5 1 q8mi figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗⁠ם 1 their hearts melted Here “hearts” refers to their courage. They were so afraid that it was as if their courage melted away like wax in a fire. Alternate translation: “they lost all their courage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
147 JOS 5 1 a2wh figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹא־הָ֨יָה בָ֥⁠ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ 1 there was no longer any spirit in them Here “spirit” refers to their will to fight. Alternate translation: “they no longer had any will to fight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
160 JOS 5 14 ds5l לֹ֗א 1 Neither This is the beginning of the man’s answer to Joshua’s question, “Are you for us or for our enemies?” This short answer could be clarified. Alternate translation: “I am neither for you nor for your enemies”
161 JOS 5 14 r42a translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּפֹּל֩ יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ אֶל־פָּנָ֥י⁠ו אַ֨רְצָ⁠ה֙ וַ⁠יִּשְׁתָּ֔חוּ 1 Joshua lay facedown on the ground to worship This was an act of worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
162 JOS 5 15 ge5y translate-symaction שַׁל־נַֽעַלְ⁠ךָ֙ מֵ⁠עַ֣ל רַגְלֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 Take off your sandals from your feet This was an act of reverence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
163 JOS 6 intro uie9 0 # Joshua 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh conquers<br><br>It was God, not the army, who gave them victory. It is said, “Shout! For Yahweh has given you the city.” The circumstances of Israel’s victory in the battle for Jericho were very unusual. It was never common to march around a city or to shout in order to win a military battle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br> # Joshua 6 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh conquers<br><br>It was God, not the army, who gave them victory. It is said, “Shout! For Yahweh has given you the city.” The circumstances of Israel’s victory in the battle for Jericho were very unusual. It was never common to march around a city or to shout in order to win a military battle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
164 JOS 6 1 gbz8 וִֽ⁠ירִיחוֹ֙ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the narrator tells us why the gates of Jericho are closed and locked up.
165 JOS 6 2 j65i figs-pastforfuture נָתַ֣תִּי בְ⁠יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ אֶת־יְרִיח֖וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־מַלְכָּ֑⁠הּ גִּבּוֹרֵ֖י הֶ⁠חָֽיִל 1 I have delivered Jericho into your hand, its king, and its trained soldiers Yahweh is telling Joshua that he will certainly do this by saying that he has already done it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
166 JOS 6 2 v4hu figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 into your hand The word “hand” is a metonym for the control that the hand exercises. Alternate translation: “so that you can control it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
200 JOS 6 26 len7 figs-metaphor בִּ⁠בְכֹר֣⁠וֹ יְיַסְּדֶ֔⁠נָּה 1 At the cost of his firstborn son, he will lay the foundation The consequence of a man laying a new foundation for Jericho is that his firstborn son would die. This is spoken of as if it were a cost that the man would pay. Alternate translation: “If he lays the foundation, he will lose his firstborn son” or “If he lays the foundation, his firstborn son will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
201 JOS 6 26 anp8 figs-metaphor וּ⁠בִ⁠צְעִיר֖⁠וֹ יַצִּ֥יב דְּלָתֶֽי⁠הָ 1 at the cost of his youngest son, he will set up its gates The consequence of a man setting up new gates for Jericho is that his youngest son would die. This is spoken of as if it were a cost that the man would pay. Alternate translation: “If he sets up its gates, he will lose his youngest son” or “If he sets up it gates, his youngest son will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
202 JOS 6 27 brx7 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְהִ֥י שָׁמְע֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠כָל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 his fame spread throughout the land This refers to Joshua’s fame, not Yahweh’s. Becoming known among the people throughout the land is spoken of as if his fame spread. Alternate translation: “Joshua became famous throughout the land” or “people throughout the land learned about Joshua” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
203 JOS 7 intro uv41 0 # Joshua 07 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin brought defeat<br><br>It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br> # Joshua 7 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin brought defeat<br><br>It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
204 JOS 7 1 mtm4 בַּ⁠חֵ֑רֶם 1 the things that were set apart for destruction “the things that God had said they must set apart to him by destroying them”
205 JOS 7 1 z3zl translate-names עָכָ֣ן…כַּרְמִי֩…זַבְדִּ֨י…זֶ֜רַח 1 Achan … Karmi … Zabdi … Zerah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
206 JOS 7 1 li2v figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּֽחַר־אַ֥ף יְהוָ֖ה 1 Yahweh’s anger burned “anger” and “burned” indicates intensity, not that fire is present. Alternate translation: “Yahweh’s anger burned like a fire” or “Yahweh was very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
258 JOS 7 25 i3rq וַ⁠יִּשְׂרְפ֤וּ אֹתָ⁠ם֙ בָּ⁠אֵ֔שׁ וַ⁠יִּסְקְל֥וּ אֹתָ֖⁠ם בָּ⁠אֲבָנִֽים 1 Then they stoned the rest with stones and burned them with fire. Possible meanings are 1) the Israelites burned Achan’s family to death and then covered them with stones or 2) the Israelites stoned Achan’s family to death and then burned the dead bodies or 3) that Achan and his possessions were stoned and then burned.
259 JOS 7 26 zcp9 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יָּ֥שָׁב יְהוָ֖ה מֵ⁠חֲר֣וֹן אַפּ֑⁠וֹ 1 Yahweh turned away his burning anger Turning away his anger represents stopping being angry. Burning anger represents strong anger. Alternate translation: “Yahweh stopped being angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
260 JOS 7 26 hfq5 עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 until this present day It was still called the valley of Achor at the time the author wrote this. Alternate translation: “even today” or “even now”
261 JOS 8 intro f3jc 0 # Joshua 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin brought defeat<br>It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. Because they repented, Yahweh brought victory to Israel in Ai. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>### Built an altar<br>Altars were commonly built in the Ancient Near East to commemorate important events. Several altars were built in the Book of Joshua.<br> # Joshua 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin brought defeat<br>It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. Because they repented, Yahweh brought victory to Israel in Ai. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>### Built an altar<br>Altars were commonly built in the Ancient Near East to commemorate important events. Several altars were built in the Book of Joshua.<br>
262 JOS 8 1 l4p8 figs-parallelism אַל־תִּירָ֣א וְ⁠אַל־תֵּחָ֔ת 1 Do not fear; do not be discouraged These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Yahweh combines them to emphasize that there is no reason to be afraid. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
263 JOS 8 1 den6 figs-metonymy נָתַ֣תִּי בְ⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ֗ אֶת־מֶ֤לֶךְ הָ⁠עַי֙ וְ⁠אֶת־עַמּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־עִיר֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 I have given into your hand the king of Ai … and his land Giving them into Israel’s hand represents giving Israel victory and control over them. Alternate translation: “I have given you victory over the king of Ai and his people, and I have given you control over his city and his land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
264 JOS 8 1 t7bq figs-pastforfuture נָתַ֣תִּי 1 I have given God speaks of what he promises to do as though he had already done it, because he will certainly do it. Alternate translation: “I will certainly give” or “I am giving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
290 JOS 8 30 xev4 translate-names בְּ⁠הַ֖ר עֵיבָֽל 1 Mount Ebal a mountain in Canaan (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
291 JOS 8 35 ym6u figs-doublenegatives לֹֽא־הָיָ֣ה דָבָ֔ר מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֣ה מֹשֶׁ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹֽא־קָרָ֜א יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ 1 There was not one word from all that Moses commanded that Joshua did not read This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “Joshua read every word of all that Moses commanded” or “Joshua read the entire law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
292 JOS 8 35 kdu7 figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 Israel This refers to the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
293 JOS 9 intro w1cx 0 # Joshua 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s mistake<br><br>Israel was deceived because “they did not consult with Yahweh for guidance.” Instead of consulting Yahweh, they attempted to achieve victory under their own power. This was sinful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br> # Joshua 9 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s mistake<br><br>Israel was deceived because “they did not consult with Yahweh for guidance.” Instead of consulting Yahweh, they attempted to achieve victory under their own power. This was sinful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
294 JOS 9 1 g4h4 translate-names הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֜ן 1 the Jordan a shortened name for the Jordan River (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
295 JOS 9 2 uj94 figs-metonymy פֶּ֖ה אֶחָֽד 1 under one command Here “command” represents the one who commanded them. Being under him represents obeying his commands. Alternate translation: “obeying the commands of one leader” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
296 JOS 9 4 r5yb בְּ⁠עָרְמָ֔ה 1 cunning plan a crafty scheme intended to trick Joshua and the Israelites

18
en_tn_07-JDG.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
JDG front intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Judges<br><br>1. History of the judges of Israel (1:1–16:31)<br>- Introduction (1:1-3:6)<br>- Othniel, Ehud, and Shamgar (3:7–31)<br>- Deborah and Barak (4:1–5:31)<br>- Gideon (6:1–8:35)<br>- Abimelech, Tola, and Jair (9:1–10:5)<br>- Jephthah (10:6-12:7)<br>- Ibzan, Elon, and Abdon (12:8-15)<br>- Samson (13:1–16:31)<br>1. The account of Micah and his idols (17:1–18:31)<br>1. The account of Gibeah; the other Israelites take revenge (19:1–21:25)<br><br>### What is the Book of Judges about?<br><br>The Book of Judges tells of events that occurred after the Israelites settled in the Promised Land. The events in this book happened over a period of about 150 years.<br><br>This book describes how the Israelites repeatedly sinned against Yahweh during this time. They worshiped false gods and did the same wicked things as the peoples who lived around them. Therefore, God would allow enemies to defeat and oppress the Israelites. Eventually, the Israelites would call to Yahweh for help. Yahweh would then cause someone to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. This person was called a “judge.” The Israelites would live in peace until the judge died.<br><br>After that judge died, the Israelites would start sinning again. So this pattern of events would repeat.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has the title “Judges” because it gives accounts of some of the main leaders or judges in Israel before there were any kings over the people. Unless there are good reasons for following the title in other Bible versions, the translator should probably use the title “Judges” or a title such as “The Book about the Leaders in Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What kind of leaders were the judges?<br><br>These were men and women whom God chose to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. After defeating their enemies, these leaders usually continued to help the people by deciding disputes among them. They also helped them make important decisions. Many of these leaders served all the people of Israel, but some of these leaders may have served only certain tribes.<br><br>### What kind of society was Israel during the time of the judges?<br><br>During this time, the twelve tribes of Israel were independent of one another. They were not a unified nation with one ruler. The tribes would sometimes help each other when enemies were threatening them.<br><br>These tribes were descended from the same ancestors: Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. They shared in the same covenant with Yahweh.<br><br>### What spiritual struggles did Israel experience during the time of the judges?<br><br>During this time, Israel struggled to remain faithful to Yahweh. The best judges encouraged Israel to be faithful to him, but some of the judges failed to do so. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the phrase “in those days there was no king in Israel, and everyone did what was right in his own eyes”?<br><br>This phrase occurs twice in the book of Judges. Shorter versions of the phrase occur two other times. These phrases imply that the writer or editor of this book was alive at a later time when there was a king in Israel. They also seem to imply that the writer thought that things were not good in Israel because there was no king.<br><br>The translation of these phrases should imply to the reader that the book’s writer is looking back into the past.<br><br>### What is the meaning of the phrase “to this day”?<br><br>The narrator used this phrase to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator must avoid giving the impression that the present day of the translation’s readers is meant. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Judges 1:21, 26; 6:24; 10:4; 15:19; 18:12.
JDG 1 intro a4am 0 # Judges 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>### “After the death of Joshua”<br>This statement creates a seamless transition from the book of Joshua.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Finishing the conquest of the Promised Land<br><br>Israel fought to clear the land of the Canaanites, but they also made treaties with other peoples and made some of them do hard labor. This was against God’s instruction to completely remove the Canaanite people from the land.
JDG 1 intro a4am 0 # Judges 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>### “After the death of Joshua”<br>This statement creates a seamless transition from the book of Joshua.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Finishing the conquest of the Promised Land<br><br>Israel fought to clear the land of the Canaanites, but they also made treaties with other peoples and made some of them do hard labor. This was against God’s instruction to completely remove the Canaanite people from the land.
JDG 1 1 r9ee 0 Connecting Statement: The book of Judges continues the story about Joshua and is also the beginning of a new part of the story.
JDG 1 1 b9my 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
JDG 1 1 c92j figs-exclusive 0 will attack the Canaanites for us The word “us” refers to the people of Israel, but not to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ JDG 1 35 x276 0 the military might of the house of Joseph conquered them “th
JDG 1 35 uvw1 figs-metonymy 0 house of Joseph Here “house” represents descendants. Manasseh and Ephraim were sons of Joseph, and the “house of Joseph” can refer to the descendants of Manasseh and Ephraim. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Manasseh and Ephraim” or “the men of the tribes of Manasseh and Ephraim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 1 36 g7nx translate-names 0 the hill of Akrabbim This was a pass southwest of the Dead Sea. It is also called the “Scorpion Pass.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 1 36 qr2w translate-names 0 Sela This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 2 intro mf6a 0 # Judges 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh tests Israel<br><br>Yahweh said, “Because this nation has broken the terms of my covenant.” Completely removing the Canaanites from the land was a test from Yahweh. While Yahweh displayed covenant faithfulness, Israel did not. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/test]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]])
JDG 2 intro mf6a 0 # Judges 2 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh tests Israel<br><br>Yahweh said, “Because this nation has broken the terms of my covenant.” Completely removing the Canaanites from the land was a test from Yahweh. While Yahweh displayed covenant faithfulness, Israel did not. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/test]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]])
JDG 2 1 tt9y 0 angel of Yahweh This could mean: (1) “angel who represents Yahweh” or (2) “messenger who serves Yahweh” or (3) it may refer to Yahweh himself, who looked like an angel as he talked to a person. Either one of these meanings would explain the angel’s use of “I” as if Yahweh himself were talking.
JDG 2 1 q2ka 0 went up from Gilgal to Bokim “left Gilgal and went to Bokim”
JDG 2 1 x66i translate-names 0 Bokim This is what the Israelites named this place in 2:5 after the angel rebukes the people. “Bokim” means “crying.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ JDG 2 21 ry6q figs-metonymy 0 any of the nations Here “nations” represents
JDG 2 22 n194 figs-metaphor 0 they will keep the way of Yahweh and walk in it How Yahweh wants people to live or behave is spoken of as if it were a way or road. A person obeying Yahweh is spoken of as if they were walking in his way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JDG 2 23 tn49 figs-doublet 0 did not drive them out quickly and give them into the hand of Joshua These two phrases mean the same thing and can be combined. Alternate translation: “he did not let Joshua quickly conquer them and drive them out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JDG 2 23 b618 figs-metonymy 0 into the hand of Joshua Here “hand” is a metonym for power, and “Joshua” represents himself and his army. Alternate translation: “into the power of Joshua and his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JDG 3 intro k35h 0 # Judges 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The people worship false gods<br><br>Israel worshiped idols and false gods. Because of this, Yahweh allowed Aram and Moab to rule over them. In the period of Judges, when Israel sinned, they were often placed under the rule of a foreign power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Blew a trumpet”<br><br>When Ehud “blew a trumpet,” he was calling all of the men to come help him fight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 3 intro k35h 0 # Judges 3 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The people worship false gods<br><br>Israel worshiped idols and false gods. Because of this, Yahweh allowed Aram and Moab to rule over them. In the period of Judges, when Israel sinned, they were often placed under the rule of a foreign power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Blew a trumpet”<br><br>When Ehud “blew a trumpet,” he was calling all of the men to come help him fight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 3 1 w2is 0 Now Yahweh Here “Now” begins a new section of the story.
JDG 3 1 hp8z 0 these nations This refers to the people groups that the narrator will list in 3:3.
JDG 3 1 xj63 figs-activepassive 0 who had not experienced any of the wars fought in Canaan This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “who had not fought in any of the wars in Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ JDG 3 31 uz68 translate-names 0 Anath The name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man
JDG 3 31 f6s9 translate-numbers 0 600 men “six hundred men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JDG 3 31 z3lr 0 a stick used to goad cattle Cattle farmers would poke their cattle with a sharp stick to make them move. AT “a stick used to urge cattle to move” or “a stick used to direct cattle”
JDG 3 31 n8z3 figs-metonymy 0 He also delivered Israel from danger The word “danger” refers to enemies that tried to harm the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “He also delivered the people of Israel from their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 4 intro pjw5 0 # Judges 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>Chapters 4 and 5 form one section about Barak and Deborah.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Barak’s leadership<br><br>At this time, it was very unusual for a woman to be a leader, especially a military leader. Barak lacked the strength to go into battle without Deborah. This indicates that Barak was a poor leader. If a woman won the battle for him, it would have brought Barak shame. It also indicates that Deborah was very well respected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 4 intro pjw5 0 # Judges 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>Chapters 4 and 5 form one section about Barak and Deborah.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Barak’s leadership<br><br>At this time, it was very unusual for a woman to be a leader, especially a military leader. Barak lacked the strength to go into battle without Deborah. This indicates that Barak was a poor leader. If a woman won the battle for him, it would have brought Barak shame. It also indicates that Deborah was very well respected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 4 1 h4q7 0 Ehud See how you translated this man’s name in [Judges 3:15](../03/15.md).
JDG 4 1 aq65 figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [Judges 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considered to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JDG 4 2 yj14 figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh sold them into the hand of Jabin king of Canaan Here “hand” refers to Jabin’s power over Israel. Yahweh’s decision to give Jabin power over them is spoken of as if Yahweh had sold them to Jabin. Alternate translation: “Yahweh allowed them to be defeated by the power of Jabin king of Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ JDG 4 22 n7wq 0 Barak was pursuing “Barak was chasing” or “Barak was fol
JDG 4 23 xzh1 figs-metaphor 0 God defeated Jabin, the king of Canaan, before the people of Israel God causing the Israelites to defeat Jabin and his army is spoken of as is God himself defeated Jabin as the people of Israel watched. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JDG 4 24 y25t 0 The might “The military power”
JDG 4 24 zcb9 figs-synecdoche 0 they destroyed him Here “him” refers to Jabin who represents himself and his army. Alternate translation: “they destroyed Jabin and his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JDG 5 intro jgd9 0 # Judges 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Deborah and Barak continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations, prayers, and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of Chapter 5, which is a song, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The flood<br><br>God caused rain and flooding to bog down Jaban’s chariots making<br>them vulnerable to soldiers on foot, even though it is not said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 5 intro jgd9 0 # Judges 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Deborah and Barak continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations, prayers, and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of Chapter 5, which is a song, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The flood<br><br>God caused rain and flooding to bog down Jaban’s chariots making<br>them vulnerable to soldiers on foot, even though it is not said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 5 1 w7ex figs-explicit 0 On that day The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “On the day the Israelites defeated the army of King Jabin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 5 1 pfq9 0 Deborah See how you translated this name in [Judges 4:4](../04/04.md).
JDG 5 1 l3sj 0 Barak … Abinoam See how you translated these names in [Judges 4:6](../04/06.md).
@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ JDG 5 30 yg2c figs-synecdoche 0 for the necks of those who plunder Here “neck
JDG 5 31 bi4x figs-simile 0 like the sun when it rises in its might The people of Israel wish to be like the sun that rises because no nation’s army is powerful enough to stop the sunrise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JDG 5 31 q1yt figs-metonymy 0 the land had peace Here “the land” represents the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “and the people of Israel lived peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 5 31 mw3u translate-numbers 0 for forty years “for 40 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JDG 6 intro p5sj 0 # Judges 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about Gideon. (Chapters 6-8)<br><br>### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s punishment<br>In Judges, Israel’s actions are connected to their obedience to Yahweh. When Israel does evil, they are oppressed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])
JDG 6 intro p5sj 0 # Judges 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about Gideon. (Chapters 6-8)<br><br>### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s punishment<br>In Judges, Israel’s actions are connected to their obedience to Yahweh. When Israel does evil, they are oppressed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])
JDG 6 1 ht3z figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [Judges 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considered to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JDG 6 1 l9nl figs-metonymy 0 the hand of Midian Here “Midian” represents the people of Midian. Also, “hand” represents control. Alternate translation: “the control of the people of Midian” or “the control of the Midianites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 6 2 bs4z figs-metonymy 0 The power of Midian oppressed Israel Here “the power of Midian” refers to the people of Midian. Alternate translation: “The people of Midian were more powerful than the people of Israel and they oppressed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ JDG 6 37 qz5z 0 dew water that forms on plants during the night
JDG 6 37 s8ri figs-explicit 0 then I will know that you will The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “this will be a sign from you, and then I will know that you will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 6 38 cs87 0 Gideon rose “Gideon got out of bed”
JDG 6 38 ub6l 0 wrung twist and squeeze something to remove water
JDG 7 intro q545 0 # Judges 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Gideon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God gets all of the credit<br><br>God said, “There are too many soldiers for me to give you victory over the Midianites. Make sure that Israel will not boast against me, saying, ‘Our own power has saved us.’” By lowering the number of fighting soldiers, it emphasizes that the victory is achieved through God’s power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]])
JDG 7 intro q545 0 # Judges 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Gideon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God gets all of the credit<br><br>God said, “There are too many soldiers for me to give you victory over the Midianites. Make sure that Israel will not boast against me, saying, ‘Our own power has saved us.’” By lowering the number of fighting soldiers, it emphasizes that the victory is achieved through God’s power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]])
JDG 7 1 u963 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated his name in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md).
JDG 7 1 se4n 0 they encamped “they set up their camp”
JDG 7 1 q9lu translate-names 0 spring of Harod … hill of Moreh These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ JDG 7 24 js9y translate-names 0 Beth Barah This is the name of a town. (See: [[
JDG 7 24 u7ze 0 took control of the waters, as far as Beth Barah and the Jordan River “took control of the area of the Jordan River as far south as Beth Barah”
JDG 7 25 hn84 figs-explicit 0 at the rock of Oreb … at the winepress of Zeeb The places were given these names after the Israelites killed Oreb and Zeeb there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 7 25 rvj8 translate-names 0 Oreb … Zeeb These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 8 intro zh95 0 # Judges 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Gideon concludes in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Succoth’s refusal to help Gideon<br>The men of Succoth feared the Midianites more than Gideon. This is why they refused to help Gideon. By allying themselves with the Midianites, they aligned themselves against Yahweh. Because of this, Gideon treated them like he treated the Midianites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Gideon refuses to be king<br><br>Gideon said to them, “I will not rule over you, neither will my son rule over you. Yahweh will rule over you.” Although the book of Deuteronomy anticipates a king in Israel, it was sinful for Israel to desire to have a king. He did though take a share of everyone’s plunder as a king would have done through taxes. This may serve as a warning to Israel about their desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JDG 8 intro zh95 0 # Judges 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Gideon concludes in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Succoth’s refusal to help Gideon<br>The men of Succoth feared the Midianites more than Gideon. This is why they refused to help Gideon. By allying themselves with the Midianites, they aligned themselves against Yahweh. Because of this, Gideon treated them like he treated the Midianites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Gideon refuses to be king<br><br>Gideon said to them, “I will not rule over you, neither will my son rule over you. Yahweh will rule over you.” Although the book of Deuteronomy anticipates a king in Israel, it was sinful for Israel to desire to have a king. He did though take a share of everyone’s plunder as a king would have done through taxes. This may serve as a warning to Israel about their desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JDG 8 1 sea3 figs-rquestion 0 What is this you have done to us? The people of the tribe of Ephraim were rebuking Gideon with this rhetorical question for not including them in his army. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have not treated us fairly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JDG 8 1 f8fy figs-metonymy 0 against Midian Here “Midian” represents the Midianite army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 8 1 whc1 0 they had a violent argument with him they argued angrily with him” or “they rebuked him severely”
@ -602,7 +602,7 @@ JDG 8 34 k1h5 figs-metonymy 0 from the hand of all their enemies Here “hand
JDG 8 34 lqk5 0 on every side “who surrounded them”
JDG 8 35 svf8 figs-metonymy 0 the house of Jerub Baal Here “the house of” represents a person’s family. Alternate translation: “the family of Jerub Baal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 8 35 w3k3 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated this in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md).
JDG 9 intro zl19 0 # Judges 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jotham’s curse<br><br>Gideon’s son, Abimelech, killed all of his brothers except Jotham in order to become king of Shechem. Jotham cursed Abimelech for having murdered Gideon’s other sons. “Let fire come out from Abimelech and burn up the men of Shechem and the house of Millo. Let fire come out from the men of Shechem and Beth Millo, to burn up Abimelech.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>=##### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Tree metaphor<br>This chapter contains an extended metaphor about trees. This metaphor functions as a parable instructing Israel about their sinful desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JDG 9 intro zl19 0 # Judges 9 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jotham’s curse<br><br>Gideon’s son, Abimelech, killed all of his brothers except Jotham in order to become king of Shechem. Jotham cursed Abimelech for having murdered Gideon’s other sons. “Let fire come out from Abimelech and burn up the men of Shechem and the house of Millo. Let fire come out from the men of Shechem and Beth Millo, to burn up Abimelech.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>=##### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Tree metaphor<br>This chapter contains an extended metaphor about trees. This metaphor functions as a parable instructing Israel about their sinful desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JDG 9 1 cb58 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated this in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md).
JDG 9 2 gfl5 figs-quotesinquotes 0 Please say this, so that all the leaders in Shechem may hear, ‘Which is better for you, that all seventy sons of Jerub Baal rule over you, or that just one rule over you?’ This has a quotation within a quotation. A direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Please ask the leaders of Shechem if they would rather have all seventy sons of Jerub Baal rule over them, or if they would rather have just one of his sons rule over them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
JDG 9 2 lpf2 translate-numbers 0 seventy “70” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 JDG front intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Judges<br><br>1. History of the judges of Israel (1:1–16:31)<br>- Introduction (1:1-3:6)<br>- Othniel, Ehud, and Shamgar (3:7–31)<br>- Deborah and Barak (4:1–5:31)<br>- Gideon (6:1–8:35)<br>- Abimelech, Tola, and Jair (9:1–10:5)<br>- Jephthah (10:6-12:7)<br>- Ibzan, Elon, and Abdon (12:8-15)<br>- Samson (13:1–16:31)<br>1. The account of Micah and his idols (17:1–18:31)<br>1. The account of Gibeah; the other Israelites take revenge (19:1–21:25)<br><br>### What is the Book of Judges about?<br><br>The Book of Judges tells of events that occurred after the Israelites settled in the Promised Land. The events in this book happened over a period of about 150 years.<br><br>This book describes how the Israelites repeatedly sinned against Yahweh during this time. They worshiped false gods and did the same wicked things as the peoples who lived around them. Therefore, God would allow enemies to defeat and oppress the Israelites. Eventually, the Israelites would call to Yahweh for help. Yahweh would then cause someone to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. This person was called a “judge.” The Israelites would live in peace until the judge died.<br><br>After that judge died, the Israelites would start sinning again. So this pattern of events would repeat.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has the title “Judges” because it gives accounts of some of the main leaders or judges in Israel before there were any kings over the people. Unless there are good reasons for following the title in other Bible versions, the translator should probably use the title “Judges” or a title such as “The Book about the Leaders in Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What kind of leaders were the judges?<br><br>These were men and women whom God chose to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. After defeating their enemies, these leaders usually continued to help the people by deciding disputes among them. They also helped them make important decisions. Many of these leaders served all the people of Israel, but some of these leaders may have served only certain tribes.<br><br>### What kind of society was Israel during the time of the judges?<br><br>During this time, the twelve tribes of Israel were independent of one another. They were not a unified nation with one ruler. The tribes would sometimes help each other when enemies were threatening them.<br><br>These tribes were descended from the same ancestors: Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. They shared in the same covenant with Yahweh.<br><br>### What spiritual struggles did Israel experience during the time of the judges?<br><br>During this time, Israel struggled to remain faithful to Yahweh. The best judges encouraged Israel to be faithful to him, but some of the judges failed to do so. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the phrase “in those days there was no king in Israel, and everyone did what was right in his own eyes”?<br><br>This phrase occurs twice in the book of Judges. Shorter versions of the phrase occur two other times. These phrases imply that the writer or editor of this book was alive at a later time when there was a king in Israel. They also seem to imply that the writer thought that things were not good in Israel because there was no king.<br><br>The translation of these phrases should imply to the reader that the book’s writer is looking back into the past.<br><br>### What is the meaning of the phrase “to this day”?<br><br>The narrator used this phrase to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator must avoid giving the impression that the present day of the translation’s readers is meant. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Judges 1:21, 26; 6:24; 10:4; 15:19; 18:12.
3 JDG 1 intro a4am 0 # Judges 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>### “After the death of Joshua”<br>This statement creates a seamless transition from the book of Joshua.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Finishing the conquest of the Promised Land<br><br>Israel fought to clear the land of the Canaanites, but they also made treaties with other peoples and made some of them do hard labor. This was against God’s instruction to completely remove the Canaanite people from the land. # Judges 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>### “After the death of Joshua”<br>This statement creates a seamless transition from the book of Joshua.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Finishing the conquest of the Promised Land<br><br>Israel fought to clear the land of the Canaanites, but they also made treaties with other peoples and made some of them do hard labor. This was against God’s instruction to completely remove the Canaanite people from the land.
4 JDG 1 1 r9ee 0 Connecting Statement: The book of Judges continues the story about Joshua and is also the beginning of a new part of the story.
5 JDG 1 1 b9my 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
6 JDG 1 1 c92j figs-exclusive 0 will attack the Canaanites for us The word “us” refers to the people of Israel, but not to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
84 JDG 1 35 uvw1 figs-metonymy 0 house of Joseph Here “house” represents descendants. Manasseh and Ephraim were sons of Joseph, and the “house of Joseph” can refer to the descendants of Manasseh and Ephraim. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Manasseh and Ephraim” or “the men of the tribes of Manasseh and Ephraim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
85 JDG 1 36 g7nx translate-names 0 the hill of Akrabbim This was a pass southwest of the Dead Sea. It is also called the “Scorpion Pass.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
86 JDG 1 36 qr2w translate-names 0 Sela This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
87 JDG 2 intro mf6a 0 # Judges 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh tests Israel<br><br>Yahweh said, “Because this nation has broken the terms of my covenant.” Completely removing the Canaanites from the land was a test from Yahweh. While Yahweh displayed covenant faithfulness, Israel did not. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/test]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]]) # Judges 2 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh tests Israel<br><br>Yahweh said, “Because this nation has broken the terms of my covenant.” Completely removing the Canaanites from the land was a test from Yahweh. While Yahweh displayed covenant faithfulness, Israel did not. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/test]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]])
88 JDG 2 1 tt9y 0 angel of Yahweh This could mean: (1) “angel who represents Yahweh” or (2) “messenger who serves Yahweh” or (3) it may refer to Yahweh himself, who looked like an angel as he talked to a person. Either one of these meanings would explain the angel’s use of “I” as if Yahweh himself were talking.
89 JDG 2 1 q2ka 0 went up from Gilgal to Bokim “left Gilgal and went to Bokim”
90 JDG 2 1 x66i translate-names 0 Bokim This is what the Israelites named this place in 2:5 after the angel rebukes the people. “Bokim” means “crying.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
152 JDG 2 22 n194 figs-metaphor 0 they will keep the way of Yahweh and walk in it How Yahweh wants people to live or behave is spoken of as if it were a way or road. A person obeying Yahweh is spoken of as if they were walking in his way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
153 JDG 2 23 tn49 figs-doublet 0 did not drive them out quickly and give them into the hand of Joshua These two phrases mean the same thing and can be combined. Alternate translation: “he did not let Joshua quickly conquer them and drive them out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
154 JDG 2 23 b618 figs-metonymy 0 into the hand of Joshua Here “hand” is a metonym for power, and “Joshua” represents himself and his army. Alternate translation: “into the power of Joshua and his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
155 JDG 3 intro k35h 0 # Judges 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The people worship false gods<br><br>Israel worshiped idols and false gods. Because of this, Yahweh allowed Aram and Moab to rule over them. In the period of Judges, when Israel sinned, they were often placed under the rule of a foreign power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Blew a trumpet”<br><br>When Ehud “blew a trumpet,” he was calling all of the men to come help him fight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) # Judges 3 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The people worship false gods<br><br>Israel worshiped idols and false gods. Because of this, Yahweh allowed Aram and Moab to rule over them. In the period of Judges, when Israel sinned, they were often placed under the rule of a foreign power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Blew a trumpet”<br><br>When Ehud “blew a trumpet,” he was calling all of the men to come help him fight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
156 JDG 3 1 w2is 0 Now Yahweh Here “Now” begins a new section of the story.
157 JDG 3 1 hp8z 0 these nations This refers to the people groups that the narrator will list in 3:3.
158 JDG 3 1 xj63 figs-activepassive 0 who had not experienced any of the wars fought in Canaan This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “who had not fought in any of the wars in Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
222 JDG 3 31 f6s9 translate-numbers 0 600 men “six hundred men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
223 JDG 3 31 z3lr 0 a stick used to goad cattle Cattle farmers would poke their cattle with a sharp stick to make them move. AT “a stick used to urge cattle to move” or “a stick used to direct cattle”
224 JDG 3 31 n8z3 figs-metonymy 0 He also delivered Israel from danger The word “danger” refers to enemies that tried to harm the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “He also delivered the people of Israel from their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
225 JDG 4 intro pjw5 0 # Judges 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>Chapters 4 and 5 form one section about Barak and Deborah.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Barak’s leadership<br><br>At this time, it was very unusual for a woman to be a leader, especially a military leader. Barak lacked the strength to go into battle without Deborah. This indicates that Barak was a poor leader. If a woman won the battle for him, it would have brought Barak shame. It also indicates that Deborah was very well respected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) # Judges 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>Chapters 4 and 5 form one section about Barak and Deborah.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Barak’s leadership<br><br>At this time, it was very unusual for a woman to be a leader, especially a military leader. Barak lacked the strength to go into battle without Deborah. This indicates that Barak was a poor leader. If a woman won the battle for him, it would have brought Barak shame. It also indicates that Deborah was very well respected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
226 JDG 4 1 h4q7 0 Ehud See how you translated this man’s name in [Judges 3:15](../03/15.md).
227 JDG 4 1 aq65 figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [Judges 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considered to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
228 JDG 4 2 yj14 figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh sold them into the hand of Jabin king of Canaan Here “hand” refers to Jabin’s power over Israel. Yahweh’s decision to give Jabin power over them is spoken of as if Yahweh had sold them to Jabin. Alternate translation: “Yahweh allowed them to be defeated by the power of Jabin king of Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
286 JDG 4 23 xzh1 figs-metaphor 0 God defeated Jabin, the king of Canaan, before the people of Israel God causing the Israelites to defeat Jabin and his army is spoken of as is God himself defeated Jabin as the people of Israel watched. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
287 JDG 4 24 y25t 0 The might “The military power”
288 JDG 4 24 zcb9 figs-synecdoche 0 they destroyed him Here “him” refers to Jabin who represents himself and his army. Alternate translation: “they destroyed Jabin and his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
289 JDG 5 intro jgd9 0 # Judges 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Deborah and Barak continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations, prayers, and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of Chapter 5, which is a song, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The flood<br><br>God caused rain and flooding to bog down Jaban’s chariots making<br>them vulnerable to soldiers on foot, even though it is not said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) # Judges 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Deborah and Barak continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations, prayers, and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of Chapter 5, which is a song, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The flood<br><br>God caused rain and flooding to bog down Jaban’s chariots making<br>them vulnerable to soldiers on foot, even though it is not said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
290 JDG 5 1 w7ex figs-explicit 0 On that day The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “On the day the Israelites defeated the army of King Jabin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
291 JDG 5 1 pfq9 0 Deborah See how you translated this name in [Judges 4:4](../04/04.md).
292 JDG 5 1 l3sj 0 Barak … Abinoam See how you translated these names in [Judges 4:6](../04/06.md).
386 JDG 5 31 bi4x figs-simile 0 like the sun when it rises in its might The people of Israel wish to be like the sun that rises because no nation’s army is powerful enough to stop the sunrise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
387 JDG 5 31 q1yt figs-metonymy 0 the land had peace Here “the land” represents the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “and the people of Israel lived peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
388 JDG 5 31 mw3u translate-numbers 0 for forty years “for 40 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
389 JDG 6 intro p5sj 0 # Judges 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about Gideon. (Chapters 6-8)<br><br>### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s punishment<br>In Judges, Israel’s actions are connected to their obedience to Yahweh. When Israel does evil, they are oppressed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]]) # Judges 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about Gideon. (Chapters 6-8)<br><br>### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s punishment<br>In Judges, Israel’s actions are connected to their obedience to Yahweh. When Israel does evil, they are oppressed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])
390 JDG 6 1 ht3z figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [Judges 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considered to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
391 JDG 6 1 l9nl figs-metonymy 0 the hand of Midian Here “Midian” represents the people of Midian. Also, “hand” represents control. Alternate translation: “the control of the people of Midian” or “the control of the Midianites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
392 JDG 6 2 bs4z figs-metonymy 0 The power of Midian oppressed Israel Here “the power of Midian” refers to the people of Midian. Alternate translation: “The people of Midian were more powerful than the people of Israel and they oppressed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
463 JDG 6 37 s8ri figs-explicit 0 then I will know that you will The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “this will be a sign from you, and then I will know that you will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
464 JDG 6 38 cs87 0 Gideon rose “Gideon got out of bed”
465 JDG 6 38 ub6l 0 wrung twist and squeeze something to remove water
466 JDG 7 intro q545 0 # Judges 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Gideon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God gets all of the credit<br><br>God said, “There are too many soldiers for me to give you victory over the Midianites. Make sure that Israel will not boast against me, saying, ‘Our own power has saved us.’” By lowering the number of fighting soldiers, it emphasizes that the victory is achieved through God’s power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]]) # Judges 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Gideon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God gets all of the credit<br><br>God said, “There are too many soldiers for me to give you victory over the Midianites. Make sure that Israel will not boast against me, saying, ‘Our own power has saved us.’” By lowering the number of fighting soldiers, it emphasizes that the victory is achieved through God’s power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]])
467 JDG 7 1 u963 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated his name in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md).
468 JDG 7 1 se4n 0 they encamped “they set up their camp”
469 JDG 7 1 q9lu translate-names 0 spring of Harod … hill of Moreh These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
511 JDG 7 24 u7ze 0 took control of the waters, as far as Beth Barah and the Jordan River “took control of the area of the Jordan River as far south as Beth Barah”
512 JDG 7 25 hn84 figs-explicit 0 at the rock of Oreb … at the winepress of Zeeb The places were given these names after the Israelites killed Oreb and Zeeb there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
513 JDG 7 25 rvj8 translate-names 0 Oreb … Zeeb These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
514 JDG 8 intro zh95 0 # Judges 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Gideon concludes in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Succoth’s refusal to help Gideon<br>The men of Succoth feared the Midianites more than Gideon. This is why they refused to help Gideon. By allying themselves with the Midianites, they aligned themselves against Yahweh. Because of this, Gideon treated them like he treated the Midianites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Gideon refuses to be king<br><br>Gideon said to them, “I will not rule over you, neither will my son rule over you. Yahweh will rule over you.” Although the book of Deuteronomy anticipates a king in Israel, it was sinful for Israel to desire to have a king. He did though take a share of everyone’s plunder as a king would have done through taxes. This may serve as a warning to Israel about their desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) # Judges 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Gideon concludes in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Succoth’s refusal to help Gideon<br>The men of Succoth feared the Midianites more than Gideon. This is why they refused to help Gideon. By allying themselves with the Midianites, they aligned themselves against Yahweh. Because of this, Gideon treated them like he treated the Midianites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Gideon refuses to be king<br><br>Gideon said to them, “I will not rule over you, neither will my son rule over you. Yahweh will rule over you.” Although the book of Deuteronomy anticipates a king in Israel, it was sinful for Israel to desire to have a king. He did though take a share of everyone’s plunder as a king would have done through taxes. This may serve as a warning to Israel about their desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
515 JDG 8 1 sea3 figs-rquestion 0 What is this you have done to us? The people of the tribe of Ephraim were rebuking Gideon with this rhetorical question for not including them in his army. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have not treated us fairly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
516 JDG 8 1 f8fy figs-metonymy 0 against Midian Here “Midian” represents the Midianite army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
517 JDG 8 1 whc1 0 they had a violent argument with him they argued angrily with him” or “they rebuked him severely”
602 JDG 8 34 lqk5 0 on every side “who surrounded them”
603 JDG 8 35 svf8 figs-metonymy 0 the house of Jerub Baal Here “the house of” represents a person’s family. Alternate translation: “the family of Jerub Baal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
604 JDG 8 35 w3k3 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated this in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md).
605 JDG 9 intro zl19 0 # Judges 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jotham’s curse<br><br>Gideon’s son, Abimelech, killed all of his brothers except Jotham in order to become king of Shechem. Jotham cursed Abimelech for having murdered Gideon’s other sons. “Let fire come out from Abimelech and burn up the men of Shechem and the house of Millo. Let fire come out from the men of Shechem and Beth Millo, to burn up Abimelech.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>=##### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Tree metaphor<br>This chapter contains an extended metaphor about trees. This metaphor functions as a parable instructing Israel about their sinful desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) # Judges 9 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jotham’s curse<br><br>Gideon’s son, Abimelech, killed all of his brothers except Jotham in order to become king of Shechem. Jotham cursed Abimelech for having murdered Gideon’s other sons. “Let fire come out from Abimelech and burn up the men of Shechem and the house of Millo. Let fire come out from the men of Shechem and Beth Millo, to burn up Abimelech.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>=##### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Tree metaphor<br>This chapter contains an extended metaphor about trees. This metaphor functions as a parable instructing Israel about their sinful desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
606 JDG 9 1 cb58 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated this in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md).
607 JDG 9 2 gfl5 figs-quotesinquotes 0 Please say this, so that all the leaders in Shechem may hear, ‘Which is better for you, that all seventy sons of Jerub Baal rule over you, or that just one rule over you?’ This has a quotation within a quotation. A direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Please ask the leaders of Shechem if they would rather have all seventy sons of Jerub Baal rule over them, or if they would rather have just one of his sons rule over them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
608 JDG 9 2 lpf2 translate-numbers 0 seventy “70” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

8
en_tn_08-RUT.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

18
en_tn_09-1SA.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

18
en_tn_10-2SA.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

18
en_tn_11-1KI.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
1KI front intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 1 Kings<br><br>1. David dies and Solomon begins to reign (1:1-2:46)<br>1. Solomon reigns (3:1–11:43)<br>- Solomon becomes wise and wealthy (3:1–4:43)<br>- Solomon’s temple (5:1–8:66)<br>- Rise and fall of Solomon (9:1–11:43)<br>1. The kingdom divides (12:1-14:31)<br>- Rehoboam succeeds Solomon (12:1–24)<br>- Jeroboam rules the northern kingdom of Israel (12:25–33)<br>- Ahijah prophesies against Jeroboam (13:1–14:20)<br>- Rehoboam’s end (14:21–31)<br>1. Kings and events in Israel and Judah (15:1-22:53)<br>- Abijah and Asa in Judah (15:1–24)<br>- Nadab in Israel (15:25–32)<br>- Baasha in Israel (15:33–16:7)<br>- Elah in Israel (16:8–14)<br>- Zimri in Israel (16:15–22)<br>- Omri in Israel (16:23–28)<br>- Ahab in Israel (16:29–22:40)<br>- Jehoshaphat in Judah (22:41–50)<br>- Ahaziah in Israel (22:51–53)<br><br>### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Kings about?<br><br>These books are about what happened to the people of Israel, from the time of King Solomon to the time both the northern and southern kingdoms were destroyed. These books describe how Israel split into two kingdoms after Solomon died. It also tells about all the kings that ruled over each kingdom after Solomon died.<br><br>In the southern kingdom, some kings did what Yahweh judged to be right. For example, King Josiah repaired the temple and reformed the worship of Yahweh. He responded to the high priest finding a copy of the Law of Yahweh in Jerusalem ([2 Kings 22–23](../../2ki/22/01.md)). However, all of the kings of the northern kingdom were wicked.<br><br>The Assyrians destroyed the northern kingdom in 722 B.C. The Babylonians destroyed the southern kingdom in 586 B.C.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Books of 1 and 2 Kings were originally one book in Hebrew. They were separated into two books when translated into Greek. Translators might choose more meaningful titles such as “The First Book about the Kings” and “The Second Book about the Kings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the purpose of 1 and 2 Kings?<br><br>These books were probably finished during the exile, after the Babylonians had destroyed the temple. They show how being faithful to Yahweh results in his blessing and prospering his people. Worshipping idols and not being faithful result in their being punished and destroyed.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why do the Books of 1 and 2 Kings refer to someone being addressed indirectly?<br><br>In the Bible, people often referred to themselves as “your servant” when speaking to anyone in a superior position to themselves. Indirectly addressing people in this way was intended to honor the one addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” in this way. But a translator should use whatever expressions that are natural in the project language in order to honor someone in a superior position.<br><br>### What does the king “did what was right (or evil) in the eyes of Yahweh” mean?<br><br>The writer repeats this kind of expression throughout the Books of 1 and 2 Kings. Here “in the eyes of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh thinks about someone. If a king was faithful and obeyed the covenant, he did what was right according to Yahweh. If he was not faithful and disobeyed the covenant, he did what was evil according to Yahweh.<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed his name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Can I translate the Book of 1 Kings before I translate the Books of 1 and 2 Samuel?<br><br>The Books of 1 and 2 Samuel should be translated before 1 Kings, since 1 Kings continues from where 2 Samuel ends.
1KI 1 intro v496 0 # 1 Kings 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1 Kings is a continuation of 2 Samuel.<br><br>This chapter records the beginning of the reign of Solomon (chapters 1-11) after the death of David.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>==The next king==<br>David did not announce who was to succeed him. Because of this, there was fighting between David’s sons over who should be king. Adonijah invited guests to a banquet and declared himself king. Then those favoring Solomon told David and he declared Solomon the new king.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>Several times in this chapter, the people use the idiom “sit on the throne” to mean “be king.” Solomon assures Adonijah that if he behaves himself “not a hair of his will fall to the earth,” meaning “he will not be harmed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1KI 1 intro v496 0 # 1 Kings 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1 Kings is a continuation of 2 Samuel.<br><br>This chapter records the beginning of the reign of Solomon (chapters 1-11) after the death of David.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>==The next king==<br>David did not announce who was to succeed him. Because of this, there was fighting between David’s sons over who should be king. Adonijah invited guests to a banquet and declared himself king. Then those favoring Solomon told David and he declared Solomon the new king.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>Several times in this chapter, the people use the idiom “sit on the throne” to mean “be king.” Solomon assures Adonijah that if he behaves himself “not a hair of his will fall to the earth,” meaning “he will not be harmed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1KI 1 1 pwg1 0 covered him with blankets They put many blankets on King David to try to keep him warm.
1KI 1 1 b43p figs-doublet 0 old and advanced in years “very old.” The two phrases are similar in meaning and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]].)
1KI 1 3 f51x 0 So they searched “So the king’s servants searched”
@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 1 52 jr66 0 General Information: Solomon spares the life of Adonijah.
1KI 1 52 t3dr figs-explicit 0 not a hair of his will fall to the earth This is an exaggeration to say that Solomon will keep Adonijah safe. Alternate translation: “not a hair of his head will fall” or “I will keep him safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1KI 1 52 d933 figs-abstractnouns 0 wickedness is found in him The abstract noun “wickedness” can be translated as a verb. It is spoken of as if it were an object that could be found in a container. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “he does what is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1KI 2 intro nsa1 0 # 1 Kings 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories: David’s last advice to Solomon and Solomon’s punishment of those who supported Adonijah and also Shimei, who had cursed David when David was fleeing from Absalom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Exalting oneself<br>Exalting oneself can lead to disaster as when Adonijah made himself king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exalt]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Euphemism<br>David spoke of his impending death using a euphemism: “I am going the way of all the earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Parallelism<br><br>David wanted to emphasize the importance of obeying God to his son Solomon. He used parallelism, saying the same thing seven times using different words: “Keep the commands of Yahweh your God to walk in his ways, to obey his statutes, his commandments, his decisions, and his covenant decrees, being careful to do what is written in the law of Moses.” Some languages have other ways of emphasizing an idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1KI 2 intro nsa1 0 # 1 Kings 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories: David’s last advice to Solomon and Solomon’s punishment of those who supported Adonijah and also Shimei, who had cursed David when David was fleeing from Absalom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Exalting oneself<br>Exalting oneself can lead to disaster as when Adonijah made himself king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exalt]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Euphemism<br>David spoke of his impending death using a euphemism: “I am going the way of all the earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Parallelism<br><br>David wanted to emphasize the importance of obeying God to his son Solomon. He used parallelism, saying the same thing seven times using different words: “Keep the commands of Yahweh your God to walk in his ways, to obey his statutes, his commandments, his decisions, and his covenant decrees, being careful to do what is written in the law of Moses.” Some languages have other ways of emphasizing an idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1KI 2 2 v679 figs-euphemism 0 I am going the way of all the earth This is a polite way of saying “I am going to die.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1KI 2 2 n19l figs-ellipsis 0 show yourself a man The ellipsis can be filled in. Alternate translation: “show everyone that you are a man” or “live so that everyone can see you are a good man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1KI 2 3 z9rt figs-idiom 0 walk in his ways Walking on a path is a metonym for the way a person lives. Alternate translation: “live the way he commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 2 45 r843 0 General Information: King Solomon orders Shimei to be put to death.
1KI 2 45 fx8t figs-metonymy 0 the throne of David will be established before Yahweh forever Here “throne of David” represents the authority and rule of David and all his descendants forever. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 2 46 q4c8 figs-metonymy 0 in Solomon’s hand This use of “hand” represents Solomon’s power and authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 3 intro r15u 0 # 1 Kings 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories. Verses 1-15 is the story of Solomon’s dream when God asked him what he wanted and he said he needed wisdom to be a good and fair ruler. Verses 16-28 is the story of a court case showing Solomon’s wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom<br><br>God was very pleased with Solomon’s request for wisdom. This is because wisdom was something that he could use to serve other people instead of himself. Because this was a noble request, God promised Solomon wisdom, wealth, and fame. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>### Putting the needs of others first<br>There are two additional examples of people putting the needs of others in front of their own needs. God is pleased with people wanting to do their job well more than wanting to be blessed. A mother will put the life of her child above every other concern. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
1KI 3 intro r15u 0 # 1 Kings 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories. Verses 1-15 is the story of Solomon’s dream when God asked him what he wanted and he said he needed wisdom to be a good and fair ruler. Verses 16-28 is the story of a court case showing Solomon’s wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom<br><br>God was very pleased with Solomon’s request for wisdom. This is because wisdom was something that he could use to serve other people instead of himself. Because this was a noble request, God promised Solomon wisdom, wealth, and fame. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>### Putting the needs of others first<br>There are two additional examples of people putting the needs of others in front of their own needs. God is pleased with people wanting to do their job well more than wanting to be blessed. A mother will put the life of her child above every other concern. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
1KI 3 1 h2l6 0 General Information: Solomon marries an Egyptian.
1KI 3 1 q5yv 0 Solomon allied himself by marriage with Pharaoh king of Egypt Solomon became the son-in-law of Pharaoh king of Egypt so the two kings would work together and fight together against their enemies.
1KI 3 1 s4dd 0 until he had finished building She was still in the city of David after he had finished building.
@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 3 26 uue9 0 General Information: The real mother asks the king to spare the child’s life.
1KI 3 26 ix5r figs-metaphor 0 her heart was full of compassion for her son This speaks of the woman having a lot of compassion as if her heart were a container and compassion were a solid object. Alternate translation: “she greatly loved her baby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1KI 3 28 caa5 figs-hyperbole 0 all Israel This is a generalization. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1KI 4 intro q6h7 0 # 1 Kings 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter names the important people in Solomon’s government and shows the extent of his kingdom.
1KI 4 intro q6h7 0 # 1 Kings 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter names the important people in Solomon’s government and shows the extent of his kingdom.
1KI 4 1 lyk2 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a list of Solomon’s officials. The list ends in 1 Kings 4:6.
1KI 4 2 e1li translate-names 0 Azariah … Zadok These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1KI 4 3 hc81 0 Connecting Statement: This continues the list of Solomon’s officials.
@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 4 30 g12d 0 the people of the east This refers to people from countries east of Israel such as Arabia and Mesopotamia.
1KI 4 31 cu1z translate-names 0 Ethan … Heman … Kalkol … Darda … Mahol men’s names (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1KI 4 33 r1r3 translate-unknown 0 cedar … hyssop These words form a merism that includes all plants. Alternate translation: “cedar tree … hyssop bush” or “the greatest of trees … least important of bushes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1KI 5 intro c6a5 0 # 1 Kings 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the beginning of the description of the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Building the temple<br>Building the temple took a lot of work and cooperation. King Hiram of Tyre provided lumber for building the temple in exchange for wheat and olive oil. Solomon also had many people cutting rocks for the walls of the temple.
1KI 5 intro c6a5 0 # 1 Kings 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the beginning of the description of the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Building the temple<br>Building the temple took a lot of work and cooperation. King Hiram of Tyre provided lumber for building the temple in exchange for wheat and olive oil. Solomon also had many people cutting rocks for the walls of the temple.
1KI 5 1 f4a8 0 General Information: Solomon talks with King Hiram about building the Temple.
1KI 5 1 wb37 0 Hiram had always loved David “Hiram had always been a close friend of King David”
1KI 5 3 pv3b figs-idiom 0 Yahweh was putting his enemies under the soles of his feet To put an enemy under someone’s foot means to conquer them. Alternate translation: “Yahweh was helping David to defeat his enemies” or “David was busy since Yahweh was giving him victory over his enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 5 17 u9ki 0 General Information: Solomon continues to force men to build the temple.
1KI 5 17 hk8u 0 quarried large stones of high quality “dug large, good stones out of the mountain and cut them to be the right shape”
1KI 5 18 l6m8 translate-unknown 0 Gebalites men from the city of Gebal (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1KI 6 intro dn22 0 # 1 Kings 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Building the temple<br>Solomon built the temple in seven years. The outside walls were made of rock. Solomon shaped the rocks for the wall in the quarry and then assembled them at the temple site. The inside was covered with wood. Inside the temple was a room covered by gold, which was the Most Holy Place where the ark was housed under statues of angels. It represented the presence of God.
1KI 6 intro dn22 0 # 1 Kings 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Building the temple<br>Solomon built the temple in seven years. The outside walls were made of rock. Solomon shaped the rocks for the wall in the quarry and then assembled them at the temple site. The inside was covered with wood. Inside the temple was a room covered by gold, which was the Most Holy Place where the ark was housed under statues of angels. It represented the presence of God.
1KI 6 1 rj8r 0 General Information: The narrator describes the temple and its dimensions. This description continues through 1 Kings 6:38.
1KI 6 1 si1j figs-metonymy 0 Solomon began to build Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “Solomon commanded his workers to begin building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 6 1 z8zf translate-ordinal 0 480th … fourth These are the ordinal forms of 480 and 4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 6 38 hy2b translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the month of Bul, which is the eighth month “Bul” is the eighth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of October and the first part of November on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1KI 6 38 iee2 0 the house was finished in all its parts and conforming to all its specifications This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “they finished building every part of the house. They built it exactly the way Solomon had told them to build it”
1KI 6 38 rz5l figs-metonymy 0 Solomon took Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “It took Solomon’s workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 7 intro kaf2 0 # 1 Kings 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has a description of the palace Solomon built and the materials used in the temple courtyard. It is the last chapter about the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Bronze<br>Solomon hired a man from Tyre who was good at casting things out of bronze. The bronze objects were made by hollowing out the shape of the object in clay and then pouring in the hot melted liquid bronze and letting it cool. He made two large pillars and a large water reservoir set on the backs of 12 bronze cows. He made all the instruments for use in the sacrifices outside the temple. He made the furnishing inside the temple out of gold.<br><br>### The temple and the palace<br>Solomon spent 13 years building a palace for himself that was much bigger than the temple. It is significant that the house of Solomon was much larger than the house of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])
1KI 7 intro kaf2 0 # 1 Kings 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has a description of the palace Solomon built and the materials used in the temple courtyard. It is the last chapter about the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Bronze<br>Solomon hired a man from Tyre who was good at casting things out of bronze. The bronze objects were made by hollowing out the shape of the object in clay and then pouring in the hot melted liquid bronze and letting it cool. He made two large pillars and a large water reservoir set on the backs of 12 bronze cows. He made all the instruments for use in the sacrifices outside the temple. He made the furnishing inside the temple out of gold.<br><br>### The temple and the palace<br>Solomon spent 13 years building a palace for himself that was much bigger than the temple. It is significant that the house of Solomon was much larger than the house of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])
1KI 7 1 in3j 0 General Information: The author is writing about Solomon’s palace.
1KI 7 1 f5n7 figs-metonymy 0 Solomon took thirteen years to build his own palace Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “It took Solomon’s workers thirteen years to build his palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 7 1 lf86 0 palace If your language does not have a word for “palace,” you may translate this as “house” or “big house.”
@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 7 50 tev9 figs-activepassive 0 had made the cups … all of which were made of pure gold This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “had his workers make all the cups … out of pure gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1KI 7 50 y2nn 0 sockets of gold made for the doors Here, **sockets** may refer to either: (1) the sockets in which the door pegs turned, or (2) the hinges on which the doors hung.
1KI 7 51 x9f6 figs-activepassive 0 the work that King Solomon directed for the house of Yahweh was finished This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the workers finished the work that King Solomon had them do for the house of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1KI 8 intro h96s 0 # 1 Kings 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ark is placed in the new temple. This is a very significant event in the history of the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Celebration of the temple’s completion<br>When the temple was finished, Solomon told all of the people to come to Jerusalem. They took the ark out of the tent and brought it to the temple. Then Solomon prayed that God would hear and answer prayers made to him when they faced towards the temple.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>Solomon prayed that God would respond to people’s prayers using an idiom: “that your eyes may be open to the request of your servant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1KI 8 intro h96s 0 # 1 Kings 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ark is placed in the new temple. This is a very significant event in the history of the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Celebration of the temple’s completion<br>When the temple was finished, Solomon told all of the people to come to Jerusalem. They took the ark out of the tent and brought it to the temple. Then Solomon prayed that God would hear and answer prayers made to him when they faced towards the temple.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>Solomon prayed that God would respond to people’s prayers using an idiom: “that your eyes may be open to the request of your servant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1KI 8 1 kla2 0 assembled the elders of Israel “called together the leaders of Israel”
1KI 8 2 vy83 figs-hyperbole 0 All the men of Israel This may refer either: (1) to the people whom Solomon called to Jerusalem and who are listed in 8:1 or (2) generally to those who traveled to Jerusalem for the feast, not necessarily to every male person who lived in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1KI 8 2 uam7 0 at the feast This is a reference to the Feast of Succoth, also known as the Feast of Tabernacles or Feast of Shelters .
@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 8 65 reb2 translate-numbers 0 seven days … seven days … fourteen days “7 days…7 days…14 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1KI 8 66 cs8n translate-ordinal 0 eighth day The word “eighth” is the ordinal form of “8.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1KI 8 66 nja5 figs-doublet 0 joyful and glad The two words mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1KI 9 intro iy5f 0 # 1 Kings 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There are two parts to this chapter. Verses 1–9 is a dream in which God warned Solomon that he and his descendants were not to worship idols. If they did this, the temple would be destroyed. Verses 10–28 is about Solomon’s extensive building and his partnership with Hiram, king of Tyre. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worship only Yahweh<br>Yahweh alone must be worshiped. It is necessary for people to stay faithful to God and not worship idols. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>‘Walk” is a common image in Scripture. It is said, “if you walk before me as David your father walked.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/walk]])
1KI 9 intro iy5f 0 # 1 Kings 9 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There are two parts to this chapter. Verses 1–9 is a dream in which God warned Solomon that he and his descendants were not to worship idols. If they did this, the temple would be destroyed. Verses 10–28 is about Solomon’s extensive building and his partnership with Hiram, king of Tyre. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worship only Yahweh<br>Yahweh alone must be worshiped. It is necessary for people to stay faithful to God and not worship idols. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>‘Walk” is a common image in Scripture. It is said, “if you walk before me as David your father walked.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/walk]])
1KI 9 3 f3hf figs-doublet 0 your prayer and your request The words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that Yahweh recognized that Solomon’s request was sincere. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). Alternate translation: “your request” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1KI 9 3 a6as figs-metonymy 0 to put my name there forever The name is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “to dwell there and to claim possession of it forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 9 3 hnx7 figs-synecdoche 0 My eyes and my heart will be there The eyes and heart are synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “I will protect and care for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 1KI front intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 1 Kings<br><br>1. David dies and Solomon begins to reign (1:1-2:46)<br>1. Solomon reigns (3:1–11:43)<br>- Solomon becomes wise and wealthy (3:1–4:43)<br>- Solomon’s temple (5:1–8:66)<br>- Rise and fall of Solomon (9:1–11:43)<br>1. The kingdom divides (12:1-14:31)<br>- Rehoboam succeeds Solomon (12:1–24)<br>- Jeroboam rules the northern kingdom of Israel (12:25–33)<br>- Ahijah prophesies against Jeroboam (13:1–14:20)<br>- Rehoboam’s end (14:21–31)<br>1. Kings and events in Israel and Judah (15:1-22:53)<br>- Abijah and Asa in Judah (15:1–24)<br>- Nadab in Israel (15:25–32)<br>- Baasha in Israel (15:33–16:7)<br>- Elah in Israel (16:8–14)<br>- Zimri in Israel (16:15–22)<br>- Omri in Israel (16:23–28)<br>- Ahab in Israel (16:29–22:40)<br>- Jehoshaphat in Judah (22:41–50)<br>- Ahaziah in Israel (22:51–53)<br><br>### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Kings about?<br><br>These books are about what happened to the people of Israel, from the time of King Solomon to the time both the northern and southern kingdoms were destroyed. These books describe how Israel split into two kingdoms after Solomon died. It also tells about all the kings that ruled over each kingdom after Solomon died.<br><br>In the southern kingdom, some kings did what Yahweh judged to be right. For example, King Josiah repaired the temple and reformed the worship of Yahweh. He responded to the high priest finding a copy of the Law of Yahweh in Jerusalem ([2 Kings 22–23](../../2ki/22/01.md)). However, all of the kings of the northern kingdom were wicked.<br><br>The Assyrians destroyed the northern kingdom in 722 B.C. The Babylonians destroyed the southern kingdom in 586 B.C.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Books of 1 and 2 Kings were originally one book in Hebrew. They were separated into two books when translated into Greek. Translators might choose more meaningful titles such as “The First Book about the Kings” and “The Second Book about the Kings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the purpose of 1 and 2 Kings?<br><br>These books were probably finished during the exile, after the Babylonians had destroyed the temple. They show how being faithful to Yahweh results in his blessing and prospering his people. Worshipping idols and not being faithful result in their being punished and destroyed.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why do the Books of 1 and 2 Kings refer to someone being addressed indirectly?<br><br>In the Bible, people often referred to themselves as “your servant” when speaking to anyone in a superior position to themselves. Indirectly addressing people in this way was intended to honor the one addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” in this way. But a translator should use whatever expressions that are natural in the project language in order to honor someone in a superior position.<br><br>### What does the king “did what was right (or evil) in the eyes of Yahweh” mean?<br><br>The writer repeats this kind of expression throughout the Books of 1 and 2 Kings. Here “in the eyes of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh thinks about someone. If a king was faithful and obeyed the covenant, he did what was right according to Yahweh. If he was not faithful and disobeyed the covenant, he did what was evil according to Yahweh.<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed his name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Can I translate the Book of 1 Kings before I translate the Books of 1 and 2 Samuel?<br><br>The Books of 1 and 2 Samuel should be translated before 1 Kings, since 1 Kings continues from where 2 Samuel ends.
3 1KI 1 intro v496 0 # 1 Kings 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1 Kings is a continuation of 2 Samuel.<br><br>This chapter records the beginning of the reign of Solomon (chapters 1-11) after the death of David.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>==The next king==<br>David did not announce who was to succeed him. Because of this, there was fighting between David’s sons over who should be king. Adonijah invited guests to a banquet and declared himself king. Then those favoring Solomon told David and he declared Solomon the new king.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>Several times in this chapter, the people use the idiom “sit on the throne” to mean “be king.” Solomon assures Adonijah that if he behaves himself “not a hair of his will fall to the earth,” meaning “he will not be harmed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) # 1 Kings 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1 Kings is a continuation of 2 Samuel.<br><br>This chapter records the beginning of the reign of Solomon (chapters 1-11) after the death of David.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>==The next king==<br>David did not announce who was to succeed him. Because of this, there was fighting between David’s sons over who should be king. Adonijah invited guests to a banquet and declared himself king. Then those favoring Solomon told David and he declared Solomon the new king.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>Several times in this chapter, the people use the idiom “sit on the throne” to mean “be king.” Solomon assures Adonijah that if he behaves himself “not a hair of his will fall to the earth,” meaning “he will not be harmed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4 1KI 1 1 pwg1 0 covered him with blankets They put many blankets on King David to try to keep him warm.
5 1KI 1 1 b43p figs-doublet 0 old and advanced in years “very old.” The two phrases are similar in meaning and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]].)
6 1KI 1 3 f51x 0 So they searched “So the king’s servants searched”
96 1KI 1 52 jr66 0 General Information: Solomon spares the life of Adonijah.
97 1KI 1 52 t3dr figs-explicit 0 not a hair of his will fall to the earth This is an exaggeration to say that Solomon will keep Adonijah safe. Alternate translation: “not a hair of his head will fall” or “I will keep him safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
98 1KI 1 52 d933 figs-abstractnouns 0 wickedness is found in him The abstract noun “wickedness” can be translated as a verb. It is spoken of as if it were an object that could be found in a container. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “he does what is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
99 1KI 2 intro nsa1 0 # 1 Kings 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories: David’s last advice to Solomon and Solomon’s punishment of those who supported Adonijah and also Shimei, who had cursed David when David was fleeing from Absalom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Exalting oneself<br>Exalting oneself can lead to disaster as when Adonijah made himself king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exalt]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Euphemism<br>David spoke of his impending death using a euphemism: “I am going the way of all the earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Parallelism<br><br>David wanted to emphasize the importance of obeying God to his son Solomon. He used parallelism, saying the same thing seven times using different words: “Keep the commands of Yahweh your God to walk in his ways, to obey his statutes, his commandments, his decisions, and his covenant decrees, being careful to do what is written in the law of Moses.” Some languages have other ways of emphasizing an idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) # 1 Kings 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories: David’s last advice to Solomon and Solomon’s punishment of those who supported Adonijah and also Shimei, who had cursed David when David was fleeing from Absalom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Exalting oneself<br>Exalting oneself can lead to disaster as when Adonijah made himself king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exalt]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Euphemism<br>David spoke of his impending death using a euphemism: “I am going the way of all the earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Parallelism<br><br>David wanted to emphasize the importance of obeying God to his son Solomon. He used parallelism, saying the same thing seven times using different words: “Keep the commands of Yahweh your God to walk in his ways, to obey his statutes, his commandments, his decisions, and his covenant decrees, being careful to do what is written in the law of Moses.” Some languages have other ways of emphasizing an idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
100 1KI 2 2 v679 figs-euphemism 0 I am going the way of all the earth This is a polite way of saying “I am going to die.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
101 1KI 2 2 n19l figs-ellipsis 0 show yourself a man The ellipsis can be filled in. Alternate translation: “show everyone that you are a man” or “live so that everyone can see you are a good man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
102 1KI 2 3 z9rt figs-idiom 0 walk in his ways Walking on a path is a metonym for the way a person lives. Alternate translation: “live the way he commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
181 1KI 2 45 r843 0 General Information: King Solomon orders Shimei to be put to death.
182 1KI 2 45 fx8t figs-metonymy 0 the throne of David will be established before Yahweh forever Here “throne of David” represents the authority and rule of David and all his descendants forever. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
183 1KI 2 46 q4c8 figs-metonymy 0 in Solomon’s hand This use of “hand” represents Solomon’s power and authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
184 1KI 3 intro r15u 0 # 1 Kings 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories. Verses 1-15 is the story of Solomon’s dream when God asked him what he wanted and he said he needed wisdom to be a good and fair ruler. Verses 16-28 is the story of a court case showing Solomon’s wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom<br><br>God was very pleased with Solomon’s request for wisdom. This is because wisdom was something that he could use to serve other people instead of himself. Because this was a noble request, God promised Solomon wisdom, wealth, and fame. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>### Putting the needs of others first<br>There are two additional examples of people putting the needs of others in front of their own needs. God is pleased with people wanting to do their job well more than wanting to be blessed. A mother will put the life of her child above every other concern. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]]) # 1 Kings 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories. Verses 1-15 is the story of Solomon’s dream when God asked him what he wanted and he said he needed wisdom to be a good and fair ruler. Verses 16-28 is the story of a court case showing Solomon’s wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom<br><br>God was very pleased with Solomon’s request for wisdom. This is because wisdom was something that he could use to serve other people instead of himself. Because this was a noble request, God promised Solomon wisdom, wealth, and fame. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>### Putting the needs of others first<br>There are two additional examples of people putting the needs of others in front of their own needs. God is pleased with people wanting to do their job well more than wanting to be blessed. A mother will put the life of her child above every other concern. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
185 1KI 3 1 h2l6 0 General Information: Solomon marries an Egyptian.
186 1KI 3 1 q5yv 0 Solomon allied himself by marriage with Pharaoh king of Egypt Solomon became the son-in-law of Pharaoh king of Egypt so the two kings would work together and fight together against their enemies.
187 1KI 3 1 s4dd 0 until he had finished building She was still in the city of David after he had finished building.
222 1KI 3 26 uue9 0 General Information: The real mother asks the king to spare the child’s life.
223 1KI 3 26 ix5r figs-metaphor 0 her heart was full of compassion for her son This speaks of the woman having a lot of compassion as if her heart were a container and compassion were a solid object. Alternate translation: “she greatly loved her baby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
224 1KI 3 28 caa5 figs-hyperbole 0 all Israel This is a generalization. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
225 1KI 4 intro q6h7 0 # 1 Kings 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter names the important people in Solomon’s government and shows the extent of his kingdom. # 1 Kings 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter names the important people in Solomon’s government and shows the extent of his kingdom.
226 1KI 4 1 lyk2 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a list of Solomon’s officials. The list ends in 1 Kings 4:6.
227 1KI 4 2 e1li translate-names 0 Azariah … Zadok These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
228 1KI 4 3 hc81 0 Connecting Statement: This continues the list of Solomon’s officials.
308 1KI 4 30 g12d 0 the people of the east This refers to people from countries east of Israel such as Arabia and Mesopotamia.
309 1KI 4 31 cu1z translate-names 0 Ethan … Heman … Kalkol … Darda … Mahol men’s names (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
310 1KI 4 33 r1r3 translate-unknown 0 cedar … hyssop These words form a merism that includes all plants. Alternate translation: “cedar tree … hyssop bush” or “the greatest of trees … least important of bushes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
311 1KI 5 intro c6a5 0 # 1 Kings 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the beginning of the description of the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Building the temple<br>Building the temple took a lot of work and cooperation. King Hiram of Tyre provided lumber for building the temple in exchange for wheat and olive oil. Solomon also had many people cutting rocks for the walls of the temple. # 1 Kings 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the beginning of the description of the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Building the temple<br>Building the temple took a lot of work and cooperation. King Hiram of Tyre provided lumber for building the temple in exchange for wheat and olive oil. Solomon also had many people cutting rocks for the walls of the temple.
312 1KI 5 1 f4a8 0 General Information: Solomon talks with King Hiram about building the Temple.
313 1KI 5 1 wb37 0 Hiram had always loved David “Hiram had always been a close friend of King David”
314 1KI 5 3 pv3b figs-idiom 0 Yahweh was putting his enemies under the soles of his feet To put an enemy under someone’s foot means to conquer them. Alternate translation: “Yahweh was helping David to defeat his enemies” or “David was busy since Yahweh was giving him victory over his enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
351 1KI 5 17 u9ki 0 General Information: Solomon continues to force men to build the temple.
352 1KI 5 17 hk8u 0 quarried large stones of high quality “dug large, good stones out of the mountain and cut them to be the right shape”
353 1KI 5 18 l6m8 translate-unknown 0 Gebalites men from the city of Gebal (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
354 1KI 6 intro dn22 0 # 1 Kings 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Building the temple<br>Solomon built the temple in seven years. The outside walls were made of rock. Solomon shaped the rocks for the wall in the quarry and then assembled them at the temple site. The inside was covered with wood. Inside the temple was a room covered by gold, which was the Most Holy Place where the ark was housed under statues of angels. It represented the presence of God. # 1 Kings 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Building the temple<br>Solomon built the temple in seven years. The outside walls were made of rock. Solomon shaped the rocks for the wall in the quarry and then assembled them at the temple site. The inside was covered with wood. Inside the temple was a room covered by gold, which was the Most Holy Place where the ark was housed under statues of angels. It represented the presence of God.
355 1KI 6 1 rj8r 0 General Information: The narrator describes the temple and its dimensions. This description continues through 1 Kings 6:38.
356 1KI 6 1 si1j figs-metonymy 0 Solomon began to build Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “Solomon commanded his workers to begin building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
357 1KI 6 1 z8zf translate-ordinal 0 480th … fourth These are the ordinal forms of 480 and 4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
444 1KI 6 38 hy2b translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the month of Bul, which is the eighth month “Bul” is the eighth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of October and the first part of November on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
445 1KI 6 38 iee2 0 the house was finished in all its parts and conforming to all its specifications This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “they finished building every part of the house. They built it exactly the way Solomon had told them to build it”
446 1KI 6 38 rz5l figs-metonymy 0 Solomon took Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “It took Solomon’s workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
447 1KI 7 intro kaf2 0 # 1 Kings 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has a description of the palace Solomon built and the materials used in the temple courtyard. It is the last chapter about the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Bronze<br>Solomon hired a man from Tyre who was good at casting things out of bronze. The bronze objects were made by hollowing out the shape of the object in clay and then pouring in the hot melted liquid bronze and letting it cool. He made two large pillars and a large water reservoir set on the backs of 12 bronze cows. He made all the instruments for use in the sacrifices outside the temple. He made the furnishing inside the temple out of gold.<br><br>### The temple and the palace<br>Solomon spent 13 years building a palace for himself that was much bigger than the temple. It is significant that the house of Solomon was much larger than the house of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]]) # 1 Kings 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has a description of the palace Solomon built and the materials used in the temple courtyard. It is the last chapter about the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Bronze<br>Solomon hired a man from Tyre who was good at casting things out of bronze. The bronze objects were made by hollowing out the shape of the object in clay and then pouring in the hot melted liquid bronze and letting it cool. He made two large pillars and a large water reservoir set on the backs of 12 bronze cows. He made all the instruments for use in the sacrifices outside the temple. He made the furnishing inside the temple out of gold.<br><br>### The temple and the palace<br>Solomon spent 13 years building a palace for himself that was much bigger than the temple. It is significant that the house of Solomon was much larger than the house of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])
448 1KI 7 1 in3j 0 General Information: The author is writing about Solomon’s palace.
449 1KI 7 1 f5n7 figs-metonymy 0 Solomon took thirteen years to build his own palace Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “It took Solomon’s workers thirteen years to build his palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
450 1KI 7 1 lf86 0 palace If your language does not have a word for “palace,” you may translate this as “house” or “big house.”
563 1KI 7 50 tev9 figs-activepassive 0 had made the cups … all of which were made of pure gold This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “had his workers make all the cups … out of pure gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
564 1KI 7 50 y2nn 0 sockets of gold made for the doors Here, **sockets** may refer to either: (1) the sockets in which the door pegs turned, or (2) the hinges on which the doors hung.
565 1KI 7 51 x9f6 figs-activepassive 0 the work that King Solomon directed for the house of Yahweh was finished This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the workers finished the work that King Solomon had them do for the house of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
566 1KI 8 intro h96s 0 # 1 Kings 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ark is placed in the new temple. This is a very significant event in the history of the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Celebration of the temple’s completion<br>When the temple was finished, Solomon told all of the people to come to Jerusalem. They took the ark out of the tent and brought it to the temple. Then Solomon prayed that God would hear and answer prayers made to him when they faced towards the temple.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>Solomon prayed that God would respond to people’s prayers using an idiom: “that your eyes may be open to the request of your servant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) # 1 Kings 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ark is placed in the new temple. This is a very significant event in the history of the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Celebration of the temple’s completion<br>When the temple was finished, Solomon told all of the people to come to Jerusalem. They took the ark out of the tent and brought it to the temple. Then Solomon prayed that God would hear and answer prayers made to him when they faced towards the temple.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>Solomon prayed that God would respond to people’s prayers using an idiom: “that your eyes may be open to the request of your servant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
567 1KI 8 1 kla2 0 assembled the elders of Israel “called together the leaders of Israel”
568 1KI 8 2 vy83 figs-hyperbole 0 All the men of Israel This may refer either: (1) to the people whom Solomon called to Jerusalem and who are listed in 8:1 or (2) generally to those who traveled to Jerusalem for the feast, not necessarily to every male person who lived in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
569 1KI 8 2 uam7 0 at the feast This is a reference to the Feast of Succoth, also known as the Feast of Tabernacles or Feast of Shelters .
659 1KI 8 65 reb2 translate-numbers 0 seven days … seven days … fourteen days “7 days…7 days…14 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
660 1KI 8 66 cs8n translate-ordinal 0 eighth day The word “eighth” is the ordinal form of “8.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
661 1KI 8 66 nja5 figs-doublet 0 joyful and glad The two words mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
662 1KI 9 intro iy5f 0 # 1 Kings 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There are two parts to this chapter. Verses 1–9 is a dream in which God warned Solomon that he and his descendants were not to worship idols. If they did this, the temple would be destroyed. Verses 10–28 is about Solomon’s extensive building and his partnership with Hiram, king of Tyre. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worship only Yahweh<br>Yahweh alone must be worshiped. It is necessary for people to stay faithful to God and not worship idols. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>‘Walk” is a common image in Scripture. It is said, “if you walk before me as David your father walked.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/walk]]) # 1 Kings 9 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There are two parts to this chapter. Verses 1–9 is a dream in which God warned Solomon that he and his descendants were not to worship idols. If they did this, the temple would be destroyed. Verses 10–28 is about Solomon’s extensive building and his partnership with Hiram, king of Tyre. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worship only Yahweh<br>Yahweh alone must be worshiped. It is necessary for people to stay faithful to God and not worship idols. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>‘Walk” is a common image in Scripture. It is said, “if you walk before me as David your father walked.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/walk]])
663 1KI 9 3 f3hf figs-doublet 0 your prayer and your request The words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that Yahweh recognized that Solomon’s request was sincere. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). Alternate translation: “your request” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
664 1KI 9 3 a6as figs-metonymy 0 to put my name there forever The name is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “to dwell there and to claim possession of it forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
665 1KI 9 3 hnx7 figs-synecdoche 0 My eyes and my heart will be there The eyes and heart are synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “I will protect and care for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

18
en_tn_12-2KI.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2KI front intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 2 Kings<br><br>1. The prophets Elijah and Elisha (1:1-8:15)<br>- Elijah brings Yahweh’s judgment onto King Ahaziah (1:1–18)<br>- Elijah goes to heaven and Elisha replaces him (2:1–25)<br>- Elisha defends the northern kingdom against Moab (3:1–27)<br>- Elisha performs various miracles (4:1–44)<br>- Elisha heals Naaman the Syrian (5:1–27)<br>- Elisha acts in time of war against Syria (6:1–7:20)<br>- Elisha’s reputation and prophecy about Hazael (8:1–15)<br>1. The history of Judah and Israel from Kings Jehoram and Joram to the fall of Israel (8:16–17:41)<br>1. The history of Judah from King Hezekiah to the fall of Judah (18:1–25:30)<br><br>### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Kings about?<br><br>These books are about what happened to the people of Israel, from the time of King Solomon to the time both the northern and southern kingdoms were destroyed. These books describe how Israel split into two kingdoms after Solomon died. It also tells about all the kings that ruled over each kingdom after Solomon died.<br><br>In the southern kingdom, some kings did what Yahweh judged to be right. For example, King Josiah repaired the temple and reformed the worship of Yahweh. He responded to the high priest finding a copy of the Law of Yahweh in Jerusalem ([2 Kings 22–23](../../2ki/22/01.md)). However, all of the kings of the northern kingdom were wicked.<br><br>The Assyrians destroyed the northern kingdom in 722 B.C. The Babylonians destroyed the southern kingdom in 586 B.C.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Books of 1 and 2 Kings were originally one book in Hebrew. They were separated into two books when translated into Greek. Translators might choose more meaningful titles such as “The First Book about the Kings” and “The Second Book about the Kings.”<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the purpose of 1 and 2 Kings?<br><br>These books were probably finished during the exile, after the Babylonians had destroyed the temple. They show how being faithful to Yahweh results in his blessing and prospering his people. Worshipping idols and not being faithful result in their being punished and destroyed.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why do the Books of 1 and 2 Kings refer to someone being addressed indirectly?<br><br>In the Bible, people often referred to themselves as “your servant” when speaking to anyone in a superior position to themselves. Indirectly addressing people in this way was intended to honor the one addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” in this way. But a translator should use whatever expressions that are natural in the project language in order to honor someone in a superior position.<br><br>### What does the king “did what was right (or) evil in the eyes of Yahweh” mean?<br><br>The writer repeats this kind of expression throughout the Books of 1 and 2 Kings. Here “in the eyes of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh thinks about someone. If a king was faithful and obeyed the covenant, he did what was right according to Yahweh. If he was not faithful and disobeyed the covenant, he did what was evil according to Yahweh.<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>This phrase was used by the narrator to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 2 Kings 2:22; 8:22; 10:27; 14:7; 16:6; 17:23, 34, 41.<br><br>### Can I translate 2 Kings before 1 Kings?<br><br>The Book of 1 Kings should be translated before 2 Kings, since 2 Kings continues from where 1 Kings ends.
2KI 1 intro t6cl 0 # 2 Kings 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>2 Kings is a continuation of 1 Kings.<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s sovereignty<br>God is in control of the future. King Ahaziah sent messengers to ask the Philistine god if he would recover from his fall, but this god does not know the future. Because he asked another god instead of Yahweh, Elijah sent the messengers to tell Ahaziah that he would not recover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br>Elijah rebuked the king with a rhetorical question: “Is it because there is no God in Israel that you are going to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2KI 1 intro t6cl 0 # 2 Kings 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>2 Kings is a continuation of 1 Kings.<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s sovereignty<br>God is in control of the future. King Ahaziah sent messengers to ask the Philistine god if he would recover from his fall, but this god does not know the future. Because he asked another god instead of Yahweh, Elijah sent the messengers to tell Ahaziah that he would not recover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br>Elijah rebuked the king with a rhetorical question: “Is it because there is no God in Israel that you are going to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2KI 1 1 ip77 0 Moab rebelled “The people who lived in Moab rebelled”
2KI 1 2 qdg9 figs-explicit 0 the lattice in his upper chamber The upper room was built on the roof of the palace. The lattice was made of thin boards decoratively crossed over one another to form a balcony or window covering. Alternate translation: “the wooden boards around the flat roof of his palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2KI 1 2 n4u5 translate-names 0 Baal-Zebub (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 1 17 sl2v 0 the word of Yahweh that Elijah had spoken “what Yahweh had told Elijah that Elijah had spoken”
2KI 1 17 s5cd figs-explicit 0 in the second year of Jehoram son of Jehoshaphat king of Judah This describes the time that Joram began to reign over Israel by stating how long Jehoram had been reigning over Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “in the second year that Jehoram son of Jehoshaphat was king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2KI 1 18 emi5 figs-rquestion 0 are they not written … Israel? This rhetorical question can be written as a statement. It can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they are written … Israel.” or “someone has written about them in … Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2KI 2 intro i216 0 # 2 Kings 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter ends the story of Elijah and begins the story of Elisha.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Elisha replaces Elijah as the chief prophet of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
2KI 2 intro i216 0 # 2 Kings 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter ends the story of Elijah and begins the story of Elisha.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Elisha replaces Elijah as the chief prophet of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
2KI 2 1 u56u writing-newevent 0 So it came about “So it happened.” This phrase is used to introduce the next event in the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2KI 2 1 pmc1 0 a whirlwind a strong wind that spins around and around
2KI 2 2 w2jb figs-simile 0 As Yahweh lives, and as you live “As surely as Yahweh lives and as you live.” Here Elisha compares the certainty that Yahweh and Elijah are alive to the certainty of what he is saying. This is a way of making a solemn promise. Alternate translation: “I solemnly promise you that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 2 23 y5ld figs-idiom 0 Go up The young boys wanted Elisha to go away from them and expressed this by saying “go up.” Alternate translation: “Go away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2KI 2 23 gyr2 0 baldhead A bald person does not have any hair on their head. The young boys were mocking Elisha for having a bald head.
2KI 2 24 tzw2 translate-numbers 0 forty-two of the boys “42 of the boys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2KI 3 intro k5ke 0 # 2 Kings 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elisha continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Victory and defeat<br>God is in control of victory and defeat. The armies of Israel, Judah and Edom united to attack Moab from the desert for failure to pay tribute. When they ran out of water, they were in desperate condition. Therefore, they asked Elisha (the prophet of God) what to do and he said God would give them water and victory over Moab. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>They described Elisha with the idiom, “who poured water on the hands of Elijah,” meaning “who served Elijah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Anger<br>It is said that, “Anger came on Israel.” It is not clear who was angry or why they were angry.
2KI 3 intro k5ke 0 # 2 Kings 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elisha continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Victory and defeat<br>God is in control of victory and defeat. The armies of Israel, Judah and Edom united to attack Moab from the desert for failure to pay tribute. When they ran out of water, they were in desperate condition. Therefore, they asked Elisha (the prophet of God) what to do and he said God would give them water and victory over Moab. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>They described Elisha with the idiom, “who poured water on the hands of Elijah,” meaning “who served Elijah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Anger<br>It is said that, “Anger came on Israel.” It is not clear who was angry or why they were angry.
2KI 3 1 hcb2 figs-explicit 0 in the eighteenth year of Jehoshaphat king of Judah This describes the time that Joram began to reign by stating how long the current king of Judah had reigned. The meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “in the eighteenth year that Jehoshaphat was king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2KI 3 1 t9pu translate-ordinal 0 the eighteenth year “year 18” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2KI 3 1 gh3r 0 Joram son of Ahab Sometimes this man is referred to as “Jehoram.” This is not the same person as the man mentioned in [2 Kings 1:17](../01/17.md) named “Jehoram.”
@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 3 26 l1sy 0 break through “force their way through.” There were many soldiers fighting on the battlefield which made it difficult to move though the crowd.
2KI 3 27 d4k7 figs-explicit 0 offered him as a burnt offering King Mesha burned his son with fire until he died. He did this as an offering to Chemosh, the false god of Moab. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2KI 3 27 izf1 figs-abstractnouns 0 So there was great anger against Israel Here the word “anger” can be expressed as a verb. There are two possibilities for who is angry here: (1) The Moabite soldiers. Alternate translation: “So the Moabite soldiers were very angry with Israel” or (2) God. Alternate translation: “So God was very angry with Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2KI 4 intro ma9j 0 # 2 Kings 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elisha continues with a group of stories about the miracles Elisha did. (See: [2 Kings 4-6](./01.md) and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Widow<br>Elisha helps a widow financially, and he correctly prophesies that a barren woman would conceive and have a baby by the next year. Later, when that child dies, Elisha miraculously causes him to come back to life. Also, Elisha causes a poisonous food to no longer be harmful, and he miraculously feeds 100 people with only 20 loaves of bread.
2KI 4 intro ma9j 0 # 2 Kings 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elisha continues with a group of stories about the miracles Elisha did. (See: [2 Kings 4-6](./01.md) and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Widow<br>Elisha helps a widow financially, and he correctly prophesies that a barren woman would conceive and have a baby by the next year. Later, when that child dies, Elisha miraculously causes him to come back to life. Also, Elisha causes a poisonous food to no longer be harmful, and he miraculously feeds 100 people with only 20 loaves of bread.
2KI 4 1 x1ua figs-idiom 0 the sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2KI 4 1 iu5k 0 Your servant my husband “My husband, who was your servant”
2KI 4 1 s3r1 0 creditor person who lends other people money
@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 4 43 l9rl figs-rquestion 0 What, should I set this before a hundred men? The man uses this rhetorical question to imply that this is not enough bread to feed 100 men. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “That is not enough to feed a hundred men!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2KI 4 43 tp2l translate-numbers 0 a hundred men “100 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2KI 4 44 ra7w figs-metonymy 0 the word of Yahweh Here Yahweh is referred to by what he said. This phrase is a metonym for Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2KI 5 intro n1ty 0 # 2 Kings 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])
2KI 5 intro n1ty 0 # 2 Kings 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])
2KI 5 1 t6rp figs-metonymy 0 in his master’s view “sight.” The king’s “view” represents what he thinks about something. Alternate translation: “in the king’s opinion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2KI 5 1 pdy1 0 because by him Yahweh had given victory to Aram Here “Aram” refers to the Aramean army. Alternate translation: “because through Naaman, Yahweh had given victory to the Aramean army”
2KI 5 2 seh1 figs-synecdoche 0 The Arameans had gone out Here the “Arameans” refer to the Aramean soldiers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 5 27 zy6v 0 the leprosy of Naaman will be on you and your descendants This speaks of Gehazi and his descendant getting leprosy as if Naaman’s leprosy was taken from him and given to Gehazi. Alternate translation: “you and your descendants will have leprosy, just as Naaman had leprosy”
2KI 5 27 qcw4 figs-idiom 0 So Gehazi went out from his presence The phrase “his presence” refers to the area where Elisha could see him. This means that he left the room where Elisha was. Alternate translation: “When Gehazi left the room, he was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2KI 5 27 j8kw figs-simile 0 as white as snow Leprosy makes skin white. Here Gehazi’s leprous skin is compared to the color of snow. Alternate translation: “with skin that was white like snow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2KI 6 intro x6uv 0 # 2 Kings 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>==Impossible actions ==<br>Elisha caused an iron ax head to float. He fooled the whole army of Aram that was sent to arrest him. When the king of Aram besieged the capital of Israel, the people became so hungry they started eating their children. Elisha told the king of Israel that there would be plenty of food the next day, but the king’s counselor said it was impossible.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br>The king’s counselor expressed his unbelief in Elisha’s prophecy of plenty of food: “See, even if Yahweh should make windows in heaven, can this thing happen?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
2KI 6 intro x6uv 0 # 2 Kings 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>==Impossible actions ==<br>Elisha caused an iron ax head to float. He fooled the whole army of Aram that was sent to arrest him. When the king of Aram besieged the capital of Israel, the people became so hungry they started eating their children. Elisha told the king of Israel that there would be plenty of food the next day, but the king’s counselor said it was impossible.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br>The king’s counselor expressed his unbelief in Elisha’s prophecy of plenty of food: “See, even if Yahweh should make windows in heaven, can this thing happen?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
2KI 6 1 u5ch figs-idiom 0 The sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “The group of prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2KI 6 2 g72i figs-explicit 0 let us go to the Jordan This refers to the area by the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “let us go beside the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2KI 6 3 hhg8 0 your servants Here one of the prophet refers to the of the sons of the prophets as Elisha’s servants to show him honor.
@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 6 33 q6nq 0 Behold “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important”
2KI 6 33 hk72 0 this trouble “Indeed, this trouble.” The word “behold” here adds emphasis to what follows. The phrase “this trouble” refers to the famine in Samaria and the suffering it caused.
2KI 6 33 txv7 figs-explicit 0 Why should I wait for Yahweh any longer? This king use this rhetorical question to emphasize that he does not believe that Yahweh is going to help them. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Why should I continue to wait for Yahweh to help us?” or “I will not wait any longer for help from Yahweh!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2KI 7 intro tr2p 0 # 2 Kings 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fear<br>God caused the army of Aram to hear the sound of an enormous army approaching so they all ran away leaving all their food behind.
2KI 7 intro tr2p 0 # 2 Kings 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fear<br>God caused the army of Aram to hear the sound of an enormous army approaching so they all ran away leaving all their food behind.
2KI 7 1 tu65 figs-explicit 0 a measure of fine flour will be sold for a shekel, and two measures of barley for a shekel It is implied that the Israelites will be paying less money for these item than they had been. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people will sell a measure of fine flour for a shekel and two measures of barley for a shekel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2KI 7 1 cq3p translate-bvolume 0 a measure of fine flour … two measures of barley Here the word “measure” translates the word “seah,” which is a unit of dry measurement equal to about 7 liters. Alternate translation: “7 liters of fine flour…14 liters of barley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
2KI 7 1 y4hp translate-bmoney 0 a shekel A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 11 grams of silver” or “one silver coin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 7 19 k7aj figs-rquestion 0 can this thing happen? The captain asks this question to express his unbelief. This question can be translated as a statement. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 7:2](../07/02.md). Alternate translation: “this could never happen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2KI 7 19 z799 figs-synecdoche 0 you will watch it happen with your own eyes The phrase “with your own eyes” emphasizes that the captain will certainly see the things that Elisha prophesied. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 7:2](../07/02.md). Alternate translation: “you yourself will watch these things happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2KI 7 19 e8ni 0 but you will not eat any of it “but you will not eat any of the flour or barley”
2KI 8 intro bje7 0 # 2 Kings 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kings<br>Elisha told Hazael that he would be king of Aram. Jehoram became king of Judah. He was evil so Edom and Libna revolted and chose their own kings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
2KI 8 intro bje7 0 # 2 Kings 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kings<br>Elisha told Hazael that he would be king of Aram. Jehoram became king of Judah. He was evil so Edom and Libna revolted and chose their own kings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
2KI 8 1 j132 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the author starts to tell a new part of the story.
2KI 8 1 uw76 0 the woman whose son he had restored to life The story of this woman and her son is found at [2 Kings 4:8](../04/08.md).
2KI 8 1 d8nn 0 he had restored to life “he had caused to become alive again”
@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 8 29 e1qq figs-activepassive 0 to be healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to heal” or “to recover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2KI 8 29 wi44 figs-synecdoche 0 against Hazael king of Aram Here “Hazael” refers to himself and his army. Alternate translation: “the army of Hazael king of Aram” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2KI 8 29 c1ui figs-activepassive 0 Joram had been wounded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Arameans had wounded Joram” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2KI 9 intro eu4t 0 # 2 Kings 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The life of Elisha continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Jehu<br>Elisha told a young prophet to go and tell Jehu that God had made him the new king. Jehu killed the kings of both Israel and Judah and Jezebel, the mother of the king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
2KI 9 intro eu4t 0 # 2 Kings 9 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The life of Elisha continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Jehu<br>Elisha told a young prophet to go and tell Jehu that God had made him the new king. Jehu killed the kings of both Israel and Judah and Jezebel, the mother of the king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
2KI 9 1 yn86 figs-idiom 0 the sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “the group of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2KI 9 1 xc5s figs-synecdoche 0 in your hand The phrase “in your hand” refers to him taking the bottle with him. Alternate translation: “with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2KI 9 1 u975 translate-names 0 Ramoth Gilead Translate the name of this city the same as you did in [2 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 2KI front intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 2 Kings<br><br>1. The prophets Elijah and Elisha (1:1-8:15)<br>- Elijah brings Yahweh’s judgment onto King Ahaziah (1:1–18)<br>- Elijah goes to heaven and Elisha replaces him (2:1–25)<br>- Elisha defends the northern kingdom against Moab (3:1–27)<br>- Elisha performs various miracles (4:1–44)<br>- Elisha heals Naaman the Syrian (5:1–27)<br>- Elisha acts in time of war against Syria (6:1–7:20)<br>- Elisha’s reputation and prophecy about Hazael (8:1–15)<br>1. The history of Judah and Israel from Kings Jehoram and Joram to the fall of Israel (8:16–17:41)<br>1. The history of Judah from King Hezekiah to the fall of Judah (18:1–25:30)<br><br>### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Kings about?<br><br>These books are about what happened to the people of Israel, from the time of King Solomon to the time both the northern and southern kingdoms were destroyed. These books describe how Israel split into two kingdoms after Solomon died. It also tells about all the kings that ruled over each kingdom after Solomon died.<br><br>In the southern kingdom, some kings did what Yahweh judged to be right. For example, King Josiah repaired the temple and reformed the worship of Yahweh. He responded to the high priest finding a copy of the Law of Yahweh in Jerusalem ([2 Kings 22–23](../../2ki/22/01.md)). However, all of the kings of the northern kingdom were wicked.<br><br>The Assyrians destroyed the northern kingdom in 722 B.C. The Babylonians destroyed the southern kingdom in 586 B.C.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Books of 1 and 2 Kings were originally one book in Hebrew. They were separated into two books when translated into Greek. Translators might choose more meaningful titles such as “The First Book about the Kings” and “The Second Book about the Kings.”<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the purpose of 1 and 2 Kings?<br><br>These books were probably finished during the exile, after the Babylonians had destroyed the temple. They show how being faithful to Yahweh results in his blessing and prospering his people. Worshipping idols and not being faithful result in their being punished and destroyed.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why do the Books of 1 and 2 Kings refer to someone being addressed indirectly?<br><br>In the Bible, people often referred to themselves as “your servant” when speaking to anyone in a superior position to themselves. Indirectly addressing people in this way was intended to honor the one addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” in this way. But a translator should use whatever expressions that are natural in the project language in order to honor someone in a superior position.<br><br>### What does the king “did what was right (or) evil in the eyes of Yahweh” mean?<br><br>The writer repeats this kind of expression throughout the Books of 1 and 2 Kings. Here “in the eyes of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh thinks about someone. If a king was faithful and obeyed the covenant, he did what was right according to Yahweh. If he was not faithful and disobeyed the covenant, he did what was evil according to Yahweh.<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>This phrase was used by the narrator to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 2 Kings 2:22; 8:22; 10:27; 14:7; 16:6; 17:23, 34, 41.<br><br>### Can I translate 2 Kings before 1 Kings?<br><br>The Book of 1 Kings should be translated before 2 Kings, since 2 Kings continues from where 1 Kings ends.
3 2KI 1 intro t6cl 0 # 2 Kings 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>2 Kings is a continuation of 1 Kings.<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s sovereignty<br>God is in control of the future. King Ahaziah sent messengers to ask the Philistine god if he would recover from his fall, but this god does not know the future. Because he asked another god instead of Yahweh, Elijah sent the messengers to tell Ahaziah that he would not recover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br>Elijah rebuked the king with a rhetorical question: “Is it because there is no God in Israel that you are going to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) # 2 Kings 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>2 Kings is a continuation of 1 Kings.<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s sovereignty<br>God is in control of the future. King Ahaziah sent messengers to ask the Philistine god if he would recover from his fall, but this god does not know the future. Because he asked another god instead of Yahweh, Elijah sent the messengers to tell Ahaziah that he would not recover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br>Elijah rebuked the king with a rhetorical question: “Is it because there is no God in Israel that you are going to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4 2KI 1 1 ip77 0 Moab rebelled “The people who lived in Moab rebelled”
5 2KI 1 2 qdg9 figs-explicit 0 the lattice in his upper chamber The upper room was built on the roof of the palace. The lattice was made of thin boards decoratively crossed over one another to form a balcony or window covering. Alternate translation: “the wooden boards around the flat roof of his palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6 2KI 1 2 n4u5 translate-names 0 Baal-Zebub (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
31 2KI 1 17 sl2v 0 the word of Yahweh that Elijah had spoken “what Yahweh had told Elijah that Elijah had spoken”
32 2KI 1 17 s5cd figs-explicit 0 in the second year of Jehoram son of Jehoshaphat king of Judah This describes the time that Joram began to reign over Israel by stating how long Jehoram had been reigning over Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “in the second year that Jehoram son of Jehoshaphat was king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
33 2KI 1 18 emi5 figs-rquestion 0 are they not written … Israel? This rhetorical question can be written as a statement. It can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they are written … Israel.” or “someone has written about them in … Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
34 2KI 2 intro i216 0 # 2 Kings 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter ends the story of Elijah and begins the story of Elisha.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Elisha replaces Elijah as the chief prophet of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) # 2 Kings 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter ends the story of Elijah and begins the story of Elisha.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Elisha replaces Elijah as the chief prophet of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
35 2KI 2 1 u56u writing-newevent 0 So it came about “So it happened.” This phrase is used to introduce the next event in the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
36 2KI 2 1 pmc1 0 a whirlwind a strong wind that spins around and around
37 2KI 2 2 w2jb figs-simile 0 As Yahweh lives, and as you live “As surely as Yahweh lives and as you live.” Here Elisha compares the certainty that Yahweh and Elijah are alive to the certainty of what he is saying. This is a way of making a solemn promise. Alternate translation: “I solemnly promise you that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
78 2KI 2 23 y5ld figs-idiom 0 Go up The young boys wanted Elisha to go away from them and expressed this by saying “go up.” Alternate translation: “Go away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
79 2KI 2 23 gyr2 0 baldhead A bald person does not have any hair on their head. The young boys were mocking Elisha for having a bald head.
80 2KI 2 24 tzw2 translate-numbers 0 forty-two of the boys “42 of the boys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
81 2KI 3 intro k5ke 0 # 2 Kings 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elisha continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Victory and defeat<br>God is in control of victory and defeat. The armies of Israel, Judah and Edom united to attack Moab from the desert for failure to pay tribute. When they ran out of water, they were in desperate condition. Therefore, they asked Elisha (the prophet of God) what to do and he said God would give them water and victory over Moab. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>They described Elisha with the idiom, “who poured water on the hands of Elijah,” meaning “who served Elijah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Anger<br>It is said that, “Anger came on Israel.” It is not clear who was angry or why they were angry. # 2 Kings 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elisha continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Victory and defeat<br>God is in control of victory and defeat. The armies of Israel, Judah and Edom united to attack Moab from the desert for failure to pay tribute. When they ran out of water, they were in desperate condition. Therefore, they asked Elisha (the prophet of God) what to do and he said God would give them water and victory over Moab. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>They described Elisha with the idiom, “who poured water on the hands of Elijah,” meaning “who served Elijah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Anger<br>It is said that, “Anger came on Israel.” It is not clear who was angry or why they were angry.
82 2KI 3 1 hcb2 figs-explicit 0 in the eighteenth year of Jehoshaphat king of Judah This describes the time that Joram began to reign by stating how long the current king of Judah had reigned. The meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “in the eighteenth year that Jehoshaphat was king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
83 2KI 3 1 t9pu translate-ordinal 0 the eighteenth year “year 18” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
84 2KI 3 1 gh3r 0 Joram son of Ahab Sometimes this man is referred to as “Jehoram.” This is not the same person as the man mentioned in [2 Kings 1:17](../01/17.md) named “Jehoram.”
143 2KI 3 26 l1sy 0 break through “force their way through.” There were many soldiers fighting on the battlefield which made it difficult to move though the crowd.
144 2KI 3 27 d4k7 figs-explicit 0 offered him as a burnt offering King Mesha burned his son with fire until he died. He did this as an offering to Chemosh, the false god of Moab. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
145 2KI 3 27 izf1 figs-abstractnouns 0 So there was great anger against Israel Here the word “anger” can be expressed as a verb. There are two possibilities for who is angry here: (1) The Moabite soldiers. Alternate translation: “So the Moabite soldiers were very angry with Israel” or (2) God. Alternate translation: “So God was very angry with Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
146 2KI 4 intro ma9j 0 # 2 Kings 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elisha continues with a group of stories about the miracles Elisha did. (See: [2 Kings 4-6](./01.md) and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Widow<br>Elisha helps a widow financially, and he correctly prophesies that a barren woman would conceive and have a baby by the next year. Later, when that child dies, Elisha miraculously causes him to come back to life. Also, Elisha causes a poisonous food to no longer be harmful, and he miraculously feeds 100 people with only 20 loaves of bread. # 2 Kings 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elisha continues with a group of stories about the miracles Elisha did. (See: [2 Kings 4-6](./01.md) and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Widow<br>Elisha helps a widow financially, and he correctly prophesies that a barren woman would conceive and have a baby by the next year. Later, when that child dies, Elisha miraculously causes him to come back to life. Also, Elisha causes a poisonous food to no longer be harmful, and he miraculously feeds 100 people with only 20 loaves of bread.
147 2KI 4 1 x1ua figs-idiom 0 the sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
148 2KI 4 1 iu5k 0 Your servant my husband “My husband, who was your servant”
149 2KI 4 1 s3r1 0 creditor person who lends other people money
213 2KI 4 43 l9rl figs-rquestion 0 What, should I set this before a hundred men? The man uses this rhetorical question to imply that this is not enough bread to feed 100 men. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “That is not enough to feed a hundred men!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
214 2KI 4 43 tp2l translate-numbers 0 a hundred men “100 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
215 2KI 4 44 ra7w figs-metonymy 0 the word of Yahweh Here Yahweh is referred to by what he said. This phrase is a metonym for Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
216 2KI 5 intro n1ty 0 # 2 Kings 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]]) # 2 Kings 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])
217 2KI 5 1 t6rp figs-metonymy 0 in his master’s view “sight.” The king’s “view” represents what he thinks about something. Alternate translation: “in the king’s opinion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
218 2KI 5 1 pdy1 0 because by him Yahweh had given victory to Aram Here “Aram” refers to the Aramean army. Alternate translation: “because through Naaman, Yahweh had given victory to the Aramean army”
219 2KI 5 2 seh1 figs-synecdoche 0 The Arameans had gone out Here the “Arameans” refer to the Aramean soldiers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
278 2KI 5 27 zy6v 0 the leprosy of Naaman will be on you and your descendants This speaks of Gehazi and his descendant getting leprosy as if Naaman’s leprosy was taken from him and given to Gehazi. Alternate translation: “you and your descendants will have leprosy, just as Naaman had leprosy”
279 2KI 5 27 qcw4 figs-idiom 0 So Gehazi went out from his presence The phrase “his presence” refers to the area where Elisha could see him. This means that he left the room where Elisha was. Alternate translation: “When Gehazi left the room, he was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
280 2KI 5 27 j8kw figs-simile 0 as white as snow Leprosy makes skin white. Here Gehazi’s leprous skin is compared to the color of snow. Alternate translation: “with skin that was white like snow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
281 2KI 6 intro x6uv 0 # 2 Kings 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>==Impossible actions ==<br>Elisha caused an iron ax head to float. He fooled the whole army of Aram that was sent to arrest him. When the king of Aram besieged the capital of Israel, the people became so hungry they started eating their children. Elisha told the king of Israel that there would be plenty of food the next day, but the king’s counselor said it was impossible.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br>The king’s counselor expressed his unbelief in Elisha’s prophecy of plenty of food: “See, even if Yahweh should make windows in heaven, can this thing happen?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]]) # 2 Kings 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>==Impossible actions ==<br>Elisha caused an iron ax head to float. He fooled the whole army of Aram that was sent to arrest him. When the king of Aram besieged the capital of Israel, the people became so hungry they started eating their children. Elisha told the king of Israel that there would be plenty of food the next day, but the king’s counselor said it was impossible.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br>The king’s counselor expressed his unbelief in Elisha’s prophecy of plenty of food: “See, even if Yahweh should make windows in heaven, can this thing happen?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
282 2KI 6 1 u5ch figs-idiom 0 The sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “The group of prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
283 2KI 6 2 g72i figs-explicit 0 let us go to the Jordan This refers to the area by the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “let us go beside the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
284 2KI 6 3 hhg8 0 your servants Here one of the prophet refers to the of the sons of the prophets as Elisha’s servants to show him honor.
369 2KI 6 33 q6nq 0 Behold “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important”
370 2KI 6 33 hk72 0 this trouble “Indeed, this trouble.” The word “behold” here adds emphasis to what follows. The phrase “this trouble” refers to the famine in Samaria and the suffering it caused.
371 2KI 6 33 txv7 figs-explicit 0 Why should I wait for Yahweh any longer? This king use this rhetorical question to emphasize that he does not believe that Yahweh is going to help them. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Why should I continue to wait for Yahweh to help us?” or “I will not wait any longer for help from Yahweh!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
372 2KI 7 intro tr2p 0 # 2 Kings 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fear<br>God caused the army of Aram to hear the sound of an enormous army approaching so they all ran away leaving all their food behind. # 2 Kings 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fear<br>God caused the army of Aram to hear the sound of an enormous army approaching so they all ran away leaving all their food behind.
373 2KI 7 1 tu65 figs-explicit 0 a measure of fine flour will be sold for a shekel, and two measures of barley for a shekel It is implied that the Israelites will be paying less money for these item than they had been. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people will sell a measure of fine flour for a shekel and two measures of barley for a shekel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
374 2KI 7 1 cq3p translate-bvolume 0 a measure of fine flour … two measures of barley Here the word “measure” translates the word “seah,” which is a unit of dry measurement equal to about 7 liters. Alternate translation: “7 liters of fine flour…14 liters of barley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
375 2KI 7 1 y4hp translate-bmoney 0 a shekel A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 11 grams of silver” or “one silver coin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
419 2KI 7 19 k7aj figs-rquestion 0 can this thing happen? The captain asks this question to express his unbelief. This question can be translated as a statement. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 7:2](../07/02.md). Alternate translation: “this could never happen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
420 2KI 7 19 z799 figs-synecdoche 0 you will watch it happen with your own eyes The phrase “with your own eyes” emphasizes that the captain will certainly see the things that Elisha prophesied. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 7:2](../07/02.md). Alternate translation: “you yourself will watch these things happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
421 2KI 7 19 e8ni 0 but you will not eat any of it “but you will not eat any of the flour or barley”
422 2KI 8 intro bje7 0 # 2 Kings 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kings<br>Elisha told Hazael that he would be king of Aram. Jehoram became king of Judah. He was evil so Edom and Libna revolted and chose their own kings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) # 2 Kings 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kings<br>Elisha told Hazael that he would be king of Aram. Jehoram became king of Judah. He was evil so Edom and Libna revolted and chose their own kings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
423 2KI 8 1 j132 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the author starts to tell a new part of the story.
424 2KI 8 1 uw76 0 the woman whose son he had restored to life The story of this woman and her son is found at [2 Kings 4:8](../04/08.md).
425 2KI 8 1 d8nn 0 he had restored to life “he had caused to become alive again”
493 2KI 8 29 e1qq figs-activepassive 0 to be healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to heal” or “to recover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
494 2KI 8 29 wi44 figs-synecdoche 0 against Hazael king of Aram Here “Hazael” refers to himself and his army. Alternate translation: “the army of Hazael king of Aram” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
495 2KI 8 29 c1ui figs-activepassive 0 Joram had been wounded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Arameans had wounded Joram” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
496 2KI 9 intro eu4t 0 # 2 Kings 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The life of Elisha continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Jehu<br>Elisha told a young prophet to go and tell Jehu that God had made him the new king. Jehu killed the kings of both Israel and Judah and Jezebel, the mother of the king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) # 2 Kings 9 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The life of Elisha continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Jehu<br>Elisha told a young prophet to go and tell Jehu that God had made him the new king. Jehu killed the kings of both Israel and Judah and Jezebel, the mother of the king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
497 2KI 9 1 yn86 figs-idiom 0 the sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “the group of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
498 2KI 9 1 xc5s figs-synecdoche 0 in your hand The phrase “in your hand” refers to him taking the bottle with him. Alternate translation: “with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
499 2KI 9 1 u975 translate-names 0 Ramoth Gilead Translate the name of this city the same as you did in [2 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

18
en_tn_13-1CH.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
1CH front intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 1 Chronicles<br><br>1. Lists of descendants (1:1-9:44)<br>- From Adam to Jacob (1:1–2:2)<br>- Jacob’s descendants (2:2–9:44)<br>1. Saul dies and David begins to reign (10:1-29:30)<br>- Saul dies (10:1–14)<br>- David captures Jerusalem (11:1-9)<br>- David’s mighty men (11:10–12:40)<br>- David prospers (13:1–22:1)<br>- David prepares for Solomon to build the temple (22:2–29:30)<br><br>### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Chronicles about?<br><br>The Book of 1 Chronicles retells the line of descendants from Adam to Saul. It then gives the history of Israel during the time of David. The Book of 2 Chronicles gives the history of Israel beginning with Solomon. It ends when the Babylonian army attacks Judah and takes some of the people to Babylon. The writers of Chronicles probably wrote these books for the Jews who returned from exile in Babylon. The purpose was to teach the people to avoid disobeying God as their ancestors did.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators can use the traditional title “1 Chronicles” or “First Chronicles.” You may also call this book “The Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel, Book 1” or “The First Book of the Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Who wrote 1 and 2 Chronicles?<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles are unknown. They mention that they used other books when writing Chronicles. The names of these other books are “The Chronicles of Samuel the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Nathan the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Gad the Seer,” “The History of Nathan the Prophet,” “The Chronicles of Shemaiah the Prophet and Iddo,” “The Story of the Prophet Iddo” and “The books of the kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Why are there multiple books that give the history of the kings of Israel?<br><br>The books of Chronicles and the books of Kings tell much of the same history, but they are not exactly the same. The writers of Chronicles wrote mostly about the kings of Judah who were faithful to Yahweh and his covenant. The writers wanted the Jews to think carefully about David and Solomon. They also wanted the Jews to think about how Jehoshaphat, Hezekiah, and Josiah caused their ancestors to repent and to worship Yahweh. The writers wanted to encourage the Jews and their leaders to obey the law and to honor God’s covenant with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did God punish the people of Israel?<br><br>God punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped false gods. God punished them with disease, disasters, and defeat in battle. However, God forgave them and caused them to prosper again if they repented and obeyed him. The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles continually reminded the readers that God punished his people because they disobeyed. They wanted the readers to understand that they must obey God.<br><br>### Why are alliances with foreign countries seen as evil in these books?<br><br>Yahweh led and protected the nation of Israel. The people of Israel should have trusted him instead of relying on other nations to protect them.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah.<br><br>### What does it mean to “seek God”?<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles often wrote about “seeking God.” To “seek God” means to make an effort to please and honor God. It can also mean to ask God for help. It does not imply that God is hidden. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>The writers used the phrase “to this day” to refer to the time when they were writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 1 Chronicles 4:41, 43; 5:26; 13:11; 20:26; 21:10; 35:25.
1CH 1 intro wqm8 0 # 1 Chronicles 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter gives the genealogies of Abraham, Esau and the early kings of Edom.
1CH 1 intro wqm8 0 # 1 Chronicles 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter gives the genealogies of Abraham, Esau and the early kings of Edom.
1CH 1 1 qvq6 translate-names 0 Adam … Seth … Enosh These are all names of men. Each man was the father or ancestor of the next man in the list. If your language has a specific way to mark this kind of list, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 1 2 mh4h translate-names 0 Kenan … Mahalalel … Jared These are all names of men. Each man was the father or ancestor of the next man in the list. If your language has a specific way to mark this kind of list, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 1 3 x77a translate-names 0 Enoch … Methuselah … Lamech These are all names of men. Each man was the father or ancestor of the next man in the list. If your language has a specific way to mark this kind of list, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 1 53 ft8b translate-names 0 Kenaz … Teman … Mibzar These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 1 54 ngb5 translate-names 0 Magdiel … Iram These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 1 54 w9ln translate-names 0 Edom This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 2 intro ix6r 0 # 1 Chronicles 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Judah, son of Jacob.
1CH 2 intro ix6r 0 # 1 Chronicles 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Judah, son of Jacob.
1CH 2 1 lm7q translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 2 2 l5ef translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 2 3 p67t translate-names 0 Er … Onan … Shelah … Shua … Judah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 2 55 hrk8 translate-names 0 Tirathites … Shimeathites … Sucathites … Kenites These are names of clans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 2 55 dsa5 0 the Kenites who came from Hammath “the Kenites who descended from Hamath”
1CH 2 55 z9wj translate-names 0 Hammath … Rekab These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 3 intro f3pg 0 # 1 Chronicles 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of King David.
1CH 3 intro f3pg 0 # 1 Chronicles 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of King David.
1CH 3 1 n4fh 0 David David was a son of Jesse, who was a descendant of Judah ([1 Chronicles 2:15](../02/15.md)).
1CH 3 1 h2yg translate-names 0 Ahinoam … Abigail These are the names of women who were David’s wives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 3 1 q1dn 0 Daniel This man has the same name as an Israelite prophet but is a different person.
@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 3 22 wn1j translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names in this list are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 3 23 yi1a translate-names 0 General Information: These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 3 24 j188 translate-names 0 General Information: These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 4 intro dq4h 0 # 1 Chronicles 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the other descendants of Judah.
1CH 4 intro dq4h 0 # 1 Chronicles 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the other descendants of Judah.
1CH 4 1 w6gl translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names in this list are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 4 2 p39w translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names in this list except the Zorathites are the names of men. Zorathites is the name of a people group who took their name from the town of Zorah where they lived. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 4 3 v5yg translate-names 0 Jezreel … Ishma … Idbash These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 4 43 i11u 0 the rest of the Amalekite refugees “the remaining Amalekite refugees”
1CH 4 43 k9d1 0 refugees people who are forced to leave their home country
1CH 4 43 nrm3 0 to this day “from then until now.” This refers to the day when the author was writing this account.
1CH 5 intro q55k 0 # 1 Chronicles 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Jacob’s sons who lived east of the Jordan River: Reuben, Gad and Manasseh.
1CH 5 intro q55k 0 # 1 Chronicles 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Jacob’s sons who lived east of the Jordan River: Reuben, Gad and Manasseh.
1CH 5 1 kd1d writing-background 0 now Reuben The word “now” is used here to mark the change from the lists of descendants to background information about Reuben. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1CH 5 1 p3es figs-activepassive 0 but his birthright was given to the sons of Joseph son of Israel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “but Israel gave Reuben’s birthright to the sons of Joseph, another of Israel’s sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1CH 5 1 lbr7 figs-euphemism 0 Reuben had defiled his father’s couch This is a polite way to speak about Reuben sleeping with his father’s secondary wife. The couch is the place where a man and his wife would have slept together. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 5 26 gxm9 translate-names 0 Halah … Habor … Hara These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 5 26 f4rf translate-names 0 Gozan This is the name of a river. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 5 26 hz4s 0 to this day See how you translated this phrase in [1 Chronicles 4:43](../04/43.md)
1CH 6 intro cb7a 0 # 1 Chronicles 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Levi.
1CH 6 intro cb7a 0 # 1 Chronicles 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Levi.
1CH 6 1 cs3c translate-names 0 Gershon … Kohath … Merari These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 6 2 rcj5 translate-names 0 Kohath … Amram … Izhar … Hebron … Uzziel These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 6 3 bpp5 translate-names 0 Amram … Nadab … Abihu … Eleazar … Ithamar These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 6 80 d6jk translate-names 0 Ramoth … Mahanaim These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 6 80 gx7f 0 its pasturelands the land with grass for animals to eat. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 5:16](../05/16.md).
1CH 6 81 f9ky translate-names 0 Heshbon … Jazer These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 7 intro kd8b 0 # 1 Chronicles 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Issachar, Benjamin, Ephraim, Asher, and Manasseh living west of the Jordan River.
1CH 7 intro kd8b 0 # 1 Chronicles 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Issachar, Benjamin, Ephraim, Asher, and Manasseh living west of the Jordan River.
1CH 7 1 njl6 translate-names 0 Issachar … Tola, Puah, Jashub … Shimron These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 7 2 pz27 translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 7 2 hd81 0 heads of their fathers’ houses The words “father’s houses” refers to extended families, people related to each other who usually lived in different houses, what the UST calls “clans.”
@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 7 40 d65u 0 fathers’ houses extended families, people related to each other who usually lived in different houses, what the UST calls “clans”
1CH 7 40 t3ep 0 distinguished men “important men”
1CH 7 40 e5yi translate-numbers 0 There were twenty-six thousand men listed who were fit for military service, according to their numbered lists “According to the clan records, there were 26,000 men who were able to serve in the military” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1CH 8 intro a4bn 0 # 1 Chronicles 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the genealogy of Saul’s family.
1CH 8 intro a4bn 0 # 1 Chronicles 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the genealogy of Saul’s family.
1CH 8 1 p5r1 translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 8 2 wp4y translate-names 0 Nohah … Rapha These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 8 3 gg1f translate-names 0 Bela … Addar, Gera, Abihud These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 8 39 h9lx translate-ordinal 0 Jeush the second, and Eliphelet the third “Jeush, who was born after Ulam, and Eliphelet, who was born after Jeush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1CH 8 40 mp4f translate-names 0 Ulam This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 8 40 s4sc translate-numbers 0 many sons and grandsons, a total of 150 “a total of one hundred fifty sons and grandsons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1CH 9 intro awe1 0 # 1 Chronicles 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the genealogy of the people who returned to Jerusalem after the exile and the family of Saul.
1CH 9 intro awe1 0 # 1 Chronicles 9 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the genealogy of the people who returned to Jerusalem after the exile and the family of Saul.
1CH 9 1 yxr5 figs-activepassive 0 all Israel was recorded in genealogies This can be translated in active form. The reader should understand that the people who wrote the genealogies included the names of the people who had already died. Alternate translation: “The Israelites recorded all of themselves in genealogies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1CH 9 1 d39v 0 genealogies family records that name ancestors and descendants
1CH 9 1 s5jc figs-activepassive 0 They were recorded in the book … Israel This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “They wrote the names in the book … Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 1CH front intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 1 Chronicles<br><br>1. Lists of descendants (1:1-9:44)<br>- From Adam to Jacob (1:1–2:2)<br>- Jacob’s descendants (2:2–9:44)<br>1. Saul dies and David begins to reign (10:1-29:30)<br>- Saul dies (10:1–14)<br>- David captures Jerusalem (11:1-9)<br>- David’s mighty men (11:10–12:40)<br>- David prospers (13:1–22:1)<br>- David prepares for Solomon to build the temple (22:2–29:30)<br><br>### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Chronicles about?<br><br>The Book of 1 Chronicles retells the line of descendants from Adam to Saul. It then gives the history of Israel during the time of David. The Book of 2 Chronicles gives the history of Israel beginning with Solomon. It ends when the Babylonian army attacks Judah and takes some of the people to Babylon. The writers of Chronicles probably wrote these books for the Jews who returned from exile in Babylon. The purpose was to teach the people to avoid disobeying God as their ancestors did.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators can use the traditional title “1 Chronicles” or “First Chronicles.” You may also call this book “The Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel, Book 1” or “The First Book of the Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Who wrote 1 and 2 Chronicles?<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles are unknown. They mention that they used other books when writing Chronicles. The names of these other books are “The Chronicles of Samuel the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Nathan the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Gad the Seer,” “The History of Nathan the Prophet,” “The Chronicles of Shemaiah the Prophet and Iddo,” “The Story of the Prophet Iddo” and “The books of the kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Why are there multiple books that give the history of the kings of Israel?<br><br>The books of Chronicles and the books of Kings tell much of the same history, but they are not exactly the same. The writers of Chronicles wrote mostly about the kings of Judah who were faithful to Yahweh and his covenant. The writers wanted the Jews to think carefully about David and Solomon. They also wanted the Jews to think about how Jehoshaphat, Hezekiah, and Josiah caused their ancestors to repent and to worship Yahweh. The writers wanted to encourage the Jews and their leaders to obey the law and to honor God’s covenant with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did God punish the people of Israel?<br><br>God punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped false gods. God punished them with disease, disasters, and defeat in battle. However, God forgave them and caused them to prosper again if they repented and obeyed him. The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles continually reminded the readers that God punished his people because they disobeyed. They wanted the readers to understand that they must obey God.<br><br>### Why are alliances with foreign countries seen as evil in these books?<br><br>Yahweh led and protected the nation of Israel. The people of Israel should have trusted him instead of relying on other nations to protect them.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah.<br><br>### What does it mean to “seek God”?<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles often wrote about “seeking God.” To “seek God” means to make an effort to please and honor God. It can also mean to ask God for help. It does not imply that God is hidden. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>The writers used the phrase “to this day” to refer to the time when they were writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 1 Chronicles 4:41, 43; 5:26; 13:11; 20:26; 21:10; 35:25.
3 1CH 1 intro wqm8 0 # 1 Chronicles 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter gives the genealogies of Abraham, Esau and the early kings of Edom. # 1 Chronicles 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter gives the genealogies of Abraham, Esau and the early kings of Edom.
4 1CH 1 1 qvq6 translate-names 0 Adam … Seth … Enosh These are all names of men. Each man was the father or ancestor of the next man in the list. If your language has a specific way to mark this kind of list, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
5 1CH 1 2 mh4h translate-names 0 Kenan … Mahalalel … Jared These are all names of men. Each man was the father or ancestor of the next man in the list. If your language has a specific way to mark this kind of list, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6 1CH 1 3 x77a translate-names 0 Enoch … Methuselah … Lamech These are all names of men. Each man was the father or ancestor of the next man in the list. If your language has a specific way to mark this kind of list, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
54 1CH 1 53 ft8b translate-names 0 Kenaz … Teman … Mibzar These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
55 1CH 1 54 ngb5 translate-names 0 Magdiel … Iram These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
56 1CH 1 54 w9ln translate-names 0 Edom This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
57 1CH 2 intro ix6r 0 # 1 Chronicles 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Judah, son of Jacob. # 1 Chronicles 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Judah, son of Jacob.
58 1CH 2 1 lm7q translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
59 1CH 2 2 l5ef translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
60 1CH 2 3 p67t translate-names 0 Er … Onan … Shelah … Shua … Judah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
151 1CH 2 55 hrk8 translate-names 0 Tirathites … Shimeathites … Sucathites … Kenites These are names of clans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
152 1CH 2 55 dsa5 0 the Kenites who came from Hammath “the Kenites who descended from Hamath”
153 1CH 2 55 z9wj translate-names 0 Hammath … Rekab These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
154 1CH 3 intro f3pg 0 # 1 Chronicles 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of King David. # 1 Chronicles 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of King David.
155 1CH 3 1 n4fh 0 David David was a son of Jesse, who was a descendant of Judah ([1 Chronicles 2:15](../02/15.md)).
156 1CH 3 1 h2yg translate-names 0 Ahinoam … Abigail These are the names of women who were David’s wives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
157 1CH 3 1 q1dn 0 Daniel This man has the same name as an Israelite prophet but is a different person.
187 1CH 3 22 wn1j translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names in this list are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
188 1CH 3 23 yi1a translate-names 0 General Information: These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
189 1CH 3 24 j188 translate-names 0 General Information: These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
190 1CH 4 intro dq4h 0 # 1 Chronicles 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the other descendants of Judah. # 1 Chronicles 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the other descendants of Judah.
191 1CH 4 1 w6gl translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names in this list are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
192 1CH 4 2 p39w translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names in this list except the Zorathites are the names of men. Zorathites is the name of a people group who took their name from the town of Zorah where they lived. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
193 1CH 4 3 v5yg translate-names 0 Jezreel … Ishma … Idbash These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
267 1CH 4 43 i11u 0 the rest of the Amalekite refugees “the remaining Amalekite refugees”
268 1CH 4 43 k9d1 0 refugees people who are forced to leave their home country
269 1CH 4 43 nrm3 0 to this day “from then until now.” This refers to the day when the author was writing this account.
270 1CH 5 intro q55k 0 # 1 Chronicles 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Jacob’s sons who lived east of the Jordan River: Reuben, Gad and Manasseh. # 1 Chronicles 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Jacob’s sons who lived east of the Jordan River: Reuben, Gad and Manasseh.
271 1CH 5 1 kd1d writing-background 0 now Reuben The word “now” is used here to mark the change from the lists of descendants to background information about Reuben. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
272 1CH 5 1 p3es figs-activepassive 0 but his birthright was given to the sons of Joseph son of Israel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “but Israel gave Reuben’s birthright to the sons of Joseph, another of Israel’s sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
273 1CH 5 1 lbr7 figs-euphemism 0 Reuben had defiled his father’s couch This is a polite way to speak about Reuben sleeping with his father’s secondary wife. The couch is the place where a man and his wife would have slept together. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
313 1CH 5 26 gxm9 translate-names 0 Halah … Habor … Hara These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
314 1CH 5 26 f4rf translate-names 0 Gozan This is the name of a river. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
315 1CH 5 26 hz4s 0 to this day See how you translated this phrase in [1 Chronicles 4:43](../04/43.md)
316 1CH 6 intro cb7a 0 # 1 Chronicles 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Levi. # 1 Chronicles 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Levi.
317 1CH 6 1 cs3c translate-names 0 Gershon … Kohath … Merari These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
318 1CH 6 2 rcj5 translate-names 0 Kohath … Amram … Izhar … Hebron … Uzziel These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
319 1CH 6 3 bpp5 translate-names 0 Amram … Nadab … Abihu … Eleazar … Ithamar These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
432 1CH 6 80 d6jk translate-names 0 Ramoth … Mahanaim These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
433 1CH 6 80 gx7f 0 its pasturelands the land with grass for animals to eat. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 5:16](../05/16.md).
434 1CH 6 81 f9ky translate-names 0 Heshbon … Jazer These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
435 1CH 7 intro kd8b 0 # 1 Chronicles 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Issachar, Benjamin, Ephraim, Asher, and Manasseh living west of the Jordan River. # 1 Chronicles 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Issachar, Benjamin, Ephraim, Asher, and Manasseh living west of the Jordan River.
436 1CH 7 1 njl6 translate-names 0 Issachar … Tola, Puah, Jashub … Shimron These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
437 1CH 7 2 pz27 translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
438 1CH 7 2 hd81 0 heads of their fathers’ houses The words “father’s houses” refers to extended families, people related to each other who usually lived in different houses, what the UST calls “clans.”
497 1CH 7 40 d65u 0 fathers’ houses extended families, people related to each other who usually lived in different houses, what the UST calls “clans”
498 1CH 7 40 t3ep 0 distinguished men “important men”
499 1CH 7 40 e5yi translate-numbers 0 There were twenty-six thousand men listed who were fit for military service, according to their numbered lists “According to the clan records, there were 26,000 men who were able to serve in the military” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
500 1CH 8 intro a4bn 0 # 1 Chronicles 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the genealogy of Saul’s family. # 1 Chronicles 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the genealogy of Saul’s family.
501 1CH 8 1 p5r1 translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
502 1CH 8 2 wp4y translate-names 0 Nohah … Rapha These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
503 1CH 8 3 gg1f translate-names 0 Bela … Addar, Gera, Abihud These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
560 1CH 8 39 h9lx translate-ordinal 0 Jeush the second, and Eliphelet the third “Jeush, who was born after Ulam, and Eliphelet, who was born after Jeush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
561 1CH 8 40 mp4f translate-names 0 Ulam This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
562 1CH 8 40 s4sc translate-numbers 0 many sons and grandsons, a total of 150 “a total of one hundred fifty sons and grandsons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
563 1CH 9 intro awe1 0 # 1 Chronicles 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the genealogy of the people who returned to Jerusalem after the exile and the family of Saul. # 1 Chronicles 9 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the genealogy of the people who returned to Jerusalem after the exile and the family of Saul.
564 1CH 9 1 yxr5 figs-activepassive 0 all Israel was recorded in genealogies This can be translated in active form. The reader should understand that the people who wrote the genealogies included the names of the people who had already died. Alternate translation: “The Israelites recorded all of themselves in genealogies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
565 1CH 9 1 d39v 0 genealogies family records that name ancestors and descendants
566 1CH 9 1 s5jc figs-activepassive 0 They were recorded in the book … Israel This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “They wrote the names in the book … Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

18
en_tn_14-2CH.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2CH front intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 2 Chronicles<br><br>1. Solomon rules the kingdom (1:1–9:28)<br>- Solomon put on the throne of David, his father (1:1-17)<br>- Solomon builds the temple of Yahweh (2:1–5:1)<br>- Solomon dedicates the temple (5:2–7:22)<br>- The life of Solomon (8:1–9:28)<br>1. Judah declines and goes into exile (10:1–36:23)<br>- From Rehoboam to Zedekiah (10:1–36:21)<br>- The edict of Cyrus, permitting Israel to return to Canaan (36:22–23)<br><br>### What are 1 and 2 Chronicles about?<br><br>The Book of 1 Chronicles retells the line of descendants from Adam to Saul. It then gives the history of Israel during the time of David. The Book of 2 Chronicles gives the history of Israel beginning with Solomon. It ends when the Babylonian army attacks Judah and takes some of the people to Babylon. The writers of Chronicles probably wrote these books for the Jews who returned from exile in Babylon. The purpose was to teach the people to avoid disobeying God as their ancestors did.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators can use the traditional title “2 Chronicles” or “Second Chronicles.” You may also call this book “The Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel, Book 2” or “The Second Book of the Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Who wrote 1 and 2 Chronicles?<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles are unknown. They mention that they used other books when writing Chronicles. The names of these other books are “The Chronicles of Samuel the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Nathan the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Gad the Seer,” “The History of Nathan the Prophet,” “The Chronicles of Shemaiah the Prophet and Iddo,” “The Story of the Prophet Iddo” and “The books of the kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Why are there multiple books that give the history of the kings of Israel?<br><br>The books of Chronicles and the books of Kings tell much of the same history, but they are not exactly the same. The writers of Chronicles wrote mostly about the kings of Judah who were faithful to Yahweh and his covenant. The writers wanted the Jews to think carefully about David and Solomon. They also wanted the Jews to think about how Jehoshaphat, Hezekiah, and Josiah caused their ancestors to repent and to worship Yahweh. The writers wanted to encourage the Jews and their leaders to obey the law and to honor God’s covenant with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did God punish the people of Israel?<br><br>God punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped false gods. God punished them with disease, disasters, and defeat in battle. However, God forgave them and caused them to prosper again if they repented and obeyed him. The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles continually reminded the readers that God punished his people because they disobeyed. They wanted the readers to understand that they must obey God.<br><br>### Why are alliances with foreign countries seen as evil in these books?<br><br>Yahweh led and protected the nation of Israel. The people of Israel should have trusted him instead of relying on other nations to protect them.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah.<br><br>### What does it mean to “seek God?”<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles often wrote about “seeking God.” To “seek God” means to make an effort to please and honor God. It can also mean to ask God for help. It does not imply that God is hidden. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>The writers used the phrase “to this day” to refer to the time when they were writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 1 Chronicles 4:41, 43; 5:26; 13:11; 20:26; 21:10; 35:25.
2CH 1 intro xkh4 0 # 2 Chronicles 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about King Solomon’s reign (2 Chronicles 1-9).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom<br>Solomon asks God for wisdom to rule God’s people. God is pleased with this request because it is used to serve others. Therefore, God also gives Solomon tremendous wealth and a long life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
2CH 1 intro xkh4 0 # 2 Chronicles 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about King Solomon’s reign (2 Chronicles 1-9).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom<br>Solomon asks God for wisdom to rule God’s people. God is pleased with this request because it is used to serve others. Therefore, God also gives Solomon tremendous wealth and a long life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
2CH 1 1 dx7s figs-activepassive 0 was strengthened in his rule This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “gained complete control over his kingdom” or “ruled powerfully over his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 1 1 p2am 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
2CH 1 1 vd1l figs-idiom 0 God was with him Here “was with him” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “God supported him” or “God helped him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 1 17 y9si translate-bweight 0 six hundred shekels of silver…150 shekels A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 6.6 kilograms of silver … about 1.7 kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
2CH 1 17 in3k translate-numbers 0 six hundred “600” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 1 17 zs9z 0 exported to send something out of one country into another
2CH 2 intro fnm3 0 # 2 Chronicles 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Solomon’s reign continues in this chapter. This chapter also begins a section on building the temple. (2 Chronicles 2-4 and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### House of God<br>The temple is repeatedly referred to as the “house of God” because Yahweh will dwell in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])
2CH 2 intro fnm3 0 # 2 Chronicles 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Solomon’s reign continues in this chapter. This chapter also begins a section on building the temple. (2 Chronicles 2-4 and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### House of God<br>The temple is repeatedly referred to as the “house of God” because Yahweh will dwell in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])
2CH 2 1 k3yv 0 Now This marks a new part of the story.
2CH 2 1 jg9u figs-metonymy 0 commanded the building of a house for Yahweh’s name The word “name” is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “commanded his people to build a house where Yahweh may live” or “commanded his people to build a house where they could worship Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CH 2 1 le5w 0 of a palace for his kingdom “of a royal palace for his kingdom” or “of a palace for himself”
@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 2 17 cv1e translate-numbers 0 3600 “three thousand six hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 2 18 d4ud translate-numbers 0 seventy thousand … eighty thousand “70,000 men…80,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 2 18 l7b2 figs-ellipsis 0 to carry loads It is understood that these are loads of materials for building Yahweh’s house. Alternate translation: “to carry loads of materials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2CH 3 intro ng2u 0 # 2 Chronicles 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Location of the temple<br>The location of the temple was very significant. Many important events in history occurred at this location.
2CH 3 intro ng2u 0 # 2 Chronicles 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Location of the temple<br>The location of the temple was very significant. Many important events in history occurred at this location.
2CH 3 1 lyj2 figs-metonymy 0 Then Solomon began to build … He prepared The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Then Solomon’s workers began to build … They prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CH 3 1 f5w8 translate-names 0 Mount Moriah This is the name of a mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 3 1 e7jb translate-names 0 Ornan the Jebusite “Ornan” is the name of a man. “Jebusite” is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 3 17 wlq9 0 he named “Solomon named”
2CH 3 17 jf9x translate-names 0 Jakin Possibly a name to describe God as “The One who establishes.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 3 17 v7z1 translate-names 0 Boaz This name means “in strength” and is possibly used here to describe God because it means, “In Him is strength.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 4 intro h8s1 0 # 2 Chronicles 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Special construction<br>Not only is the temple constructed in a special way, the things that are used in the temple’s sacrificial system and its decorations are constructed in a special way.
2CH 4 intro h8s1 0 # 2 Chronicles 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Special construction<br>Not only is the temple constructed in a special way, the things that are used in the temple’s sacrificial system and its decorations are constructed in a special way.
2CH 4 1 qgj1 figs-metonymy 0 he made Here “he” refers to Solomon. The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CH 4 1 jni2 translate-bdistance 0 twenty cubits … ten cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “20 cubits…10 cubits” or “9.2 meters…4.6 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
2CH 4 2 ifi9 translate-bdistance 0 ten cubits … five cubits … thirty cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “4.6 meters…2.3 meters…13.8 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 4 22 e3lr figs-activepassive 0 Also the lamp trimmers … were all made of pure gold This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The workers also made the lamp trimmers … out of pure gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 4 22 e9lw 0 lamp trimmers These would have been used to trim the wicks of the lamps.
2CH 4 22 r9an figs-activepassive 0 its inner doors … were made of gold This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the workers made its inner doors … out of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 5 intro hb74 0 # 2 Chronicles 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Moving the contents of the tent<br>Everything from the tent was moved into the new temple. This too was done in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
2CH 5 intro hb74 0 # 2 Chronicles 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Moving the contents of the tent<br>Everything from the tent was moved into the new temple. This too was done in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
2CH 5 1 u3jv figs-metonymy 0 When all the work that Solomon did for the house of Yahweh was completed, Solomon brought The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When Solomon’s workers completed all of the work for the house of Yahweh, they brought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 5 1 j4yx 0 treasuries storerooms, rooms where things are kept or stored
2CH 5 2 b6dz 0 assembled the elders of Israel “called together the leaders of Israel”
@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 5 13 m6zc figs-idiom 0 raised their voices This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “sang loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2CH 5 13 h8ri figs-abstractnouns 0 for his covenant loyalty endures forever The abstract noun “covenant loyalty” can be stated as “faithful.” Alternate translation: “for he is faithful forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2CH 5 13 eju9 figs-activepassive 0 Then the house, the house of Yahweh, was filled with a cloud This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Then a cloud filled the house of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 6 intro j414 0 # 2 Chronicles 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Temple dedication<br>Solomon dedicated the temple with a prayer asking God to honor the temple. It was common to dedicate something important to God when it was completed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
2CH 6 intro j414 0 # 2 Chronicles 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Temple dedication<br>Solomon dedicated the temple with a prayer asking God to honor the temple. It was common to dedicate something important to God when it was completed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
2CH 6 1 q2mk figs-123person 0 Yahweh has said that he Solomon speaks to Yahweh as if he were speaking to someone else to show that he respects Yahweh. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, you have said that you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2CH 6 1 tya2 figs-metaphor 0 in thick darkness Here the word “thick” shows that the darkness is extreme. Yahweh spoke of not allowing sinful people to see him as if he were to live in darkness. Alternate translation: “in great darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 6 2 c62a figs-synecdoche 0 I have built you a lofty residence Solomon speaks of commanding the people to build the temple and telling them how to do it as if he himself had built it. Alternate translation: “I and your people have built you a lofty residence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 6 42 y5ew figs-metonymy 0 your anointed “your anointed one.” Being anointed is a metonym for being chosen by God. King Solomon may have been speaking specifically about himself. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the one you anointed” or “me, the one you chose to be king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 6 42 fdg8 0 Keep in mind your acts of covenant loyalty for David, your servant The phrase “your acts” can be expressed with the phrase “what you have done.” Alternate translation: “Remember what you have done for David, your servant, because of your covenant loyalty”
2CH 6 42 kr6g 0 Keep in mind “Remember”
2CH 7 intro uu1a 0 # 2 Chronicles 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon’s dream<br>God appeared again to Solomon in a dream and said the temple was acceptable and he honored it with his presence. He would remain as long as Israel obeyed him. If they worshiped other gods and idols he would let their enemies destroy the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
2CH 7 intro uu1a 0 # 2 Chronicles 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon’s dream<br>God appeared again to Solomon in a dream and said the temple was acceptable and he honored it with his presence. He would remain as long as Israel obeyed him. If they worshiped other gods and idols he would let their enemies destroy the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
2CH 7 1 ffl2 0 the house “Yahweh’s house” or “the temple”
2CH 7 3 xie8 translate-symaction 0 they bowed down with their faces to the ground on the stone pavement This is a position of humility and worship. Alternate translation: “they lay down on the ground with their faces touching the stone pavement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2CH 7 3 ti2r figs-abstractnouns 0 his covenant loyalty endures forever The abstract noun “covenant loyalty” can be expressed with the adjective “loyal” and the verb “promise.” Alternate translation: “God will always be loyal to us because of his covenant” or “God will always faithfully do for us what he promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 7 22 vzk4 figs-distinguish 0 who had brought their ancestors out of the land of Egypt This phrase tells why they should have worshiped God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
2CH 7 22 j4e4 figs-metaphor 0 they laid hold of other gods Here “laid hold of” represents choosing to be loyal to them. Alternate translation: “they chose to be loyal to other gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 7 22 t5tf figs-parallelism 0 bowed down to them and worshiped them These two phrases mean the same thing. The phrase “bowed down to them” describes the posture that people used in worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2CH 8 intro a5ai 0 # 2 Chronicles 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon’s victories<br>Solomon achieved many victory when he was king. This chapter records many of these victories. Israel is at its height of power when Solomon was king.
2CH 8 intro a5ai 0 # 2 Chronicles 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon’s victories<br>Solomon achieved many victory when he was king. This chapter records many of these victories. Israel is at its height of power when Solomon was king.
2CH 8 1 e9fh 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way of doing this, you could consider using it here.
2CH 8 1 abj4 translate-numbers 0 at the end of twenty years “after 20 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 8 1 v6bz figs-metonymy 0 Solomon had built the house of Yahweh and his own house The author writes of Solomon commanding the people to build the temple and palace and telling them how to do it as if he himself had built them. Alternate translation: “Solomon caused the house of Yahweh and his own house to be built” or “Solomon directed the building of the temple and his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 8 17 i7h5 translate-names 0 Ezion Geber and then to Elath on the coast These are towns along the Sea of Reeds. They had ports where people who had ships could stop. Alternate translation: “the towns of Ezion Geber and Elath, on the coast of the Sea of Reeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CH 8 18 y96s translate-names 0 Ophir This is the name of a place. Its location is not known. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 8 18 lq1h translate-numbers 0 450 talents of gold “four hundred and fifty talents of gold.” You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “about sixteen thousand kilograms of gold” or “about fifteen metric tons of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
2CH 9 intro yt1q 0 # 2 Chronicles 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon ends.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon’s fame<br>Solomon was famous outside of Israel because of his wisdom and tremendous wealth. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
2CH 9 intro yt1q 0 # 2 Chronicles 9 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon ends.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon’s fame<br>Solomon was famous outside of Israel because of his wisdom and tremendous wealth. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
2CH 9 1 vdf5 0 She came with a very long caravan “a very large group of servants” or “a very long line of servants”
2CH 9 1 z364 figs-hyperbole 0 all that was in her heart This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “everything she wanted to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2CH 9 2 jyn4 figs-doublenegatives 0 there was no question that he did not answer This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “he answered every question” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 2CH front intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 2 Chronicles<br><br>1. Solomon rules the kingdom (1:1–9:28)<br>- Solomon put on the throne of David, his father (1:1-17)<br>- Solomon builds the temple of Yahweh (2:1–5:1)<br>- Solomon dedicates the temple (5:2–7:22)<br>- The life of Solomon (8:1–9:28)<br>1. Judah declines and goes into exile (10:1–36:23)<br>- From Rehoboam to Zedekiah (10:1–36:21)<br>- The edict of Cyrus, permitting Israel to return to Canaan (36:22–23)<br><br>### What are 1 and 2 Chronicles about?<br><br>The Book of 1 Chronicles retells the line of descendants from Adam to Saul. It then gives the history of Israel during the time of David. The Book of 2 Chronicles gives the history of Israel beginning with Solomon. It ends when the Babylonian army attacks Judah and takes some of the people to Babylon. The writers of Chronicles probably wrote these books for the Jews who returned from exile in Babylon. The purpose was to teach the people to avoid disobeying God as their ancestors did.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators can use the traditional title “2 Chronicles” or “Second Chronicles.” You may also call this book “The Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel, Book 2” or “The Second Book of the Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Who wrote 1 and 2 Chronicles?<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles are unknown. They mention that they used other books when writing Chronicles. The names of these other books are “The Chronicles of Samuel the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Nathan the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Gad the Seer,” “The History of Nathan the Prophet,” “The Chronicles of Shemaiah the Prophet and Iddo,” “The Story of the Prophet Iddo” and “The books of the kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Why are there multiple books that give the history of the kings of Israel?<br><br>The books of Chronicles and the books of Kings tell much of the same history, but they are not exactly the same. The writers of Chronicles wrote mostly about the kings of Judah who were faithful to Yahweh and his covenant. The writers wanted the Jews to think carefully about David and Solomon. They also wanted the Jews to think about how Jehoshaphat, Hezekiah, and Josiah caused their ancestors to repent and to worship Yahweh. The writers wanted to encourage the Jews and their leaders to obey the law and to honor God’s covenant with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did God punish the people of Israel?<br><br>God punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped false gods. God punished them with disease, disasters, and defeat in battle. However, God forgave them and caused them to prosper again if they repented and obeyed him. The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles continually reminded the readers that God punished his people because they disobeyed. They wanted the readers to understand that they must obey God.<br><br>### Why are alliances with foreign countries seen as evil in these books?<br><br>Yahweh led and protected the nation of Israel. The people of Israel should have trusted him instead of relying on other nations to protect them.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah.<br><br>### What does it mean to “seek God?”<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles often wrote about “seeking God.” To “seek God” means to make an effort to please and honor God. It can also mean to ask God for help. It does not imply that God is hidden. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>The writers used the phrase “to this day” to refer to the time when they were writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 1 Chronicles 4:41, 43; 5:26; 13:11; 20:26; 21:10; 35:25.
3 2CH 1 intro xkh4 0 # 2 Chronicles 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about King Solomon’s reign (2 Chronicles 1-9).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom<br>Solomon asks God for wisdom to rule God’s people. God is pleased with this request because it is used to serve others. Therefore, God also gives Solomon tremendous wealth and a long life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) # 2 Chronicles 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about King Solomon’s reign (2 Chronicles 1-9).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom<br>Solomon asks God for wisdom to rule God’s people. God is pleased with this request because it is used to serve others. Therefore, God also gives Solomon tremendous wealth and a long life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
4 2CH 1 1 dx7s figs-activepassive 0 was strengthened in his rule This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “gained complete control over his kingdom” or “ruled powerfully over his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5 2CH 1 1 p2am 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
6 2CH 1 1 vd1l figs-idiom 0 God was with him Here “was with him” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “God supported him” or “God helped him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
39 2CH 1 17 y9si translate-bweight 0 six hundred shekels of silver…150 shekels A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 6.6 kilograms of silver … about 1.7 kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
40 2CH 1 17 in3k translate-numbers 0 six hundred “600” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
41 2CH 1 17 zs9z 0 exported to send something out of one country into another
42 2CH 2 intro fnm3 0 # 2 Chronicles 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Solomon’s reign continues in this chapter. This chapter also begins a section on building the temple. (2 Chronicles 2-4 and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### House of God<br>The temple is repeatedly referred to as the “house of God” because Yahweh will dwell in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]]) # 2 Chronicles 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Solomon’s reign continues in this chapter. This chapter also begins a section on building the temple. (2 Chronicles 2-4 and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### House of God<br>The temple is repeatedly referred to as the “house of God” because Yahweh will dwell in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])
43 2CH 2 1 k3yv 0 Now This marks a new part of the story.
44 2CH 2 1 jg9u figs-metonymy 0 commanded the building of a house for Yahweh’s name The word “name” is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “commanded his people to build a house where Yahweh may live” or “commanded his people to build a house where they could worship Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
45 2CH 2 1 le5w 0 of a palace for his kingdom “of a royal palace for his kingdom” or “of a palace for himself”
75 2CH 2 17 cv1e translate-numbers 0 3600 “three thousand six hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
76 2CH 2 18 d4ud translate-numbers 0 seventy thousand … eighty thousand “70,000 men…80,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
77 2CH 2 18 l7b2 figs-ellipsis 0 to carry loads It is understood that these are loads of materials for building Yahweh’s house. Alternate translation: “to carry loads of materials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
78 2CH 3 intro ng2u 0 # 2 Chronicles 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Location of the temple<br>The location of the temple was very significant. Many important events in history occurred at this location. # 2 Chronicles 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Location of the temple<br>The location of the temple was very significant. Many important events in history occurred at this location.
79 2CH 3 1 lyj2 figs-metonymy 0 Then Solomon began to build … He prepared The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Then Solomon’s workers began to build … They prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
80 2CH 3 1 f5w8 translate-names 0 Mount Moriah This is the name of a mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
81 2CH 3 1 e7jb translate-names 0 Ornan the Jebusite “Ornan” is the name of a man. “Jebusite” is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
115 2CH 3 17 wlq9 0 he named “Solomon named”
116 2CH 3 17 jf9x translate-names 0 Jakin Possibly a name to describe God as “The One who establishes.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
117 2CH 3 17 v7z1 translate-names 0 Boaz This name means “in strength” and is possibly used here to describe God because it means, “In Him is strength.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
118 2CH 4 intro h8s1 0 # 2 Chronicles 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Special construction<br>Not only is the temple constructed in a special way, the things that are used in the temple’s sacrificial system and its decorations are constructed in a special way. # 2 Chronicles 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Special construction<br>Not only is the temple constructed in a special way, the things that are used in the temple’s sacrificial system and its decorations are constructed in a special way.
119 2CH 4 1 qgj1 figs-metonymy 0 he made Here “he” refers to Solomon. The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
120 2CH 4 1 jni2 translate-bdistance 0 twenty cubits … ten cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “20 cubits…10 cubits” or “9.2 meters…4.6 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
121 2CH 4 2 ifi9 translate-bdistance 0 ten cubits … five cubits … thirty cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “4.6 meters…2.3 meters…13.8 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
172 2CH 4 22 e3lr figs-activepassive 0 Also the lamp trimmers … were all made of pure gold This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The workers also made the lamp trimmers … out of pure gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
173 2CH 4 22 e9lw 0 lamp trimmers These would have been used to trim the wicks of the lamps.
174 2CH 4 22 r9an figs-activepassive 0 its inner doors … were made of gold This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the workers made its inner doors … out of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
175 2CH 5 intro hb74 0 # 2 Chronicles 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Moving the contents of the tent<br>Everything from the tent was moved into the new temple. This too was done in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) # 2 Chronicles 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Moving the contents of the tent<br>Everything from the tent was moved into the new temple. This too was done in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
176 2CH 5 1 u3jv figs-metonymy 0 When all the work that Solomon did for the house of Yahweh was completed, Solomon brought The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When Solomon’s workers completed all of the work for the house of Yahweh, they brought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
177 2CH 5 1 j4yx 0 treasuries storerooms, rooms where things are kept or stored
178 2CH 5 2 b6dz 0 assembled the elders of Israel “called together the leaders of Israel”
195 2CH 5 13 m6zc figs-idiom 0 raised their voices This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “sang loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
196 2CH 5 13 h8ri figs-abstractnouns 0 for his covenant loyalty endures forever The abstract noun “covenant loyalty” can be stated as “faithful.” Alternate translation: “for he is faithful forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
197 2CH 5 13 eju9 figs-activepassive 0 Then the house, the house of Yahweh, was filled with a cloud This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Then a cloud filled the house of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
198 2CH 6 intro j414 0 # 2 Chronicles 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Temple dedication<br>Solomon dedicated the temple with a prayer asking God to honor the temple. It was common to dedicate something important to God when it was completed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) # 2 Chronicles 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Temple dedication<br>Solomon dedicated the temple with a prayer asking God to honor the temple. It was common to dedicate something important to God when it was completed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
199 2CH 6 1 q2mk figs-123person 0 Yahweh has said that he Solomon speaks to Yahweh as if he were speaking to someone else to show that he respects Yahweh. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, you have said that you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
200 2CH 6 1 tya2 figs-metaphor 0 in thick darkness Here the word “thick” shows that the darkness is extreme. Yahweh spoke of not allowing sinful people to see him as if he were to live in darkness. Alternate translation: “in great darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
201 2CH 6 2 c62a figs-synecdoche 0 I have built you a lofty residence Solomon speaks of commanding the people to build the temple and telling them how to do it as if he himself had built it. Alternate translation: “I and your people have built you a lofty residence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
325 2CH 6 42 y5ew figs-metonymy 0 your anointed “your anointed one.” Being anointed is a metonym for being chosen by God. King Solomon may have been speaking specifically about himself. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the one you anointed” or “me, the one you chose to be king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
326 2CH 6 42 fdg8 0 Keep in mind your acts of covenant loyalty for David, your servant The phrase “your acts” can be expressed with the phrase “what you have done.” Alternate translation: “Remember what you have done for David, your servant, because of your covenant loyalty”
327 2CH 6 42 kr6g 0 Keep in mind “Remember”
328 2CH 7 intro uu1a 0 # 2 Chronicles 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon’s dream<br>God appeared again to Solomon in a dream and said the temple was acceptable and he honored it with his presence. He would remain as long as Israel obeyed him. If they worshiped other gods and idols he would let their enemies destroy the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) # 2 Chronicles 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon’s dream<br>God appeared again to Solomon in a dream and said the temple was acceptable and he honored it with his presence. He would remain as long as Israel obeyed him. If they worshiped other gods and idols he would let their enemies destroy the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
329 2CH 7 1 ffl2 0 the house “Yahweh’s house” or “the temple”
330 2CH 7 3 xie8 translate-symaction 0 they bowed down with their faces to the ground on the stone pavement This is a position of humility and worship. Alternate translation: “they lay down on the ground with their faces touching the stone pavement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
331 2CH 7 3 ti2r figs-abstractnouns 0 his covenant loyalty endures forever The abstract noun “covenant loyalty” can be expressed with the adjective “loyal” and the verb “promise.” Alternate translation: “God will always be loyal to us because of his covenant” or “God will always faithfully do for us what he promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
384 2CH 7 22 vzk4 figs-distinguish 0 who had brought their ancestors out of the land of Egypt This phrase tells why they should have worshiped God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
385 2CH 7 22 j4e4 figs-metaphor 0 they laid hold of other gods Here “laid hold of” represents choosing to be loyal to them. Alternate translation: “they chose to be loyal to other gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
386 2CH 7 22 t5tf figs-parallelism 0 bowed down to them and worshiped them These two phrases mean the same thing. The phrase “bowed down to them” describes the posture that people used in worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
387 2CH 8 intro a5ai 0 # 2 Chronicles 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon’s victories<br>Solomon achieved many victory when he was king. This chapter records many of these victories. Israel is at its height of power when Solomon was king. # 2 Chronicles 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon’s victories<br>Solomon achieved many victory when he was king. This chapter records many of these victories. Israel is at its height of power when Solomon was king.
388 2CH 8 1 e9fh 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way of doing this, you could consider using it here.
389 2CH 8 1 abj4 translate-numbers 0 at the end of twenty years “after 20 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
390 2CH 8 1 v6bz figs-metonymy 0 Solomon had built the house of Yahweh and his own house The author writes of Solomon commanding the people to build the temple and palace and telling them how to do it as if he himself had built them. Alternate translation: “Solomon caused the house of Yahweh and his own house to be built” or “Solomon directed the building of the temple and his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
425 2CH 8 17 i7h5 translate-names 0 Ezion Geber and then to Elath on the coast These are towns along the Sea of Reeds. They had ports where people who had ships could stop. Alternate translation: “the towns of Ezion Geber and Elath, on the coast of the Sea of Reeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
426 2CH 8 18 y96s translate-names 0 Ophir This is the name of a place. Its location is not known. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
427 2CH 8 18 lq1h translate-numbers 0 450 talents of gold “four hundred and fifty talents of gold.” You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “about sixteen thousand kilograms of gold” or “about fifteen metric tons of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
428 2CH 9 intro yt1q 0 # 2 Chronicles 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon ends.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon’s fame<br>Solomon was famous outside of Israel because of his wisdom and tremendous wealth. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) # 2 Chronicles 9 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon ends.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon’s fame<br>Solomon was famous outside of Israel because of his wisdom and tremendous wealth. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
429 2CH 9 1 vdf5 0 She came with a very long caravan “a very large group of servants” or “a very long line of servants”
430 2CH 9 1 z364 figs-hyperbole 0 all that was in her heart This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “everything she wanted to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
431 2CH 9 2 jyn4 figs-doublenegatives 0 there was no question that he did not answer This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “he answered every question” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])

18
en_tn_16-NEH.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
NEH front intro k2y2 0 # Introduction to Nehemiah<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Nehemiah<br><br>1. Nehemiah returns to Jerusalem and inspects the walls (1:1-2:20)<br>2. The people rebuild the walls of Jerusalem (3:1-4:23)<br>3. Nehemiah helps the poor and provides an unselfish example (5:1–19)<br>4. Enemies try to slow down the work, but the people finish the walls (6:1–19)<br>5. Nehemiah lists the people who returned from exile (7:6–73)<br>6. Ezra reads the law of Yahweh and the people respond (8:1-10:39)<br>7. Nehemiah lists the people who lived in and around Jerusalem (11:1–36)<br>8. Nehemiah lists the priests and Levites (12:1–26)<br>9. The people dedicate the walls of Jerusalem (12:27–47)<br>10. Nehemiah corrects problems (13:1–31)<br><br>### What is the Book of Nehemiah about?<br><br>A Jew named Nehemiah lived in Persia and worked for King Artaxerxes. Nehemiah received a report that the walls around Jerusalem were broken down. Nehemiah returned to Jerusalem to help rebuild the city walls. The walls around the city helped protect the city against armies and invaders.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Book of Nehemiah is named for a Jewish leader named Nehemiah. Translators can use the traditional title “Nehemiah.” Or they may choose a more complete title, such as “The Book about Nehemiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why were Israelites not allowed to marry people from other nations?<br><br>Foreigners worshiped many false gods. Yahweh did not allow his people to marry foreigners. He knew this would cause the people of Israel to worship false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### Did all of the people of Israel return to their homeland?<br><br>Many of the Jews remained in Babylon instead of returning to the Promised Land. Many of them were successful in Babylon and desired to remain there. However, this meant that they were unable to worship Yahweh in Jerusalem as their ancestors had done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How does the Book of Nehemiah use the term “Israel”?<br><br>The Book of Nehemiah uses the term “Israel” to refer to the kingdom of Judah. It was mostly made up of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. The other ten tribes had ended their loyalty to any kings descended from David. God had allowed the Assyrians to conquer the other ten tribes and take them into exile around 275 years earlier. As a result, they mixed with other people groups and did not return to the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Are the events in the Book of Nehemiah told in the order that they actually happened?<br><br>Some of the events in the Book of Nehemiah are told in an order that is different than the order in which they actually happened so that they events can be grouped by theme. Translators should pay attention to notes that signal when events are probably out of chronological order.
NEH 1 intro y5jf 0 # Nehemiah 01 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### “The words of Nehemiah son of Hacaliah:”<br><br>This phrase serves as an introduction to this entire book.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Repentance<br><br>This chapter is a single long record of Nehemiah’s repentance on behalf of the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### I<br><br>In this book, the word “I” always refers to Nehemiah.<br><br>### Israel<br><br>In this book, “Israel” probably does not refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. Neither does it likely refer to the twelve tribes of Israel. Instead, it is probably a reference to Israel in the sense of the surviving people group from the southern kingdom of Judah. At Nehemiah’s time, these would be the people from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin who survived the destruction of Jerusalem by Babylon in 586 BC and the exile of many of them to Babylon. The other tribes had already been scattered throughout the entire Near East where most of them lost their identity as Israel.
NEH 1 intro y5jf 0 # Nehemiah 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### “The words of Nehemiah son of Hacaliah:”<br><br>This phrase serves as an introduction to this entire book.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Repentance<br><br>This chapter is a single long record of Nehemiah’s repentance on behalf of the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### I<br><br>In this book, the word “I” always refers to Nehemiah.<br><br>### Israel<br><br>In this book, “Israel” probably does not refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. Neither does it likely refer to the twelve tribes of Israel. Instead, it is probably a reference to Israel in the sense of the surviving people group from the southern kingdom of Judah. At Nehemiah’s time, these would be the people from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin who survived the destruction of Jerusalem by Babylon in 586 BC and the exile of many of them to Babylon. The other tribes had already been scattered throughout the entire Near East where most of them lost their identity as Israel.
NEH 1 1 bi9h translate-names נְחֶמְיָ֖ה בֶּן־חֲכַלְיָ֑ה 1 Nehemiah, the son of Hakaliah Nehemiah is the name of a man, and Hakaliah is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 1 1 abc1 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֤י 1 Now it happened This is a common way of beginning a historical story. Use a natural way of beginning a story about something that actually happened. Alternate translation: “My story begins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
NEH 1 1 qd3e translate-hebrewmonths בְ⁠חֹֽדֶשׁ־כִּסְלֵיו֙ 1 in the month of Kislev **Kislev** is the ninth month of the Hebrew calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ NEH 1 11 kr99 figs-123person וּ⁠תְנֵ֣⁠הוּ לְ⁠רַחֲמִ֔י
NEH 1 11 r7af figs-metaphor לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י הָ⁠אִ֣ישׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 before the face of this man Here, **face** is a figurative way of referring to the action of seeing, and seeing is a figurative way of describing knowledge, perception, notice, attention, or judgment. In this context, Nehemiah is asking God to cause the king to make a favorable decision in response to a request he plans to make. Alternate translation: “Please grant that the king will agree to the request that I am going to make.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 1 11 a21b figs-explicit הָ⁠אִ֣ישׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 this man As we will discover in the next chapter, **this man** refers to Artaxerxes, the king of Persia. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 1 11 h9hl writing-background וַ⁠אֲנִ֛י הָיִ֥יתִי מַשְׁקֶ֖ה לַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 Now as for me, I was a cupbearer for the king This is background information about Nehemiah’s role in the king’s court. Your language may have a special way to mark background information. As a “cupbearer,” it was Nehemiah’s duty to serve the wine at the king’s table, but he was much more than a waiter or butler. When the king gave him this assignment, this showed that he trusted Nehemiah completely to protect him from being poisoned. Nehemiah’s work also allowed him to see the king frequently and get to know him. So this was an important office. Alternate translation: “At that time, I was an important official who served the wine at the king’s table.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
NEH 2 intro mj1d 0 # Nehemiah 02 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the account of the construction of the wall. Many scholars believe these chapters teach valuable lessons on leadership ([Nehemiah 2-6](./01.md)).<br><br>### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Nehemiah’s character<br>Apparently, Nehemiah’s character made an impression on the king. It was very unusual for a king to be so concerned with one of his servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Cultural Customs<br>In ancient Persia, people thought it was important for their conquered peoples to retain and practice their own cultural customs. It was thought that this independence promoted peace in their vast kingdom. The rebuilding of Jerusalem may have been seen as a way to allow for the Jewish cultural practices.<br><br>### Yahweh’s control<br>Yahweh is seen as very powerful. He is able to provide for his people even through a foreign king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
NEH 2 intro mj1d 0 # Nehemiah 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the account of the construction of the wall. Many scholars believe these chapters teach valuable lessons on leadership ([Nehemiah 2-6](./01.md)).<br><br>### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Nehemiah’s character<br>Apparently, Nehemiah’s character made an impression on the king. It was very unusual for a king to be so concerned with one of his servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Cultural Customs<br>In ancient Persia, people thought it was important for their conquered peoples to retain and practice their own cultural customs. It was thought that this independence promoted peace in their vast kingdom. The rebuilding of Jerusalem may have been seen as a way to allow for the Jewish cultural practices.<br><br>### Yahweh’s control<br>Yahweh is seen as very powerful. He is able to provide for his people even through a foreign king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
NEH 2 1 a23b writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֣י 1 Then it happened that Nehemiah uses this phrase to introduce the next event in his story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. Alternate translation: “Then one day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
NEH 2 1 a25b figs-explicit בְּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ נִיסָ֗ן שְׁנַ֥ת עֶשְׂרִ֛ים לְ⁠אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֥סְתְּא הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 in the month of Nisan, in year twenty of Artaxerxes the King Since there were twelve months in the Hebrew calendar, and it was still the same year in the reign of Artaxerxes, this means that four months had gone by since Hanani came and spoke with Nehemiah. The implication is that Nehemiah had been praying all this time in the way described in chapter 1. If it would make things clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I prayed like this for four months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 2 1 h3hu translate-hebrewmonths בְּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ נִיסָ֗ן 1 In the month of Nisan **Nisan** is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ NEH 2 20 a33c figs-metaphor וַ⁠אֲנַ֥חְנוּ עֲבָדָ֖י⁠ו נ
NEH 2 20 iv9x figs-idiom נָק֣וּם וּ⁠בָנִ֑ינוּ 1 will arise and build As in [2:18](../02/18.md), **rise up** means to begin something. Alternate translation: “going to begin rebuilding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 2 20 a4e6 figs-doublet וְ⁠לָ⁠כֶ֗ם אֵֽין־חֵ֧לֶק וּ⁠צְדָקָ֛ה וְ⁠זִכָּר֖וֹן בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 But you have no share, no right, and no historic claim in Jerusalem The terms **share**, **right**, and **memorial** all mean something similar. Nehemiah uses them together for emphasis. The meanings are not entirely certain. “Share” may suggest that the Samaritans are not part of the community. “Right” may mean that they have no legal basis to say what should happen in Jerusalem. “Memorial” could mean that they had have no role in the city’s history, or that there is no record of their Israelite ancestry. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “But you have absolutely nothing to do with what happens in Jerusalem.” (Note: A doublet can involve the use of more than two terms.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
NEH 2 20 a35c figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠לָ⁠כֶ֗ם אֵֽין־חֵ֧לֶק וּ⁠צְדָקָ֛ה וְ⁠זִכָּר֖וֹן בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 But you have no share, no right, and no historic claim in Jerusalem Depending on their meaning, the terms “share,” “right,” and “memorial” may be abstract nouns. If so, you could translate the idea behind them with a phrase that expresses their overall meaning. Alternate translation: “But you have absolutely nothing to do with what happens in Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 3 intro dfw6 0 # Nehemiah 03 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Priests<br>The priests worked on rebuilding the city. Normally, the priests were exempt from this type of work. Because they helped, it emphasizes that this is a holy work and something done for Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Cooperation<br>Everyone worked on this project. Many names are mentioned to emphasize the cooperation between the different families. Each was given a section of the wall to rebuild.
NEH 3 intro dfw6 0 # Nehemiah 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Priests<br>The priests worked on rebuilding the city. Normally, the priests were exempt from this type of work. Because they helped, it emphasizes that this is a holy work and something done for Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Cooperation<br>Everyone worked on this project. Many names are mentioned to emphasize the cooperation between the different families. Each was given a section of the wall to rebuild.
NEH 3 1 ald8 figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּ֡קָם אֶלְיָשִׁיב֩ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֨ן הַ⁠גָּד֜וֹל 1 And Eliashib the high priest rose up This chapter records the names of the people who repaired the wall of Jerusalem, and it describes what parts of the wall they worked on. If it would make things clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly at the start of the chapter. (In this book Nehemiah records everything he did to help the people of Judah, and he prays that God will remember him and bless him for what he did. We see in this chapter that he also wants God to remember and bless everyone else who helped.) Alternate translation: “These are the names of the people who helped to rebuild the wall around Jerusalem. Now Eliashib the high priest rose up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 3 1 a37c figs-idiom וַ⁠יָּ֡קָם 1 And … rose up As in [2:18](../02/18.md), **rise up** here means to begin something. Alternate translation: “began to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 3 1 g9az translate-names אֶלְיָשִׁיב֩ 1 Eliashib This is the name of a man. It occurs about a dozen times in the book of Nehemiah. It will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ NEH 3 31 r6sv וְ⁠עַ֖ד עֲלִיַּ֥ת הַ⁠פִּנָּֽה 1 even
NEH 3 32 x1tq figs-explicit וּ⁠בֵ֨ין עֲלִיַּ֤ת הַ⁠פִּנָּה֙ לְ⁠שַׁ֣עַר הַ⁠צֹּ֔אן הֶחֱזִ֥יקוּ 1 strengthened between the upper chamber of the corner to the gate of sheep This brings the description of the repairs back around to where they started. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly by saying “the last section.” Alternate translation: “repaired the last section of the wall, from the corner apartments to the Sheep Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 3 32 p1kr figs-synecdoche הַ⁠צֹּרְפִ֖ים וְ⁠הָ⁠רֹכְלִֽים 1 the goldsmiths and the merchants This does not mean all the goldsmiths and all the merchants. Nehemiah is once again using the names of whole groups to refer to parts of them. Alternate translation: “some of the other goldsmiths, along with some traders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 3 32 a69c translate-names לְ⁠שַׁ֣עַר הַ⁠צֹּ֔אן 1 the gate of sheep This is the name of one of the gates of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the Sheep Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 4 intro tlj9 0 # Nehemiah 04 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Dedication<br>The people were so dedicated to rebuilding the walls that they worked with their weapons ready for battle right next to them. Even when they were threatened with an attack, they continued to trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Sanballat uses a series of rhetorical questions. These are intended to show his intense anger against the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NEH 4 intro tlj9 0 # Nehemiah 4 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Dedication<br>The people were so dedicated to rebuilding the walls that they worked with their weapons ready for battle right next to them. Even when they were threatened with an attack, they continued to trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Sanballat uses a series of rhetorical questions. These are intended to show his intense anger against the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NEH 4 1 rnw3 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֞י 1 And it happened that Nehemiah uses this phrase to introduce the next event in his story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
NEH 4 1 vfu4 translate-names סַנְבַלַּ֗ט 1 Sanballat This is a man’s name. See how you translated this in [2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 4 1 a71c figs-parallelism וַ⁠יִּ֣חַר ל֔⁠וֹ וַ⁠יִּכְעַ֖ס הַרְבֵּ֑ה 1 And it burned him, and he was very angry These two phrases mean similar things. Nehemiah uses the repetition to emphasize how angry Sanballat was. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases and say something like “he became furiously angry” or “he became very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ NEH 4 23 vfv3 figs-idiom וּ⁠נְעָרַ֗⁠י 1 As in [4:16](../04/16.md)
NEH 4 23 flyg translate-unknown וְ⁠אַנְשֵׁ֤י הַ⁠מִּשְׁמָר֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אַחֲרַ֔⁠י 1 This likely refers to the personal bodyguard that the king would have assigned to Nehemiah when he appointed him to be the governor of Judah. (Nehemiah describes this appointment in [5:14](../05/14.md).) Alternate translation: “my personal bodyguard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 4 23 upc5 figs-ellipsis אִ֖ישׁ שִׁלְח֥⁠וֹ הַ⁠מָּֽיִם 1 Here the specific meaning of the Hebrew text is unknown, but Nehemiah is almost certainly leaving out some of the words that a sentence would normally have to have in order to be complete. He says that he and his relatives, servants, and bodyguards did not take off their clothes, **or anyone his weapon at the water.** This could mean that “no one took his weapon off even when he was washing himself” or that “no one took his weapon off even when going to get water.” If it would be clearer in your language if you explained what “at the water” might mean, you could choose one of these possibilities. Alternate translation: “Each of us always had our weapons with us, even when we were washing ourselves.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 4 23 v2e1 figs-idiom פֹשְׁטִ֖ים בְּגָדֵ֑י⁠נוּ אִ֖ישׁ שִׁלְח֥⁠וֹ 1 In this context, **a man** means **anyone.** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 5 intro k7pb 0 # Nehemiah 05 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Equality<br><br>The rich made money from the poor. The rich oppressed the poor by charging interest on loans. Because Nehemiah wanted to treat everyone fairly, he did not collect any taxes from them. This chapter also emphasizes that it was wrong to enslave a fellow Jew. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])<br><br>### Governor<br>Nehemiah was a governmental leader in Jerusalem, but he was not a king. Jerusalem had a great deal of independence, but it was under the authority of the Persian king. The term “governor” reflects this idea, but a different term may be used in translation.
NEH 5 intro k7pb 0 # Nehemiah 5 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Equality<br><br>The rich made money from the poor. The rich oppressed the poor by charging interest on loans. Because Nehemiah wanted to treat everyone fairly, he did not collect any taxes from them. This chapter also emphasizes that it was wrong to enslave a fellow Jew. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])<br><br>### Governor<br>Nehemiah was a governmental leader in Jerusalem, but he was not a king. Jerusalem had a great deal of independence, but it was under the authority of the Persian king. The term “governor” reflects this idea, but a different term may be used in translation.
NEH 5 1 za4u grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וַ⁠תְּהִ֨י 1 Nehemiah now relates something else that was happening even while the Jews were trying to rebuild the wall and defend themselves against their enemies. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “Around this same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
NEH 5 1 zmb8 figs-abstractnouns צַעֲקַ֥ת הָ⁠עָ֛ם וּ⁠נְשֵׁי⁠הֶ֖ם גְּדוֹלָ֑ה 1 **Outcry** is an abstract noun that refers to the complaints that the poorer Jews made to Nehemiah about how the wealthier and more powerful Jews were treating them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as “complain.” Since Nehemiah says this was a “great” outcry, involving many serious grievances, you could intensify the verb with an adverb such as “bitterly.” Alternate translation: “many of the men and their wives complained bitterly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 5 1 czx5 הָ⁠עָ֛ם וּ⁠נְשֵׁי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 Here, **the people** seems to indicate certain men who lived in Jerusalem, since Nehemiah also mentions their wives. Alternate translation: “many of the men and their wives”
@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ NEH 5 19 b1i7 figs-aside זָכְרָ⁠ה־לִּ֥⁠י אֱלֹהַ֖⁠י ל
NEH 5 19 b1i9 figs-idiom זָכְרָ⁠ה־לִּ֥⁠י…לְ⁠טוֹבָ֑ה 1 To remember someone **for good** is an idiom that means to reward someone with good things for the good that they have done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 5 19 b1j1 figs-idiom זָכְרָ⁠ה־לִּ֥⁠י אֱלֹהַ֖⁠י לְ⁠טוֹבָ֑ה 1 In this context, **remember** means to think about someone and consider what action you can take on their behalf. Nehemiah is not suggesting that God has forgotten him. Alternate translation: “think of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 5 19 b1j3 כֹּ֥ל אֲשֶׁר־עָשִׂ֖יתִי עַל־הָ⁠עָ֥ם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 Nehemiah is once again leaving out some words that a sentence would ordinarily need. He is asking God to do good things for him because of all the good things he has done for the people of Judah as their governor. Alternate translation: “reward me because of all the good that I have done for the people of Judah”
NEH 6 intro k4df 0 # Nehemiah 06 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The building of the wall is completed in this chapter.<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 6:6-7 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long quotation.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Miracle<br><br>Completing this city wall in only 52 days was considered proof that God had helped the Jews, especially given the opposition that they had experienced from the people in surrounding areas.
NEH 6 intro k4df 0 # Nehemiah 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The building of the wall is completed in this chapter.<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 6:6-7 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long quotation.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Miracle<br><br>Completing this city wall in only 52 days was considered proof that God had helped the Jews, especially given the opposition that they had experienced from the people in surrounding areas.
NEH 6 1 c1a1 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֣י 1 Nehemiah uses this phrase to introduce the next event in his story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
NEH 6 1 c1a3 figs-synecdoche נִשְׁמַ֣ע 1 This means that these enemies learned somehow that the wall was finished. Perhaps someone came and told them, or perhaps they received a written report. Nehemiah figuratively uses hearing, one means of discovering things, to describe these men learning this. Alternate translation: “when our enemies learned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 6 1 c1a5 figs-activepassive כַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר נִשְׁמַ֣ע…וּ⁠לְ⁠יֶ֣תֶר אֹֽיְבֵ֗י⁠נוּ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “when our enemies learned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ NEH 6 18 y3lg translate-names מְשֻׁלָּ֖ם בֶּ֥ן בֶּֽרֶכְי
NEH 6 19 mj72 figs-metaphor טוֹבֹתָ֗י⁠ו הָי֤וּ אֹמְרִים֙ לְ⁠פָנַ֔⁠י 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. Alternate translation: “told me personally about Tobiah’s good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 6 19 c1n3 הָי֤וּ 1 **They** means the people who were loyal to Tobiah.
NEH 6 19 e3zt figs-idiom וּ⁠דְבָרַ֕⁠י הָי֥וּ מוֹצִיאִ֖ים ל֑⁠וֹ 1 **Taking out** here is an idiom that means these people were “reporting” Nehemiah’s responses to Tobiah. Alternate translation: “and then told him about my responses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 7 intro qk4v 0 # Nehemiah 07 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Genealogy<br><br>The people who returned from Persia were counted according to their families. Nehemiah ensured that those who lived in Jerusalem had a completely Jewish ancestry.<br><br>### Different lists<br>This list is paralleled in [Ezra 2](../../ezr/02/01.md). The lists do contain some differences in numbers. This is probably due to the timing of their counting. They were likely counted at different times.
NEH 7 intro qk4v 0 # Nehemiah 7 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Genealogy<br><br>The people who returned from Persia were counted according to their families. Nehemiah ensured that those who lived in Jerusalem had a completely Jewish ancestry.<br><br>### Different lists<br>This list is paralleled in [Ezra 2](../../ezr/02/01.md). The lists do contain some differences in numbers. This is probably due to the timing of their counting. They were likely counted at different times.
NEH 7 1 d1a1 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֗י 1 This expression introduces a new event in the story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
NEH 7 1 g3zz figs-activepassive כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר נִבְנְתָה֙ הַ⁠חוֹמָ֔ה 1 You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “when we had finished the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 7 1 fk6l figs-synecdoche וָ⁠אַעֲמִ֖יד הַ⁠דְּלָת֑וֹת 1 As in [4:14](../04/14.md) and [6:1,](../06/01.md), Nehemiah is using himself to represent the entire community that he is a part of. Alternate translation: “and we had put the doors in the gates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -909,7 +909,7 @@ NEH 7 73 jaj3 grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יֵּשְׁב֣וּ 1 At
NEH 7 73 e7np translate-unknown הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֡ם וְ⁠הַ⁠שּׁוֹעֲרִים֩ וְ⁠הַ⁠מְשֹׁרְרִ֨ים וּ⁠מִן־הָ⁠עָ֧ם וְ⁠הַ⁠נְּתִינִ֛ים וְ⁠כָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Five of the groups in this list are also named in the document about the people who returned from exile: the priests (verses 39–43), the Levites (verse 43), the gatekeepers (verse 45), the singers (verse 44), and the temple servants (verses 46–56). You can use those same names for these groups here. It is not immediately clear who “some from the people” are, and why they are not included in “all Israel.” You could just say “many ordinary people.” However, there is very similar list in [10:28](../10/28.md) that names these same five groups and also describes people who dedicated themselves to following the law of God. That would unfortunately not have included all of Israel at this point, so that may be the distinction that is in view here. Alternate translation: “the priests, the Levites, the gatekeepers, the singers, the temple servants, some people who dedicated themselves to follow the law, and the rest of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 7 73 a2ub figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּשְׁב֣וּ…בְּ⁠עָרֵי⁠הֶ֑ם וַ⁠יִּגַּע֙ הַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּ⁠עָרֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 The rebuilding of the wall was completed that year near the end of Elul, the sixth month of the Hebrew calendar. The implication is that everyone who had come to Jerusalem to work on the wall was then allowed to return home. Within about a week, by the beginning of the seventh month, they were all back home. If it would make things clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “So … returned to their homes, because the rebuilding of the wall had been completed. By the beginning of the next month, they were all back home.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 7 73 n26r translate-ordinal הַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 Alternate translation: “month seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NEH 8 intro w38v 0 # Nehemiah 08 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Reading of the law<br><br>During the exile, the Hebrew language was no longer spoken. Only the priests and Levites still understood it. Ezra read the book of the law to the people in Hebrew and the Levites walked among the crowd translating it into Aramaic for the people to understand. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Festival of Shelters<br><br>After they heard Ezra read the law of Moses, the people obeyed it by making temporary shelters for themselves with tree branches. They did this to remember that their ancestors slept in shelters when they came out of slavery in Egypt.
NEH 8 intro w38v 0 # Nehemiah 8 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Reading of the law<br><br>During the exile, the Hebrew language was no longer spoken. Only the priests and Levites still understood it. Ezra read the book of the law to the people in Hebrew and the Levites walked among the crowd translating it into Aramaic for the people to understand. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Festival of Shelters<br><br>After they heard Ezra read the law of Moses, the people obeyed it by making temporary shelters for themselves with tree branches. They did this to remember that their ancestors slept in shelters when they came out of slavery in Egypt.
NEH 8 1 q5ih figs-hyperbole כָל־הָ⁠עָם֙ 1 The word **all** is a generalization that indicates that everyone who was able and available came to Jerusalem for this occasion. By “the people,” Nehemiah means the groups he described in the previous verse who had come back to live in Judah and Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “The people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
NEH 8 1 e1a1 figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּאָסְפ֤וּ…כְּ⁠אִ֣ישׁ אֶחָ֔ד 1 Verses 8 and 9 explain that the people had gathered for a festival, and [8:2](../08/02.md) states that this was the first day of the seventh month, which means that the people had gathered in Jerusalem for the Festival of Trumpets. In the Law of Moses, Yahweh had commanded the people to observe this celebration on this date. If it would be helpful to your readers to know why the people came together on this day, you could say that specifically. Alternate translation: “gathered in Jerusalem in a huge crowd for a special celebration known as the Festival of Trumpets.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 8 1 e1a3 figs-idiom כְּ⁠אִ֣ישׁ אֶחָ֔ד 1 **As one man** is an idiom that means “as if they were a single person,” that is, all in once place at the same time. Alternate translation: “gathered in a huge crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -1035,7 +1035,7 @@ NEH 8 18 g9rl figs-idiom י֣וֹם ׀ בְּ⁠י֔וֹם 1 This is an idiom t
NEH 8 18 j9aj figs-merism מִן־הַ⁠יּוֹם֙ הָֽ⁠רִאשׁ֔וֹן עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הָ⁠אַחֲר֑וֹן 1 The story is describing the entire festival by speaking of two extreme parts of it, its first day and its last day. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “throughout the entire festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
NEH 8 18 c1cp figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂוּ־חָג֙ שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֔ים וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֧וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֛י עֲצֶ֖רֶת כַּ⁠מִּשְׁפָּֽט 1 **They** means the people of Judah. The **ordinance** refers to the command in the Law of Moses to end the Festival of Tabernacles by gathering all of the Israelites together for a closing ceremony after seven days. Alternate translation: “The people of Judah celebrated the Festival of Tabernacles for seven days, and on the eighth day they held a closing ceremony together, as the Law of Moses commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 8 18 er1u translate-ordinal וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֧וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֛י 1 Alternate translation: “on day 8” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NEH 9 intro sj1h 0 # Nehemiah 09 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter and the next one form a single section.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prayer to God<br><br>The people prayed and thanked God for his care for them and the blessings he gave to them. They also confessed their sin of disobeying him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/confess]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Learning from their ancestor’s mistakes<br>This chapter teaches that the Jews learned from the mistakes of their ancestors. They became determined to worship Yahweh alone, to not intermarry with other peoples, and to worship Yahweh as the law of Moses instructed them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Recalling the great power of God<br>It was common to recall the great things God did for Israel. This is a reminder to Israel of God’s power. It is intended to bring the people to repentance and proper worship of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
NEH 9 intro sj1h 0 # Nehemiah 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter and the next one form a single section.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prayer to God<br><br>The people prayed and thanked God for his care for them and the blessings he gave to them. They also confessed their sin of disobeying him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/confess]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Learning from their ancestor’s mistakes<br>This chapter teaches that the Jews learned from the mistakes of their ancestors. They became determined to worship Yahweh alone, to not intermarry with other peoples, and to worship Yahweh as the law of Moses instructed them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Recalling the great power of God<br>It was common to recall the great things God did for Israel. This is a reminder to Israel of God’s power. It is intended to bring the people to repentance and proper worship of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
NEH 9 1 w8w8 translate-hebrewmonths וּ⁠בְ⁠יוֹם֩ עֶשְׂרִ֨ים וְ⁠אַרְבָּעָ֜ה לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה 1 **This month** means the seventh month of that year according to the Hebrew calendar, as specified in [8:2](../08/02.md) and [8:14](../08/14.md). The Law of Moses said to observe the Festival of Tabernacles from the fifteenth through the twenty-second days of that month. The implication is that after that joyful celebration, the people were given one full day to rest and prepare for the gathering that this chapter describes. It had a different and more solemn purpose. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “On the twenty-fourth day of the seventh month of that year, two days after the joyful Festival of Tabernacles had ended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
NEH 9 1 f1a1 translate-ordinal וּ⁠בְ⁠יוֹם֩ עֶשְׂרִ֨ים וְ⁠אַרְבָּעָ֜ה לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה 1 Alternate translation: “On day 24 of month 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NEH 9 1 lm7m figs-activepassive נֶאֶסְפ֤וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

Can't render this file because it is too large.

18
en_tn_17-EST.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
EST front intro d989 0 # Introduction to Esther<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Esther<br><br>1. King Ahasuerus sends away his wife, the queen (1:1–22)<br>2. Ahasuerus chooses Esther as the new queen (2:1–23)<br>3. Haman plots to destroy the Jews (3:1–15)<br>4. Mordecai asks Esther to help her people (4:1–17)<br>5. Esther pleads with the king for the Jews (5:1–7:10)<br>6. The result of Haman’s plot to destroy the Jews (8:1–9:16)<br>7. The Feast of Purim (9:17–32)<br>8. Conclusion (10:1–3)<br><br>### What is the Book of Esther about?<br><br>The Book of Esther tells how a young Jewish woman named Esther became the queen of Persia. As queen, she worked to save all the Jews in the Persian Empire from being destroyed.<br><br>This book ends by telling why the Jews celebrate the festival of Purim. The name “Purim” comes from the word “pur,” which means “lots” or “dice.” Haman, the enemy of Jews, threw dice to choose when to attack and destroy the Jews. The Jews celebrate Purim to remember how Yahweh rescued his people from being destroyed.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators can use the traditional title of this book, which is “The Book of Esther” or just “Esther.” Or they can choose a clearer title, such as “The Book About Esther.”<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the Persian Empire?<br><br>King Cyrus the Great conquered and ruled over many kingdoms. This was in the part of the world called Persia, which is now Iran. So people named his kingdom the Persian Empire. When Cyrus conquered Babylonia in 539 B.C., he then controlled the Jews whom the Babylonians had earlier taken into exile.<br><br>### Why were there Jews in Babylonia when the Persians conquered it?<br><br>In 586 B.C., the Babylonians conquered and took into exile the people of Judah. These Jews and their descendants were still in Babylon when the Persians conquered it.<br><br>### What was meant by “the laws of the Medes and Persians”?<br><br>The phrase “the laws of the Medes and Persians” is found in Esther 1:19 and Daniel 6:12. It referred to laws and decrees that could not be changed or removed once they were issued. In the book of Esther, the king made a decree that the people could attack the Jews. Later he regretted that decision but he was not able to change the decree.<br><br>The term “Medes” refers to a people group that had formed its own nation, but the Persians conquered them.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What different levels of language are in the Book of Esther?<br><br>In the Book of Esther, people talk to each other in many different situations. There is the polite and stately talk in the Persian court and the words of royal decrees. Friends and close relatives also talk to each other. There are even the words that one uses in speaking to oneself. Translators should use all the ways their own language has to express these different situations in a way that their readers will identify and understand.
EST 1 intro v1fp 0 # Esther 01 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king’s divorce<br><br>The king’s advisers were afraid that husbands would lose their authority when they heard the queen had refused to come to show her beauty to the king’s guests, so the advisers told him to divorce her.
EST 1 intro v1fp 0 # Esther 1 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king’s divorce<br><br>The king’s advisers were afraid that husbands would lose their authority when they heard the queen had refused to come to show her beauty to the king’s guests, so the advisers told him to divorce her.
EST 1 1 jdr1 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֖י 1 Now it happened In the Old Testament, this is a standard way of beginning a historical story. Many languages have similar story-opening formulas, and if your language has one, you can use it. But do not use it if it would suggest that the story is not real, only made up. Alternate translation: “this account happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EST 1 1 zzz2 figs-idiom בִּ⁠ימֵ֣י אֲחַשְׁוֵר֑וֹשׁ 1 In the days of Ahasuerus The term **day** is used figuratively here to refer to a longer period of time. You could just say “during the reign of Ahasuerus,” as UST does. But as an alternative, you could say, “in the time of Ahasuerus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 1 1 qwe1 translate-names אֲחַשְׁוֵר֑וֹשׁ 1 Ahasuerus This is a man’s name. It occurs many times in the story. Be sure to translate it consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ EST 1 22 jd41 figs-metonymy כִּ⁠לְשׁוֹנ֑⁠וֹ 1 according to its
EST 1 22 jj9n לִ⁠הְי֤וֹת כָּל־אִישׁ֙ שֹׂרֵ֣ר בְּ⁠בֵית֔⁠וֹ 1 that every man should be ruling in his house This meant that all men should have complete authority over their wives and their children.
EST 1 22 jd43 figs-metonymy כִּ⁠לְשׁ֥וֹן עַמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 speaking according to the tongue of his people Here, **tongue** figuratively means the language spoken by a person or a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 1 22 agj7 figs-explicit כִּ⁠לְשׁ֥וֹן עַמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 speaking according to the tongue of his people The implication is that the husband ought to be able to give orders to his wife in his own native language and that she should understand and obey him, even if she had to learn his language to do so. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 2 intro eb4q 0 # Esther 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Esther becomes queen<br><br>Esther was humble and took the advice of the royal officials about how to dress for her time with the king. The king chose Esther to be the new queen.<br><br>### Mordecai warns the king against a plot<br><br>Esther’s cousin, Mordecai, discovered that two men planned to kill the king. He told Esther, who then told the king. She also gave Mordecai credit for telling her.
EST 2 intro eb4q 0 # Esther 2 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Esther becomes queen<br><br>Esther was humble and took the advice of the royal officials about how to dress for her time with the king. The king chose Esther to be the new queen.<br><br>### Mordecai warns the king against a plot<br><br>Esther’s cousin, Mordecai, discovered that two men planned to kill the king. He told Esther, who then told the king. She also gave Mordecai credit for telling her.
EST 2 1 dpc3 writing-newevent אַחַר֙ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה 1 After these things This introduces a new event that happened some time later, but we do not know how much later. You can show this with a phrase like “After some time had passed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EST 2 1 e4lp כְּ⁠שֹׁ֕ךְ חֲמַ֖ת הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֑וֹשׁ 1 when the rage of the king Ahasuerus subsided Alternate translation: “when King Ahasuerus was not angry any more” or “when King Ahasuerus became less angry”
EST 2 1 agj9 זָכַ֤ר אֶת־וַשְׁתִּי֙ 1 he remembered Vashti This means that he started to think about Vashti. He probably thought about the things that he liked about her, meaning that he missed her.
@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ EST 2 23 y28j translate-unknown עֵ֑ץ 1 on a tree This seems to refer specifi
EST 2 23 g9nh figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּכָּתֵ֗ב 1 And it was written You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. You can say, for example, “The king’s scribes recorded an account of this.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 2 23 abh5 figs-idiom בְּ⁠סֵ֛פֶר דִּבְרֵ֥י הַ⁠יָּמִ֖ים 1 the book of the events of days This is an idiom that describes a regular record of the events in a king’s reign. You could call this “the royal chronicles.” Alternate translation: “the daily record book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 2 23 abh6 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 before the face of the king Here, **face** refers figuratively to the presence of a person. The phrase means that the scribes wrote this account while King Ahasuerus was personally present. You could say that they did this in the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “the king watched a scribe write this down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 3 intro zb26 0 # Esther 03 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Haman plots against the Jews<br><br>Mordecai was told to prostrate himself before Haman. This would be considered to be worship. But for a Jew, it was wrong to worship someone other than Yahweh. Because of this, he refused to do it. This made Haman angry, so he decided to kill all the Jews in the Persian Empire. Haman was a descendant of Agag, a king of the Amalekite people. The Amalekites became the enemies of the Jews during the exodus (Exodus 17:8-16). Moses told the people that they would need to destroy them (Deuteronomy 25:17-19), and later God commanded Saul to destroy them (1 Samuel 15:2-3). Samuel killed King Agag (1 Samuel 15:33), but the Amalekites were never completely destroyed (1 Samuel 30:17). Both Mordecai and Haman were probably very aware that their people were enemies.
EST 3 intro zb26 0 # Esther 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Haman plots against the Jews<br><br>Mordecai was told to prostrate himself before Haman. This would be considered to be worship. But for a Jew, it was wrong to worship someone other than Yahweh. Because of this, he refused to do it. This made Haman angry, so he decided to kill all the Jews in the Persian Empire. Haman was a descendant of Agag, a king of the Amalekite people. The Amalekites became the enemies of the Jews during the exodus (Exodus 17:8-16). Moses told the people that they would need to destroy them (Deuteronomy 25:17-19), and later God commanded Saul to destroy them (1 Samuel 15:2-3). Samuel killed King Agag (1 Samuel 15:33), but the Amalekites were never completely destroyed (1 Samuel 30:17). Both Mordecai and Haman were probably very aware that their people were enemies.
EST 3 1 mm4c writing-newevent אַחַ֣ר ׀ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה 1 After these things This introduces a new event in the story. Use a connecting phrase that introduces a new event in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EST 3 1 abh7 grammar-connect-time-sequential אַחַ֣ר ׀ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה 1 After these things This event happened some time after Esther became queen, and you can show this by using a connecting phrase such as “some time later.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
EST 3 1 ir5v translate-names הָמָ֧ן 1 Haman This is a man’s name. It occurs many times in the story. Be sure to translate it consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ EST 3 15 wm4u figs-explicit נָבֽוֹכָה 1 the city of Susa was in confusi
EST 3 15 wbgv grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠הָ⁠עִ֥יר 1 The author wants us to see the contrast between the king and Haman sitting down to relax and drink and the people in the city agitated and in an uproar over what the king and Haman had proclaimed. Use a connecting word or other way that your language uses to show a contrast.<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EST 3 15 abn7 figs-metonymy וְ⁠הָ⁠עִ֥יר שׁוּשָׁ֖ן 1 but the city of Susa This does not mean the city itself, but the people who live there. This is a figure of speech in which something is called not by its own name, but by the name of something closely associated with it. So this means “everyone who lived in Susa” or the people in Susa (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 3 15 abn8 figs-abstractnouns נָבֽוֹכָה 1 was in confusion You can translate the abstract noun **confusion** with a verbal phrase such as “was very confused.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 4 intro z7u2 0 # Esther 04 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Mordecai warns Esther to act<br><br>Mordecai tells Esther she must beg the king for the Jews’ lives even if she risks her own death.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>There is implicit information that translators may not understand. The sentence, “Who knows whether you have come to this royal position for such a time as this?” means “maybe God made you the queen so you could save the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 4 intro z7u2 0 # Esther 4 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Mordecai warns Esther to act<br><br>Mordecai tells Esther she must beg the king for the Jews’ lives even if she risks her own death.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>There is implicit information that translators may not understand. The sentence, “Who knows whether you have come to this royal position for such a time as this?” means “maybe God made you the queen so you could save the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 4 1 j37r writing-participants וּ⁠מָרְדֳּכַ֗י יָדַע֙ 1 Now when Mordecai knew Here the story re-introduces Mordecai as the main character in focus. Alternate translation: “when Mordecai found out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
EST 4 1 nya6 כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֣ר נַעֲשָׂ֔ה 1 about all that had been done Alternate translation: “about Haman’s plan to kill all the Jews” or “about those letters”
EST 4 1 vgy8 translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּקְרַ֤ע מָרְדֳּכַי֙ אֶת־בְּגָדָ֔י⁠ו וַ⁠יִּלְבַּ֥שׁ שַׂ֖ק וָ⁠אֵ֑פֶר 1 he tore his garments and put on sackcloth and ashes These actions demonstrate extreme sadness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ EST 4 16 abs3 אֲשֶׁ֣ר לֹֽא־כַ⁠דָּ֔ת 1 which is not accordi
EST 4 16 abs4 וְ⁠כַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָבַ֖דְתִּי אָבָֽדְתִּי 1 and if I perish, I perish Alternate translation: “then if they kill me, they kill me”
EST 4 17 abs5 figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יַּעֲבֹ֖ר מָרְדֳּכָ֑י 1 So Mordecai went The implication is that Mordecai did this after Hathak brought Esther’s reply back to him. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so after Hathak told this to Mordecai, he went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 4 17 abs6 כְּ⁠כֹ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־צִוְּתָ֥ה עָלָ֖י⁠ו אֶסְתֵּֽר 1 according to the whole charge that Esther had laid upon him Alternate translation: “everything that Esther had told him to do”
EST 5 intro k5ff 0 # Esther 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about Haman’s fall (Chapters 5-7).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Esther’s respect<br>Esther approached the king with the utmost of respect. By doing this, her character became respected by the king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 5 intro k5ff 0 # Esther 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about Haman’s fall (Chapters 5-7).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Esther’s respect<br>Esther approached the king with the utmost of respect. By doing this, her character became respected by the king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 5 1 j53r writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֣י ׀ בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֗י 1 Now it happened on the third day This introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “three days later” or “when Esther had been fasting for three days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EST 5 1 abs7 figs-abstractnouns וַ⁠תִּלְבַּ֤שׁ אֶסְתֵּר֙ מַלְכ֔וּת 1 Esther put on royalty You can use an adjective and a concrete noun to translate the abstract noun “royalty,” as in the UST, or you could use a phrase to explain what they were. Alternate translation: “Esther put on the robes that showed that she was the queen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 5 1 abs8 figs-explicit וַ⁠תִּלְבַּ֤שׁ אֶסְתֵּר֙ מַלְכ֔וּת 1 Esther put on royalty It is clear from the story that before she went to see the king, Esther got a banquet ready so that she could invite him and Haman to come to it right away. If it is confusing to leave that out, you can explain that here. Alternate translation, add: “Esther prepared a grand banquet and then put on her royal robes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ EST 5 14 abw8 grammar-connect-logic-result וּ⁠בֹֽא…אֶל הַ⁠מּ
EST 5 14 bbs9 figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּיטַ֧ב הַ⁠דָּבָ֛ר לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָמָ֖ן 1 And the word was good before the face of Haman The **word** was the suggestion that Zeresh and the friends made. Here, **face** figuratively represents Haman himself by something associated with him, his face, which showed what he was thinking and feeling. Alternate translation: “Haman decided that he liked this idea” or “that suggestion pleased Haman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 5 14 i8is וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ הָ⁠עֵֽץ 1 and he made the tree Haman most likely did not do this personally. He ordered it to be done. Alternate translation: “he gave his servants orders to set up the pole” or “he told his servants to construct the gallows”
EST 5 14 j83r translate-unknown הָ⁠עֵֽץ 1 the tree See how you translated this in [2:23](../02/23.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Be sure your translation is consistent in the chapters that follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 6 intro i9x7 0 # Esther 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues the story of Haman’s fall.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Approaching the king<br>It was not possible for a person to easily approach the king. Normally, access to him was very limited. There are several events in this chapter which show the layers of protection surrounding the king.
EST 6 intro i9x7 0 # Esther 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues the story of Haman’s fall.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Approaching the king<br>It was not possible for a person to easily approach the king. Normally, access to him was very limited. There are several events in this chapter which show the layers of protection surrounding the king.
EST 6 1 j85r writing-newevent בַּ⁠לַּ֣יְלָה הַ⁠ה֔וּא 1 That night This introduces a new event in the story. Use a natural way of introducing a new event in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EST 6 1 abw9 figs-personification נָדְדָ֖ה שְׁנַ֣ת הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 the sleep of the king fled away Here, **sleep** is spoken of as if it were a living thing that could flee away. Alternate translation: “the king could not sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EST 6 1 abx1 figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר לְ⁠הָבִ֞יא 1 And he said to bring **He** means the king. The implication is that he told the young men who attended him to do this. Verses 3 and 5 indicate this. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so he commanded his servants to fetch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ EST 6 14 j4d1 grammar-connect-time-background עוֹדָ⁠ם֙ מְדַבְּר
EST 6 14 aca4 translate-unknown וְ⁠סָרִיסֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 when the eunuchs of the king See how you decided to translate this term in [1:10](../01/10.md). Not all of the king’s eunuchs came. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of the king’s servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 6 14 aca5 וַ⁠יַּבְהִ֨לוּ֙ לְ⁠הָבִ֣יא אֶת־הָמָ֔ן 1 And they hurried to bring Haman Alternative translation: “they wanted to bring Haman quickly”
EST 6 14 aca6 figs-explicit אֲשֶׁר־עָשְׂתָ֥ה אֶסְתֵּֽר 1 that Esther had made Esther’s servants would have done most of the work of preparing the banquet. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “that Esther and her servants had prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 7 intro x4w3 0 # Esther 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Haman’s fall concludes in this chapter.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Covering Haman’s face<br><br>When “the servants covered Haman’s face,” they were showing that he had been condemned to be executed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 7 intro x4w3 0 # Esther 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Haman’s fall concludes in this chapter.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Covering Haman’s face<br><br>When “the servants covered Haman’s face,” they were showing that he had been condemned to be executed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 7 1 n8vb figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יָּבֹ֤א הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ וְ⁠הָמָ֔ן לִ⁠שְׁתּ֖וֹת עִם־אֶסְתֵּ֥ר הַ⁠מַּלְכָּֽה 1 So the king came with Haman to drink with Esther the queen. Esther hosted Ahasuerus and Haman for more than just drinks. This is a figure of speech in which a part of something is used to mean the whole thing. An entire banquet is being described here by reference to one part of it, the drinks. Alternate translation: “so the king and Haman went to the second banquet that Queen Esther had prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EST 7 2 xt9f translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֤וֹם הַ⁠שֵּׁנִי֙ 1 on the second day This refers to the day after the first banquet, as mentioned in [5:8](../05/08.md). Alternate translation: “at that second banquet” or “on that second day of feasting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 7 2 s5ae בְּ⁠מִשְׁתֵּ֣ה הַ⁠יַּ֔יִן 1 during the banquet of wine Alternate translation: “while they were drinking wine” or “while the servants were pouring the wine and giving it to them”
@ -723,7 +723,7 @@ EST 7 9 sre1 translate-bdistance גָּבֹ֖הַּ חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים אַ
EST 7 9 acc7 figs-explicit תְּלֻ֥⁠הוּ עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 Hang him on it **Him** means Haman. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “hang [or impale] Haman on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 7 10 j8d3 translate-unknown הָ⁠עֵ֖ץ 1 the tree See how you translated this in [2:23](../02/23.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Be sure your translation is consistent in the chapters that follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 7 10 umd4 figs-metaphor וַ⁠חֲמַ֥ת הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ שָׁכָֽכָה 1 and the rage of the king subsided Here the story figuratively compares the king’s anger to floodwaters, which can cause great destruction. “Subside” means for waters to drain away and for their level to go down. You could express the meaning by saying something like “Then the king’s rage lessened,” or “Then the king was not so angry.” Or you could use a different metaphor that would be meaningful in your language, such as, “Then the king cooled off.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 8 intro z6j7 0 # Esther 08 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s protection<br>Yahweh is at work in this chapter preventing the possible destruction of the Jews. God used Esther and Mordecai to protect their people.
EST 8 intro z6j7 0 # Esther 8 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s protection<br>Yahweh is at work in this chapter preventing the possible destruction of the Jews. God used Esther and Mordecai to protect their people.
EST 8 1 j8d5 writing-newevent בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠ה֗וּא 1 On that day This could mean one of three things: (1) A new series of events is now being described, but the story makes clear that they happened on the same day as the second banquet. While it must have been some time later in the day, the idea is that when Haman lost his life, and also his property, Esther gained what her enemy had lost. Alternate translation: “that same day” (2) The expression could also be an idiom that means “as of that day.” This would refer to the effective date for the transfer of Haman’s property to Esther. Alternate translation: “as of that day” (3) The term “day” could also be used figuratively to mean around the same time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EST 8 1 j8d7 figs-synecdoche נָתַ֞ן הַ⁠מֶּ֤לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵרוֹשׁ֙ לְ⁠אֶסְתֵּ֣ר הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֔ה אֶת־בֵּ֥ית הָמָ֖ן 1 the king Ahasuerus gave to Esther the queen the house of Haman Here, **house** figuratively represents all the household and property of Haman. The story could be referring to all the property by naming one part of it, the house. Or “house” could be a metonym for “property,” meaning everything a person owns and keeps in their house, and by extension everything they own beyond the house as well. Alternate translation: “King Ahasuerus declared that everything that Haman had owned would now belong to Queen Esther” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EST 8 1 nm3u figs-distinguish צֹרֵ֣ר הַיְּהוּדִ֑ים 1 the adversary of the Jews This phrase gives clarifying information about Haman. Alternate translation: “the enemy of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
@ -853,7 +853,7 @@ EST 8 17 aci7 וְ⁠רַבִּ֞ים מֵֽ⁠עַמֵּ֤י הָ⁠אָ֨רֶ
EST 8 17 aci8 figs-idiom מֵֽ⁠עַמֵּ֤י הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ 1 from the peoples of the land The **peoples of the land** were the non-Jewish people groups within the empire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 8 17 r3qf figs-metaphor נָפַ֥ל פַּֽחַד־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֖ים עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 dread of the Jews had fallen on them Here, **falling** is a metaphor meaning to affect someone. Alternate translation: “they had become very afraid of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 8 17 aci9 figs-events נָפַ֥ל פַּֽחַד־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֖ים עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 dread of the Jews had fallen upon them To present the events in chronological order, you can say this before saying that the people from the other groups became Jews themselves. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
EST 9 intro yty1 0 # Esther 09 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Purim<br><br>The events of this chapter were so significant, the Jews celebrated these events every year after this. It is known as “Purim.”<br><br>## Important stylistic devices in this chapter<br><br>### Ironic Situation<br><br>The day that was supposed to bring great victory to the enemies of the Jews became a day of great victory for the Jews. This is a type of irony.<br><br>### Opening Summary<br><br>Verse 1 of chapter 9 provides a summary of everything that happens in this chapter. If using an opening summary is not normally used in your language, be sure to mark this as a summary either in the text or in a footnote. An opening summary like this is a characteristic device of Hebrew storytelling. So even though it describes the final outcome, we do not recommend that you move it to the end of the chapter unless it is very confusing to leave it here. To make it clear that verse 1 is only a summary and not the entire story, you could say something like this at the end of the verse: “This is what happened” or “Here are more details about what happened.”
EST 9 intro yty1 0 # Esther 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Purim<br><br>The events of this chapter were so significant, the Jews celebrated these events every year after this. It is known as “Purim.”<br><br>## Important stylistic devices in this chapter<br><br>### Ironic Situation<br><br>The day that was supposed to bring great victory to the enemies of the Jews became a day of great victory for the Jews. This is a type of irony.<br><br>### Opening Summary<br><br>Verse 1 of chapter 9 provides a summary of everything that happens in this chapter. If using an opening summary is not normally used in your language, be sure to mark this as a summary either in the text or in a footnote. An opening summary like this is a characteristic device of Hebrew storytelling. So even though it describes the final outcome, we do not recommend that you move it to the end of the chapter unless it is very confusing to leave it here. To make it clear that verse 1 is only a summary and not the entire story, you could say something like this at the end of the verse: “This is what happened” or “Here are more details about what happened.”
EST 9 1 j8r7 writing-newevent וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנֵים֩ עָשָׂ֨ר חֹ֜דֶשׁ 1 Now in the twelfth month This introduces a new event. Use a natural way in your language to indicate a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EST 9 1 acj0 figs-explicit וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנֵים֩ עָשָׂ֨ר חֹ֜דֶשׁ הוּא־חֹ֣דֶשׁ אֲדָ֗ר בִּ⁠שְׁלוֹשָׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר יוֹם֙ בּ֔⁠וֹ 1 Now in the twelfth month, which is the month of Adar, on the thirteenth day of it The implication is that this happened in the twelfth month of the same year that the letters were sent out. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the thirteenth day of the twelfth month of that year, the month of Adar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 1 j8r9 translate-ordinal וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנֵים֩ עָשָׂ֨ר חֹ֜דֶשׁ 1 Now in the twelfth month Alternate translation: “now in the twelfth month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 EST front intro d989 0 # Introduction to Esther<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Esther<br><br>1. King Ahasuerus sends away his wife, the queen (1:1–22)<br>2. Ahasuerus chooses Esther as the new queen (2:1–23)<br>3. Haman plots to destroy the Jews (3:1–15)<br>4. Mordecai asks Esther to help her people (4:1–17)<br>5. Esther pleads with the king for the Jews (5:1–7:10)<br>6. The result of Haman’s plot to destroy the Jews (8:1–9:16)<br>7. The Feast of Purim (9:17–32)<br>8. Conclusion (10:1–3)<br><br>### What is the Book of Esther about?<br><br>The Book of Esther tells how a young Jewish woman named Esther became the queen of Persia. As queen, she worked to save all the Jews in the Persian Empire from being destroyed.<br><br>This book ends by telling why the Jews celebrate the festival of Purim. The name “Purim” comes from the word “pur,” which means “lots” or “dice.” Haman, the enemy of Jews, threw dice to choose when to attack and destroy the Jews. The Jews celebrate Purim to remember how Yahweh rescued his people from being destroyed.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators can use the traditional title of this book, which is “The Book of Esther” or just “Esther.” Or they can choose a clearer title, such as “The Book About Esther.”<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the Persian Empire?<br><br>King Cyrus the Great conquered and ruled over many kingdoms. This was in the part of the world called Persia, which is now Iran. So people named his kingdom the Persian Empire. When Cyrus conquered Babylonia in 539 B.C., he then controlled the Jews whom the Babylonians had earlier taken into exile.<br><br>### Why were there Jews in Babylonia when the Persians conquered it?<br><br>In 586 B.C., the Babylonians conquered and took into exile the people of Judah. These Jews and their descendants were still in Babylon when the Persians conquered it.<br><br>### What was meant by “the laws of the Medes and Persians”?<br><br>The phrase “the laws of the Medes and Persians” is found in Esther 1:19 and Daniel 6:12. It referred to laws and decrees that could not be changed or removed once they were issued. In the book of Esther, the king made a decree that the people could attack the Jews. Later he regretted that decision but he was not able to change the decree.<br><br>The term “Medes” refers to a people group that had formed its own nation, but the Persians conquered them.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What different levels of language are in the Book of Esther?<br><br>In the Book of Esther, people talk to each other in many different situations. There is the polite and stately talk in the Persian court and the words of royal decrees. Friends and close relatives also talk to each other. There are even the words that one uses in speaking to oneself. Translators should use all the ways their own language has to express these different situations in a way that their readers will identify and understand.
3 EST 1 intro v1fp 0 # Esther 01 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king’s divorce<br><br>The king’s advisers were afraid that husbands would lose their authority when they heard the queen had refused to come to show her beauty to the king’s guests, so the advisers told him to divorce her. # Esther 1 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king’s divorce<br><br>The king’s advisers were afraid that husbands would lose their authority when they heard the queen had refused to come to show her beauty to the king’s guests, so the advisers told him to divorce her.
4 EST 1 1 jdr1 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֖י 1 Now it happened In the Old Testament, this is a standard way of beginning a historical story. Many languages have similar story-opening formulas, and if your language has one, you can use it. But do not use it if it would suggest that the story is not real, only made up. Alternate translation: “this account happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
5 EST 1 1 zzz2 figs-idiom בִּ⁠ימֵ֣י אֲחַשְׁוֵר֑וֹשׁ 1 In the days of Ahasuerus The term **day** is used figuratively here to refer to a longer period of time. You could just say “during the reign of Ahasuerus,” as UST does. But as an alternative, you could say, “in the time of Ahasuerus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
6 EST 1 1 qwe1 translate-names אֲחַשְׁוֵר֑וֹשׁ 1 Ahasuerus This is a man’s name. It occurs many times in the story. Be sure to translate it consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
141 EST 1 22 jj9n לִ⁠הְי֤וֹת כָּל־אִישׁ֙ שֹׂרֵ֣ר בְּ⁠בֵית֔⁠וֹ 1 that every man should be ruling in his house This meant that all men should have complete authority over their wives and their children.
142 EST 1 22 jd43 figs-metonymy כִּ⁠לְשׁ֥וֹן עַמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 speaking according to the tongue of his people Here, **tongue** figuratively means the language spoken by a person or a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
143 EST 1 22 agj7 figs-explicit כִּ⁠לְשׁ֥וֹן עַמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 speaking according to the tongue of his people The implication is that the husband ought to be able to give orders to his wife in his own native language and that she should understand and obey him, even if she had to learn his language to do so. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
144 EST 2 intro eb4q 0 # Esther 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Esther becomes queen<br><br>Esther was humble and took the advice of the royal officials about how to dress for her time with the king. The king chose Esther to be the new queen.<br><br>### Mordecai warns the king against a plot<br><br>Esther’s cousin, Mordecai, discovered that two men planned to kill the king. He told Esther, who then told the king. She also gave Mordecai credit for telling her. # Esther 2 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Esther becomes queen<br><br>Esther was humble and took the advice of the royal officials about how to dress for her time with the king. The king chose Esther to be the new queen.<br><br>### Mordecai warns the king against a plot<br><br>Esther’s cousin, Mordecai, discovered that two men planned to kill the king. He told Esther, who then told the king. She also gave Mordecai credit for telling her.
145 EST 2 1 dpc3 writing-newevent אַחַר֙ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה 1 After these things This introduces a new event that happened some time later, but we do not know how much later. You can show this with a phrase like “After some time had passed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
146 EST 2 1 e4lp כְּ⁠שֹׁ֕ךְ חֲמַ֖ת הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֑וֹשׁ 1 when the rage of the king Ahasuerus subsided Alternate translation: “when King Ahasuerus was not angry any more” or “when King Ahasuerus became less angry”
147 EST 2 1 agj9 זָכַ֤ר אֶת־וַשְׁתִּי֙ 1 he remembered Vashti This means that he started to think about Vashti. He probably thought about the things that he liked about her, meaning that he missed her.
303 EST 2 23 g9nh figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּכָּתֵ֗ב 1 And it was written You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. You can say, for example, “The king’s scribes recorded an account of this.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
304 EST 2 23 abh5 figs-idiom בְּ⁠סֵ֛פֶר דִּבְרֵ֥י הַ⁠יָּמִ֖ים 1 the book of the events of days This is an idiom that describes a regular record of the events in a king’s reign. You could call this “the royal chronicles.” Alternate translation: “the daily record book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
305 EST 2 23 abh6 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 before the face of the king Here, **face** refers figuratively to the presence of a person. The phrase means that the scribes wrote this account while King Ahasuerus was personally present. You could say that they did this in the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “the king watched a scribe write this down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
306 EST 3 intro zb26 0 # Esther 03 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Haman plots against the Jews<br><br>Mordecai was told to prostrate himself before Haman. This would be considered to be worship. But for a Jew, it was wrong to worship someone other than Yahweh. Because of this, he refused to do it. This made Haman angry, so he decided to kill all the Jews in the Persian Empire. Haman was a descendant of Agag, a king of the Amalekite people. The Amalekites became the enemies of the Jews during the exodus (Exodus 17:8-16). Moses told the people that they would need to destroy them (Deuteronomy 25:17-19), and later God commanded Saul to destroy them (1 Samuel 15:2-3). Samuel killed King Agag (1 Samuel 15:33), but the Amalekites were never completely destroyed (1 Samuel 30:17). Both Mordecai and Haman were probably very aware that their people were enemies. # Esther 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Haman plots against the Jews<br><br>Mordecai was told to prostrate himself before Haman. This would be considered to be worship. But for a Jew, it was wrong to worship someone other than Yahweh. Because of this, he refused to do it. This made Haman angry, so he decided to kill all the Jews in the Persian Empire. Haman was a descendant of Agag, a king of the Amalekite people. The Amalekites became the enemies of the Jews during the exodus (Exodus 17:8-16). Moses told the people that they would need to destroy them (Deuteronomy 25:17-19), and later God commanded Saul to destroy them (1 Samuel 15:2-3). Samuel killed King Agag (1 Samuel 15:33), but the Amalekites were never completely destroyed (1 Samuel 30:17). Both Mordecai and Haman were probably very aware that their people were enemies.
307 EST 3 1 mm4c writing-newevent אַחַ֣ר ׀ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה 1 After these things This introduces a new event in the story. Use a connecting phrase that introduces a new event in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
308 EST 3 1 abh7 grammar-connect-time-sequential אַחַ֣ר ׀ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה 1 After these things This event happened some time after Esther became queen, and you can show this by using a connecting phrase such as “some time later.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
309 EST 3 1 ir5v translate-names הָמָ֧ן 1 Haman This is a man’s name. It occurs many times in the story. Be sure to translate it consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
423 EST 3 15 wbgv grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠הָ⁠עִ֥יר 1 The author wants us to see the contrast between the king and Haman sitting down to relax and drink and the people in the city agitated and in an uproar over what the king and Haman had proclaimed. Use a connecting word or other way that your language uses to show a contrast.<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
424 EST 3 15 abn7 figs-metonymy וְ⁠הָ⁠עִ֥יר שׁוּשָׁ֖ן 1 but the city of Susa This does not mean the city itself, but the people who live there. This is a figure of speech in which something is called not by its own name, but by the name of something closely associated with it. So this means “everyone who lived in Susa” or the people in Susa (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
425 EST 3 15 abn8 figs-abstractnouns נָבֽוֹכָה 1 was in confusion You can translate the abstract noun **confusion** with a verbal phrase such as “was very confused.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
426 EST 4 intro z7u2 0 # Esther 04 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Mordecai warns Esther to act<br><br>Mordecai tells Esther she must beg the king for the Jews’ lives even if she risks her own death.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>There is implicit information that translators may not understand. The sentence, “Who knows whether you have come to this royal position for such a time as this?” means “maybe God made you the queen so you could save the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) # Esther 4 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Mordecai warns Esther to act<br><br>Mordecai tells Esther she must beg the king for the Jews’ lives even if she risks her own death.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>There is implicit information that translators may not understand. The sentence, “Who knows whether you have come to this royal position for such a time as this?” means “maybe God made you the queen so you could save the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
427 EST 4 1 j37r writing-participants וּ⁠מָרְדֳּכַ֗י יָדַע֙ 1 Now when Mordecai knew Here the story re-introduces Mordecai as the main character in focus. Alternate translation: “when Mordecai found out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
428 EST 4 1 nya6 כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֣ר נַעֲשָׂ֔ה 1 about all that had been done Alternate translation: “about Haman’s plan to kill all the Jews” or “about those letters”
429 EST 4 1 vgy8 translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּקְרַ֤ע מָרְדֳּכַי֙ אֶת־בְּגָדָ֔י⁠ו וַ⁠יִּלְבַּ֥שׁ שַׂ֖ק וָ⁠אֵ֑פֶר 1 he tore his garments and put on sackcloth and ashes These actions demonstrate extreme sadness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
498 EST 4 16 abs4 וְ⁠כַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָבַ֖דְתִּי אָבָֽדְתִּי 1 and if I perish, I perish Alternate translation: “then if they kill me, they kill me”
499 EST 4 17 abs5 figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יַּעֲבֹ֖ר מָרְדֳּכָ֑י 1 So Mordecai went The implication is that Mordecai did this after Hathak brought Esther’s reply back to him. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so after Hathak told this to Mordecai, he went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
500 EST 4 17 abs6 כְּ⁠כֹ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־צִוְּתָ֥ה עָלָ֖י⁠ו אֶסְתֵּֽר 1 according to the whole charge that Esther had laid upon him Alternate translation: “everything that Esther had told him to do”
501 EST 5 intro k5ff 0 # Esther 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about Haman’s fall (Chapters 5-7).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Esther’s respect<br>Esther approached the king with the utmost of respect. By doing this, her character became respected by the king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) # Esther 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about Haman’s fall (Chapters 5-7).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Esther’s respect<br>Esther approached the king with the utmost of respect. By doing this, her character became respected by the king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
502 EST 5 1 j53r writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֣י ׀ בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֗י 1 Now it happened on the third day This introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “three days later” or “when Esther had been fasting for three days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
503 EST 5 1 abs7 figs-abstractnouns וַ⁠תִּלְבַּ֤שׁ אֶסְתֵּר֙ מַלְכ֔וּת 1 Esther put on royalty You can use an adjective and a concrete noun to translate the abstract noun “royalty,” as in the UST, or you could use a phrase to explain what they were. Alternate translation: “Esther put on the robes that showed that she was the queen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
504 EST 5 1 abs8 figs-explicit וַ⁠תִּלְבַּ֤שׁ אֶסְתֵּר֙ מַלְכ֔וּת 1 Esther put on royalty It is clear from the story that before she went to see the king, Esther got a banquet ready so that she could invite him and Haman to come to it right away. If it is confusing to leave that out, you can explain that here. Alternate translation, add: “Esther prepared a grand banquet and then put on her royal robes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
581 EST 5 14 bbs9 figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּיטַ֧ב הַ⁠דָּבָ֛ר לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָמָ֖ן 1 And the word was good before the face of Haman The **word** was the suggestion that Zeresh and the friends made. Here, **face** figuratively represents Haman himself by something associated with him, his face, which showed what he was thinking and feeling. Alternate translation: “Haman decided that he liked this idea” or “that suggestion pleased Haman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
582 EST 5 14 i8is וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ הָ⁠עֵֽץ 1 and he made the tree Haman most likely did not do this personally. He ordered it to be done. Alternate translation: “he gave his servants orders to set up the pole” or “he told his servants to construct the gallows”
583 EST 5 14 j83r translate-unknown הָ⁠עֵֽץ 1 the tree See how you translated this in [2:23](../02/23.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Be sure your translation is consistent in the chapters that follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
584 EST 6 intro i9x7 0 # Esther 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues the story of Haman’s fall.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Approaching the king<br>It was not possible for a person to easily approach the king. Normally, access to him was very limited. There are several events in this chapter which show the layers of protection surrounding the king. # Esther 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues the story of Haman’s fall.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Approaching the king<br>It was not possible for a person to easily approach the king. Normally, access to him was very limited. There are several events in this chapter which show the layers of protection surrounding the king.
585 EST 6 1 j85r writing-newevent בַּ⁠לַּ֣יְלָה הַ⁠ה֔וּא 1 That night This introduces a new event in the story. Use a natural way of introducing a new event in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
586 EST 6 1 abw9 figs-personification נָדְדָ֖ה שְׁנַ֣ת הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 the sleep of the king fled away Here, **sleep** is spoken of as if it were a living thing that could flee away. Alternate translation: “the king could not sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
587 EST 6 1 abx1 figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר לְ⁠הָבִ֞יא 1 And he said to bring **He** means the king. The implication is that he told the young men who attended him to do this. Verses 3 and 5 indicate this. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so he commanded his servants to fetch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
659 EST 6 14 aca4 translate-unknown וְ⁠סָרִיסֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 when the eunuchs of the king See how you decided to translate this term in [1:10](../01/10.md). Not all of the king’s eunuchs came. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of the king’s servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
660 EST 6 14 aca5 וַ⁠יַּבְהִ֨לוּ֙ לְ⁠הָבִ֣יא אֶת־הָמָ֔ן 1 And they hurried to bring Haman Alternative translation: “they wanted to bring Haman quickly”
661 EST 6 14 aca6 figs-explicit אֲשֶׁר־עָשְׂתָ֥ה אֶסְתֵּֽר 1 that Esther had made Esther’s servants would have done most of the work of preparing the banquet. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “that Esther and her servants had prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
662 EST 7 intro x4w3 0 # Esther 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Haman’s fall concludes in this chapter.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Covering Haman’s face<br><br>When “the servants covered Haman’s face,” they were showing that he had been condemned to be executed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) # Esther 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Haman’s fall concludes in this chapter.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Covering Haman’s face<br><br>When “the servants covered Haman’s face,” they were showing that he had been condemned to be executed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
663 EST 7 1 n8vb figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יָּבֹ֤א הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ וְ⁠הָמָ֔ן לִ⁠שְׁתּ֖וֹת עִם־אֶסְתֵּ֥ר הַ⁠מַּלְכָּֽה 1 So the king came with Haman to drink with Esther the queen. Esther hosted Ahasuerus and Haman for more than just drinks. This is a figure of speech in which a part of something is used to mean the whole thing. An entire banquet is being described here by reference to one part of it, the drinks. Alternate translation: “so the king and Haman went to the second banquet that Queen Esther had prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
664 EST 7 2 xt9f translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֤וֹם הַ⁠שֵּׁנִי֙ 1 on the second day This refers to the day after the first banquet, as mentioned in [5:8](../05/08.md). Alternate translation: “at that second banquet” or “on that second day of feasting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
665 EST 7 2 s5ae בְּ⁠מִשְׁתֵּ֣ה הַ⁠יַּ֔יִן 1 during the banquet of wine Alternate translation: “while they were drinking wine” or “while the servants were pouring the wine and giving it to them”
723 EST 7 9 acc7 figs-explicit תְּלֻ֥⁠הוּ עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 Hang him on it **Him** means Haman. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “hang [or impale] Haman on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
724 EST 7 10 j8d3 translate-unknown הָ⁠עֵ֖ץ 1 the tree See how you translated this in [2:23](../02/23.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Be sure your translation is consistent in the chapters that follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
725 EST 7 10 umd4 figs-metaphor וַ⁠חֲמַ֥ת הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ שָׁכָֽכָה 1 and the rage of the king subsided Here the story figuratively compares the king’s anger to floodwaters, which can cause great destruction. “Subside” means for waters to drain away and for their level to go down. You could express the meaning by saying something like “Then the king’s rage lessened,” or “Then the king was not so angry.” Or you could use a different metaphor that would be meaningful in your language, such as, “Then the king cooled off.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
726 EST 8 intro z6j7 0 # Esther 08 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s protection<br>Yahweh is at work in this chapter preventing the possible destruction of the Jews. God used Esther and Mordecai to protect their people. # Esther 8 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s protection<br>Yahweh is at work in this chapter preventing the possible destruction of the Jews. God used Esther and Mordecai to protect their people.
727 EST 8 1 j8d5 writing-newevent בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠ה֗וּא 1 On that day This could mean one of three things: (1) A new series of events is now being described, but the story makes clear that they happened on the same day as the second banquet. While it must have been some time later in the day, the idea is that when Haman lost his life, and also his property, Esther gained what her enemy had lost. Alternate translation: “that same day” (2) The expression could also be an idiom that means “as of that day.” This would refer to the effective date for the transfer of Haman’s property to Esther. Alternate translation: “as of that day” (3) The term “day” could also be used figuratively to mean around the same time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
728 EST 8 1 j8d7 figs-synecdoche נָתַ֞ן הַ⁠מֶּ֤לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵרוֹשׁ֙ לְ⁠אֶסְתֵּ֣ר הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֔ה אֶת־בֵּ֥ית הָמָ֖ן 1 the king Ahasuerus gave to Esther the queen the house of Haman Here, **house** figuratively represents all the household and property of Haman. The story could be referring to all the property by naming one part of it, the house. Or “house” could be a metonym for “property,” meaning everything a person owns and keeps in their house, and by extension everything they own beyond the house as well. Alternate translation: “King Ahasuerus declared that everything that Haman had owned would now belong to Queen Esther” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
729 EST 8 1 nm3u figs-distinguish צֹרֵ֣ר הַיְּהוּדִ֑ים 1 the adversary of the Jews This phrase gives clarifying information about Haman. Alternate translation: “the enemy of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
853 EST 8 17 aci8 figs-idiom מֵֽ⁠עַמֵּ֤י הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ 1 from the peoples of the land The **peoples of the land** were the non-Jewish people groups within the empire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
854 EST 8 17 r3qf figs-metaphor נָפַ֥ל פַּֽחַד־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֖ים עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 dread of the Jews had fallen on them Here, **falling** is a metaphor meaning to affect someone. Alternate translation: “they had become very afraid of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
855 EST 8 17 aci9 figs-events נָפַ֥ל פַּֽחַד־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֖ים עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 dread of the Jews had fallen upon them To present the events in chronological order, you can say this before saying that the people from the other groups became Jews themselves. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
856 EST 9 intro yty1 0 # Esther 09 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Purim<br><br>The events of this chapter were so significant, the Jews celebrated these events every year after this. It is known as “Purim.”<br><br>## Important stylistic devices in this chapter<br><br>### Ironic Situation<br><br>The day that was supposed to bring great victory to the enemies of the Jews became a day of great victory for the Jews. This is a type of irony.<br><br>### Opening Summary<br><br>Verse 1 of chapter 9 provides a summary of everything that happens in this chapter. If using an opening summary is not normally used in your language, be sure to mark this as a summary either in the text or in a footnote. An opening summary like this is a characteristic device of Hebrew storytelling. So even though it describes the final outcome, we do not recommend that you move it to the end of the chapter unless it is very confusing to leave it here. To make it clear that verse 1 is only a summary and not the entire story, you could say something like this at the end of the verse: “This is what happened” or “Here are more details about what happened.” # Esther 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Purim<br><br>The events of this chapter were so significant, the Jews celebrated these events every year after this. It is known as “Purim.”<br><br>## Important stylistic devices in this chapter<br><br>### Ironic Situation<br><br>The day that was supposed to bring great victory to the enemies of the Jews became a day of great victory for the Jews. This is a type of irony.<br><br>### Opening Summary<br><br>Verse 1 of chapter 9 provides a summary of everything that happens in this chapter. If using an opening summary is not normally used in your language, be sure to mark this as a summary either in the text or in a footnote. An opening summary like this is a characteristic device of Hebrew storytelling. So even though it describes the final outcome, we do not recommend that you move it to the end of the chapter unless it is very confusing to leave it here. To make it clear that verse 1 is only a summary and not the entire story, you could say something like this at the end of the verse: “This is what happened” or “Here are more details about what happened.”
857 EST 9 1 j8r7 writing-newevent וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנֵים֩ עָשָׂ֨ר חֹ֜דֶשׁ 1 Now in the twelfth month This introduces a new event. Use a natural way in your language to indicate a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
858 EST 9 1 acj0 figs-explicit וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנֵים֩ עָשָׂ֨ר חֹ֜דֶשׁ הוּא־חֹ֣דֶשׁ אֲדָ֗ר בִּ⁠שְׁלוֹשָׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר יוֹם֙ בּ֔⁠וֹ 1 Now in the twelfth month, which is the month of Adar, on the thirteenth day of it The implication is that this happened in the twelfth month of the same year that the letters were sent out. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the thirteenth day of the twelfth month of that year, the month of Adar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
859 EST 9 1 j8r9 translate-ordinal וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנֵים֩ עָשָׂ֨ר חֹ֜דֶשׁ 1 Now in the twelfth month Alternate translation: “now in the twelfth month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])

18
en_tn_18-JOB.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
JOB front intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Job<br><br>1. Job is introduced (1:1–2:13)<br>- Job is blameless and wealthy (1:1–5)<br>- Yahweh allows Satan to test Job (1:6–2:10)<br>1. Three friends speak to Job (3:1–14:22)<br>- Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar<br>- Job replies to each<br>1. They speak to him again (15:1–21:34)<br>- Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar<br>- Job replies to each<br>1. They speak a third time (22:1–31:40)<br>- Eliphaz and Bildad<br>- Job replies to each<br>1. Elihu speaks to Job (32:1–37:24)<br>1. Yahweh answers Job out of the whirlwind (38:1–41:34)<br>1. Job is humbled before Yahweh (42:1–6)<br>1. Yahweh rebukes Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar (42:7–9)<br>1. Yahweh prospers Job again (42:10–17)<br><br>### What is the Book of Job about?<br><br>The Book of Job is about a man named Job who experienced disaster even though he was faithful to Yahweh. Job speaks with three friends and asks why Yahweh lets him experience trials and losses. The book teaches that we cannot understand all of Yahweh’s ways, and when we suffer, it is more important to trust Yahweh than it is to understand the reason for the suffering.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Book of Job is named for Job, the main character in the book. His name is not related to the English word “job.” Translators might use the traditional title of “The Book of Job” or just “Job.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Book About Job” or “The Book About a Man Named Job.”<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Job?<br><br>We do not know who wrote the Book of Job. Many people suggest that Moses composed or compiled the book, but it may have been written after the time of Moses.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Does sin cause suffering?<br><br>When a person sins against Yahweh, it can cause the person to experience suffering. People in the ancient Near East generally believed that a person suffered because they or their ancestors sinned against God. This is what many religions teach. However, the Book of Job shows that a person may suffer even if he or she has not sinned. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Were Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar really Job’s friends?<br><br>Job 2:11 refers to Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar as the friends of Job. But they did not comfort Job. Instead, they tried to persuade Job to say something about God that Job believed was not true. So we might wonder if it is right to translate the word as “friends.” They did care about Job and they wanted to help him. However, what they said did not help Job because they did not understand the truth about God.<br><br>### When did the events in the Book of Job take place?<br><br>We do not know when the events in the Book of Job took place. It seems to be set around the time of Abraham and Isaac in the Book of Genesis. However, some verses are similar to ones in the Books of Proverbs and Isaiah, which are set much later.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What style of writing is in the Book of Job?<br><br>The writer starts and ends the Book of Job by telling what happened to Job in narrative form. He wrote the other parts in poetry form. In the ancient Near East, writers often used poetry to discuss matters of wisdom.<br><br>### Is the Book of Job difficult to translate?<br><br>The Book of Job has many uncommon words and phrases, making parts of it hard to understand translate. For this reason, translators may decide to translate this book after they have translated other books of the Bible. However, since the writer did not connect Job with a specific time or place in history, the translator may decide to translate this book before other Old Testament books.
JOB 1 intro lym1 0 # Job 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter introduces a story about a man named Job who lives during a time long before the author.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wealth<br>Job is very rich. During his time, a man’s wealth is measured by the number of animals he owns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Feasts<br>Job is a very godly man and celebrates Yahweh’s provision by having feasts. It must be remembered that Job lives prior to the law of Moses, so his religious practices are different than the Hebrew people after Moses. The events of this book occur about the same time as the life of Abraham. Therefore, this book corresponds more with Genesis 12-50 than the rest of the Old Testament. (See:[[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Job’s faith<br>Satan believes that Job’s faith is based on Yahweh’s blessings. He challenges Yahweh to remove these blessings from Job’s life because he thinks that Job will no longer trust in Yahweh if this happens. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
JOB 1 intro lym1 0 # Job 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter introduces a story about a man named Job who lives during a time long before the author.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wealth<br>Job is very rich. During his time, a man’s wealth is measured by the number of animals he owns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Feasts<br>Job is a very godly man and celebrates Yahweh’s provision by having feasts. It must be remembered that Job lives prior to the law of Moses, so his religious practices are different than the Hebrew people after Moses. The events of this book occur about the same time as the life of Abraham. Therefore, this book corresponds more with Genesis 12-50 than the rest of the Old Testament. (See:[[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Job’s faith<br>Satan believes that Job’s faith is based on Yahweh’s blessings. He challenges Yahweh to remove these blessings from Job’s life because he thinks that Job will no longer trust in Yahweh if this happens. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
JOB 1 1 k5g4 translate-names 0 land of Uz Possible locations are: (1) a place in ancient Edom east of the Jordan River in modern western Jordan or (2) a place east of the Euphrates River in modern Iran. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOB 1 1 r5aj figs-doublet 0 blameless and upright The words “blameless” and “upright” share similar meanings and emphasize that Job was a righteous man. Alternate translation: “one who did what was right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOB 1 1 qj15 0 one who feared God “one who honored God”
@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ JOB 1 20 d1w8 translate-symaction 0 tore his robe, shaved his head These were r
JOB 1 21 wph4 0 I was naked when I came out of my mother’s womb, and I will be naked when I will return there “At my birth, I brought nothing into the world, and at my death I will return to the earth with nothing”
JOB 1 22 l3ef 0 In all this matter “Regarding all this that happened”
JOB 1 22 xns1 0 accuse God of wrongdoing “say that God had done wrong”
JOB 2 intro ke5i 0 # Job 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter repeats the concepts of the previous chapter, but this time it is more severe. After losing his wealth, Job’s health is taken from him. His wife also begins to encourage Job to sin by cursing Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
JOB 2 intro ke5i 0 # Job 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter repeats the concepts of the previous chapter, but this time it is more severe. After losing his wealth, Job’s health is taken from him. His wife also begins to encourage Job to sin by cursing Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
JOB 2 1 rz1x 0 General Information: This verse is almost exactly the same as [Job 1:6](../01/06.md) and can probably be translated in the same way.
JOB 2 1 r1zs 0 Then it was the day See how you translated this in [Job 1:6](../01/06.md).
JOB 2 1 hst1 0 the day when This is not a specific day. The gathering happened often. Alternate translation: “at the time when” or “one day when”
@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ JOB 2 12 kle6 0 they did not recognize him This probably means that Job’s vi
JOB 2 12 jd72 figs-idiom 0 They raised their voices and wept Here “raised their voices” is an idiom that means they became loud. Alternate translation: “They wept out loud” or “They wept loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOB 2 12 ira1 translate-symaction 0 tore his robe This was a sign of mourning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
JOB 2 12 zzf1 translate-symaction 0 threw dust into the air and upon his own head These were signs of mourning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
JOB 3 intro jci9 0 # Job 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these rhetorical questions is to show Job’s earnest desire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 3 intro jci9 0 # Job 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these rhetorical questions is to show Job’s earnest desire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 3 1 hmv8 figs-idiom 0 opened his mouth This idiom means he began to speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOB 3 3 z3eb figs-personification 0 May the day on which I was born perish, the night Job speaks of that day and night as if they were people. Alternate translation: “I wish that I had never been born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JOB 3 3 zca2 figs-ellipsis 0 the night that said, ‘A boy has been conceived.’ This expression intensifies the statement of Job’s grief by going even further back in time from his birth to his conception. Alternate translation: “the night that said, ‘A boy has been conceived’ perish.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ JOB 3 24 ya6w 0 my sighing happens instead of eating “Instead of eating, I m
JOB 3 24 jp2u figs-metaphor 0 my groaning is poured out like water Moral qualities and emotions such as grief are often spoken of as if they were water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 3 25 pvp2 figs-parallelism 0 the thing that I feared has come on me; what I was afraid of has come to me These two phrases mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “what I feared most has happened to me” or “my worst fear has come true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOB 3 26 f53t figs-parallelism 0 I am not at ease, I am not quiet, and I have no rest Job expresses his anguish in three separate phrases. Alternate translation: “I am very anxious” or “I am emotionally and physically tormented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOB 4 intro kk87 0 # Job 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Eliphaz’s advice<br>Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to form Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 4 intro kk87 0 # Job 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Eliphaz’s advice<br>Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to form Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 4 1 e5n4 translate-names 0 Eliphaz Eliphaz is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOB 4 1 c3fq translate-names 0 Temanite A Temanite belongs to the tribe of Teman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOB 4 2 y6k8 figs-rquestion 0 will you be impatient? Eliphaz asks this question in order to make a statement. Alternate translation: “you will surely be impatient.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ JOB 4 20 m44u figs-metaphor 0 Between morning and evening they are destroyed Th
JOB 4 20 znp6 figs-activepassive 0 they are destroyed This may also be put into active form. Alternate translation: “they die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOB 4 21 n9su figs-rquestion 0 Are not their tent cords plucked up among them? This may be put into active form. Alternate translation: “Have not their enemies plucked up their tent cords from among them?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 4 21 ugp9 figs-synecdoche 0 their tent cords Here tent cords represent a tent. Sometimes a person’s home and family are pictured as his tent, which can also represent all his possessions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 5 intro kq38 0 # Job 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Eliphaz’s advice<br>Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>### Sickness and sin<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to believe that a person’s illness was caused by sin. It was seen as the punishment of a god. While Yahweh may punish people because of their sin, not all sicknesses are caused by sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 5 intro kq38 0 # Job 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Eliphaz’s advice<br>Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>### Sickness and sin<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to believe that a person’s illness was caused by sin. It was seen as the punishment of a god. While Yahweh may punish people because of their sin, not all sicknesses are caused by sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 5 1 gaw4 figs-rquestion 0 To which of the holy ones will you turn? Eliphaz poses this question to make the point that there is no one Job can turn to for help. Alternate translation: “Is there a holy one to whom you may turn?” or “There is no holy one to whom you can turn for help.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 5 1 n2rw 0 holy ones This refers to supernatural beings of some kind, whether angels or other spirits.
JOB 5 2 v7ip 0 jealousy kills the silly one “jealousy kills anyone who acts ignorantly and impulsively”
@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ JOB 5 25 f961 figs-simile 0 your offspring will be like the grass on the ground
JOB 5 26 a9gt 0 You will come to your grave at a full age “You will die at a very old age”
JOB 5 26 w6jt figs-explicit 0 like a stack of grain bundles that goes up at its time You may need to make explicit that the grain in this simile is fully ripe but not overly ripe. He would neither die young nor become weak in his old age. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JOB 5 27 uwj5 figs-exclusive 0 See, we have examined this matter; it is like this; listen to it, and know it for yourself The words “we” refers to Job’s friends but not to Job. Alternate translation: “Look, we have thought about this matter. Listen to what I am saying and know that it is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JOB 6 intro r7kh 0 # Job 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, and desiring his own death, Job does not curse God. He would rather have God end his life than to curse him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He also is upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 6 intro r7kh 0 # Job 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, and desiring his own death, Job does not curse God. He would rather have God end his life than to curse him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He also is upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 6 2 use6 figs-parallelism 0 if only my anguish were weighed; if only all my calamity were laid in the balance Here the writer uses two different statements to convey a single idea, the burden of Job’s suffering. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if only I could weigh my anguish and all my calamities in the balance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOB 6 2 cqr6 0 in the balance “on a scale”
JOB 6 3 l5j1 figs-simile 0 For now it would be heavier than the sand of the seas Job compares the burden of his suffering to the weight of wet sand; both can crush a person. Alternate translation: “For my anguish and calamities would be heavier than the sand on the seashore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ JOB 6 29 hka9 0 Indeed, relent “Please relent.”
JOB 6 30 km3f figs-rquestion 0 Is there evil on my tongue? “Do I say wicked things?” Job uses this question to rebuke his friends and to emphasize that he is not wicked. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “I do not say wicked things.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 6 30 z316 figs-metonymy 0 on my tongue Here Job’s speech is represented by his “tongue.” Alternate translation: “in my speech” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOB 6 30 f1ga figs-rquestion 0 Cannot my mouth detect malicious things? Job uses this question to rebuke his friends and to emphasize that he can tell the difference between right and wrong. Here Job refers to himself by his “mouth” to emphasize his speech. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know what is right to say and what is wrong to say.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOB 7 intro y5ka 0 # Job 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, and desiring his own death, Job does not curse God. He would rather have God end his life than to curse him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He also is upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 7 intro y5ka 0 # Job 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, and desiring his own death, Job does not curse God. He would rather have God end his life than to curse him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He also is upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 7 1 eq7p figs-parallelism 0 General Information: The writer continues to use parallelism in each of these verses, conveying a single idea using two different statements to emphasize that his personal suffering is part of the universal suffering which all people experience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOB 7 1 nz5u figs-rquestion 0 Does not man have hard labor on earth? Job poses this negative question to emphasize his awareness that all people experience hard work. It can be translated as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “There is hard labor for every person on earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 7 1 a1c6 figs-hyperbole 0 on earth This is a generalization that means for the time people are living on the earth. Alternate translation: “while he lives on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ JOB 7 21 gzz5 figs-parallelism 0 Why do you not pardon my transgression and tak
JOB 7 21 ek8a 0 take away “remove”
JOB 7 21 yf7g figs-metonymy 0 now will I lie down in the dust The phrase “lie down in the dust” is a metonym that represents dying. Alternate translation: “now I will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOB 7 21 uz1p 0 I will not exist “I will not be here” or “I will be gone”
JOB 8 intro md4v 0 # Job 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Bildad.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Bildad’s advice<br>Bildad tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Bildad gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Bildad uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Bildad’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 8 intro md4v 0 # Job 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Bildad.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Bildad’s advice<br>Bildad tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Bildad gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Bildad uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Bildad’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 8 1 emj8 figs-rquestion 0 General Information: Verses 2 and 3 each consist of two different questions that have the same meaning. Bildad uses these questions to rebuke Job. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOB 8 1 xwz1 0 Connecting Statement: In this chapter, Bildad begins to speak about Job’s complaints.
JOB 8 1 y8y8 translate-names 0 Then Bildad the Shuhite answered “Bildad” is the name of a man who is a member of the tribe of Shuah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ JOB 8 21 e5gp figs-ellipsis 0 your lips with shouting The verb “fill” is un
JOB 8 22 tc4g figs-metaphor 0 Those who hate you will be clothed with shame Here “shame” is spoken of as if it were clothing that God will cause Job’s enemies to wear. This means they will be very ashamed. Alternate translation: “God will cause those who hate you to be very ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 8 22 k5y9 0 the tent of the wicked will be no more Here “tent” refers to the homes of the wicked. Alternate translation: “the houses of the wicked will be destroyed”
JOB 8 22 uz63 0 will be no more “will not last” or “will be destroyed”
JOB 9 intro n51u 0 # Job 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Bildad.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness and Yahweh’s power<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. Job does not think that he can make a claim against Yahweh because only God is perfectly wise and just. Yahweh is truly powerful and Job understands this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express himself or to describe Yahweh’s power. He is also upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Bildad that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 9 intro n51u 0 # Job 9 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Bildad.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness and Yahweh’s power<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. Job does not think that he can make a claim against Yahweh because only God is perfectly wise and just. Yahweh is truly powerful and Job understands this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express himself or to describe Yahweh’s power. He is also upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Bildad that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 9 2 e369 0 I truly know that this is so “I know that what you say is true”
JOB 9 2 a9ku 0 this is so Here the word “this” refers to what Bildad said.
JOB 9 2 r4pi 0 how can a person be in the right with God? “how can anyone be innocent before God?”

Can't render this file because it is too large.

38
en_tn_19-PSA.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

18
en_tn_20-PRO.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
PRO front intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Proverbs<br><br>1. Solomon introduces his proverbs (1:1–7)<br>1. Collection of teachings (1:8–9:18)<br>1. Proverbs of Solomon (10:1–22:16)<br>1. Words of wise men (22:17–24:22)<br>1. More words of wise men (24:23–34)<br>1. More proverbs of Solomon (25:1–29:27)<br>1. The words of Agur (30:1–33)<br>1. The words of Lemuel (31:1–9)<br>1. A good wife praised (31:10–31)<br><br>### What is the book of Proverbs about?<br><br>A proverb is a short statement that expresses some wisdom or truth. Most societies have their own proverbs. People that speak a given language can readily understand proverbs in that language.<br><br>The Book of Proverbs is a collection of proverbs. It also includes teachings about how to live wisely. Scholars refer to Proverbs, Psalms, Job, Ecclesiastes, and the Song of Songs as wisdom literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The title of this book is often translated as “Proverbs.” A more general translation would be “Words for Wise People,” “Words that Give Wisdom,” or something similar.<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Proverbs?<br><br>Proverbs begins with the words, “The Proverbs of Solomon, son of David and King of Israel.” But Solomon did not write all of the proverbs. Unnamed wise men may have written some of them. Agur the son of Jakeh (30:1) and King Lemuel (31:1) identify themselves as writing some of the proverbs.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is meant by “wisdom” and “foolishness” in the Book of Proverbs?<br><br>“Wisdom” means the understanding and doing of what is true and morally right. A wise person understands and does what Yahweh would judge to be right. Anyone living in this way will also learn to live well with other people and to make good practical decisions in life. The book of Proverbs also acknowledges that it is important to maintain one’s honor or reputation in the opinion of other people. Those who fail to live in this way are called “foolish.” For this reason, it is possible for a person to be very intelligent and still be foolish. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What form do the individual proverbs have?<br><br>Most proverbs have two parts or two lines that are “parallel” to each other. The second part may strengthen the first, may give more details about the first, or may even say what seems the opposite of the first. Translators should take into account that each proverb is also part of a larger group of proverbs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])<br><br>### How should personification be represented in translation?<br><br>In Proverbs, certain qualities such as wisdom and understanding are often represented as if they were wise women, as in [Proverbs 3:15-18](../03/15.md), [Proverbs 4:6-9](../04/06.md), and elsewhere. In languages where it is possible for a woman figure to represent these qualities, the translator should translate in this way. However, in many languages this kind of direct translation is not possible. In such a case, the translator may be able to translate these personifications as similes instead. This means they would present wisdom or understanding as being like a wise woman whom people should obey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
PRO 1 intro y4et 0 # Proverbs 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The first chapter of proverbs begins with a type of introduction in verses 1-7. It mentions Solomon, son of David. Verse 7 contains a foundational verse for the whole book. It defines wisdom.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Parallelism<br><br>Proverbs are often written without any surrounding context and in two lines of text. Each line will have a certain relationship to the other line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PRO 1 intro y4et 0 # Proverbs 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The first chapter of proverbs begins with a type of introduction in verses 1-7. It mentions Solomon, son of David. Verse 7 contains a foundational verse for the whole book. It defines wisdom.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Parallelism<br><br>Proverbs are often written without any surrounding context and in two lines of text. Each line will have a certain relationship to the other line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PRO 1 1 q6pn writing-poetry 0 General Information: Verses 2-33 are poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]])
PRO 1 2 iaq1 figs-abstractnouns 0 to teach wisdom and instruction This can be reworded so that the abstract nouns “wisdom” and “instruction” can be stated as adjectives or verbs. Alternate translation: “to teach you how to be wise and to instruct you about how to live moral lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PRO 1 2 rs3p 0 to teach words of insight “to help you understand wise teachings”
@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ PRO 1 32 t8af 0 naive inexperienced or immature
PRO 1 32 d3pk figs-metaphor 0 are killed when they turn away A person rejecting wisdom is spoken of as if the person physically turns away from wisdom. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “die because they refuse to learn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 1 32 le64 figs-abstractnouns 0 the indifference of fools will destroy them The abstract noun “indifference” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “fools will die because they do not care about what should be done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PRO 1 32 cmi9 0 indifference a lack of interest about something
PRO 2 intro wr6i 0 # Proverbs 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 2 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.
PRO 2 intro wr6i 0 # Proverbs 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 2 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.
PRO 2 1 gj7r figs-parallelism 0 General Information: A father teaches his child using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PRO 2 1 wtm1 0 if you receive my words “if you listen to what I am teaching you”
PRO 2 1 jh3i figs-metaphor 0 treasure up my commandments with you Valuing what is commanded is spoken of as if the commandments were a treasure and the person were a safe place to store the treasure. Alternate translation: “consider my commands to be as valuable as a treasure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ PRO 2 20 fiw6 figs-metaphor 0 you will walk in the way … follow the paths A p
PRO 2 22 r5sm figs-metaphor 0 the wicked will be cut off from the land The writer speaks of Yahweh removing people from the land as if he were cutting the people off, like a person might cut a branch from a tree. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will remove the wicked from the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 2 22 w94m figs-nominaladj 0 the wicked … the faithless These are nominal adjectives that can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “those who are wicked … those who are faithless” or “wicked people … faithless people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
PRO 2 22 cmv9 figs-metaphor 0 the faithless will be cut off from it The writer speaks of Yahweh removing people from the land as if he were cutting the people off, like a person might cut a branch from a tree. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he will remove the faithless from it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 3 intro a94e 0 # Proverbs 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 3 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Wisdom is feminine<br><br>You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
PRO 3 intro a94e 0 # Proverbs 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 3 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Wisdom is feminine<br><br>You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
PRO 3 1 p6r4 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: The writer speaks as a father teaching his child using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PRO 3 1 f5cv figs-abstractnouns 0 do not forget my commands The word “commands” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “do not forget what I command you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PRO 3 1 tk78 figs-parallelism 0 keep my teachings in your heart This phrase says in positive terms what the previous phrase says in negative terms. Here the word “heart” represents the mind. The word “teachings” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “always remember what I teach you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ PRO 3 33 q866 figs-metonymy 0 he blesses the home of righteous people The word
PRO 3 34 kb65 figs-metaphor 0 he gives his favor to humble people The writer speaks of Yahweh’s favor as if it were an object that he gives to people. Alternate translation: “he shows his favor to humble people” or “he is gracious to humble people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 3 35 y7vz figs-metaphor 0 Wise people inherit honor The writer speaks of wise people obtaining a reputation of honor as if they inherited honor as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “Wise people will obtain honor” or “Wise people will gain an honorable reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 3 35 b6jx figs-metaphor 0 fools will be lifted up in their shame The writer speaks of Yahweh making the shame of fools evident to everyone as if Yahweh were lifting fools up for everyone to see them. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will cause everyone to see the shame of fools” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 4 intro z4ah 0 # Proverbs 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 4 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Wisdom is feminine<br><br>You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
PRO 4 intro z4ah 0 # Proverbs 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 4 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Wisdom is feminine<br><br>You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
PRO 4 1 hqv1 0 General Information: The writer speaks as a father teaching his children.
PRO 4 1 zck6 0 pay attention “listen carefully”
PRO 4 1 s4lm 0 you will know what understanding is “you will know how to understand” or “you will gain understanding”
@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ PRO 4 26 g2a2 0 a level path “a smooth path” or “an even path”
PRO 4 26 xyn9 figs-metaphor 0 then all your ways will be secure The writer speaks of a person’s actions as if the person were walking along a path and of those actions being successful as if the path were safe and secure. Alternate translation: “then everything that you do will be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 4 27 h89u figs-merism 0 Do not turn aside to the right or to the left The directions “right” and “left” form a merism, meaning that the person is not to leave the level path in any direction. Alternate translation: “Walk straight ahead and do not leave the level path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
PRO 4 27 j3tn figs-synecdoche 0 turn your foot away from evil Here the word “foot” represents the person who walks. The writer speaks of not committing evil actions as if the person were walking away from evil. Alternate translation: “turn away from evil” or “stay away from evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 5 intro jxf1 0 # Proverbs 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 5 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Adulteress<br><br>This chapter is unusual because it holds a theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])
PRO 5 intro jxf1 0 # Proverbs 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 5 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Adulteress<br><br>This chapter is unusual because it holds a theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])
PRO 5 1 vi27 0 General Information: The writer speaks as a father teaching his children.
PRO 5 1 nl9h figs-synecdoche 0 incline your ears Here the word “ears” represents the person who is listening. The writer speaks of listening attentively to someone as if it were leaning forward so that the ears are closer to the one speaking. See how you translated this in [Proverbs 4:20](../04/20.md). Alternate translation: “listen attentively” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 5 2 cei4 0 discretion Discretion is the quality of being careful with regard to one’s actions and speech. See how you translated this in [Proverbs 1:4](../01/04.md).
@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ PRO 5 22 u9ya figs-personification 0 A wicked person will be seized by his own
PRO 5 22 he5d figs-metaphor 0 the cords of his sin will hold him tight The writer speaks of a wicked person being unable to avoid the consequences of his sin as if that sin were a trap made of cords in which the person is caught. Alternate translation: “because of his sin, he will be like an animal caught in a trap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 5 23 x16k figs-activepassive 0 he is led astray by his great foolishness This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “his great foolishness leads him astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 5 23 n1a7 0 by his great foolishness “because he is very foolish”
PRO 6 intro xq95 0 # Proverbs 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 6 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br><br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Adulteress<br><br>The latter part of this chapter comes back to the theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])<br><br>### Numbers<br><br>Occasionally, the author will mention a list of six things, or seven things, that Yahweh hates. These numbers are used to draw attention to the list of things. It is not important whether there are six or seven things in the list.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>The author will use rhetorical questions to draw the reader’s attention to important points. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Animals used as types<br><br>The gazelle and the ant have certain characteristics which the author uses to give wisdom. If your language does not recognize these characteristics in those animals, you could add a footnote to explain or possibly substitute another animal from your culture that would help explain the same concept. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
PRO 6 intro xq95 0 # Proverbs 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 6 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br><br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Adulteress<br><br>The latter part of this chapter comes back to the theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])<br><br>### Numbers<br><br>Occasionally, the author will mention a list of six things, or seven things, that Yahweh hates. These numbers are used to draw attention to the list of things. It is not important whether there are six or seven things in the list.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>The author will use rhetorical questions to draw the reader’s attention to important points. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Animals used as types<br><br>The gazelle and the ant have certain characteristics which the author uses to give wisdom. If your language does not recognize these characteristics in those animals, you could add a footnote to explain or possibly substitute another animal from your culture that would help explain the same concept. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
PRO 6 1 sb1b figs-explicit 0 set aside your money Implied here is that your promise and the circumstances forced you to save up your money. Alternate translation: “had to save up some of your money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PRO 6 1 z256 0 a guarantee for your neighbor’s loan This could mean: (1) your neighbor may come to you to ask for a loan or (2) your neighbor wants to take out a loan from someone else, but you promise to pay the lender back if your neighbor cannot.
PRO 6 1 p3wd 0 neighbor This same Hebrew word can also mean “friend.”
@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ PRO 6 34 tk3n 0 takes his revenge If a person takes revenge, it is to cause hu
PRO 6 35 b2ym 0 compensation payment by one who does wrong to the person to whom he has done wrong
PRO 6 35 fly2 figs-activepassive 0 he cannot be bought off This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you cannot pay him enough money to change his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 6 35 pc8x 0 off, though “off. This will be true even if”
PRO 7 intro pk5f 0 # Proverbs 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 7 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Parallelism<br><br>Proverbs are often written without any surrounding context and in two lines of text. Each line will have a certain relationship to the other line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])<br><br>Many of the proverbs are stated as promises or commands, but they are intended to be advice.<br><br>### My Son<br><br>Occasionally the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males, but is still given in the context of a father warning his son.<br><br>### Adulteress<br><br>This chapter continues the theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her.
PRO 7 intro pk5f 0 # Proverbs 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 7 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Parallelism<br><br>Proverbs are often written without any surrounding context and in two lines of text. Each line will have a certain relationship to the other line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])<br><br>Many of the proverbs are stated as promises or commands, but they are intended to be advice.<br><br>### My Son<br><br>Occasionally the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males, but is still given in the context of a father warning his son.<br><br>### Adulteress<br><br>This chapter continues the theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her.
PRO 7 1 at6w figs-metaphor 0 keep my words Here keeping represents obeying. Alternate translation: “obey my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 7 1 k635 figs-metaphor 0 store up my commands within yourself Here God’s commands are spoken of as if they were objects that someone could put into a storeroom. Alternate translation: “memorize my commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 7 2 a8m4 figs-metaphor 0 keep my instruction Here keeping represents obeying. Alternate translation: “obey my instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ PRO 7 26 xx9k figs-metonymy 0 She has caused many people to fall down pierced B
PRO 7 27 g21s 0 Her house is on the paths to Sheol … they go down Here “paths” represents the kinds of behavior that foolish people participate in. Sheol was the name for the world of the dead.
PRO 7 27 ry42 figs-parallelism 0 on the paths to Sheol … down to the dark bedrooms of death These two phrases basically mean the same thing and are repeated to emphasize that the woman’s victims will be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PRO 7 27 prr1 figs-metaphor 0 the dark bedrooms of death This expression pictures the dead as sleeping in many different rooms in Sheol. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 8 intro z8jj 0 # Proverbs 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 8 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine. These chapters operate more as a unit then many of the following chapters in this book.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom calls out<br><br>The addressee of this chapter is broader than “my son,” but is personal like the previous chapters’ use of “my son.” In this case, Wisdom is calling out for all to come and learn of her, in contrast to the adulteress mentioned in chapters 5-7. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
PRO 8 intro z8jj 0 # Proverbs 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 8 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine. These chapters operate more as a unit then many of the following chapters in this book.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom calls out<br><br>The addressee of this chapter is broader than “my son,” but is personal like the previous chapters’ use of “my son.” In this case, Wisdom is calling out for all to come and learn of her, in contrast to the adulteress mentioned in chapters 5-7. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
PRO 8 1 qsc7 figs-personification 0 General Information: In chapter 8 wisdom is spoken of as a woman who teaches people how to be wise. Many verses in chapter 8 have parallelisms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PRO 8 1 v9h5 figs-rquestion 0 Does not Wisdom call out? This question is used to remind the readers of something they should already know. Alternate translation: “Wisdom calls out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
PRO 8 1 i9hu figs-personification 0 Does not Wisdom call out? Here wisdom is imagined as a woman. If a language does not allow this kind of metaphor, other possible translations are: (1) “Is not wisdom like a woman who calls out?” (2) “Does not a woman named Wisdom call out?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ PRO 8 35 z6lm figs-personification 0 finds me This is still wisdom talking abou
PRO 8 36 hfn9 figs-personification 0 hate me This is still wisdom talking about herself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
PRO 8 36 yl6t figs-explicit 0 he who fails The complete thought is, “he who fails to find me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PRO 8 36 w73k figs-metonymy 0 his own life Here “life” represents the person’s self. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PRO 9 intro y75r 0 # Proverbs 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 9 concludes a collection of proverbs that operate as a unit about wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom calls out<br><br>The addressee of chapters 8 and 9 is broader than “my son,” but is personal like the previous chapters’ use of “my son.” In this case, Wisdom is calling out for all to come and learn of her.
PRO 9 intro y75r 0 # Proverbs 9 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 9 concludes a collection of proverbs that operate as a unit about wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom calls out<br><br>The addressee of chapters 8 and 9 is broader than “my son,” but is personal like the previous chapters’ use of “my son.” In this case, Wisdom is calling out for all to come and learn of her.
PRO 9 1 m12a figs-personification 0 General Information: These verses begin a parable in which wisdom is imagined to be a woman who is giving good advice to people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
PRO 9 1 s64d figs-personification 0 Wisdom has built The writer speaks about wisdom as if it were a woman who has built her own house. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
PRO 9 2 x5sw figs-metonymy 0 She has slaughtered her animals This refers to animals whose meat will be eaten in the dinner that Wisdom will give. Alternate translation: “She has killed the animals for meat at dinner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 PRO front intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Proverbs<br><br>1. Solomon introduces his proverbs (1:1–7)<br>1. Collection of teachings (1:8–9:18)<br>1. Proverbs of Solomon (10:1–22:16)<br>1. Words of wise men (22:17–24:22)<br>1. More words of wise men (24:23–34)<br>1. More proverbs of Solomon (25:1–29:27)<br>1. The words of Agur (30:1–33)<br>1. The words of Lemuel (31:1–9)<br>1. A good wife praised (31:10–31)<br><br>### What is the book of Proverbs about?<br><br>A proverb is a short statement that expresses some wisdom or truth. Most societies have their own proverbs. People that speak a given language can readily understand proverbs in that language.<br><br>The Book of Proverbs is a collection of proverbs. It also includes teachings about how to live wisely. Scholars refer to Proverbs, Psalms, Job, Ecclesiastes, and the Song of Songs as wisdom literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The title of this book is often translated as “Proverbs.” A more general translation would be “Words for Wise People,” “Words that Give Wisdom,” or something similar.<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Proverbs?<br><br>Proverbs begins with the words, “The Proverbs of Solomon, son of David and King of Israel.” But Solomon did not write all of the proverbs. Unnamed wise men may have written some of them. Agur the son of Jakeh (30:1) and King Lemuel (31:1) identify themselves as writing some of the proverbs.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is meant by “wisdom” and “foolishness” in the Book of Proverbs?<br><br>“Wisdom” means the understanding and doing of what is true and morally right. A wise person understands and does what Yahweh would judge to be right. Anyone living in this way will also learn to live well with other people and to make good practical decisions in life. The book of Proverbs also acknowledges that it is important to maintain one’s honor or reputation in the opinion of other people. Those who fail to live in this way are called “foolish.” For this reason, it is possible for a person to be very intelligent and still be foolish. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What form do the individual proverbs have?<br><br>Most proverbs have two parts or two lines that are “parallel” to each other. The second part may strengthen the first, may give more details about the first, or may even say what seems the opposite of the first. Translators should take into account that each proverb is also part of a larger group of proverbs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])<br><br>### How should personification be represented in translation?<br><br>In Proverbs, certain qualities such as wisdom and understanding are often represented as if they were wise women, as in [Proverbs 3:15-18](../03/15.md), [Proverbs 4:6-9](../04/06.md), and elsewhere. In languages where it is possible for a woman figure to represent these qualities, the translator should translate in this way. However, in many languages this kind of direct translation is not possible. In such a case, the translator may be able to translate these personifications as similes instead. This means they would present wisdom or understanding as being like a wise woman whom people should obey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
3 PRO 1 intro y4et 0 # Proverbs 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The first chapter of proverbs begins with a type of introduction in verses 1-7. It mentions Solomon, son of David. Verse 7 contains a foundational verse for the whole book. It defines wisdom.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Parallelism<br><br>Proverbs are often written without any surrounding context and in two lines of text. Each line will have a certain relationship to the other line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) # Proverbs 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The first chapter of proverbs begins with a type of introduction in verses 1-7. It mentions Solomon, son of David. Verse 7 contains a foundational verse for the whole book. It defines wisdom.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Parallelism<br><br>Proverbs are often written without any surrounding context and in two lines of text. Each line will have a certain relationship to the other line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
4 PRO 1 1 q6pn writing-poetry 0 General Information: Verses 2-33 are poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]])
5 PRO 1 2 iaq1 figs-abstractnouns 0 to teach wisdom and instruction This can be reworded so that the abstract nouns “wisdom” and “instruction” can be stated as adjectives or verbs. Alternate translation: “to teach you how to be wise and to instruct you about how to live moral lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
6 PRO 1 2 rs3p 0 to teach words of insight “to help you understand wise teachings”
73 PRO 1 32 d3pk figs-metaphor 0 are killed when they turn away A person rejecting wisdom is spoken of as if the person physically turns away from wisdom. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “die because they refuse to learn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
74 PRO 1 32 le64 figs-abstractnouns 0 the indifference of fools will destroy them The abstract noun “indifference” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “fools will die because they do not care about what should be done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
75 PRO 1 32 cmi9 0 indifference a lack of interest about something
76 PRO 2 intro wr6i 0 # Proverbs 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 2 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son. # Proverbs 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 2 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.
77 PRO 2 1 gj7r figs-parallelism 0 General Information: A father teaches his child using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
78 PRO 2 1 wtm1 0 if you receive my words “if you listen to what I am teaching you”
79 PRO 2 1 jh3i figs-metaphor 0 treasure up my commandments with you Valuing what is commanded is spoken of as if the commandments were a treasure and the person were a safe place to store the treasure. Alternate translation: “consider my commands to be as valuable as a treasure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
122 PRO 2 22 r5sm figs-metaphor 0 the wicked will be cut off from the land The writer speaks of Yahweh removing people from the land as if he were cutting the people off, like a person might cut a branch from a tree. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will remove the wicked from the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
123 PRO 2 22 w94m figs-nominaladj 0 the wicked … the faithless These are nominal adjectives that can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “those who are wicked … those who are faithless” or “wicked people … faithless people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
124 PRO 2 22 cmv9 figs-metaphor 0 the faithless will be cut off from it The writer speaks of Yahweh removing people from the land as if he were cutting the people off, like a person might cut a branch from a tree. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he will remove the faithless from it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
125 PRO 3 intro a94e 0 # Proverbs 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 3 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Wisdom is feminine<br><br>You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) # Proverbs 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 3 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Wisdom is feminine<br><br>You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
126 PRO 3 1 p6r4 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: The writer speaks as a father teaching his child using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
127 PRO 3 1 f5cv figs-abstractnouns 0 do not forget my commands The word “commands” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “do not forget what I command you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
128 PRO 3 1 tk78 figs-parallelism 0 keep my teachings in your heart This phrase says in positive terms what the previous phrase says in negative terms. Here the word “heart” represents the mind. The word “teachings” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “always remember what I teach you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
180 PRO 3 34 kb65 figs-metaphor 0 he gives his favor to humble people The writer speaks of Yahweh’s favor as if it were an object that he gives to people. Alternate translation: “he shows his favor to humble people” or “he is gracious to humble people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
181 PRO 3 35 y7vz figs-metaphor 0 Wise people inherit honor The writer speaks of wise people obtaining a reputation of honor as if they inherited honor as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “Wise people will obtain honor” or “Wise people will gain an honorable reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
182 PRO 3 35 b6jx figs-metaphor 0 fools will be lifted up in their shame The writer speaks of Yahweh making the shame of fools evident to everyone as if Yahweh were lifting fools up for everyone to see them. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will cause everyone to see the shame of fools” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
183 PRO 4 intro z4ah 0 # Proverbs 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 4 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Wisdom is feminine<br><br>You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) # Proverbs 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 4 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Wisdom is feminine<br><br>You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
184 PRO 4 1 hqv1 0 General Information: The writer speaks as a father teaching his children.
185 PRO 4 1 zck6 0 pay attention “listen carefully”
186 PRO 4 1 s4lm 0 you will know what understanding is “you will know how to understand” or “you will gain understanding”
240 PRO 4 26 xyn9 figs-metaphor 0 then all your ways will be secure The writer speaks of a person’s actions as if the person were walking along a path and of those actions being successful as if the path were safe and secure. Alternate translation: “then everything that you do will be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
241 PRO 4 27 h89u figs-merism 0 Do not turn aside to the right or to the left The directions “right” and “left” form a merism, meaning that the person is not to leave the level path in any direction. Alternate translation: “Walk straight ahead and do not leave the level path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
242 PRO 4 27 j3tn figs-synecdoche 0 turn your foot away from evil Here the word “foot” represents the person who walks. The writer speaks of not committing evil actions as if the person were walking away from evil. Alternate translation: “turn away from evil” or “stay away from evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
243 PRO 5 intro jxf1 0 # Proverbs 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 5 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Adulteress<br><br>This chapter is unusual because it holds a theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]]) # Proverbs 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 5 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Adulteress<br><br>This chapter is unusual because it holds a theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])
244 PRO 5 1 vi27 0 General Information: The writer speaks as a father teaching his children.
245 PRO 5 1 nl9h figs-synecdoche 0 incline your ears Here the word “ears” represents the person who is listening. The writer speaks of listening attentively to someone as if it were leaning forward so that the ears are closer to the one speaking. See how you translated this in [Proverbs 4:20](../04/20.md). Alternate translation: “listen attentively” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
246 PRO 5 2 cei4 0 discretion Discretion is the quality of being careful with regard to one’s actions and speech. See how you translated this in [Proverbs 1:4](../01/04.md).
297 PRO 5 22 he5d figs-metaphor 0 the cords of his sin will hold him tight The writer speaks of a wicked person being unable to avoid the consequences of his sin as if that sin were a trap made of cords in which the person is caught. Alternate translation: “because of his sin, he will be like an animal caught in a trap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
298 PRO 5 23 x16k figs-activepassive 0 he is led astray by his great foolishness This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “his great foolishness leads him astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
299 PRO 5 23 n1a7 0 by his great foolishness “because he is very foolish”
300 PRO 6 intro xq95 0 # Proverbs 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 6 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br><br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Adulteress<br><br>The latter part of this chapter comes back to the theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])<br><br>### Numbers<br><br>Occasionally, the author will mention a list of six things, or seven things, that Yahweh hates. These numbers are used to draw attention to the list of things. It is not important whether there are six or seven things in the list.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>The author will use rhetorical questions to draw the reader’s attention to important points. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Animals used as types<br><br>The gazelle and the ant have certain characteristics which the author uses to give wisdom. If your language does not recognize these characteristics in those animals, you could add a footnote to explain or possibly substitute another animal from your culture that would help explain the same concept. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) # Proverbs 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 6 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br><br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Adulteress<br><br>The latter part of this chapter comes back to the theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])<br><br>### Numbers<br><br>Occasionally, the author will mention a list of six things, or seven things, that Yahweh hates. These numbers are used to draw attention to the list of things. It is not important whether there are six or seven things in the list.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>The author will use rhetorical questions to draw the reader’s attention to important points. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Animals used as types<br><br>The gazelle and the ant have certain characteristics which the author uses to give wisdom. If your language does not recognize these characteristics in those animals, you could add a footnote to explain or possibly substitute another animal from your culture that would help explain the same concept. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
301 PRO 6 1 sb1b figs-explicit 0 set aside your money Implied here is that your promise and the circumstances forced you to save up your money. Alternate translation: “had to save up some of your money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
302 PRO 6 1 z256 0 a guarantee for your neighbor’s loan This could mean: (1) your neighbor may come to you to ask for a loan or (2) your neighbor wants to take out a loan from someone else, but you promise to pay the lender back if your neighbor cannot.
303 PRO 6 1 p3wd 0 neighbor This same Hebrew word can also mean “friend.”
387 PRO 6 35 b2ym 0 compensation payment by one who does wrong to the person to whom he has done wrong
388 PRO 6 35 fly2 figs-activepassive 0 he cannot be bought off This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you cannot pay him enough money to change his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
389 PRO 6 35 pc8x 0 off, though “off. This will be true even if”
390 PRO 7 intro pk5f 0 # Proverbs 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 7 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Parallelism<br><br>Proverbs are often written without any surrounding context and in two lines of text. Each line will have a certain relationship to the other line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])<br><br>Many of the proverbs are stated as promises or commands, but they are intended to be advice.<br><br>### My Son<br><br>Occasionally the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males, but is still given in the context of a father warning his son.<br><br>### Adulteress<br><br>This chapter continues the theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. # Proverbs 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 7 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Parallelism<br><br>Proverbs are often written without any surrounding context and in two lines of text. Each line will have a certain relationship to the other line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])<br><br>Many of the proverbs are stated as promises or commands, but they are intended to be advice.<br><br>### My Son<br><br>Occasionally the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males, but is still given in the context of a father warning his son.<br><br>### Adulteress<br><br>This chapter continues the theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her.
391 PRO 7 1 at6w figs-metaphor 0 keep my words Here keeping represents obeying. Alternate translation: “obey my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
392 PRO 7 1 k635 figs-metaphor 0 store up my commands within yourself Here God’s commands are spoken of as if they were objects that someone could put into a storeroom. Alternate translation: “memorize my commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
393 PRO 7 2 a8m4 figs-metaphor 0 keep my instruction Here keeping represents obeying. Alternate translation: “obey my instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
440 PRO 7 27 g21s 0 Her house is on the paths to Sheol … they go down Here “paths” represents the kinds of behavior that foolish people participate in. Sheol was the name for the world of the dead.
441 PRO 7 27 ry42 figs-parallelism 0 on the paths to Sheol … down to the dark bedrooms of death These two phrases basically mean the same thing and are repeated to emphasize that the woman’s victims will be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
442 PRO 7 27 prr1 figs-metaphor 0 the dark bedrooms of death This expression pictures the dead as sleeping in many different rooms in Sheol. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
443 PRO 8 intro z8jj 0 # Proverbs 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 8 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine. These chapters operate more as a unit then many of the following chapters in this book.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom calls out<br><br>The addressee of this chapter is broader than “my son,” but is personal like the previous chapters’ use of “my son.” In this case, Wisdom is calling out for all to come and learn of her, in contrast to the adulteress mentioned in chapters 5-7. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) # Proverbs 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 8 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine. These chapters operate more as a unit then many of the following chapters in this book.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom calls out<br><br>The addressee of this chapter is broader than “my son,” but is personal like the previous chapters’ use of “my son.” In this case, Wisdom is calling out for all to come and learn of her, in contrast to the adulteress mentioned in chapters 5-7. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
444 PRO 8 1 qsc7 figs-personification 0 General Information: In chapter 8 wisdom is spoken of as a woman who teaches people how to be wise. Many verses in chapter 8 have parallelisms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
445 PRO 8 1 v9h5 figs-rquestion 0 Does not Wisdom call out? This question is used to remind the readers of something they should already know. Alternate translation: “Wisdom calls out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
446 PRO 8 1 i9hu figs-personification 0 Does not Wisdom call out? Here wisdom is imagined as a woman. If a language does not allow this kind of metaphor, other possible translations are: (1) “Is not wisdom like a woman who calls out?” (2) “Does not a woman named Wisdom call out?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
522 PRO 8 36 hfn9 figs-personification 0 hate me This is still wisdom talking about herself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
523 PRO 8 36 yl6t figs-explicit 0 he who fails The complete thought is, “he who fails to find me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
524 PRO 8 36 w73k figs-metonymy 0 his own life Here “life” represents the person’s self. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
525 PRO 9 intro y75r 0 # Proverbs 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 9 concludes a collection of proverbs that operate as a unit about wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom calls out<br><br>The addressee of chapters 8 and 9 is broader than “my son,” but is personal like the previous chapters’ use of “my son.” In this case, Wisdom is calling out for all to come and learn of her. # Proverbs 9 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 9 concludes a collection of proverbs that operate as a unit about wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom calls out<br><br>The addressee of chapters 8 and 9 is broader than “my son,” but is personal like the previous chapters’ use of “my son.” In this case, Wisdom is calling out for all to come and learn of her.
526 PRO 9 1 m12a figs-personification 0 General Information: These verses begin a parable in which wisdom is imagined to be a woman who is giving good advice to people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
527 PRO 9 1 s64d figs-personification 0 Wisdom has built The writer speaks about wisdom as if it were a woman who has built her own house. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
528 PRO 9 2 x5sw figs-metonymy 0 She has slaughtered her animals This refers to animals whose meat will be eaten in the dinner that Wisdom will give. Alternate translation: “She has killed the animals for meat at dinner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

18
en_tn_21-ECC.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

16
en_tn_22-SNG.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
SNG front intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Song of Songs<br><br>1. The bride longs for the bridegroom to arrive (1:1–2:7)<br>1. The bridegroom praises the woman he loves (2:8–3:5)<br>1. The bridegroom arrives and praises the bride (3:6–5:1)<br>1. The bride longs for the bridegroom (5:2–6:9)<br>1. The bridegroom praises the beauty of his bride (6:1–8:4)<br>1. Final thoughts about love between a man and a woman (8:5–14)<br><br>### What is the Song of Songs about?<br><br>The Song of Songs is a poem or a series of poems that celebrate love and intimacy between a man and a woman. Jews traditionally have interpreted the book as a picture of God’s love for his people Israel. In the same way, many Christians interpret it as a picture of love between Christ and his bride, the church of all believers.<br><br>### Who wrote the Song of Songs?<br><br>The first verse of the book (“The Song of Songs, which is Solomon’s”) gives the idea that King Solomon of Israel wrote it. However, people have interpreted this verse in different ways, so not everyone is persuaded that Solomon wrote it.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally titled “Song of Songs,” which means the very best song, or “Song of Solomon.” It may also be called “Songs of Love,” “Great Poems of Love,” or “The Love Songs of Solomon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What place do the descriptions of sexual behavior have in the Song of Songs?<br><br>The Song of Songs approves of sexual behavior expressing love between a husband his wife.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How many characters are in the Song of Songs?<br><br>The two main characters in this book are the man and the woman, who love each other. The woman also speaks to a group of women called the “daughters of Jerusalem,” and these women make comments. However, it is possible that the group of women is not real and the woman is only imagining them.<br><br>Some interpreters believe there may be more characters than these, but this is not certain. The ULT and UST versions recognize only the man, the woman, and the group of women.<br><br>### What are the lines about people speaking?<br><br>The Song of Songs is a poem that shows the thoughts and words of a man, a woman, and the woman’s friends. Throughout the poem, the author does not identify the speakers and their audience. So to help readers understand the poem, some translations attempt to identify the speaker and the audience. It is not always certain who the speaker is, so sometimes translations disagree about who is speaking.<br><br>Before each speech, the ULT identifies the speaker and the audience like this: “The woman speaking to the other women,” “The woman speaking to the man,” “The man speaking to the woman,” or “The woman speaking to herself.” Translators are encouraged to include these ways of identifying the speaker and the audience, and to format them differently from the scripture text. The translators should also include a note explaining that these explanations are not actually part of the scripture.<br><br>### How should one translate the Song of Songs if the readers will view certain terms as coarse, vulgar, or improper?<br><br>Readers might consider many images or forms appearing in the Song of Songs as improper when translated. The translator should try to avoid offensive language if possible, by using expressions that will not cause offense. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>### How do I translate metaphors and similes in this book?<br><br>There are many metaphors and similes in this book. These figures of speech are often unclear. If they have sexual meanings, figures of speech describing feelings or emotions are often used to avoid offense by hiding their meaning. However, since their meanings are often unclear, ambiguity in translation is encouraged. You can translate the words as they are written in order to avoid committing to a specific meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
SNG 1 intro xrm2 0 # Song of Songs 01 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kisses<br>The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Love and affection<br>This chapter is centered on the feelings of love, affection, and attraction. Different cultural standards may make translation difficult and the translator may use euphemisms to avoid offending people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “I am dark”<br>In the ancient Near East, rich people usually had lighter skin because they did not need to work outside in the sun. This young woman had to work out in the sun, and her skin became darker than it was when she was younger.
SNG 1 intro xrm2 0 # Song of Songs 1 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kisses<br>The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Love and affection<br>This chapter is centered on the feelings of love, affection, and attraction. Different cultural standards may make translation difficult and the translator may use euphemisms to avoid offending people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “I am dark”<br>In the ancient Near East, rich people usually had lighter skin because they did not need to work outside in the sun. This young woman had to work out in the sun, and her skin became darker than it was when she was younger.
SNG 1 1 fna4 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
SNG 1 1 qbe2 0 The Song of Songs “The Best Song” or “The Most Excellent Song”
SNG 1 1 r5ns 0 which is Solomon’s Possible meanings are “which is about Solomon” or “which Solomon composed.”
@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ SNG 1 16 xed8 0 The lush plants plants that are green, moist, and grow abundan
SNG 1 17 v14z figs-metaphor 0 The beams of our house are cedars; our rafters are firs The woman describes the forest as though it were a house in which they were lying down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
SNG 1 17 q6r8 0 beams … rafters This could mean: (1) “beams” refers to large logs used to support everything above the walls and “rafters” refers to the large pieces of wood to which the roof is attached or (2) “beams” refers to the rafters and “rafters” refers to the strips attached to the beams, onto which the builders attached the roofing materials.
SNG 1 17 c3e5 translate-unknown 0 cedars … firs Cedars were large and strong trees. The word translated “firs” is a general term for trees like cedars but smaller. If cedar and fir trees are unknown in your area, you could use general terms for the tallest and strongest trees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
SNG 2 intro u8uv 0 # Song of Songs 02 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Women are compared to flowers in this chapter. This metaphor may describe a woman’s beauty and delicacy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Euphemisms<br>It is possible that some of the metaphors used in this chapter are actually euphemisms. These euphemisms would refer to sex or the physical love between a husband a wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
SNG 2 intro u8uv 0 # Song of Songs 2 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Women are compared to flowers in this chapter. This metaphor may describe a woman’s beauty and delicacy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Euphemisms<br>It is possible that some of the metaphors used in this chapter are actually euphemisms. These euphemisms would refer to sex or the physical love between a husband a wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
SNG 2 1 bw25 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
SNG 2 1 cne2 figs-metaphor 0 I am a meadow flower of Sharon The woman speaks as if she were one of many flowers in a land known for beautiful flowers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
SNG 2 1 ni5p 0 Sharon the name of a land that is flat, has no trees, and grows many different kinds of grasses and flowers
@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ SNG 2 17 d8mw 0 like a gazelle or a young stag See how you translated this in
SNG 2 17 vlw3 0 gazelle an animal that looks like a deer and moves quickly. Translate as the singular of “gazelles” as in [Song of Songs 2:7](./07.md).
SNG 2 17 l8dz 0 stag an adult male deer
SNG 2 17 ia1r 0 rugged mountains “rocky mountains” or “rough mountains”
SNG 3 intro t72h 0 # Song of Songs 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Longing<br>This chapter describes a feeling of longing, or the waiting in anticipation of the one you love. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
SNG 3 intro t72h 0 # Song of Songs 3 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Longing<br>This chapter describes a feeling of longing, or the waiting in anticipation of the one you love. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
SNG 3 1 l1kv 0 I was longing for him … could not find him “I had a strong desire to be with him … loves, but he was not there”
SNG 3 1 hu3u figs-metonymy 0 him whom my soul loves The soul is a metonym for the whole person. Here it makes a stronger statement of the woman’s love for the man than “my beloved” ([Song of Songs 1:14](../01/12.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
SNG 3 2 uyu7 0 go through the city “walk through the city”
@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ SNG 3 11 i961 0 daughters of Zion “you young women who live in Zion”
SNG 3 11 sj76 0 gaze on King Solomon “look at King Solomon.” The word “gaze” refers to look at someone or something for a long time, usually with strong emotional feeling.
SNG 3 11 tf1d 0 bearing the crown “wearing the crown”
SNG 3 11 ei7z figs-metonymy 0 the day of the joy of his heart The word “heart” is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “the day on which he truly rejoiced” or “the happiest day of his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
SNG 4 intro r3aw 0 # Song of Songs 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### “My sister, my bride”<br>The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite.
SNG 4 intro r3aw 0 # Song of Songs 4 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### “My sister, my bride”<br>The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite.
SNG 4 1 rg3f writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
SNG 4 1 m3g6 figs-metaphor 0 Your eyes are doves One possibility is that the man is speaking of the woman’s white eyeballs or the shape of her eyes, the shape of a dove. Another possibility is that the Israelites considered doves to be gentle and soft birds, and the man considers the woman’s eyes beautiful because the way the woman looks at him makes him think she is gentle. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translation: “You are very gentle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
SNG 4 1 z6f7 0 my love “you whom I love.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:9](../01/09.md).
@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ SNG 4 16 kdi9 0 may give off their fragrance “may send out their good smells
SNG 4 16 lqh1 figs-metaphor 0 May my beloved … choice fruit The woman is inviting the man to make love to her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
SNG 4 16 dp46 0 my beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover”
SNG 4 16 mbn7 0 choice fruit “wonderful fruit”
SNG 5 intro kdw4 0 # Song of Songs 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Verses 2-7 describe a dream the woman had.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “My sister, my bride”<br>The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite.
SNG 5 intro kdw4 0 # Song of Songs 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Verses 2-7 describe a dream the woman had.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “My sister, my bride”<br>The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite.
SNG 5 1 zka3 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
SNG 5 1 m575 0 I have come It is clearly the woman’s lover who is speaking.
SNG 5 1 f2qr figs-metaphor 0 have come into my garden The word “garden” is a metaphor for the woman. The man is finally able to fully enjoy the woman as they make love. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ SNG 5 16 w3vr 0 he is completely lovely “every part of him is lovely” or
SNG 5 16 pi1a 0 This is my beloved, and this is my friend The word “This” refers to the man that the woman has just finished describing. Alternate translation: “That is what the one I love is like, and that is what my friend is like”
SNG 5 16 zd7b 0 my beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover”
SNG 5 16 r6zc figs-apostrophe 0 daughters of Jerusalem “young women of Jerusalem.” These young women could not hear her and were not present, but the woman speaks as if they were present and could hear her. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
SNG 6 intro fa9a 0 # Song of Songs 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
SNG 6 intro fa9a 0 # Song of Songs 6 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
SNG 6 1 z4sf writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]. The fifth part of the book begins here.
SNG 6 1 xnv3 0 In what direction has your beloved gone “Which way did your beloved go”
SNG 6 1 wr5y 0 your beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for the other women to refer to him as “your lover.” See how you translated “my beloved” in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “your dear one” or “your lover” or “the man you love”
@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ SNG 6 13 za54 figs-pronouns 0 we may gaze Some versions understand the plural t
SNG 6 13 c258 0 gaze look intently for a long time
SNG 6 13 e2bm figs-pronouns 0 Why do you gaze on the perfect woman … armies Possible meanings here are: (1) the woman refers to herself as another person and is speaking to the friends or (2) the woman is speaking to the man as if he were many men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
SNG 6 13 iqb9 0 as if on the dance between two armies “as if she were dancing between two armies”
SNG 7 intro hqv7 0 # Song of Songs 07 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Similes<br>There are many similes in this chapter. Their purpose is to describe the beauty of the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
SNG 7 intro hqv7 0 # Song of Songs 7 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Similes<br>There are many similes in this chapter. Their purpose is to describe the beauty of the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
SNG 7 1 z7jk 0 General Information: This is 7:2, the second verse of chapter seven, in some versions.
SNG 7 1 v8jn figs-explicit 0 How beautiful your feet appear in your sandals It may be that the woman is dancing ([Song of Songs 6:13](../06/13.md)). Alternate translation: “Your feet are so very beautiful in your sandals as you dance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
SNG 7 1 k8va 0 prince’s daughter Another possible interpretation is “you who have a noble character.”
@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ SNG 7 13 xbk7 figs-explicit 0 at the door The doors belong to their house. Alte
SNG 7 13 c2ah 0 are all sorts of choice fruits, new and old “is every kind of the best fruit, both old fruit and new fruit”
SNG 7 13 jsb8 0 stored up for you “saved so I can give to you”
SNG 7 13 h8r2 0 my beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover”
SNG 8 intro d35n 0 # Song of Songs 08 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kisses<br>The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Passion<br>The chapter describes the passion that can exist between a husband a wife. This is the feeling of strong or uncontrollable desire for another person.
SNG 8 intro d35n 0 # Song of Songs 8 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kisses<br>The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Passion<br>The chapter describes the passion that can exist between a husband a wife. This is the feeling of strong or uncontrollable desire for another person.
SNG 8 1 me7m writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
SNG 8 1 dp21 figs-simile 0 you were like my brother A woman could show affection for her brother in public. This woman wanted to be able to show affection for the man in public. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
SNG 8 1 v5fh 0 you outside “you in public”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 SNG front intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Song of Songs<br><br>1. The bride longs for the bridegroom to arrive (1:1–2:7)<br>1. The bridegroom praises the woman he loves (2:8–3:5)<br>1. The bridegroom arrives and praises the bride (3:6–5:1)<br>1. The bride longs for the bridegroom (5:2–6:9)<br>1. The bridegroom praises the beauty of his bride (6:1–8:4)<br>1. Final thoughts about love between a man and a woman (8:5–14)<br><br>### What is the Song of Songs about?<br><br>The Song of Songs is a poem or a series of poems that celebrate love and intimacy between a man and a woman. Jews traditionally have interpreted the book as a picture of God’s love for his people Israel. In the same way, many Christians interpret it as a picture of love between Christ and his bride, the church of all believers.<br><br>### Who wrote the Song of Songs?<br><br>The first verse of the book (“The Song of Songs, which is Solomon’s”) gives the idea that King Solomon of Israel wrote it. However, people have interpreted this verse in different ways, so not everyone is persuaded that Solomon wrote it.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally titled “Song of Songs,” which means the very best song, or “Song of Solomon.” It may also be called “Songs of Love,” “Great Poems of Love,” or “The Love Songs of Solomon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What place do the descriptions of sexual behavior have in the Song of Songs?<br><br>The Song of Songs approves of sexual behavior expressing love between a husband his wife.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How many characters are in the Song of Songs?<br><br>The two main characters in this book are the man and the woman, who love each other. The woman also speaks to a group of women called the “daughters of Jerusalem,” and these women make comments. However, it is possible that the group of women is not real and the woman is only imagining them.<br><br>Some interpreters believe there may be more characters than these, but this is not certain. The ULT and UST versions recognize only the man, the woman, and the group of women.<br><br>### What are the lines about people speaking?<br><br>The Song of Songs is a poem that shows the thoughts and words of a man, a woman, and the woman’s friends. Throughout the poem, the author does not identify the speakers and their audience. So to help readers understand the poem, some translations attempt to identify the speaker and the audience. It is not always certain who the speaker is, so sometimes translations disagree about who is speaking.<br><br>Before each speech, the ULT identifies the speaker and the audience like this: “The woman speaking to the other women,” “The woman speaking to the man,” “The man speaking to the woman,” or “The woman speaking to herself.” Translators are encouraged to include these ways of identifying the speaker and the audience, and to format them differently from the scripture text. The translators should also include a note explaining that these explanations are not actually part of the scripture.<br><br>### How should one translate the Song of Songs if the readers will view certain terms as coarse, vulgar, or improper?<br><br>Readers might consider many images or forms appearing in the Song of Songs as improper when translated. The translator should try to avoid offensive language if possible, by using expressions that will not cause offense. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>### How do I translate metaphors and similes in this book?<br><br>There are many metaphors and similes in this book. These figures of speech are often unclear. If they have sexual meanings, figures of speech describing feelings or emotions are often used to avoid offense by hiding their meaning. However, since their meanings are often unclear, ambiguity in translation is encouraged. You can translate the words as they are written in order to avoid committing to a specific meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3 SNG 1 intro xrm2 0 # Song of Songs 01 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kisses<br>The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Love and affection<br>This chapter is centered on the feelings of love, affection, and attraction. Different cultural standards may make translation difficult and the translator may use euphemisms to avoid offending people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “I am dark”<br>In the ancient Near East, rich people usually had lighter skin because they did not need to work outside in the sun. This young woman had to work out in the sun, and her skin became darker than it was when she was younger. # Song of Songs 1 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kisses<br>The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Love and affection<br>This chapter is centered on the feelings of love, affection, and attraction. Different cultural standards may make translation difficult and the translator may use euphemisms to avoid offending people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “I am dark”<br>In the ancient Near East, rich people usually had lighter skin because they did not need to work outside in the sun. This young woman had to work out in the sun, and her skin became darker than it was when she was younger.
4 SNG 1 1 fna4 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
5 SNG 1 1 qbe2 0 The Song of Songs “The Best Song” or “The Most Excellent Song”
6 SNG 1 1 r5ns 0 which is Solomon’s Possible meanings are “which is about Solomon” or “which Solomon composed.”
59 SNG 1 17 v14z figs-metaphor 0 The beams of our house are cedars; our rafters are firs The woman describes the forest as though it were a house in which they were lying down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
60 SNG 1 17 q6r8 0 beams … rafters This could mean: (1) “beams” refers to large logs used to support everything above the walls and “rafters” refers to the large pieces of wood to which the roof is attached or (2) “beams” refers to the rafters and “rafters” refers to the strips attached to the beams, onto which the builders attached the roofing materials.
61 SNG 1 17 c3e5 translate-unknown 0 cedars … firs Cedars were large and strong trees. The word translated “firs” is a general term for trees like cedars but smaller. If cedar and fir trees are unknown in your area, you could use general terms for the tallest and strongest trees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
62 SNG 2 intro u8uv 0 # Song of Songs 02 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Women are compared to flowers in this chapter. This metaphor may describe a woman’s beauty and delicacy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Euphemisms<br>It is possible that some of the metaphors used in this chapter are actually euphemisms. These euphemisms would refer to sex or the physical love between a husband a wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) # Song of Songs 2 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Women are compared to flowers in this chapter. This metaphor may describe a woman’s beauty and delicacy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Euphemisms<br>It is possible that some of the metaphors used in this chapter are actually euphemisms. These euphemisms would refer to sex or the physical love between a husband a wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
63 SNG 2 1 bw25 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
64 SNG 2 1 cne2 figs-metaphor 0 I am a meadow flower of Sharon The woman speaks as if she were one of many flowers in a land known for beautiful flowers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
65 SNG 2 1 ni5p 0 Sharon the name of a land that is flat, has no trees, and grows many different kinds of grasses and flowers
144 SNG 2 17 vlw3 0 gazelle an animal that looks like a deer and moves quickly. Translate as the singular of “gazelles” as in [Song of Songs 2:7](./07.md).
145 SNG 2 17 l8dz 0 stag an adult male deer
146 SNG 2 17 ia1r 0 rugged mountains “rocky mountains” or “rough mountains”
147 SNG 3 intro t72h 0 # Song of Songs 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Longing<br>This chapter describes a feeling of longing, or the waiting in anticipation of the one you love. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) # Song of Songs 3 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Longing<br>This chapter describes a feeling of longing, or the waiting in anticipation of the one you love. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
148 SNG 3 1 l1kv 0 I was longing for him … could not find him “I had a strong desire to be with him … loves, but he was not there”
149 SNG 3 1 hu3u figs-metonymy 0 him whom my soul loves The soul is a metonym for the whole person. Here it makes a stronger statement of the woman’s love for the man than “my beloved” ([Song of Songs 1:14](../01/12.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
150 SNG 3 2 uyu7 0 go through the city “walk through the city”
189 SNG 3 11 sj76 0 gaze on King Solomon “look at King Solomon.” The word “gaze” refers to look at someone or something for a long time, usually with strong emotional feeling.
190 SNG 3 11 tf1d 0 bearing the crown “wearing the crown”
191 SNG 3 11 ei7z figs-metonymy 0 the day of the joy of his heart The word “heart” is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “the day on which he truly rejoiced” or “the happiest day of his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
192 SNG 4 intro r3aw 0 # Song of Songs 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### “My sister, my bride”<br>The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite. # Song of Songs 4 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### “My sister, my bride”<br>The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite.
193 SNG 4 1 rg3f writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
194 SNG 4 1 m3g6 figs-metaphor 0 Your eyes are doves One possibility is that the man is speaking of the woman’s white eyeballs or the shape of her eyes, the shape of a dove. Another possibility is that the Israelites considered doves to be gentle and soft birds, and the man considers the woman’s eyes beautiful because the way the woman looks at him makes him think she is gentle. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translation: “You are very gentle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
195 SNG 4 1 z6f7 0 my love “you whom I love.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:9](../01/09.md).
277 SNG 4 16 lqh1 figs-metaphor 0 May my beloved … choice fruit The woman is inviting the man to make love to her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
278 SNG 4 16 dp46 0 my beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover”
279 SNG 4 16 mbn7 0 choice fruit “wonderful fruit”
280 SNG 5 intro kdw4 0 # Song of Songs 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Verses 2-7 describe a dream the woman had.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “My sister, my bride”<br>The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite. # Song of Songs 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Verses 2-7 describe a dream the woman had.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “My sister, my bride”<br>The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite.
281 SNG 5 1 zka3 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
282 SNG 5 1 m575 0 I have come It is clearly the woman’s lover who is speaking.
283 SNG 5 1 f2qr figs-metaphor 0 have come into my garden The word “garden” is a metaphor for the woman. The man is finally able to fully enjoy the woman as they make love. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
361 SNG 5 16 pi1a 0 This is my beloved, and this is my friend The word “This” refers to the man that the woman has just finished describing. Alternate translation: “That is what the one I love is like, and that is what my friend is like”
362 SNG 5 16 zd7b 0 my beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover”
363 SNG 5 16 r6zc figs-apostrophe 0 daughters of Jerusalem “young women of Jerusalem.” These young women could not hear her and were not present, but the woman speaks as if they were present and could hear her. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
364 SNG 6 intro fa9a 0 # Song of Songs 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) # Song of Songs 6 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
365 SNG 6 1 z4sf writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]. The fifth part of the book begins here.
366 SNG 6 1 xnv3 0 In what direction has your beloved gone “Which way did your beloved go”
367 SNG 6 1 wr5y 0 your beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for the other women to refer to him as “your lover.” See how you translated “my beloved” in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “your dear one” or “your lover” or “the man you love”
416 SNG 6 13 c258 0 gaze look intently for a long time
417 SNG 6 13 e2bm figs-pronouns 0 Why do you gaze on the perfect woman … armies Possible meanings here are: (1) the woman refers to herself as another person and is speaking to the friends or (2) the woman is speaking to the man as if he were many men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
418 SNG 6 13 iqb9 0 as if on the dance between two armies “as if she were dancing between two armies”
419 SNG 7 intro hqv7 0 # Song of Songs 07 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Similes<br>There are many similes in this chapter. Their purpose is to describe the beauty of the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) # Song of Songs 7 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Similes<br>There are many similes in this chapter. Their purpose is to describe the beauty of the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
420 SNG 7 1 z7jk 0 General Information: This is 7:2, the second verse of chapter seven, in some versions.
421 SNG 7 1 v8jn figs-explicit 0 How beautiful your feet appear in your sandals It may be that the woman is dancing ([Song of Songs 6:13](../06/13.md)). Alternate translation: “Your feet are so very beautiful in your sandals as you dance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
422 SNG 7 1 k8va 0 prince’s daughter Another possible interpretation is “you who have a noble character.”
481 SNG 7 13 c2ah 0 are all sorts of choice fruits, new and old “is every kind of the best fruit, both old fruit and new fruit”
482 SNG 7 13 jsb8 0 stored up for you “saved so I can give to you”
483 SNG 7 13 h8r2 0 my beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover”
484 SNG 8 intro d35n 0 # Song of Songs 08 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kisses<br>The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Passion<br>The chapter describes the passion that can exist between a husband a wife. This is the feeling of strong or uncontrollable desire for another person. # Song of Songs 8 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kisses<br>The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Passion<br>The chapter describes the passion that can exist between a husband a wife. This is the feeling of strong or uncontrollable desire for another person.
485 SNG 8 1 me7m writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
486 SNG 8 1 dp21 figs-simile 0 you were like my brother A woman could show affection for her brother in public. This woman wanted to be able to show affection for the man in public. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
487 SNG 8 1 v5fh 0 you outside “you in public”

18
en_tn_23-ISA.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

18
en_tn_24-JER.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
JER front intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Jeremiah<br><br>1. Yahweh calls Jeremiah to be a prophet (1:1-19)<br>1. Yahweh will judge and punish Judah (2:1-29:32)<br>- Judah called to repent of spiritual adultery (2:1–6:30)<br>- Judah judged for its false religion (7:1–10:16)<br>- Jeremiah stands between Yahweh and his people (11:1–20:19)<br>- Jeremiah confronts his people (21:1–29:32)<br>1. Yahweh promises to restore Judah (30:1-33:26)<br>- Yahweh will bring the people of Judah back to their land (30:1–24)<br>- Yahweh will create a new covenant with them (31:1–40)<br>- The people will come back (32:1–44)<br>- Kings descended from David will rule again (33:1–26)<br>1. Jeremiah suffers (34:1-45:5)<br>- Before Yahweh punishes Judah (34:1–36:32)<br>- While Yahweh punishes Judah (37:1–39:18)<br>- After Yahweh punishes Judah (40:1–45:5)<br>1. Yahweh will judge and punish the nations (46:1-51:64)<br>- Egypt (46:1–28)<br>- Philistia (47:1–28)<br>- Moab (48:1–47)<br>- Ammon (49:1–6)<br>- Edom (49:7–22)<br>- Damascus (49:23–27)<br>- Kedar (49:28–33)<br>- Elam (49:34–39)<br>- Babylonia (50:1–51:64)<br>1. Jerusalem captured and destroyed (52:1–34)<br><br>### What is the Book of Jeremiah about?<br><br>The Book of Jeremiah gives the prophesies of a priest named Jeremiah. It also tells how Jeremiah suffered in different ways while he prophesied.<br><br>Jeremiah began prophesying about 626 B.C. After the death of King Josiah, many groups of people in Israel opposed Jeremiah. Some of these people wanted to depend on Egypt to protect the nation. Others were idol worshipers. They hated Jeremiah for denouncing their gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>During the reign of King Jehoiakim, Jeremiah prophesied about the temple of Yahweh. King Jehoiakim received some of these prophecies in writing and burned the document. The next king, Zedekiah, put Jeremiah in prison when he told the king to surrender to Babylon.<br><br>King Nebuchadnezzar of Babylonia invaded Judah in 597 B.C. He conquered Jerusalem in 587 B.C. He offered Jeremiah housing and money if Jeremiah would go to Babylon. But Jeremiah remained in Jerusalem to help the few Jews left there.<br><br>Shortly after that, Gedaliah, whom Nebuchadnezzar had chosen to be governor over Judah, was murdered. Some Jewish rebels captured Jeremiah and took him to Egypt. Those rebels went to Egypt to be protected there rather than to live under Nebuchadnezzar’s rule. Jeremiah may have died soon after being taken to Egypt. But while in Egypt he prophesied that the Babylonians would invade and conquer Egypt.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Jeremiah” or just “Jeremiah.” Translators may also call it the “The Book about Jeremiah” or “What the Prophet Jeremiah Said.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Jeremiah?<br><br>Jeremiah was a priest and a prophet living in Judah. He spoke the prophesies in the Book of Jeremiah. A friend named Baruch wrote down many of the prophecies as Jeremiah spoke them to him.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the new covenant that is presented in the Book of Jeremiah?<br><br>Jeremiah introduced a “new covenant” between Yahweh and Israel (chapter 31). Yahweh would “write this covenant on the hearts” of the people. This means that the covenant would be a part of the people instead of just written on stone or paper. The people would obey the new covenant with all their heart. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### What relationship do Jeremiah’s prophecies have to the other nations besides Israel?<br><br>Much of the Old Testament before this time is only about the nation of Israel. But Jeremiah also spoke of how Yahweh would judge other nations of the world. Yahweh would also punish the other nations for their wicked deeds. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Are the events in the Book of Jeremiah told in the order that they actually happened?<br><br>Many of the events in the Book of Jeremiah are not told in the order that they actually happened. Instead, the various prophecies appear to be arranged by topic.<br><br>### Why does the Book of Jeremiah refer to this prophet as “he” or “him”?<br><br>Many times in the book, the author refers to Jeremiah as “Jeremiah” or “he.” This is unusual if Jeremiah wrote the book. The reason this occurs is perhaps because Baruch, Jeremiah’s secretary, wrote down some parts of the book. Translators should keep the words “Jeremiah” and “he.”
JER 1 intro e235 0 # Jeremiah 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:4-10.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jeremiah appointed as prophet<br><br>God chose Jeremiah to be his prophet and although many powerful people would be against him, God promised to protect him. This chapter emphasizes that Jeremiah was chosen by God to be his prophet. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>### Northern kingdom<br>This was not a reference to the northern kingdom of Israel; it had already been conquered. It was a reference to a kingdom located north of Judah, that is, to Babylon. The Babylonian armies would attack Judah and conquer it.<br><br>### Opposition<br>The people were supposed to listen to God’s prophet. When he prophesied, they should have repented. Instead, they persecuted Jeremiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
JER 1 intro e235 0 # Jeremiah 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:4-10.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jeremiah appointed as prophet<br><br>God chose Jeremiah to be his prophet and although many powerful people would be against him, God promised to protect him. This chapter emphasizes that Jeremiah was chosen by God to be his prophet. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>### Northern kingdom<br>This was not a reference to the northern kingdom of Israel; it had already been conquered. It was a reference to a kingdom located north of Judah, that is, to Babylon. The Babylonian armies would attack Judah and conquer it.<br><br>### Opposition<br>The people were supposed to listen to God’s prophet. When he prophesied, they should have repented. Instead, they persecuted Jeremiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
JER 1 1 zm8t 0 Jeremiah son of Hilkiah, one of the priests “Jeremiah son of Hilkiah. Jeremiah was one of the priests”
JER 1 1 ynh2 translate-names 0 Hilkiah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 1 1 hbs3 translate-names 0 Anathoth This is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ JER 1 18 l1sl figs-metaphor 0 iron … bronze These were the strongest material
JER 1 18 u7cf figs-metonymy 0 the whole land This represents all the people of the land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 1 19 zp53 0 They will fight against you This refers to the people of Judah.
JER 1 19 c3xx figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JER 2 intro cx16 0 # Jeremiah 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:1-31.<br><br>The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 2:1-3:5. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The people refuse to learn<br><br>The people worshiped other gods, particularly the fertility gods of Baal and Ashtoreth. Even when the nation was punished, the people did not learn. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Israel is compared to a female camel or a wild donkey for being unstable and lustful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 2 intro cx16 0 # Jeremiah 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:1-31.<br><br>The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 2:1-3:5. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The people refuse to learn<br><br>The people worshiped other gods, particularly the fertility gods of Baal and Ashtoreth. Even when the nation was punished, the people did not learn. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Israel is compared to a female camel or a wild donkey for being unstable and lustful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 2 1 n8ww figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came to me, saying, This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated similar words in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave me a message. He said,” or “Yahweh spoke this message to me:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 2 2 g2d8 0 Go and proclaim in the hearing of Jerusalem “Go and speak where the people in Jerusalem can hear you”
JER 2 2 mz95 0 I have called to mind on your behalf “I remember about you”
@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ JER 2 36 f9em figs-ellipsis 0 just as you were by Assyria The word “disappoin
JER 2 37 e943 0 You will also go out from there “You will go out from Egypt”
JER 2 37 tk5j translate-symaction 0 with your hands on your head This is a symbol of shame. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
JER 2 37 dzs3 figs-activepassive 0 so you will not be helped by them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so they will not help you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 3 intro v6u2 0 # Jeremiah 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-5, 12-17, 19-25.<br><br>The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 2:1-3:5. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. The same is true for 3:19-4:3. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Judah told to repent<br><br>If Judah repents, God will bring the people back from the captivity into which he is going to send them. In this book, “Israel” serves as another name Judah because the northern kingdom of Israel no longer exists. The people group formed by these ten tribes had been scattered among the other nations by the Assyrians, who had conquered them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>### Adultery<br>Judah’s faithlessness to God is often pictured as adultery. This is a common image in Scripture. When Judah does not worship God, their nation is spoken of as if it were a woman unfaithful to her husband. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])
JER 3 intro v6u2 0 # Jeremiah 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-5, 12-17, 19-25.<br><br>The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 2:1-3:5. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. The same is true for 3:19-4:3. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Judah told to repent<br><br>If Judah repents, God will bring the people back from the captivity into which he is going to send them. In this book, “Israel” serves as another name Judah because the northern kingdom of Israel no longer exists. The people group formed by these ten tribes had been scattered among the other nations by the Assyrians, who had conquered them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>### Adultery<br>Judah’s faithlessness to God is often pictured as adultery. This is a common image in Scripture. When Judah does not worship God, their nation is spoken of as if it were a woman unfaithful to her husband. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])
JER 3 1 hll9 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking. This is part of the prophecy that he starts revealing to Jeremiah in [Jeremiah 2:1](../02/01.md).
JER 3 1 b8c6 figs-rquestion 0 will he return to her again? God uses this question to remind the people that a man would never return to his wife if another man marries her. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “he would not return to her again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JER 3 1 wfd2 figs-rquestion 0 Would that land not be greatly polluted? God uses this question to remind the people that a married man would not return to his wife if she married another man, because he knows that the land would become ceremonially unclean. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “He knows that if he did, the land would be greatly polluted.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ JER 3 25 qy9p figs-parallelism 0 Let us lie down in shame. May our shame cover
JER 3 25 ny7e figs-metaphor 0 May our shame cover us Being fully aware of their shame is spoken of as if shame were covering them like a blanket or a garment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 3 25 x6vr figs-metaphor 0 from the time of our youthfulness This could mean: (1) “the time of our youthfulness” refers to when each person was young. Alternate translation: “from when we were young” or (2) “the time of our youthfulness” is a metaphor that refers to when Israel was first becoming a nation. Alternate translation: “from when we were first becoming a nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 3 25 u638 figs-metonymy 0 have not listened to the voice of Yahweh our God Here “listened” represents obeying, and “the voice of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh has said. Alternate translation: “have not obeyed what Yahweh our God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 4 intro yf6n 0 # Jeremiah 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:1-9.<br><br>The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 3:19-4:3. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s punishment<br>This chapter prophecies Yahweh’s punishment on Judah. This should bring Judah to repentance, but it does not. It is also intended to make the nations fear the power of Yahweh and make them desire to worship him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
JER 4 intro yf6n 0 # Jeremiah 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:1-9.<br><br>The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 3:19-4:3. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s punishment<br>This chapter prophecies Yahweh’s punishment on Judah. This should bring Judah to repentance, but it does not. It is also intended to make the nations fear the power of Yahweh and make them desire to worship him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
JER 4 1 nmt1 figs-metonymy 0 then it should be to me that you return This could mean: (1) this is a command that emphasizes who they should return to. Alternate translation: “then come back to me” or “then worship me” (2) this is a repetition of the first phrase, which expresses a condition. Alternate translation: “if you will come back to me” or “if you will start worshiping me again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 4 1 q5zm figs-metonymy 0 If you remove your detestable things from before me Here “detestable things” refers to idols, which God hates. Alternate translation: “If you remove your disgusting idols from my presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 4 1 g7zg figs-metaphor 0 do not wander from me again Here “wander” is a metaphor for being unfaithful. Alternate translation: “if you remain faithful to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ JER 4 31 fqh9 figs-simile 0 distress as in the birth This simile is used to sho
JER 4 31 l6l7 figs-metaphor 0 the daughter of Zion God shows his love for the people of Jerusalem by speaking of them as a daughter. Alternate translation: “my dear daughter, Zion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 4 31 j9ka 0 Woe to me “I am in great danger”
JER 4 31 r56w 0 I am fainting “I am becoming weak”
JER 5 intro hq1g 0 # Jeremiah 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 5:1-31.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br>### Hyperbole<br>It is possible that Yahweh is using the word “a” (meaning “even one”) as hyperbole when he states, “If you can find a man or anyone who is acting justly and trying to act faithfully, then I will forgive Jerusalem.” The purpose of this is to show how evil Jerusalem had become. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Yahweh asks several rhetorical questions in this chapter. This is intended to show Jeremiah the justness of his actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JER 5 intro hq1g 0 # Jeremiah 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 5:1-31.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br>### Hyperbole<br>It is possible that Yahweh is using the word “a” (meaning “even one”) as hyperbole when he states, “If you can find a man or anyone who is acting justly and trying to act faithfully, then I will forgive Jerusalem.” The purpose of this is to show how evil Jerusalem had become. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Yahweh asks several rhetorical questions in this chapter. This is intended to show Jeremiah the justness of his actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JER 5 1 wtq8 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JER 5 1 a164 0 Rush about through the streets “Go quickly through the streets”
JER 5 1 ig3t 0 Then look and think about this “look and find out”
@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ JER 5 31 m6tl 0 The prophets prophesy with deceit, and the priests rule with t
JER 5 31 jd9n 0 The prophets prophesy with deceit “The prophets prophesy lies” or “The prophets tell lies when they prophesy”
JER 5 31 md9e figs-explicit 0 the priests rule with their own power This could mean: (1) the priests do not submit to God’s authority. Alternate translation: “the priests rule by their own authority” or (2) the priests rule according to the directions of the prophets (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 5 31 lf6j figs-rquestion 0 but what will happen in the end? “but what will you do at the end of all of this?” Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that the people will regret being wicked when he punishes them for it. Alternate translation: “but in the end I will punish you and you will be regret your wicked behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 6 intro f4ic 0 # Jeremiah 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 6:1-30.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Gods and battle<br>In the ancient Near East, it was commonly believed that a nation’s gods were responsible for military victory. It may have been believed that a god would not defend an evil city. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
JER 6 intro f4ic 0 # Jeremiah 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 6:1-30.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Gods and battle<br>In the ancient Near East, it was commonly believed that a nation’s gods were responsible for military victory. It may have been believed that a god would not defend an evil city. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
JER 6 1 h511 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking.
JER 6 1 f21l figs-idiom 0 Find safety … by leaving Jerusalem Here “Find safety” represents doing what they can in order to be safe. Alternate translation: “Be safe … by leaving Jerusalem” or “Leave Jerusalem … so that you can be safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 6 1 a8g6 0 people of Benjamin This is who Yahweh was speaking to.
@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ JER 6 29 a9dw figs-explicit 0 the lead is consumed in the flames The silver has
JER 6 29 fd3z figs-activepassive 0 The refining continues among them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You will continue to refine them” or “You will continue to try to purify them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 6 29 ujx6 figs-activepassive 0 because the evil is not removed God speaks of Israel continuing to be evil as if they were silver and the impurities remained in the silver. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because the evil remains” or “the impurities remain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 6 30 q4md figs-activepassive 0 They will be called rejected silver, for This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People will say about the people of Israel, ‘They are rejected silver,’ for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 7 intro i2dl 0 # Jeremiah 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 7:29-34, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Justice in society<br>Jeremiah commanded the people of Jerusalem to live justly. Without justice, they did not truly have faith in Yahweh. Without this faith in Yahweh, the temple and its rituals were useless. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Do not pray for this people”<br>Yahweh wanted the people to repent. This statement, and the others that follow, may be taken in another way. They are intended to show that it is too late for the people, and their punishment will come regardless of their response. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
JER 7 intro i2dl 0 # Jeremiah 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 7:29-34, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Justice in society<br>Jeremiah commanded the people of Jerusalem to live justly. Without justice, they did not truly have faith in Yahweh. Without this faith in Yahweh, the temple and its rituals were useless. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Do not pray for this people”<br>Yahweh wanted the people to repent. This statement, and the others that follow, may be taken in another way. They are intended to show that it is too late for the people, and their punishment will come regardless of their response. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
JER 7 1 y68e figs-idiom 0 The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh, saying, This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah. He said,” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 7 2 bj92 0 all you of Judah “all you people of Judah”
JER 7 3 vlv3 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues giving Jeremiah his message to the people of Judah.
@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ JER 7 34 cm8g 0 I will put an end to “I will remove from”
JER 7 34 w3gl figs-doublet 0 the sound of joy and the sound of gladness These two phrases mean almost the same thing and are repeated for emphasis. The abstract nouns “joy” and “gladness” can be translated using the verb “rejoicing” and the adjective “glad.” Alternate translation: “the sounds of people rejoicing and being glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JER 7 34 mbc1 figs-metonymy 0 the sound of the groom and the sound of the bride This is a metonym for what happens at marriage ceremonies. Alternate translation: “and people celebrating marriage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 7 34 t5xh figs-abstractnouns 0 will become a desolation The abstract noun “desolation” can be translated using the adjective “desolate.” Alternate translation: “will become desolate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JER 8 intro b29a 0 # Jeremiah 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:5-22.<br><br>The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 8:5-9:12. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Hyperbole<br>The author frequently uses hyperbole in this chapter to describe the complete destruction of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JER 8 intro b29a 0 # Jeremiah 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:5-22.<br><br>The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 8:5-9:12. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Hyperbole<br>The author frequently uses hyperbole in this chapter to describe the complete destruction of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JER 8 1 w8bg 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues to speak of his judgment on the people of Judah.
JER 8 1 x5ig 0 they will bring This word “they” here refers to the enemies of the people of Judah.
JER 8 1 c3wu 0 its officials “its princes” or “its rulers”
@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ JER 8 20 ey1x 0 The harvest has passed on “Harvest time is over”
JER 8 20 d3mu figs-activepassive 0 But we have not been saved Jeremiah tells what the people of Judah are saying. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But Yahweh has not saved us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 8 21 epc5 figs-parallelism 0 I am hurt because of the hurt of the daughter of my people. I mourn at the horrible things that have happened to her; I am dismayed These statements express the same idea in more than one way for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JER 8 22 j9cz figs-rquestion 0 Is there no medicine in Gilead? Is there no healer there? Why will the healing of the daughter of my people not happen? These questions are asked to make the point that the people of Judah have not been saved. Alternate translation: “There is medicine in Gilead, and there are healers there, so tell me why the healing of my dear people will not happen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JER 9 intro muj3 0 # Jeremiah 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 9:1-12, 17-24.<br><br>The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 8:5-9:12. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Funeral<br>This chapter pictures Jerusalem as having a funeral with its typical songs. This is an image used to describe their destruction. It is a time of great sadness.<br><br>### Circumcision<br>Circumcision is used here in an unusual way. Since circumcision was intended to be a display of faith, the author uses the term to differentiate between those who have faith in Yahweh and those who don’t. This is a type of metaphor. Those who have a circumcised heart have faith in Yahweh while those with an uncircumcised heart do not have faith in Yahweh, regardless of whether they are physically circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 9 intro muj3 0 # Jeremiah 9 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 9:1-12, 17-24.<br><br>The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 8:5-9:12. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Funeral<br>This chapter pictures Jerusalem as having a funeral with its typical songs. This is an image used to describe their destruction. It is a time of great sadness.<br><br>### Circumcision<br>Circumcision is used here in an unusual way. Since circumcision was intended to be a display of faith, the author uses the term to differentiate between those who have faith in Yahweh and those who don’t. This is a type of metaphor. Those who have a circumcised heart have faith in Yahweh while those with an uncircumcised heart do not have faith in Yahweh, regardless of whether they are physically circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 9 1 dw2v 0 General Information: Yahweh and Jeremiah continue talking about the people of Judah.
JER 9 1 rjn7 figs-parallelism 0 If only my head could produce water, and my eyes be a fountain of tears This is Jeremiah speaking. These two phrases mean the same thing and emphasize how much Jeremiah is weeping. Alternate translation: “I wish I could make more tears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 9 1 f1ez figs-merism 0 day and night By mentioning both “day” and “night” this phrase means all the time. Alternate translation: “all the time” or “continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])

Can't render this file because it is too large.

10
en_tn_25-LAM.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
LAM front intro zxy7 0 # Introduction to Lamentations<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Lamentations<br><br>1. First lament: Yahweh and his people have abandoned Jerusalem (1:1–22)<br>1. Second lament: Yahweh was angry with Jerusalem and caused it to be destroyed (2:1–22)<br>1. Third lament (3:1-66)<br>- The people grieve (3:1–20)<br>- Yahweh comforts those who turn back to him (3:21–39)<br>- Judah is learning to return to Yahweh (3:40–54)<br>- Judah cries out to be avenged of its enemies (3:55–66)<br>1. Fourth lament: The terrors of the siege of Jerusalem (4:1-4:22)<br>- The people’s sin caused Jerusalem to be punished (4:1–20)<br>- Their being punished satisfied Yahweh’s wrath for their sin (4:21–22a)<br>- Edom will be punished also (4:22b)<br>1. Fifth lament: The broken nation cries out to Yahweh (5:1–22)<br><br>### What is the Book of Lamentations about?<br><br>The Babylonians captured the city of Jerusalem in 586 B.C. In the Book of Lamentations, the writer grieves over Jerusalem being destroyed.<br><br>The Book of Lamentations is organized into five poems. The writer describes how God allowed Jerusalem to be destroyed because the people sinned against him. However, the writer also states that God is always loving and faithful to his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Lamentations?<br><br>The text of Lamentations does not give the name of the author. The traditional view is that Jeremiah wrote it. The writer seems to have personally seen Jerusalem destroyed. The serious and grieving words in the Book of Jeremiah are similar to those in the Book of Lamentations.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may use the traditional title of “Lamentations.” Or they may call the book “Poems of Sadness.” If translators want to take the view that the prophet Jeremiah wrote this book, they might decide on a title such as “The Sad Sayings of Jeremiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did God abandon Israel?<br><br>The author of Lamentations often speaks of God abandoning Israel. But this did not mean that God had completely given up on Israel.<br>He rejected Israel for a period of time as the special place where he would be present. However, God remained faithful to what he promised Israel in his covenant.<br><br>While it was common in the ancient Near East to think that a god might leave its city, it usually did so because it was too weak to defend the city. In Lamentations, Yahweh abandons Jerusalem because the people sinned against him, not because he was too weak to defend the city. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### What is a funeral song?<br><br>People groups commonly sing songs after someone dies or during a funeral. Depending on the culture, these songs can sound either happy or sad. The Book of Lamentations is like a sad song, called a “lament,” sung at a funeral. Some scholars think the rhythm of the laments in Hebrew makes them sound slow like a funeral procession.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What style of writing is Lamentations?<br><br>Lamentations is a collection of five poems. The Jewish exiles living in captivity in Babylon may have sung or chanted these laments. The Jews who remained in Jerusalem after the Babylonians conquered it may also have sung them. In Chapters 1, 2, and 4, each line of the poem begins with a different Hebrew letter, in the order of the Hebrew alphabet. The third chapter repeats three lines starting with the same letter of the Hebrew alphabet. The next three lines begin with next letter in the Hebrew alphabet.<br><br>### Who are the woman and the man in Lamentations?<br><br>The author uses the image of an abandoned woman and a persecuted man to represent Judah and Jerusalem. He uses this type of personification to help readers understand the pain and sorrow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
LAM 1 intro cpx3 0 # Lamentations 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Judah destroyed for her sin<br><br>Judah used to be great, but is now a slave. The temple is stripped of all its valuables. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
LAM 1 intro cpx3 0 # Lamentations 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Judah destroyed for her sin<br><br>Judah used to be great, but is now a slave. The temple is stripped of all its valuables. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
LAM 1 1 mx9e writing-poetry 0 General Information: Various poetic forms are used throughout this book. (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LAM 1 1 i4kk figs-metaphor 0 is now sitting all alone This speaks of the city of Jerusalem being empty, as if it were a woman who was sitting alone. Alternate translation: “is now empty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LAM 1 1 azd1 figs-personification 0 She The writer of Lamentations writes about the city of Jerusalem as if it were a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ LAM 1 21 cir1 figs-explicit 0 now let them become like me This is a request for
LAM 1 22 qsw5 figs-idiom 0 Let all their wickedness come before you This is a request for Yahweh to judge Jerusalem’s enemies for their wickedness. The phrase “come before you” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to all of the wickedness they have committed” or “Judge them for all of their wickedness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LAM 1 22 j42r figs-explicit 0 deal with them as you have dealt with me This is a request for Yahweh to punish Jerusalem’s enemies as he punished the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “punish them as you have punished me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LAM 1 22 e4g5 figs-synecdoche 0 my heart is faint Here the “heart” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “I am faint” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
LAM 2 intro w57v 0 # Lamentations 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>God has become Judah’s enemy. He is determined to destroy them.
LAM 2 intro w57v 0 # Lamentations 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>God has become Judah’s enemy. He is determined to destroy them.
LAM 2 1 r7dk writing-poetry 0 General Information: A new poem begins. The writer of Lamentations uses many different ways to express that the people of Israel have lost God’s favor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LAM 2 1 gee6 figs-metaphor 0 The Lord has covered the daughter of Zion under the cloud of his anger This speaks of the Lord’s anger against Jerusalem (Zion) as if it were a dark cloud. This could mean: (1) God is threatening to harm the people of Jerusalem or (2) God has already harmed the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LAM 2 1 ddb5 figs-personification 0 the daughter of Zion This is a poetic name for Jerusalem, which is spoken of here as if it were a woman. Translate as you did in [Lamentations 1:6](../01/06.md).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ LAM 2 22 re1y figs-simile 0 as you would call the people to a feast day “as i
LAM 2 22 bq2q figs-metonymy 0 my terrors Here the people the author fears are referred to as his “terrors.” Alternate translation: “the attackers I was afraid of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LAM 2 22 d9ky figs-idiom 0 on every side This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “to attack from every direction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LAM 2 22 vzm7 figs-idiom 0 on the day of the anger of Yahweh Here “day” is used as an idiom that refers to a general period of time. Alternate translation: “at the time when Yahweh acted in his anger” or “during the time that Yahweh displayed his anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LAM 3 intro c5kf 0 # Lamentations 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Troubles<br><br>Here the author speaks of the suffering experienced by the people of Jerusalem during the Babylonian siege and after the city’s fall. He speaks of these sufferings as if they had been directed against him personally, as if God had personally attacked him. However, we should understand the writer’s feelings as having been shared by everyone in the city.<br><br>In verse 19, the writer begins to think about the lessons that he and his fellow citizens should learn about God and his anger and his mercy. He also thinks about what it means to repent and to trust in God.<br><br>In verse 43, the writer speaks again about the suffering that God has caused to Jerusalem, but here the writer speaks of “we” and “us,” not “I” and “me.” But in verse 48, he begins to speak about how he himself will continually mourn over what has happened.<br><br>In verse 52, the writer begins to think about his personal enemies in Jerusalem, those who persecuted him for bringing Yahweh’s messages to the city. He asks for God to show his enemies that he was doing right, and to take revenge on them for their crimes against him.
LAM 3 intro c5kf 0 # Lamentations 3 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Troubles<br><br>Here the author speaks of the suffering experienced by the people of Jerusalem during the Babylonian siege and after the city’s fall. He speaks of these sufferings as if they had been directed against him personally, as if God had personally attacked him. However, we should understand the writer’s feelings as having been shared by everyone in the city.<br><br>In verse 19, the writer begins to think about the lessons that he and his fellow citizens should learn about God and his anger and his mercy. He also thinks about what it means to repent and to trust in God.<br><br>In verse 43, the writer speaks again about the suffering that God has caused to Jerusalem, but here the writer speaks of “we” and “us,” not “I” and “me.” But in verse 48, he begins to speak about how he himself will continually mourn over what has happened.<br><br>In verse 52, the writer begins to think about his personal enemies in Jerusalem, those who persecuted him for bringing Yahweh’s messages to the city. He asks for God to show his enemies that he was doing right, and to take revenge on them for their crimes against him.
LAM 3 1 q73v writing-poetry 0 A new poem begins. Here the author speaks of the sufferings that his people experienced. He speaks about them as if God had personally attacked only him. However, the writer intends to speak for everyone in the city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
LAM 3 1 z56p figs-metaphor 0 who has seen misery Here “has seen” represents has experienced. Alternate translation: “who has experienced misery” or “who has suffered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LAM 3 1 w5zk figs-metonymy 0 under the rod of Yahweh’s fury Being “under the rod” represents being beaten with a rod. The author speaks of God’s punishment as if God had beaten him with a rod. Alternate translation: “because Yahweh was very angry and has beaten me with a rod” or “because Yahweh was very angry and has punished me severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ LAM 3 64 h9mv figs-metaphor 0 Pay back to them, Yahweh, according to what they
LAM 3 65 x92m figs-metonymy 0 You will let their hearts be shameless Here the “heart” is a metonym that represents their attitudes and emotions, and being “shameless” means not feeling ashamed of their sins even though they should. Their not being ashamed would give even more reason for God to punish them. Alternate translation: “You will let them feel no shame for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LAM 3 65 w3iz figs-abstractnouns 0 May your condemnation be upon them The abstract noun “condemnation” can be expressed with the verbs “condemn” or “curse.” Alternate translation: “Condemn them” or “Curse them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
LAM 3 66 zs3c figs-metonymy 0 from under the heavens Here “from under the heavens” represents everywhere on earth. Alternate translation: “wherever they are on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LAM 4 intro v761 0 # Lamentations 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Judah being destroyed continues in this chapter. Famine destroyed the rulers and the priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
LAM 4 intro v761 0 # Lamentations 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Judah being destroyed continues in this chapter. Famine destroyed the rulers and the priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
LAM 4 1 rhc4 writing-poetry 0 General Information: A new poem begins. See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]].
LAM 4 1 su7t figs-metaphor 0 The gold has become tarnished; how the purest gold has changed The people of Jerusalem are spoken of as if they were gold that is no longer shiny, and therefore no longer valuable. Alternate translation: “The people of Jerusalem are like gold that is no longer shiny. They are like pure gold that is no longer beautiful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LAM 4 1 v4ij figs-exclamations 0 how the purest gold has changed This is an exclamation that shows the author’s sadness that this has happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ LAM 4 22 i7ub figs-personification 0 Daughter of Zion The people of Jerusalem a
LAM 4 22 y3mu figs-abstractnouns 0 your punishment will come to an end “your punishment will end.” The abstract noun punishment can be expressed with the verb “punish.” Alternate translation: “Yahweh will stop punishing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
LAM 4 22 jt3i 0 he will not extend your exile “Yahweh will not make your time in exile longer” or “Yahweh will not make you stay in exile longer”
LAM 4 22 c3zn figs-metaphor 0 he will uncover your sins Here the sins not being known by others are spoken of as if they are under a cover. Removing the cover represents letting other people know about them. Alternate translation: “he will expose your sins” or “he will cause other people to know how you have sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LAM 5 intro si98 0 # Lamentations 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Judah was destroyed for her sin. As slaves, life was very hard. The author wondered if God would be angry forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])
LAM 5 intro si98 0 # Lamentations 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Judah was destroyed for her sin. As slaves, life was very hard. The author wondered if God would be angry forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])
LAM 5 1 hj48 writing-poetry 0 General Information: A new poem begins. See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]].
LAM 5 1 a5gv figs-idiom 0 Remember, Yahweh, what has happened to us “Remember” here is an idiom. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, think about what has happened to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LAM 5 1 q2dv 0 look and see our disgrace “look at the shameful state we are in”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 LAM front intro zxy7 0 # Introduction to Lamentations<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Lamentations<br><br>1. First lament: Yahweh and his people have abandoned Jerusalem (1:1–22)<br>1. Second lament: Yahweh was angry with Jerusalem and caused it to be destroyed (2:1–22)<br>1. Third lament (3:1-66)<br>- The people grieve (3:1–20)<br>- Yahweh comforts those who turn back to him (3:21–39)<br>- Judah is learning to return to Yahweh (3:40–54)<br>- Judah cries out to be avenged of its enemies (3:55–66)<br>1. Fourth lament: The terrors of the siege of Jerusalem (4:1-4:22)<br>- The people’s sin caused Jerusalem to be punished (4:1–20)<br>- Their being punished satisfied Yahweh’s wrath for their sin (4:21–22a)<br>- Edom will be punished also (4:22b)<br>1. Fifth lament: The broken nation cries out to Yahweh (5:1–22)<br><br>### What is the Book of Lamentations about?<br><br>The Babylonians captured the city of Jerusalem in 586 B.C. In the Book of Lamentations, the writer grieves over Jerusalem being destroyed.<br><br>The Book of Lamentations is organized into five poems. The writer describes how God allowed Jerusalem to be destroyed because the people sinned against him. However, the writer also states that God is always loving and faithful to his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Lamentations?<br><br>The text of Lamentations does not give the name of the author. The traditional view is that Jeremiah wrote it. The writer seems to have personally seen Jerusalem destroyed. The serious and grieving words in the Book of Jeremiah are similar to those in the Book of Lamentations.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may use the traditional title of “Lamentations.” Or they may call the book “Poems of Sadness.” If translators want to take the view that the prophet Jeremiah wrote this book, they might decide on a title such as “The Sad Sayings of Jeremiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did God abandon Israel?<br><br>The author of Lamentations often speaks of God abandoning Israel. But this did not mean that God had completely given up on Israel.<br>He rejected Israel for a period of time as the special place where he would be present. However, God remained faithful to what he promised Israel in his covenant.<br><br>While it was common in the ancient Near East to think that a god might leave its city, it usually did so because it was too weak to defend the city. In Lamentations, Yahweh abandons Jerusalem because the people sinned against him, not because he was too weak to defend the city. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### What is a funeral song?<br><br>People groups commonly sing songs after someone dies or during a funeral. Depending on the culture, these songs can sound either happy or sad. The Book of Lamentations is like a sad song, called a “lament,” sung at a funeral. Some scholars think the rhythm of the laments in Hebrew makes them sound slow like a funeral procession.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What style of writing is Lamentations?<br><br>Lamentations is a collection of five poems. The Jewish exiles living in captivity in Babylon may have sung or chanted these laments. The Jews who remained in Jerusalem after the Babylonians conquered it may also have sung them. In Chapters 1, 2, and 4, each line of the poem begins with a different Hebrew letter, in the order of the Hebrew alphabet. The third chapter repeats three lines starting with the same letter of the Hebrew alphabet. The next three lines begin with next letter in the Hebrew alphabet.<br><br>### Who are the woman and the man in Lamentations?<br><br>The author uses the image of an abandoned woman and a persecuted man to represent Judah and Jerusalem. He uses this type of personification to help readers understand the pain and sorrow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
3 LAM 1 intro cpx3 0 # Lamentations 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Judah destroyed for her sin<br><br>Judah used to be great, but is now a slave. The temple is stripped of all its valuables. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) # Lamentations 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Judah destroyed for her sin<br><br>Judah used to be great, but is now a slave. The temple is stripped of all its valuables. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
4 LAM 1 1 mx9e writing-poetry 0 General Information: Various poetic forms are used throughout this book. (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
5 LAM 1 1 i4kk figs-metaphor 0 is now sitting all alone This speaks of the city of Jerusalem being empty, as if it were a woman who was sitting alone. Alternate translation: “is now empty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6 LAM 1 1 azd1 figs-personification 0 She The writer of Lamentations writes about the city of Jerusalem as if it were a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
112 LAM 1 22 qsw5 figs-idiom 0 Let all their wickedness come before you This is a request for Yahweh to judge Jerusalem’s enemies for their wickedness. The phrase “come before you” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to all of the wickedness they have committed” or “Judge them for all of their wickedness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
113 LAM 1 22 j42r figs-explicit 0 deal with them as you have dealt with me This is a request for Yahweh to punish Jerusalem’s enemies as he punished the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “punish them as you have punished me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
114 LAM 1 22 e4g5 figs-synecdoche 0 my heart is faint Here the “heart” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “I am faint” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
115 LAM 2 intro w57v 0 # Lamentations 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>God has become Judah’s enemy. He is determined to destroy them. # Lamentations 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>God has become Judah’s enemy. He is determined to destroy them.
116 LAM 2 1 r7dk writing-poetry 0 General Information: A new poem begins. The writer of Lamentations uses many different ways to express that the people of Israel have lost God’s favor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
117 LAM 2 1 gee6 figs-metaphor 0 The Lord has covered the daughter of Zion under the cloud of his anger This speaks of the Lord’s anger against Jerusalem (Zion) as if it were a dark cloud. This could mean: (1) God is threatening to harm the people of Jerusalem or (2) God has already harmed the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
118 LAM 2 1 ddb5 figs-personification 0 the daughter of Zion This is a poetic name for Jerusalem, which is spoken of here as if it were a woman. Translate as you did in [Lamentations 1:6](../01/06.md).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
206 LAM 2 22 bq2q figs-metonymy 0 my terrors Here the people the author fears are referred to as his “terrors.” Alternate translation: “the attackers I was afraid of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
207 LAM 2 22 d9ky figs-idiom 0 on every side This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “to attack from every direction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
208 LAM 2 22 vzm7 figs-idiom 0 on the day of the anger of Yahweh Here “day” is used as an idiom that refers to a general period of time. Alternate translation: “at the time when Yahweh acted in his anger” or “during the time that Yahweh displayed his anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
209 LAM 3 intro c5kf 0 # Lamentations 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Troubles<br><br>Here the author speaks of the suffering experienced by the people of Jerusalem during the Babylonian siege and after the city’s fall. He speaks of these sufferings as if they had been directed against him personally, as if God had personally attacked him. However, we should understand the writer’s feelings as having been shared by everyone in the city.<br><br>In verse 19, the writer begins to think about the lessons that he and his fellow citizens should learn about God and his anger and his mercy. He also thinks about what it means to repent and to trust in God.<br><br>In verse 43, the writer speaks again about the suffering that God has caused to Jerusalem, but here the writer speaks of “we” and “us,” not “I” and “me.” But in verse 48, he begins to speak about how he himself will continually mourn over what has happened.<br><br>In verse 52, the writer begins to think about his personal enemies in Jerusalem, those who persecuted him for bringing Yahweh’s messages to the city. He asks for God to show his enemies that he was doing right, and to take revenge on them for their crimes against him. # Lamentations 3 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Troubles<br><br>Here the author speaks of the suffering experienced by the people of Jerusalem during the Babylonian siege and after the city’s fall. He speaks of these sufferings as if they had been directed against him personally, as if God had personally attacked him. However, we should understand the writer’s feelings as having been shared by everyone in the city.<br><br>In verse 19, the writer begins to think about the lessons that he and his fellow citizens should learn about God and his anger and his mercy. He also thinks about what it means to repent and to trust in God.<br><br>In verse 43, the writer speaks again about the suffering that God has caused to Jerusalem, but here the writer speaks of “we” and “us,” not “I” and “me.” But in verse 48, he begins to speak about how he himself will continually mourn over what has happened.<br><br>In verse 52, the writer begins to think about his personal enemies in Jerusalem, those who persecuted him for bringing Yahweh’s messages to the city. He asks for God to show his enemies that he was doing right, and to take revenge on them for their crimes against him.
210 LAM 3 1 q73v writing-poetry 0 A new poem begins. Here the author speaks of the sufferings that his people experienced. He speaks about them as if God had personally attacked only him. However, the writer intends to speak for everyone in the city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
211 LAM 3 1 z56p figs-metaphor 0 who has seen misery Here “has seen” represents has experienced. Alternate translation: “who has experienced misery” or “who has suffered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
212 LAM 3 1 w5zk figs-metonymy 0 under the rod of Yahweh’s fury Being “under the rod” represents being beaten with a rod. The author speaks of God’s punishment as if God had beaten him with a rod. Alternate translation: “because Yahweh was very angry and has beaten me with a rod” or “because Yahweh was very angry and has punished me severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
323 LAM 3 65 x92m figs-metonymy 0 You will let their hearts be shameless Here the “heart” is a metonym that represents their attitudes and emotions, and being “shameless” means not feeling ashamed of their sins even though they should. Their not being ashamed would give even more reason for God to punish them. Alternate translation: “You will let them feel no shame for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
324 LAM 3 65 w3iz figs-abstractnouns 0 May your condemnation be upon them The abstract noun “condemnation” can be expressed with the verbs “condemn” or “curse.” Alternate translation: “Condemn them” or “Curse them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
325 LAM 3 66 zs3c figs-metonymy 0 from under the heavens Here “from under the heavens” represents everywhere on earth. Alternate translation: “wherever they are on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
326 LAM 4 intro v761 0 # Lamentations 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Judah being destroyed continues in this chapter. Famine destroyed the rulers and the priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) # Lamentations 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Judah being destroyed continues in this chapter. Famine destroyed the rulers and the priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
327 LAM 4 1 rhc4 writing-poetry 0 General Information: A new poem begins. See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]].
328 LAM 4 1 su7t figs-metaphor 0 The gold has become tarnished; how the purest gold has changed The people of Jerusalem are spoken of as if they were gold that is no longer shiny, and therefore no longer valuable. Alternate translation: “The people of Jerusalem are like gold that is no longer shiny. They are like pure gold that is no longer beautiful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
329 LAM 4 1 v4ij figs-exclamations 0 how the purest gold has changed This is an exclamation that shows the author’s sadness that this has happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
400 LAM 4 22 y3mu figs-abstractnouns 0 your punishment will come to an end “your punishment will end.” The abstract noun punishment can be expressed with the verb “punish.” Alternate translation: “Yahweh will stop punishing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
401 LAM 4 22 jt3i 0 he will not extend your exile “Yahweh will not make your time in exile longer” or “Yahweh will not make you stay in exile longer”
402 LAM 4 22 c3zn figs-metaphor 0 he will uncover your sins Here the sins not being known by others are spoken of as if they are under a cover. Removing the cover represents letting other people know about them. Alternate translation: “he will expose your sins” or “he will cause other people to know how you have sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
403 LAM 5 intro si98 0 # Lamentations 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Judah was destroyed for her sin. As slaves, life was very hard. The author wondered if God would be angry forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]]) # Lamentations 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Judah was destroyed for her sin. As slaves, life was very hard. The author wondered if God would be angry forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])
404 LAM 5 1 hj48 writing-poetry 0 General Information: A new poem begins. See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]].
405 LAM 5 1 a5gv figs-idiom 0 Remember, Yahweh, what has happened to us “Remember” here is an idiom. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, think about what has happened to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
406 LAM 5 1 q2dv 0 look and see our disgrace “look at the shameful state we are in”

18
en_tn_26-EZK.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
EZK front intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Ezekiel<br><br>1. Yahweh calls Ezekiel to speak his words (1:1–3:27)<br>1. Yahweh judges Judah and Jerusalem (4:1-24:27)<br>1. Ezekiel prophesies against nearby nations (25:1–32:32)<br>1. Yahweh explains the fall of Jerusalem (33:1–33)<br>1. Ezekiel brings messages of hope (34:1–48:35)<br>- A new shepherd (34:1–31)<br>- Edom destroyed (35:1–15)<br>- Israel restored (36:1–37:28)<br>- Gog and Magog (38:1–39:29)<br>- Jerusalem and the temple restored (40:1–48:35)<br><br><br>### What is Ezekiel about?<br><br>The Book of Ezekiel contains words that Ezekiel prophesied between 592 B.C. and 573 B.C. The Jewish people were exiled in Babylonia. Ezekiel told them that God had punished them because they sinned against him. However, Ezekiel assured them that God would restore them. God was using Babylon to punish them. But eventually another nation would defeat the Babylonians. Ezekiel also prophesied about how God will restore Jerusalem and the temple so that the people can worship and sacrifice to him again. Ezekiel then described how the land will be divided again among the tribes of Israel.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>“Ezekiel” or “The Book of Ezekiel” is the traditional name for this book. Translators may also call it “The Messages from God Brought by Ezekiel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Ezekiel?<br><br>Ezekiel wrote the prophecies in the Book of Ezekiel. He was a prophet and priest who lived near Babylon in the time of the exile.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was Ezekiel’s temple?<br><br>Several chapters of the Book of Ezekiel give instructions about building a new temple. However, this temple is not the same as the temple the people would build after going back to Jerusalem. Because Ezekiel’s temple has never been built, some scholars think that this temple is to be built in the future. Other scholars think that Ezekiel’s temple is symbolic of the Church.<br><br>### Do the sacrifices in Ezekiel follow the law of Moses?<br><br>The sacrifices in Ezekiel 46 are somewhat different than the required sacrifices in Numbers 28. This may be because Ezekiel prophesied about a new temple with new sacrifices.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How should one represent Ezekiel’s visions in translation?<br><br>The Book of Ezekiel has many complicated visions. Some are similar to passages in other Scripture books that describe future events. Some of these visions are about God rescuing Israel in the distant future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>It is unclear whether Ezekiel actually traveled to the particular places named in the visions, or whether what he described were mental ideas. For this reason, Ezekiel’s viewpoint is sometimes difficult to understand, even though the meanings of the visions may be clear.<br><br>Translators should avoid trying to explain these visions in their translations. Instead, they should present the visions just as they are in the source text.<br><br>### What does “and you will know that I am Yahweh” mean?<br><br>This is a common phrase in the Book of Ezekiel. It is meant to assure the reader that these messages truly came from God, and that he will do what he has promised. The translator may also use the phrase “and you will understand that I am Yahweh and what I say will happen.” The UST translates it as “then you will know that I, Yahweh, have the power to do what I say that I will do.”
EZK 1 intro j5rn 0 # Ezekiel 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Ezekiel’s call<br><br>Ezekiel had a vision of God calling him to prophetic ministry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
EZK 1 intro j5rn 0 # Ezekiel 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Ezekiel’s call<br><br>Ezekiel had a vision of God calling him to prophetic ministry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
EZK 1 1 xqf6 translate-ordinal 0 In the thirtieth year This is the thirtieth year of Ezekiel’s life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZK 1 1 ad2n translate-hebrewmonths 0 the fourth month, and the fifth day of the month “the fifth day of the fourth month.” This is the fourth month of the Hebrew calendar. The fifth day is around the end of June on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZK 1 1 q33s 0 it came about that This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ EZK 1 28 qe4p 0 rainbow the colorful strip of light that appears in the rain w
EZK 1 28 eww3 figs-abstractnouns 0 It was the appearance of the likeness of the glory of Yahweh The abstract noun “likeness” means that what Ezekiel saw looked like the glory of Yahweh. Both “appearance” and “likeness” can be translated as with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “It appeared to be what looked like the glory of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZK 1 28 x337 figs-idiom 0 I fell on my face “I bowed down to the ground” or “I lay on the ground.” Ezekiel did not fall by accident. He went down to the ground to show that he respected and feared Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 1 28 xf7s figs-metonymy 0 I heard a voice speaking The word “voice” is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “I heard someone speaking” or “Someone spoke, and I heard his voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 2 intro pp1p 0 # Ezekiel 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Ezekiel’s call continues in this chapter. God appointed Ezekiel to be a prophet but warned him that the people were very rebellious and would not listen to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
EZK 2 intro pp1p 0 # Ezekiel 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Ezekiel’s call continues in this chapter. God appointed Ezekiel to be a prophet but warned him that the people were very rebellious and would not listen to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
EZK 2 1 k2gu 0 General Information: Ezekiel continues to tell about the vision that he saw.
EZK 2 1 jk2d 0 He said to me If your language has to identify the one speaking, it would be best to identify the speaker as the “one who looked like a man” ([Ezekiel 1:26](../01/26.md)). It was not “the Spirit.”
EZK 2 1 djp4 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ EZK 2 9 h5d1 0 a written scroll “a scroll that had writing on it”
EZK 2 10 mxi2 0 He spread it out The word “He” refers to the “one who looked like a man” ([Ezekiel 1:26](../01/26.md)).
EZK 2 10 h57t figs-activepassive 0 it had been written on both its front and back This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had written on both its front and its back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZK 2 10 vh4l figs-abstractnouns 0 written on it were lamentations, mourning, and woe This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns “lamentations,” “mourning,” and “woe.” Alternate translation: “someone had written on it that these people would lament, be sad the way they would be if someone they loved had died, and have bad things happen to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZK 3 intro g699 0 # Ezekiel 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Ezekiel’s call concludes in this chapter. God told Ezekiel more about what he should say to the people and how he should say it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]])
EZK 3 intro g699 0 # Ezekiel 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Ezekiel’s call concludes in this chapter. God told Ezekiel more about what he should say to the people and how he should say it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]])
EZK 3 1 u74t 0 General Information: Ezekiel continues to tell about the vision that he saw.
EZK 3 1 brw3 0 He said to me The word “He” refers to the “one who looked like a man” ([Ezekiel 1:26](../01/26.md)).
EZK 3 1 j5ix 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ EZK 3 26 z3pl figs-metonymy 0 house This is a metonym for the family that lives
EZK 3 27 pfr1 0 I will open your mouth “I will make you able to speak”
EZK 3 27 sy4s 0 the one who will not listen will not listen “the one who refuses to listen will not listen”
EZK 3 27 v6ss 0 Lord Yahweh See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:4](../02/04.md).
EZK 4 intro dz5i 0 # Ezekiel 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Destruction of Jerusalem<br>The destruction of Jerusalem is pictured in this chapter. Ezekiel showed the lack of food and water that would occur during the siege of Jerusalem.
EZK 4 intro dz5i 0 # Ezekiel 4 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Destruction of Jerusalem<br>The destruction of Jerusalem is pictured in this chapter. Ezekiel showed the lack of food and water that would occur during the siege of Jerusalem.
EZK 4 1 r8ry 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Ezekiel. He tells Ezekiel to take a brick and dirt and pieces of wood and act as if he were Yahweh destroying the city of Jerusalem.
EZK 4 1 thl9 0 son of man “son of a human being” or “son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “mortal person” or “human”
EZK 4 1 cn59 figs-explicit 0 carve the city of Jerusalem You may need to make explicit that Ezekiel is to carve a picture. Alternate translation: “carve a picture of the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ EZK 4 16 kdq7 0 rationing giving small amounts of something of which there is
EZK 4 16 xi3f figs-metonymy 0 rationing it in trembling The word “shaking” is a metaphor for being afraid and “trembling” represents fear. Alternate translation: “rationing it while shaking” or “rationing it in fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 4 17 s15b figs-explicit 0 every man will be dismayed at his brother and waste away This could mean: (1) “everyone will look at his brother and worry about how much food his brother eats and waste away” or (2) “every one of them will be dismayed and waste away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZK 4 17 bv4j figs-metaphor 0 waste away The phrase “waste away” is usually used of flesh or wood rotting. Here it is a metaphor for wicked people becoming thin and dying because they have no food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 5 intro hus5 0 # Ezekiel 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The destruction of Jerusalem<br>The destruction of Jerusalem is continued to be pictured in this chapter. Ezekiel showed the destruction of Jerusalem by fire and war.
EZK 5 intro hus5 0 # Ezekiel 5 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The destruction of Jerusalem<br>The destruction of Jerusalem is continued to be pictured in this chapter. Ezekiel showed the destruction of Jerusalem by fire and war.
EZK 5 1 mvw5 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Ezekiel. All instances of “the city” refer to the “city” that Ezekiel carved onto the brick ([Ezekiel 4:1](../04/01.md)).
EZK 5 1 wtm2 0 son of man “son of a human being” or “son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “mortal person” or “human”
EZK 5 1 het3 0 barber’s razor “blade for cutting hair”
@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ EZK 5 16 pk83 figs-metonymy 0 will send out harsh arrows of famine against you
EZK 5 16 tq5n 0 increase the famine on you “make the famine more severe for you” or “make the famine last longer for you” or “make sure that there is less and less for you to eat”
EZK 5 16 y84u figs-metaphor 0 break your staff of bread A “staff” was something that people leaned upon to support them. This phrase is a metaphor that means removing the supply of food that the people were depending upon. See how “staff of bread” is translated in [Ezekiel 4:16](../04/16.md). Alternate translation: “cut off your food supply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 5 17 k7kf figs-personification 0 Plague and blood will pass through you Sickness and violent death are spoken of as if they were soldiers going through the city killing everyone they could. Alternate translation: “Many people will die of disease, and many others will die in war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZK 6 intro j871 0 # Ezekiel 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Shrines on the hill tops<br><br>God will destroy all those who have been worshiping idols at the hill top shrines.
EZK 6 intro j871 0 # Ezekiel 6 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Shrines on the hill tops<br><br>God will destroy all those who have been worshiping idols at the hill top shrines.
EZK 6 1 ih46 figs-apostrophe 0 General Information: Yahweh is telling Ezekiel to speak to the mountains as if they were people so that the people of Israel would hear the words and know that Ezekiel’s words were for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
EZK 6 1 x3yv figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 6 2 hip9 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ EZK 6 13 rr6w 0 hill—on all the mountain peaks, and under every flourishing
EZK 6 13 txr9 0 flourishing healthy and growing
EZK 6 13 v2z8 0 oak a large tree with strong wood that provided shade for worshipers
EZK 6 14 nw61 translate-names 0 Diblah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZK 7 intro rti1 0 # Ezekiel 07 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Now is the time for punishment<br><br>The people will be punished severely for their idol worship and the temple will be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
EZK 7 intro rti1 0 # Ezekiel 7 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Now is the time for punishment<br><br>The people will be punished severely for their idol worship and the temple will be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
EZK 7 1 y1pz 0 General Information: This starts God’s prophecy of judgment on Israel.
EZK 7 1 kts6 figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 7 2 q227 figs-123person 0 the Lord Yahweh says this Yahweh speaks of himself by name to remind Ezekiel and the people that what he is saying is important. Alternate translation: “I, the Lord Yahweh, say this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ EZK 7 26 f4qm 0 the law will perish from the priest and advice from the elders
EZK 7 27 t2rb 0 the prince This could mean: (1) “the king’s son” or (2) every male member of the royal family except the king.
EZK 7 27 gux5 figs-idiom 0 will dress in despair This could mean: (1) clothing is a metonym for what a person feels, “will have no hope,” or (2) “will dress in clothes that show he is mourning.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 7 27 zy7f figs-synecdoche 0 the hands of the people of the land will tremble in fear The word “hands” is a synecdoche for the people. Alternate translation: “the people of the land will be so afraid that their hands will tremble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EZK 8 intro xkv7 0 # Ezekiel 08 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Judah’s sin<br><br>The people have contaminated the temple with their worship of other gods and through their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
EZK 8 intro xkv7 0 # Ezekiel 8 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Judah’s sin<br><br>The people have contaminated the temple with their worship of other gods and through their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
EZK 8 1 vqq8 0 General Information: Ezekiel tells about another vision he saw.
EZK 8 1 b54y 0 So it came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
EZK 8 1 r44k translate-ordinal 0 in the sixth year You may need to make explicit the time period of which this is the sixth year. Alternate translation: “in the sixth year of the exile of King Jehoiachin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ EZK 8 18 ivi2 figs-synecdoche 0 my eye will not have compassion The eye is a sy
EZK 8 18 h7ic 0 I will not spare them “I will still punish them”
EZK 8 18 ay27 0 Though they cry in my ears with a loud voice “Though they yell their prayers to me with a loud voice”
EZK 8 18 d7vs 0 I will not hear them “I will not listen to them”
EZK 9 intro jy4e 0 # Ezekiel 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sorrow over sin<br><br>God was looking for people who were sad that there was so much evil being done. Yahweh would keep these faithful people from being killed with the rest of the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
EZK 9 intro jy4e 0 # Ezekiel 9 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sorrow over sin<br><br>God was looking for people who were sad that there was so much evil being done. Yahweh would keep these faithful people from being killed with the rest of the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
EZK 9 1 q9n5 0 General Information: Ezekiel continues to tell about the vision God gave him. It started in [Ezekiel 8:1](../08/01.md).
EZK 9 1 d5u4 0 he cried in my hearing “I heard him call out”
EZK 9 1 jw3q 0 he cried the “figure like a man” ([Ezekiel 8:2](../08/02.md)) cried

Can't render this file because it is too large.

18
en_tn_27-DAN.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
DAN front intro txw3 0 # Introduction to Daniel<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Daniel<br><br>1. Daniel and his friends in the court of Nebuchadnezzar (1:1–21)<br>1. Daniel interprets Nebuchadnezzar’s first dream (2:1–49)<br>1. Daniel’s friends delivered from the fiery furnace (3:1–30)<br>1. Daniel interprets Nebuchadnezzar’s second dream (4:1–37)<br>1. Belshazzar’s feast and the writing on the wall (5:1-31)<br>1. Daniel in the den of lions (6:1–28)<br>1. Daniel’s vision of four beasts (7:1–28)<br>1. Daniel’s vision of a ram and a goat (8:1–27)<br>1. Daniel prays and Gabriel answers (9:1–23)<br>1. Daniel’s vision of seventy weeks (9:24–27)<br>1. Daniel’s vision of a man (10:1–11:1)<br>1. The kings of the south and north (11:2–20)<br>1. An evil king exalts himself (11:21-39)<br>1. The time of the end (11:40–12:13)<br><br>### What is the Book of Daniel about?<br><br>The first part of the Book of Daniel (chapters 1–6) is a narrative about Daniel and his friends. They were young men from Jerusalem who were taken to Babylon as prisoners. These chapters tell how they were faithful to Yahweh while living in a pagan land serving a pagan king. And it tells how God rewarded them because they were faithful.<br><br>The rest of the Book of Daniel is a series of prophetic visions. Chapters 7 and 8 deal with images representing the kingdoms and kings of the major nations. Chapters 9–11 are prophecies and visions about wars and a type of the great enemy of God appearing. Chapter 12 is a vision that describes end times.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Daniel” or just “Daniel.” Translators may call it “The Book About Daniel” or “The Book About the Deeds and Visions of Daniel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Daniel?<br><br>Daniel was a Jew who became a Babylonian government official during the exile. He may have written the book himself. Or he may have written the parts of the book and someone else put the parts together at a later time.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Is there a missing week in Daniel’s prophecy?<br><br>Scholars disagree about what may appear to be a missing week in 9:24-27. It is best for translators to allow apparent mysteries such as this to remain in the text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>### When did the seventy weeks begin?<br><br>The seventy weeks in 9:24-27 began when a decree was issued to rebuild the city of Jerusalem. But there were several decrees that allowed this to happen. Translators do not need to understand how prophecies were or will be fulfilled to translate the text.<br><br>### Who was Darius the Mede?<br><br>Darius the Mede was a Babylonian king who sent Daniel into a den of lions. People have not found his name in history outside of the Book of Daniel. Scholars have tried to explain who Darius was, but they are not certain.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How does Daniel use the word “king”?<br><br>Many kings are in the Book of Daniel, but not all of the kings ruled over all of Babylon or Persia. Some of the kings may have ruled over regions or cities.<br><br>### How many chapters does Daniel have?<br><br>Daniel has twelve chapters. Some Bible versions include stories called “Bel and the Dragon” and “The Prayer of Azariah.” However, few people think that these stories have the same authority as the rest of scripture. Therefore, there is no need to translate them.
DAN 1 intro p1ev 0 # Daniel 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Training for government jobs<br><br>Daniel, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego were chosen to be trained for service in the Babylonian kingdom. It was not unusual for foreigners to be given positions in the Babylonian government as advisors or cultural ambassadors.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Food laws<br><br>The food from the king included things the Jews were not allowed to eat according to the law of Moses. Daniel requested permission not to eat the king’s food. He proved to the king that this food was not necessary for good health. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
DAN 1 intro p1ev 0 # Daniel 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Training for government jobs<br><br>Daniel, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego were chosen to be trained for service in the Babylonian kingdom. It was not unusual for foreigners to be given positions in the Babylonian government as advisors or cultural ambassadors.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Food laws<br><br>The food from the king included things the Jews were not allowed to eat according to the law of Moses. Daniel requested permission not to eat the king’s food. He proved to the king that this food was not necessary for good health. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
DAN 1 1 x9t9 figs-synecdoche 0 Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylonia This refers to Nebuchadnezzar and his soldiers, not only to Nebuchadnezzar. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylonia and his soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
DAN 1 1 cps4 0 to cut off all supplies to it “to stop the people from receiving any supplies”
DAN 1 1 sxi6 figs-synecdoche 0 Jehoiakim king of Judah This refers to Jehoiakim and his soldiers, not only to Jehoiakim. Alternate translation: “the army of Jehoiakim king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ DAN 1 19 u1am figs-litotes 0 among the whole group there were none to compare w
DAN 1 19 e2m3 0 Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah These are the names of men. See how you translated these names in [Daniel 1:6](../01/06.md).
DAN 1 20 f5x8 figs-hyperbole 0 ten times better Here “ten times” is an exaggeration representing great quality. Alternate translation: “much better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
DAN 1 21 jhp9 0 the first year of King Cyrus “the first year that King Cyrus ruled Babylon”
DAN 2 intro epd5 0 # Daniel 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in Daniel’s prayer in 2:20-23.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king’s dream<br><br>Daniel told the king’s dream and what the dream meant. In the ancient Near East, it was believed that only people in touch with the gods could interpret dreams. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### How Daniel knew the dream<br><br>Daniel gave Yahweh the honor for having told him the dream and its meaning in answer to the prayers of the four men.
DAN 2 intro epd5 0 # Daniel 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in Daniel’s prayer in 2:20-23.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king’s dream<br><br>Daniel told the king’s dream and what the dream meant. In the ancient Near East, it was believed that only people in touch with the gods could interpret dreams. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### How Daniel knew the dream<br><br>Daniel gave Yahweh the honor for having told him the dream and its meaning in answer to the prayers of the four men.
DAN 2 1 mns5 translate-ordinal 0 In the second year “In year two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
DAN 2 1 xtc6 0 he had dreams “Nebuchadnezzar had dreams”
DAN 2 1 xw34 figs-metonymy 0 His mind was troubled Here “mind” refers to his thoughts. Alternate translation: “His thoughts disturbed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ DAN 2 47 ifr1 0 the one who reveals mysteries Translate “the one who reveals
DAN 2 47 h6md 0 to reveal this mystery “to reveal the mystery of my dream”
DAN 2 48 lz5p 0 He made him ruler “The king made Daniel the ruler”
DAN 2 49 pp5r 0 Shadrach … Meshach … Abednego These were the Babylonian names of the three Jewish men who were brought to Babylon with Daniel. See how you translated these names in [Daniel 1:7](../01/07.md)
DAN 3 intro fc6f 0 # Daniel 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king’s new idol<br><br>Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego refused to worship the new idol. In the ancient Near East, refusing to worship the king was a sign of rebellion against the king. It was often considered the crime of treason. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>### The furnace<br><br>There was a fourth person with them in the furnace, and because of this they were not hurt. Most scholars believe this to be Jesus before he was born.
DAN 3 intro fc6f 0 # Daniel 3 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king’s new idol<br><br>Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego refused to worship the new idol. In the ancient Near East, refusing to worship the king was a sign of rebellion against the king. It was often considered the crime of treason. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>### The furnace<br><br>There was a fourth person with them in the furnace, and because of this they were not hurt. Most scholars believe this to be Jesus before he was born.
DAN 3 1 vj2c figs-metonymy 0 Nebuchadnezzar made a gold statue … He set it up Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to do this work, he did not do the work himself. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to make a gold statue … They set it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 3 1 l4e2 translate-bdistance 0 sixty cubits tall and six cubits wide A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 27 meters tall and almost 3 meters wide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
DAN 3 1 r51y translate-names 0 Plain of Dura This is a location within the kingdom of Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ DAN 3 29 h7gq figs-metonymy 0 any people, nation, or language that speaks Here
DAN 3 29 qb3c 0 speaks anything against the God “speaks words that do not respect the God”
DAN 3 29 t5vb 0 must be torn apart “must have their bodies torn apart”
DAN 3 29 lw5h 0 there is no other god who is able to save like this This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “only their God is able to save like this”
DAN 4 intro du52 0 # Daniel 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:3 and 4:34-35.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king becomes insane<br><br>The king became insane until he realized that Yahweh was the ruler over everyone, including him.
DAN 4 intro du52 0 # Daniel 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:3 and 4:34-35.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king becomes insane<br><br>The king became insane until he realized that Yahweh was the ruler over everyone, including him.
DAN 4 1 s72g figs-123person 0 General Information: In this chapter, Nebuchadnezzar tells what God did to him. In verses 1-18, Nebuchadnezzar describes in the first person his vision from God. Verses 19-33 switch to the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. Verses 34-37 change back to first person as Nebuchadnezzar describes his response to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
DAN 4 1 ykj3 figs-metonymy 0 King Nebuchadnezzar sent This phrase is referring to the king’s messenger as the king himself. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar sent his messengers with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 4 1 sx24 figs-metonymy 0 peoples, nations, and languages Here “nations” and “languages” represent people from different nations who speak different languages. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “people from different nations and who speak different languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ DAN 4 36 c3xy 0 my noblemen sought my favor “my noblemen requested my help a
DAN 4 36 ks6b figs-metonymy 0 I was brought … greatness was given to me Here “throne” refers to his authority to rule. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I returned to rule my kingdom again, and I received even more greatness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 4 37 zgl2 figs-doublet 0 praise, extol, and honor All three of these words have basically the same meaning and emphasize how greatly he praised God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DAN 4 37 g1df figs-idiom 0 who walk in their own pride This phrase uses “walk” to refer to the person who acts proud. Alternate translation: “who are proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DAN 5 intro e9pc 0 # Daniel 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The writing on the wall<br><br>God told the new king that he had failed and God was replacing him, showing that God is the real ruler over everything, even kingdoms that do not worship him.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Mene, Mene, Tekel, Upharsin<br>These are words in Aramaic. Daniel “transliterates” these words by writing them with Hebrew letters, and then he explains their meanings. In the ULT and UST they are written with English letters. Translators are encouraged to write them using the letters of the target language alphabet.
DAN 5 intro e9pc 0 # Daniel 5 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The writing on the wall<br><br>God told the new king that he had failed and God was replacing him, showing that God is the real ruler over everything, even kingdoms that do not worship him.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Mene, Mene, Tekel, Upharsin<br>These are words in Aramaic. Daniel “transliterates” these words by writing them with Hebrew letters, and then he explains their meanings. In the ULT and UST they are written with English letters. Translators are encouraged to write them using the letters of the target language alphabet.
DAN 5 1 cc4z translate-names 0 Belshazzar This is the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DAN 5 1 ix8k translate-numbers 0 for a thousand “for 1,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
DAN 5 1 tre4 0 he drank wine in front of “he drank wine in the presence of”
@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ DAN 5 29 uvj8 figs-activepassive 0 A chain of gold was put around his neck This
DAN 5 29 nfx6 translate-ordinal 0 the third highest ruler “the number three ruler” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
DAN 5 31 c2bj 0 received the kingdom “became the ruler of the kingdom”
DAN 5 31 y1si translate-numbers 0 when he was about sixty-two years old “when he was about 62 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
DAN 6 intro a1xc 0 # Daniel 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set the content of letters farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the letter in 6:25-27.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in the letter in 6:26-27.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Daniel and the lions<br><br>Daniel was thrown into the lions’ den for praying to Yahweh, but Yahweh protected him and the lions did not hurt him at all.
DAN 6 intro a1xc 0 # Daniel 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set the content of letters farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the letter in 6:25-27.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in the letter in 6:26-27.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Daniel and the lions<br><br>Daniel was thrown into the lions’ den for praying to Yahweh, but Yahweh protected him and the lions did not hurt him at all.
DAN 6 1 xf5z 0 Connecting Statement: The events in this chapter take place after the Persians conquered the Babylonians and Darius the Mede began to rule in Babylon.
DAN 6 1 y6y9 0 It pleased Darius “King Darius decided”
DAN 6 1 a1zk translate-numbers 0 120 provincial governors “one hundred and twenty provincial governors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ DAN 6 26 s6yl figs-activepassive 0 his kingdom shall not be destroyed This can
DAN 6 26 fcy1 0 his dominion shall be to the end “he will rule forever”
DAN 6 27 bld2 0 he has kept Daniel safe from the strength of the lions “he has not allowed the strong lions to hurt Daniel”
DAN 6 28 a5br 0 during the reign of Darius and during the reign of Cyrus the Persian Cyrus the Persian was the king who ruled after Darius.
DAN 7 intro e18x 0 # Daniel 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:9-10, 13-14, and 23-27.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### The four beasts<br><br>There will be four successive kingdoms before Yahweh sets up his eternal kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>### The Son of Man<br><br>God will give the Son of Man an eternal kingdom and he will judge people from the books. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
DAN 7 intro e18x 0 # Daniel 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:9-10, 13-14, and 23-27.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### The four beasts<br><br>There will be four successive kingdoms before Yahweh sets up his eternal kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>### The Son of Man<br><br>God will give the Son of Man an eternal kingdom and he will judge people from the books. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
DAN 7 1 cw4a writing-symlanguage 0 General Information: Chapters 7 and 8 are not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king, before the rule of Darius and Cyrus that was discussed in chapter 6. In Daniel’s vision, he saw animals that were symbols of other things. Later in the vision someone explains the meaning of those symbols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
DAN 7 1 dme8 0 Belshazzar This was the name of Nebuchadnezzar’s son, who became king after him. See how you wrote this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md).
DAN 7 1 xdv1 figs-doublet 0 a dream and visions The words “dream” and “visions” both refer to the same dream that is described in this chapter. Alternate translation: “visions while he was dreaming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ DAN 7 27 eti4 0 His kingdom “The kingdom of the Most High”
DAN 7 27 t3ct 0 an everlasting kingdom “a kingdom that will exist forever” or “a kingdom that will never end”
DAN 7 28 v6mq 0 Here is the end of the matter This means that Daniel has finished describing the vision. Alternate translation: “That is what I saw in my vision” or “This is the end of the description of what I saw in my vision”
DAN 7 28 am3a 0 my face changed in appearance “my face became pale”
DAN 8 intro cbk6 0 # Daniel 08 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The vision of the ram and the male goat<br><br>Although specific interpretation of this vision is not given, most scholars believe Daniel saw Greece overthrowing Media-Persia before breaking up into four kingdoms. One of these kingdoms stopped the temple worship for a while and then it was restored. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
DAN 8 intro cbk6 0 # Daniel 8 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The vision of the ram and the male goat<br><br>Although specific interpretation of this vision is not given, most scholars believe Daniel saw Greece overthrowing Media-Persia before breaking up into four kingdoms. One of these kingdoms stopped the temple worship for a while and then it was restored. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
DAN 8 1 rft5 writing-symlanguage 0 General Information: Chapters 7 and 8 are not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king, before the rule of Darius and Cyrus that was discussed in chapter 6. In Daniel’s vision, he saw animals that were symbols of other things. Later in the vision someone explains the meaning of those symbols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
DAN 8 1 b6kb translate-ordinal 0 In the third year “In year three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
DAN 8 1 er4q 0 Belshazzar This is the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. See how you translated this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md).
@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ DAN 8 26 cer6 figs-metaphor 0 seal up the vision The angel speaks about the vis
DAN 8 27 us1l 0 was overcome and lay weak for several days “was exhausted and lay in bed sick for several days”
DAN 8 27 c42h 0 went about the king’s business “did the work that the king had assigned to me”
DAN 8 27 v7gd 0 I was appalled by the vision “I was dismayed by the vision” or “I was very confused by the vision”
DAN 9 intro sz7n 0 # Daniel 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Daniel told the future<br>Gabriel told Daniel a prophecy that Jerusalem would be rebuilt. Then later an anointed person would be killed and the worship at the temple stopped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>### The unusual expression of numbers in 9:24-26<br><br>This passage uses the expressions “seventy sevens of years,” “seven sevens and sixty-two sevens,” and “sixty-two sevens of years” to denote ““490 years,” “49 years and then 434 years,” and “434 years,” respectively. The original language uses the idea of a “week” to express the idea of a group of sevens, but these numbers are clearly meant to denote years, not weeks. Most translators should use the ways normal in their languages to express these numbers.
DAN 9 intro sz7n 0 # Daniel 9 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Daniel told the future<br>Gabriel told Daniel a prophecy that Jerusalem would be rebuilt. Then later an anointed person would be killed and the worship at the temple stopped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>### The unusual expression of numbers in 9:24-26<br><br>This passage uses the expressions “seventy sevens of years,” “seven sevens and sixty-two sevens,” and “sixty-two sevens of years” to denote ““490 years,” “49 years and then 434 years,” and “434 years,” respectively. The original language uses the idea of a “week” to express the idea of a group of sevens, but these numbers are clearly meant to denote years, not weeks. Most translators should use the ways normal in their languages to express these numbers.
DAN 9 1 a2ic 0 General Information: Chapters 7 and 8 were not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king. Chapter 9 now returns to the events of the reign of Darius who became king in chapter 6.
DAN 9 1 lvl3 writing-background 0 It was Ahasuerus who had been made king over the realm of the Babylonians This is background information about who Ahasuerus was. The UST places this in parentheses to make that clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
DAN 9 1 y3g6 figs-activepassive 0 who had been made king over the realm of the Babylonians This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “who became king over the realm of the Babylonians” or “who conquered the Babylonians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 DAN front intro txw3 0 # Introduction to Daniel<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Daniel<br><br>1. Daniel and his friends in the court of Nebuchadnezzar (1:1–21)<br>1. Daniel interprets Nebuchadnezzar’s first dream (2:1–49)<br>1. Daniel’s friends delivered from the fiery furnace (3:1–30)<br>1. Daniel interprets Nebuchadnezzar’s second dream (4:1–37)<br>1. Belshazzar’s feast and the writing on the wall (5:1-31)<br>1. Daniel in the den of lions (6:1–28)<br>1. Daniel’s vision of four beasts (7:1–28)<br>1. Daniel’s vision of a ram and a goat (8:1–27)<br>1. Daniel prays and Gabriel answers (9:1–23)<br>1. Daniel’s vision of seventy weeks (9:24–27)<br>1. Daniel’s vision of a man (10:1–11:1)<br>1. The kings of the south and north (11:2–20)<br>1. An evil king exalts himself (11:21-39)<br>1. The time of the end (11:40–12:13)<br><br>### What is the Book of Daniel about?<br><br>The first part of the Book of Daniel (chapters 1–6) is a narrative about Daniel and his friends. They were young men from Jerusalem who were taken to Babylon as prisoners. These chapters tell how they were faithful to Yahweh while living in a pagan land serving a pagan king. And it tells how God rewarded them because they were faithful.<br><br>The rest of the Book of Daniel is a series of prophetic visions. Chapters 7 and 8 deal with images representing the kingdoms and kings of the major nations. Chapters 9–11 are prophecies and visions about wars and a type of the great enemy of God appearing. Chapter 12 is a vision that describes end times.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Daniel” or just “Daniel.” Translators may call it “The Book About Daniel” or “The Book About the Deeds and Visions of Daniel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Daniel?<br><br>Daniel was a Jew who became a Babylonian government official during the exile. He may have written the book himself. Or he may have written the parts of the book and someone else put the parts together at a later time.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Is there a missing week in Daniel’s prophecy?<br><br>Scholars disagree about what may appear to be a missing week in 9:24-27. It is best for translators to allow apparent mysteries such as this to remain in the text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>### When did the seventy weeks begin?<br><br>The seventy weeks in 9:24-27 began when a decree was issued to rebuild the city of Jerusalem. But there were several decrees that allowed this to happen. Translators do not need to understand how prophecies were or will be fulfilled to translate the text.<br><br>### Who was Darius the Mede?<br><br>Darius the Mede was a Babylonian king who sent Daniel into a den of lions. People have not found his name in history outside of the Book of Daniel. Scholars have tried to explain who Darius was, but they are not certain.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How does Daniel use the word “king”?<br><br>Many kings are in the Book of Daniel, but not all of the kings ruled over all of Babylon or Persia. Some of the kings may have ruled over regions or cities.<br><br>### How many chapters does Daniel have?<br><br>Daniel has twelve chapters. Some Bible versions include stories called “Bel and the Dragon” and “The Prayer of Azariah.” However, few people think that these stories have the same authority as the rest of scripture. Therefore, there is no need to translate them.
3 DAN 1 intro p1ev 0 # Daniel 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Training for government jobs<br><br>Daniel, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego were chosen to be trained for service in the Babylonian kingdom. It was not unusual for foreigners to be given positions in the Babylonian government as advisors or cultural ambassadors.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Food laws<br><br>The food from the king included things the Jews were not allowed to eat according to the law of Moses. Daniel requested permission not to eat the king’s food. He proved to the king that this food was not necessary for good health. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]]) # Daniel 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Training for government jobs<br><br>Daniel, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego were chosen to be trained for service in the Babylonian kingdom. It was not unusual for foreigners to be given positions in the Babylonian government as advisors or cultural ambassadors.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Food laws<br><br>The food from the king included things the Jews were not allowed to eat according to the law of Moses. Daniel requested permission not to eat the king’s food. He proved to the king that this food was not necessary for good health. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
4 DAN 1 1 x9t9 figs-synecdoche 0 Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylonia This refers to Nebuchadnezzar and his soldiers, not only to Nebuchadnezzar. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylonia and his soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
5 DAN 1 1 cps4 0 to cut off all supplies to it “to stop the people from receiving any supplies”
6 DAN 1 1 sxi6 figs-synecdoche 0 Jehoiakim king of Judah This refers to Jehoiakim and his soldiers, not only to Jehoiakim. Alternate translation: “the army of Jehoiakim king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
39 DAN 1 19 e2m3 0 Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah These are the names of men. See how you translated these names in [Daniel 1:6](../01/06.md).
40 DAN 1 20 f5x8 figs-hyperbole 0 ten times better Here “ten times” is an exaggeration representing great quality. Alternate translation: “much better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
41 DAN 1 21 jhp9 0 the first year of King Cyrus “the first year that King Cyrus ruled Babylon”
42 DAN 2 intro epd5 0 # Daniel 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in Daniel’s prayer in 2:20-23.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king’s dream<br><br>Daniel told the king’s dream and what the dream meant. In the ancient Near East, it was believed that only people in touch with the gods could interpret dreams. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### How Daniel knew the dream<br><br>Daniel gave Yahweh the honor for having told him the dream and its meaning in answer to the prayers of the four men. # Daniel 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in Daniel’s prayer in 2:20-23.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king’s dream<br><br>Daniel told the king’s dream and what the dream meant. In the ancient Near East, it was believed that only people in touch with the gods could interpret dreams. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### How Daniel knew the dream<br><br>Daniel gave Yahweh the honor for having told him the dream and its meaning in answer to the prayers of the four men.
43 DAN 2 1 mns5 translate-ordinal 0 In the second year “In year two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
44 DAN 2 1 xtc6 0 he had dreams “Nebuchadnezzar had dreams”
45 DAN 2 1 xw34 figs-metonymy 0 His mind was troubled Here “mind” refers to his thoughts. Alternate translation: “His thoughts disturbed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
141 DAN 2 47 h6md 0 to reveal this mystery “to reveal the mystery of my dream”
142 DAN 2 48 lz5p 0 He made him ruler “The king made Daniel the ruler”
143 DAN 2 49 pp5r 0 Shadrach … Meshach … Abednego These were the Babylonian names of the three Jewish men who were brought to Babylon with Daniel. See how you translated these names in [Daniel 1:7](../01/07.md)
144 DAN 3 intro fc6f 0 # Daniel 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king’s new idol<br><br>Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego refused to worship the new idol. In the ancient Near East, refusing to worship the king was a sign of rebellion against the king. It was often considered the crime of treason. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>### The furnace<br><br>There was a fourth person with them in the furnace, and because of this they were not hurt. Most scholars believe this to be Jesus before he was born. # Daniel 3 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king’s new idol<br><br>Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego refused to worship the new idol. In the ancient Near East, refusing to worship the king was a sign of rebellion against the king. It was often considered the crime of treason. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>### The furnace<br><br>There was a fourth person with them in the furnace, and because of this they were not hurt. Most scholars believe this to be Jesus before he was born.
145 DAN 3 1 vj2c figs-metonymy 0 Nebuchadnezzar made a gold statue … He set it up Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to do this work, he did not do the work himself. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to make a gold statue … They set it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
146 DAN 3 1 l4e2 translate-bdistance 0 sixty cubits tall and six cubits wide A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 27 meters tall and almost 3 meters wide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
147 DAN 3 1 r51y translate-names 0 Plain of Dura This is a location within the kingdom of Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
217 DAN 3 29 qb3c 0 speaks anything against the God “speaks words that do not respect the God”
218 DAN 3 29 t5vb 0 must be torn apart “must have their bodies torn apart”
219 DAN 3 29 lw5h 0 there is no other god who is able to save like this This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “only their God is able to save like this”
220 DAN 4 intro du52 0 # Daniel 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:3 and 4:34-35.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king becomes insane<br><br>The king became insane until he realized that Yahweh was the ruler over everyone, including him. # Daniel 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:3 and 4:34-35.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king becomes insane<br><br>The king became insane until he realized that Yahweh was the ruler over everyone, including him.
221 DAN 4 1 s72g figs-123person 0 General Information: In this chapter, Nebuchadnezzar tells what God did to him. In verses 1-18, Nebuchadnezzar describes in the first person his vision from God. Verses 19-33 switch to the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. Verses 34-37 change back to first person as Nebuchadnezzar describes his response to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
222 DAN 4 1 ykj3 figs-metonymy 0 King Nebuchadnezzar sent This phrase is referring to the king’s messenger as the king himself. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar sent his messengers with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
223 DAN 4 1 sx24 figs-metonymy 0 peoples, nations, and languages Here “nations” and “languages” represent people from different nations who speak different languages. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “people from different nations and who speak different languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
317 DAN 4 36 ks6b figs-metonymy 0 I was brought … greatness was given to me Here “throne” refers to his authority to rule. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I returned to rule my kingdom again, and I received even more greatness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
318 DAN 4 37 zgl2 figs-doublet 0 praise, extol, and honor All three of these words have basically the same meaning and emphasize how greatly he praised God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
319 DAN 4 37 g1df figs-idiom 0 who walk in their own pride This phrase uses “walk” to refer to the person who acts proud. Alternate translation: “who are proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
320 DAN 5 intro e9pc 0 # Daniel 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The writing on the wall<br><br>God told the new king that he had failed and God was replacing him, showing that God is the real ruler over everything, even kingdoms that do not worship him.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Mene, Mene, Tekel, Upharsin<br>These are words in Aramaic. Daniel “transliterates” these words by writing them with Hebrew letters, and then he explains their meanings. In the ULT and UST they are written with English letters. Translators are encouraged to write them using the letters of the target language alphabet. # Daniel 5 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The writing on the wall<br><br>God told the new king that he had failed and God was replacing him, showing that God is the real ruler over everything, even kingdoms that do not worship him.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Mene, Mene, Tekel, Upharsin<br>These are words in Aramaic. Daniel “transliterates” these words by writing them with Hebrew letters, and then he explains their meanings. In the ULT and UST they are written with English letters. Translators are encouraged to write them using the letters of the target language alphabet.
321 DAN 5 1 cc4z translate-names 0 Belshazzar This is the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
322 DAN 5 1 ix8k translate-numbers 0 for a thousand “for 1,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
323 DAN 5 1 tre4 0 he drank wine in front of “he drank wine in the presence of”
392 DAN 5 29 nfx6 translate-ordinal 0 the third highest ruler “the number three ruler” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
393 DAN 5 31 c2bj 0 received the kingdom “became the ruler of the kingdom”
394 DAN 5 31 y1si translate-numbers 0 when he was about sixty-two years old “when he was about 62 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
395 DAN 6 intro a1xc 0 # Daniel 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set the content of letters farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the letter in 6:25-27.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in the letter in 6:26-27.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Daniel and the lions<br><br>Daniel was thrown into the lions’ den for praying to Yahweh, but Yahweh protected him and the lions did not hurt him at all. # Daniel 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set the content of letters farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the letter in 6:25-27.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in the letter in 6:26-27.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Daniel and the lions<br><br>Daniel was thrown into the lions’ den for praying to Yahweh, but Yahweh protected him and the lions did not hurt him at all.
396 DAN 6 1 xf5z 0 Connecting Statement: The events in this chapter take place after the Persians conquered the Babylonians and Darius the Mede began to rule in Babylon.
397 DAN 6 1 y6y9 0 It pleased Darius “King Darius decided”
398 DAN 6 1 a1zk translate-numbers 0 120 provincial governors “one hundred and twenty provincial governors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
459 DAN 6 26 fcy1 0 his dominion shall be to the end “he will rule forever”
460 DAN 6 27 bld2 0 he has kept Daniel safe from the strength of the lions “he has not allowed the strong lions to hurt Daniel”
461 DAN 6 28 a5br 0 during the reign of Darius and during the reign of Cyrus the Persian Cyrus the Persian was the king who ruled after Darius.
462 DAN 7 intro e18x 0 # Daniel 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:9-10, 13-14, and 23-27.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### The four beasts<br><br>There will be four successive kingdoms before Yahweh sets up his eternal kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>### The Son of Man<br><br>God will give the Son of Man an eternal kingdom and he will judge people from the books. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]]) # Daniel 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:9-10, 13-14, and 23-27.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### The four beasts<br><br>There will be four successive kingdoms before Yahweh sets up his eternal kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>### The Son of Man<br><br>God will give the Son of Man an eternal kingdom and he will judge people from the books. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
463 DAN 7 1 cw4a writing-symlanguage 0 General Information: Chapters 7 and 8 are not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king, before the rule of Darius and Cyrus that was discussed in chapter 6. In Daniel’s vision, he saw animals that were symbols of other things. Later in the vision someone explains the meaning of those symbols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
464 DAN 7 1 dme8 0 Belshazzar This was the name of Nebuchadnezzar’s son, who became king after him. See how you wrote this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md).
465 DAN 7 1 xdv1 figs-doublet 0 a dream and visions The words “dream” and “visions” both refer to the same dream that is described in this chapter. Alternate translation: “visions while he was dreaming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
566 DAN 7 27 t3ct 0 an everlasting kingdom “a kingdom that will exist forever” or “a kingdom that will never end”
567 DAN 7 28 v6mq 0 Here is the end of the matter This means that Daniel has finished describing the vision. Alternate translation: “That is what I saw in my vision” or “This is the end of the description of what I saw in my vision”
568 DAN 7 28 am3a 0 my face changed in appearance “my face became pale”
569 DAN 8 intro cbk6 0 # Daniel 08 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The vision of the ram and the male goat<br><br>Although specific interpretation of this vision is not given, most scholars believe Daniel saw Greece overthrowing Media-Persia before breaking up into four kingdoms. One of these kingdoms stopped the temple worship for a while and then it was restored. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]]) # Daniel 8 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The vision of the ram and the male goat<br><br>Although specific interpretation of this vision is not given, most scholars believe Daniel saw Greece overthrowing Media-Persia before breaking up into four kingdoms. One of these kingdoms stopped the temple worship for a while and then it was restored. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
570 DAN 8 1 rft5 writing-symlanguage 0 General Information: Chapters 7 and 8 are not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king, before the rule of Darius and Cyrus that was discussed in chapter 6. In Daniel’s vision, he saw animals that were symbols of other things. Later in the vision someone explains the meaning of those symbols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
571 DAN 8 1 b6kb translate-ordinal 0 In the third year “In year three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
572 DAN 8 1 er4q 0 Belshazzar This is the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. See how you translated this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md).
634 DAN 8 27 us1l 0 was overcome and lay weak for several days “was exhausted and lay in bed sick for several days”
635 DAN 8 27 c42h 0 went about the king’s business “did the work that the king had assigned to me”
636 DAN 8 27 v7gd 0 I was appalled by the vision “I was dismayed by the vision” or “I was very confused by the vision”
637 DAN 9 intro sz7n 0 # Daniel 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Daniel told the future<br>Gabriel told Daniel a prophecy that Jerusalem would be rebuilt. Then later an anointed person would be killed and the worship at the temple stopped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>### The unusual expression of numbers in 9:24-26<br><br>This passage uses the expressions “seventy sevens of years,” “seven sevens and sixty-two sevens,” and “sixty-two sevens of years” to denote ““490 years,” “49 years and then 434 years,” and “434 years,” respectively. The original language uses the idea of a “week” to express the idea of a group of sevens, but these numbers are clearly meant to denote years, not weeks. Most translators should use the ways normal in their languages to express these numbers. # Daniel 9 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Daniel told the future<br>Gabriel told Daniel a prophecy that Jerusalem would be rebuilt. Then later an anointed person would be killed and the worship at the temple stopped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>### The unusual expression of numbers in 9:24-26<br><br>This passage uses the expressions “seventy sevens of years,” “seven sevens and sixty-two sevens,” and “sixty-two sevens of years” to denote ““490 years,” “49 years and then 434 years,” and “434 years,” respectively. The original language uses the idea of a “week” to express the idea of a group of sevens, but these numbers are clearly meant to denote years, not weeks. Most translators should use the ways normal in their languages to express these numbers.
638 DAN 9 1 a2ic 0 General Information: Chapters 7 and 8 were not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king. Chapter 9 now returns to the events of the reign of Darius who became king in chapter 6.
639 DAN 9 1 lvl3 writing-background 0 It was Ahasuerus who had been made king over the realm of the Babylonians This is background information about who Ahasuerus was. The UST places this in parentheses to make that clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
640 DAN 9 1 y3g6 figs-activepassive 0 who had been made king over the realm of the Babylonians This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “who became king over the realm of the Babylonians” or “who conquered the Babylonians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

18
en_tn_28-HOS.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
HOS front intro k6lu 0 # Introduction to Hosea<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Hosea<br><br>1. God tells Hosea to marry Gomer as a picture of how Israel relates to Yahweh (1:1–3:5)<br>1. Israel betrays, wanders, and sins; Yahweh appeals and pleas to return to him (4:1–7:3)<br>1. The conflict between Yahweh and Israel explained in various ways (7:4–13:8)<br>- Similes: oven, cake, dove, bow (7:4–16)<br>- Israel openly lies and rebels (8:1–14)<br>- The end of Israel predicted (9:1–17)<br>- Similes: grapes, vine, calf, lion, children, birds, and doves (10:1–11:11)<br>- Israel sins, betrays, and breaks alliances (11:12–12:1)<br>- Israel’s history remembered (12:2–13:16)<br>- Idolatry (13:1–8)<br>1. Israel is hostile to Yahweh (13:9–16)<br>1. Yahweh’s last appeals to Israel (14:1–9)<br><br>### What is the Book of Hosea about?<br><br>This book contains the prophecies of Hosea, son of Beeri. Hosea lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. He often called this kingdom Ephraim or Samaria. Hosea prophesied for about 38 years and predicted that Assyria would destroy the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>Hosea began to prophesy around 753 B.C., just before King Jeroboam II died. At this time, the kingdom of Israel was prosperous but spiritually weak. Hosea warned how Yahweh would punish Israel unless the people turned back to Yahweh and were faithful to him.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally named “The Book of Hosea” or just “Hosea.” Translators may also call it “The Book About Hosea” or “The Sayings of Hosea.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Hosea?<br><br>Although this book tells what Hosea prophesied, it is uncertain whether Hosea wrote the book himself. It was probably written after Samaria, the capital of the norther kingdom, was destroyed in 721 B.C.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did God command Hosea to marry a prostitute?<br><br>God told Hosea to marry the prostitute Gomer. This represented how the kingdom of Israel related to Yahweh. Israel was unfaithful to Yahweh and broke the covenant with him. This is compared to a woman who is unfaithful to her husband breaks her marriage agreement with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### What is a lawsuit?<br><br>Many cultures have a process for resolving disputes through law courts. These legal disputes are called lawsuits. The Book of Hosea contains some legal terms. This is because Yahweh is spoken of as if he were a husband accusing his wife in court of being unfaithful to him. Part of the Book of Hosea follows the form of a lawsuit. A problem is identified (4:1), someone is accused (4:4), someone is found guilty (4:15), and the guilty ones will be punished (5:1).<br><br>### Who did the people of the kingdom of Israel worship?<br><br>Israel was supposed to worship Yahweh alone. But they worshiped both Yahweh and the Canaanite gods such as Baal. This was a major reason why Yahweh judged the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What does the phrase “the declaration of Yahweh” mean?<br><br>The prophet used the phrase “the declaration of Yahweh” to mark a message as truly coming from God.<br><br>### Why are English translations of Hosea very different?<br><br>Hosea 4–14 has many problems of interpretation. Some phrases in Hosea are beyond how we currently understand the Hebrew language. Many English versions have translated these difficult sections very differently.<br><br>### What does the term “Israel” mean in Hosea?<br><br>In Hosea, “Israel” is used only to refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. It is not used to refer to the southern kingdom or to the two kingdoms together. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/kingdomofisrael]])
HOS 1 intro ud3c 0 # Hosea 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-11.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Hosea’s marriage<br>God does not approve of prostitution, but he told Hosea to marry a prostitute so that the message of Israel’s unfaithfulness would be shown to the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>Hosea’s marriage to Gomer is a metaphor for the kingdom of Israel’s relationship to Yahweh. Israel was unfaithful to Yahweh and broke the covenant with him. Gomer was a woman who was unfaithful to her husband broke her marriage agreement with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Hosea 1-4 is controlled by a metaphor that Hosea lived out. He was personifying the relationship between Israel and Yahweh. Hosea played the part of Yahweh, and Gomer played the part of Israel.
HOS 1 intro ud3c 0 # Hosea 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-11.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Hosea’s marriage<br>God does not approve of prostitution, but he told Hosea to marry a prostitute so that the message of Israel’s unfaithfulness would be shown to the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>Hosea’s marriage to Gomer is a metaphor for the kingdom of Israel’s relationship to Yahweh. Israel was unfaithful to Yahweh and broke the covenant with him. Gomer was a woman who was unfaithful to her husband broke her marriage agreement with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Hosea 1-4 is controlled by a metaphor that Hosea lived out. He was personifying the relationship between Israel and Yahweh. Hosea played the part of Yahweh, and Gomer played the part of Israel.
HOS 1 1 x3qa figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh that came This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the word that Yahweh God spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
HOS 1 1 fhy8 translate-names 0 Beeri This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
HOS 1 1 f238 translate-names 0 Uzziah … Jotham … Ahaz … Hezekiah … Jeroboam … Joash The events in this book happened during the time of these kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ HOS 1 10 lb2w figs-activepassive 0 it will be said to them This can be stated i
HOS 1 11 vlg4 figs-activepassive 0 will be gathered together This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will gather them together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
HOS 1 11 t1bm 0 go up from the land This expression might refer to the land where the people of Israel were in captivity.
HOS 1 11 b5bz figs-explicit 0 the day of Jezreel This refers to the time when God will put his people back in the land of Israel. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
HOS 2 intro h75z 0 # Hosea 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of this chapter, which is poetry, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Hosea 1-2 is a single series forming one narrative.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Many relationships are used in this chapter that are metaphors for the relationship between Israel and her God. Brother, sister, husband, wife, mother, and children are examples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter creates an abrupt change of address. The prophet is now addressing the children directly in the first few verses, but the whole chapter is written against Gomer as an illustration of Israel as an adulterous people. God uses Gomer as an illustration to teach the people of Israel how they should be faithful to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
HOS 2 intro h75z 0 # Hosea 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of this chapter, which is poetry, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Hosea 1-2 is a single series forming one narrative.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Many relationships are used in this chapter that are metaphors for the relationship between Israel and her God. Brother, sister, husband, wife, mother, and children are examples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter creates an abrupt change of address. The prophet is now addressing the children directly in the first few verses, but the whole chapter is written against Gomer as an illustration of Israel as an adulterous people. God uses Gomer as an illustration to teach the people of Israel how they should be faithful to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
HOS 2 1 qq88 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh is speaking to Hosea.
HOS 2 1 if49 figs-exclamations 0 My people! This exclamation may be presented as a statement. Alternate translation: “You are my people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
HOS 2 1 z5an figs-activepassive 0 You have been shown compassion This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has shown you compassion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ HOS 2 23 jl7b figs-metaphor 0 I will plant her for myself in the land When God
HOS 2 23 z8da translate-names 0 Lo-Ruhamah This name means “no mercy.” The translator may choose to represent this meaning as the name. See how you translated this in [Hosea 1:6](../01/06.md). Alternate translation: “No Mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
HOS 2 23 l22q translate-names 0 Lo-Ammi This name means “not my people.” The translator may choose to represent this meaning as the name. See how you translated this in [Hosea 1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “Not My People” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
HOS 2 23 j39c translate-names 0 Ammi Attah This name means “you are my people.” The translator may choose to represent this meaning as the name. Alternate translation: “You Are My People” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
HOS 3 intro k2ts 0 # Hosea 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter focuses on the meaning of the illustration of Hosea’s marriage. It is a very short chapter written in prose to show the truth of Israel’s relationship with Yahweh. After bearing a number of children for Hosea, Gomer leaves him and prostitutes herself with other men, showing little to no regard for their marriage covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>This chapter contains a continuation of the metaphor played out in chapter 2. Hosea is told to go and buy his wife out of slavery. Gomer must have been captured and held as a slave due to her adulterous activity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])
HOS 3 intro k2ts 0 # Hosea 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter focuses on the meaning of the illustration of Hosea’s marriage. It is a very short chapter written in prose to show the truth of Israel’s relationship with Yahweh. After bearing a number of children for Hosea, Gomer leaves him and prostitutes herself with other men, showing little to no regard for their marriage covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>This chapter contains a continuation of the metaphor played out in chapter 2. Hosea is told to go and buy his wife out of slavery. Gomer must have been captured and held as a slave due to her adulterous activity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])
HOS 3 1 t4kg 0 Go again, love a woman, loved by her husband, but who is an adulteress This refers back to [Hosea 1:2](../01/02.md). Yahweh again tells Hosea to love an adulterous woman.
HOS 3 1 sa34 translate-symaction 0 Love her just as I, Yahweh, love the people of Israel By loving the adulterous woman, Hosea will be an example of Yahweh’s love for Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
HOS 3 1 rvb9 0 they turn to other gods and love raisin cakes People ate raisin or fig cakes during festivals where they worshiped false gods.
@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ HOS 3 5 klf5 0 seek Yahweh their God Here “seek” means they are asking God
HOS 3 5 ce6i figs-metonymy 0 David their king Here “David” represents all the descendants of David. Alternate translation: “a descendant of David to be their king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HOS 3 5 plr4 0 in the last days “in the future”
HOS 3 5 h6db figs-metonymy 0 they will come trembling before Yahweh and his goodness Here “trembling” represents feelings of awe and humility. Alternate translation: “they will come back to Yahweh and will humble themselves, honor him, and ask for his blessings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HOS 4 intro m65b 0 # Hosea 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The author stops using the metaphor of a husband/wife relationship and begins using a new illustration using lawsuits. God is suing the people of Israel because of all the wrong they have done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Lawsuits<br><br>Lawsuits are special cases where people go to court when they have a legal issue to resolve between them. Normally, one party is accusing another party of having done wrong.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metonymy<br><br>Metonymy is used in the first few verses of this chapter. Metonymy is a figure of speech in which a thing or idea is called not by its own name, but by the name of something closely associated with it. Bloodshed is associated with murder. Stumbling represents sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
HOS 4 intro m65b 0 # Hosea 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The author stops using the metaphor of a husband/wife relationship and begins using a new illustration using lawsuits. God is suing the people of Israel because of all the wrong they have done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Lawsuits<br><br>Lawsuits are special cases where people go to court when they have a legal issue to resolve between them. Normally, one party is accusing another party of having done wrong.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metonymy<br><br>Metonymy is used in the first few verses of this chapter. Metonymy is a figure of speech in which a thing or idea is called not by its own name, but by the name of something closely associated with it. Bloodshed is associated with murder. Stumbling represents sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
HOS 4 1 k5fr 0 General Information: This chapter begins Yahweh’s argument against the unfaithful Israelites.
HOS 4 1 t2hu figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh has a lawsuit against the inhabitants of the land Yahweh stating that the people of Israel have sinned against him and broken his covenant is spoken of as if Yahweh were accusing them in court. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 4 1 ste3 0 lawsuit This is a complaint by one person against another person in a court of law. See how you translated this in [Hosea 2:2](../02/02.md).
@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ HOS 4 17 y9hs 0 General Information: Yahweh is talking about Israel.
HOS 4 17 vcx4 figs-synecdoche 0 Ephraim united himself with idols; leave him alone Here “Ephraim” represents the whole northern kingdom of Israel, which is a metonym for the people who live there. They chose to worship idols, instead of Yahweh. Yahweh is commanding Hosea to not try to correct them. The people of Israel will not listen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HOS 4 18 t2qi 0 her rulers dearly love their shame The rulers are not ashamed of what they are doing when they worship idols and turn against Yahweh.
HOS 4 19 kwi7 figs-metaphor 0 The wind will wrap her up in its wings Here “wind” represents God’s judgment and anger against the nation of Israel. Yahweh will allow the enemy army to defeat the people of Israel and take them as captives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HOS 5 intro cz2x 0 # Hosea 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using the poetic form exclusively.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>The author uses Ephraim and Israel interchangeably. They both refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. Judah is also mentioned and refers to the southern kingdom of Judah. Benjamin is part of the southern kingdom of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is full of metaphors and similes. The writer uses these figures of speech to show how Yahweh will treat his people for not obeying his instructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
HOS 5 intro cz2x 0 # Hosea 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using the poetic form exclusively.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>The author uses Ephraim and Israel interchangeably. They both refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. Judah is also mentioned and refers to the southern kingdom of Judah. Benjamin is part of the southern kingdom of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is full of metaphors and similes. The writer uses these figures of speech to show how Yahweh will treat his people for not obeying his instructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
HOS 5 1 qy78 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh is talking about Israel.
HOS 5 1 i4kf translate-names 0 You have been a snare at Mizpah and a net spread over Tabor A snare and a net are both objects used to catch prey. In this case, the priests and the royal household had devised ways to keep the people away from Yahweh, while enticing them into idolatry. Mizpah and Tabor were places for idol worship in the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 5 2 e4c5 figs-metaphor 0 The rebels stand deep in slaughter Here “rebels” refers to all of those people who had turned away from Yahweh, and “deep in slaughter” could refer to the murder of innocent people, or to the slaughter of animals offered to pagan idols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ HOS 5 14 rse7 0 I, even I Yahweh is emphasizing that he is the one that is bri
HOS 5 14 y54f figs-metaphor 0 will tear As a lion tears apart the animal it is eating, so Yahweh will tear his people away from their homes and country. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 5 15 gc86 0 I will go and return to my place Yahweh will leave his rebellious people.
HOS 5 15 w7fg figs-metaphor 0 seek my face Try to come into God’s presence by means of worship and sacrifice. Alternate translation: “ask me to pay attention to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 6 intro xu4q 0 # Hosea 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using the poetic form to show how Yahweh will still show mercy to his wayward people, the northern kingdom of Israel and the southern kingdom of Judah. Gilead is an area in the northern kingdom of Israel where several of the tribes lived. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Change in speaker<br>There is a change in person from 6:1-3 to 6:4-11. In the first passage, the speaker is an anonymous Israelite, but in the rest of the chapter, the speaker is Yahweh.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Throughout the chapter, the author uses the metaphor of prostitution to say that his people have abandoned him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 6 intro xu4q 0 # Hosea 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using the poetic form to show how Yahweh will still show mercy to his wayward people, the northern kingdom of Israel and the southern kingdom of Judah. Gilead is an area in the northern kingdom of Israel where several of the tribes lived. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Change in speaker<br>There is a change in person from 6:1-3 to 6:4-11. In the first passage, the speaker is an anonymous Israelite, but in the rest of the chapter, the speaker is Yahweh.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Throughout the chapter, the author uses the metaphor of prostitution to say that his people have abandoned him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 6 1 a6ue 0 Connecting Statement: The people of Israel confess their need to repent.
HOS 6 1 u9ye figs-parallelism 0 he has torn us to pieces … he has injured us God has punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped idols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
HOS 6 1 ntx5 figs-parallelism 0 he will heal us … he will bandage our wounds Israel believes that God will be merciful to them when they repent and he will deliver them from their troubles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ HOS 6 10 f2vh 0 Israel has become unclean Israel has become unacceptable to Go
HOS 6 11 c9zv figs-activepassive 0 For you also, Judah, a harvest has been appointed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I have set a time of harvest for you also, Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
HOS 6 11 nid7 figs-metaphor 0 harvest Here “harvest” represents God’s final judgment on Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 6 11 hag4 0 fortunes prosperity and security
HOS 7 intro yc44 0 # Hosea 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using poetic forms to speak of Yahweh’s anger over the sin of the people. The people are not seeking Yahweh; they are seeking other gods and looking for salvation from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Baking<br><br>Baking of bread is an extended metaphor in this chapter. Yahweh uses various aspects of this activity to show his displeasure with their sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel and Ephraim<br>This chapter begins by using two different names for the same group of people: Israel and Ephraim. It also mentions Samaria, which was the capital of the northern kingdom of Israel.
HOS 7 intro yc44 0 # Hosea 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using poetic forms to speak of Yahweh’s anger over the sin of the people. The people are not seeking Yahweh; they are seeking other gods and looking for salvation from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Baking<br><br>Baking of bread is an extended metaphor in this chapter. Yahweh uses various aspects of this activity to show his displeasure with their sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel and Ephraim<br>This chapter begins by using two different names for the same group of people: Israel and Ephraim. It also mentions Samaria, which was the capital of the northern kingdom of Israel.
HOS 7 1 wc7w 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking.
HOS 7 1 l8yq figs-metaphor 0 I want to heal Israel Making Israel obedient to God again and receivers of his blessing is spoken of as if it were healing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 7 1 u93n figs-explicit 0 for they practice deceit The people are selling and buying products dishonestly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ HOS 7 16 k39m 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking.
HOS 7 16 r57a figs-simile 0 They are like a slack bow That is, a bow that has no bowstring, or that has no tension. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
HOS 7 16 q25q figs-metonymy 0 because of the insolence of their tongues Here “tongue” refers to what the officials say. Alternate translation: “because they insult me” or “because they curse me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HOS 7 16 r7lt figs-abstractnouns 0 This will become their mockery in the land of Egypt The abstract noun “mockery” can be stated as an action. Alternate translation: “This is why people in Egypt will mock and laugh at Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
HOS 8 intro sj97 0 # Hosea 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to use the poetic form to communicate several other ways the people of Israel have sinned against God. First, Yahweh notes that they have set up a king without consulting him.<br>Next, they set up or reinstalled the golden calves of Samaria. Last, they were seeking help from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>This chapter contains some references to the “calf of Samaria.” This most likely refers to an image that was set up by an earlier king of Israel. He did this in order to discourage his people from going to Jerusalem, which was part of the southern kingdom of Judah.
HOS 8 intro sj97 0 # Hosea 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to use the poetic form to communicate several other ways the people of Israel have sinned against God. First, Yahweh notes that they have set up a king without consulting him.<br>Next, they set up or reinstalled the golden calves of Samaria. Last, they were seeking help from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>This chapter contains some references to the “calf of Samaria.” This most likely refers to an image that was set up by an earlier king of Israel. He did this in order to discourage his people from going to Jerusalem, which was part of the southern kingdom of Judah.
HOS 8 1 iyy7 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking about the coming of the Assyrian army to attack the northern kingdom.
HOS 8 1 rq62 figs-metaphor 0 An eagle is coming over the house of Yahweh The eagle, a bird of prey, is sometimes used to represent the enemies of Israel. Alternate translation: “As an eagle hunts another animal, the enemies of Israel are coming to capture my people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 8 1 tc1q figs-metaphor 0 broken my covenant Here “broken” represents “disobeyed,” “violated.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ HOS 8 12 ww4c figs-hypo 0 I could write down my law for them ten thousand times
HOS 8 12 x66d translate-numbers 0 ten thousand “10,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
HOS 8 13 gmz3 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking.
HOS 8 13 fl3w 0 They will return to Egypt Because of their sin, God will send his people away as slaves to the Egyptians.
HOS 9 intro lkm6 0 # Hosea 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter is written in poetic form to speak of Yahweh’s displeasure with Israel’s sins. He is showing the many ways in which they do not honor him. The priests and kings do not understand how they have totally broken their covenant with Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Exile<br>Because the covenant has been broken, the people will be exiled into another land. This actually shows the mercy of God toward his people. He did not destroy them; he simply moved them to another place. However, this chapter goes into detail about many parts of their society to show how far they have moved away from truly worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Change in speaker<br>In verse 16, Yahweh is speaking; but in verse 17, Hosea starts speaking. There is a change in pronouns; the use of “my God” must imply that someone other than Yahweh is speaking.
HOS 9 intro lkm6 0 # Hosea 9 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter is written in poetic form to speak of Yahweh’s displeasure with Israel’s sins. He is showing the many ways in which they do not honor him. The priests and kings do not understand how they have totally broken their covenant with Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Exile<br>Because the covenant has been broken, the people will be exiled into another land. This actually shows the mercy of God toward his people. He did not destroy them; he simply moved them to another place. However, this chapter goes into detail about many parts of their society to show how far they have moved away from truly worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Change in speaker<br>In verse 16, Yahweh is speaking; but in verse 17, Hosea starts speaking. There is a change in pronouns; the use of “my God” must imply that someone other than Yahweh is speaking.
HOS 9 1 fz5r 0 General Information: Hosea the prophet is speaking.
HOS 9 2 f2gu figs-personification 0 But the threshing floor and the winepress will not feed them This describes the threshing floor and the winepress as if they were humans that can feed someone. This means that the harvest will not provide enough grain for threshing to meet the needs of the people, and that it will not provide the grapes for pressing to make enough wine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HOS 9 2 nt1h 0 the new wine will fail them There will not be enough grape juice to make wine with.

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 HOS front intro k6lu 0 # Introduction to Hosea<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Hosea<br><br>1. God tells Hosea to marry Gomer as a picture of how Israel relates to Yahweh (1:1–3:5)<br>1. Israel betrays, wanders, and sins; Yahweh appeals and pleas to return to him (4:1–7:3)<br>1. The conflict between Yahweh and Israel explained in various ways (7:4–13:8)<br>- Similes: oven, cake, dove, bow (7:4–16)<br>- Israel openly lies and rebels (8:1–14)<br>- The end of Israel predicted (9:1–17)<br>- Similes: grapes, vine, calf, lion, children, birds, and doves (10:1–11:11)<br>- Israel sins, betrays, and breaks alliances (11:12–12:1)<br>- Israel’s history remembered (12:2–13:16)<br>- Idolatry (13:1–8)<br>1. Israel is hostile to Yahweh (13:9–16)<br>1. Yahweh’s last appeals to Israel (14:1–9)<br><br>### What is the Book of Hosea about?<br><br>This book contains the prophecies of Hosea, son of Beeri. Hosea lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. He often called this kingdom Ephraim or Samaria. Hosea prophesied for about 38 years and predicted that Assyria would destroy the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>Hosea began to prophesy around 753 B.C., just before King Jeroboam II died. At this time, the kingdom of Israel was prosperous but spiritually weak. Hosea warned how Yahweh would punish Israel unless the people turned back to Yahweh and were faithful to him.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally named “The Book of Hosea” or just “Hosea.” Translators may also call it “The Book About Hosea” or “The Sayings of Hosea.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Hosea?<br><br>Although this book tells what Hosea prophesied, it is uncertain whether Hosea wrote the book himself. It was probably written after Samaria, the capital of the norther kingdom, was destroyed in 721 B.C.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did God command Hosea to marry a prostitute?<br><br>God told Hosea to marry the prostitute Gomer. This represented how the kingdom of Israel related to Yahweh. Israel was unfaithful to Yahweh and broke the covenant with him. This is compared to a woman who is unfaithful to her husband breaks her marriage agreement with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### What is a lawsuit?<br><br>Many cultures have a process for resolving disputes through law courts. These legal disputes are called lawsuits. The Book of Hosea contains some legal terms. This is because Yahweh is spoken of as if he were a husband accusing his wife in court of being unfaithful to him. Part of the Book of Hosea follows the form of a lawsuit. A problem is identified (4:1), someone is accused (4:4), someone is found guilty (4:15), and the guilty ones will be punished (5:1).<br><br>### Who did the people of the kingdom of Israel worship?<br><br>Israel was supposed to worship Yahweh alone. But they worshiped both Yahweh and the Canaanite gods such as Baal. This was a major reason why Yahweh judged the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What does the phrase “the declaration of Yahweh” mean?<br><br>The prophet used the phrase “the declaration of Yahweh” to mark a message as truly coming from God.<br><br>### Why are English translations of Hosea very different?<br><br>Hosea 4–14 has many problems of interpretation. Some phrases in Hosea are beyond how we currently understand the Hebrew language. Many English versions have translated these difficult sections very differently.<br><br>### What does the term “Israel” mean in Hosea?<br><br>In Hosea, “Israel” is used only to refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. It is not used to refer to the southern kingdom or to the two kingdoms together. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/kingdomofisrael]])
3 HOS 1 intro ud3c 0 # Hosea 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-11.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Hosea’s marriage<br>God does not approve of prostitution, but he told Hosea to marry a prostitute so that the message of Israel’s unfaithfulness would be shown to the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>Hosea’s marriage to Gomer is a metaphor for the kingdom of Israel’s relationship to Yahweh. Israel was unfaithful to Yahweh and broke the covenant with him. Gomer was a woman who was unfaithful to her husband broke her marriage agreement with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Hosea 1-4 is controlled by a metaphor that Hosea lived out. He was personifying the relationship between Israel and Yahweh. Hosea played the part of Yahweh, and Gomer played the part of Israel. # Hosea 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-11.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Hosea’s marriage<br>God does not approve of prostitution, but he told Hosea to marry a prostitute so that the message of Israel’s unfaithfulness would be shown to the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>Hosea’s marriage to Gomer is a metaphor for the kingdom of Israel’s relationship to Yahweh. Israel was unfaithful to Yahweh and broke the covenant with him. Gomer was a woman who was unfaithful to her husband broke her marriage agreement with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Hosea 1-4 is controlled by a metaphor that Hosea lived out. He was personifying the relationship between Israel and Yahweh. Hosea played the part of Yahweh, and Gomer played the part of Israel.
4 HOS 1 1 x3qa figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh that came This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the word that Yahweh God spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5 HOS 1 1 fhy8 translate-names 0 Beeri This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6 HOS 1 1 f238 translate-names 0 Uzziah … Jotham … Ahaz … Hezekiah … Jeroboam … Joash The events in this book happened during the time of these kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
22 HOS 1 11 vlg4 figs-activepassive 0 will be gathered together This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will gather them together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
23 HOS 1 11 t1bm 0 go up from the land This expression might refer to the land where the people of Israel were in captivity.
24 HOS 1 11 b5bz figs-explicit 0 the day of Jezreel This refers to the time when God will put his people back in the land of Israel. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
25 HOS 2 intro h75z 0 # Hosea 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of this chapter, which is poetry, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Hosea 1-2 is a single series forming one narrative.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Many relationships are used in this chapter that are metaphors for the relationship between Israel and her God. Brother, sister, husband, wife, mother, and children are examples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter creates an abrupt change of address. The prophet is now addressing the children directly in the first few verses, but the whole chapter is written against Gomer as an illustration of Israel as an adulterous people. God uses Gomer as an illustration to teach the people of Israel how they should be faithful to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) # Hosea 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of this chapter, which is poetry, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Hosea 1-2 is a single series forming one narrative.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Many relationships are used in this chapter that are metaphors for the relationship between Israel and her God. Brother, sister, husband, wife, mother, and children are examples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter creates an abrupt change of address. The prophet is now addressing the children directly in the first few verses, but the whole chapter is written against Gomer as an illustration of Israel as an adulterous people. God uses Gomer as an illustration to teach the people of Israel how they should be faithful to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
26 HOS 2 1 qq88 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh is speaking to Hosea.
27 HOS 2 1 if49 figs-exclamations 0 My people! This exclamation may be presented as a statement. Alternate translation: “You are my people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
28 HOS 2 1 z5an figs-activepassive 0 You have been shown compassion This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has shown you compassion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
79 HOS 2 23 z8da translate-names 0 Lo-Ruhamah This name means “no mercy.” The translator may choose to represent this meaning as the name. See how you translated this in [Hosea 1:6](../01/06.md). Alternate translation: “No Mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
80 HOS 2 23 l22q translate-names 0 Lo-Ammi This name means “not my people.” The translator may choose to represent this meaning as the name. See how you translated this in [Hosea 1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “Not My People” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
81 HOS 2 23 j39c translate-names 0 Ammi Attah This name means “you are my people.” The translator may choose to represent this meaning as the name. Alternate translation: “You Are My People” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
82 HOS 3 intro k2ts 0 # Hosea 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter focuses on the meaning of the illustration of Hosea’s marriage. It is a very short chapter written in prose to show the truth of Israel’s relationship with Yahweh. After bearing a number of children for Hosea, Gomer leaves him and prostitutes herself with other men, showing little to no regard for their marriage covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>This chapter contains a continuation of the metaphor played out in chapter 2. Hosea is told to go and buy his wife out of slavery. Gomer must have been captured and held as a slave due to her adulterous activity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]]) # Hosea 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter focuses on the meaning of the illustration of Hosea’s marriage. It is a very short chapter written in prose to show the truth of Israel’s relationship with Yahweh. After bearing a number of children for Hosea, Gomer leaves him and prostitutes herself with other men, showing little to no regard for their marriage covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>This chapter contains a continuation of the metaphor played out in chapter 2. Hosea is told to go and buy his wife out of slavery. Gomer must have been captured and held as a slave due to her adulterous activity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])
83 HOS 3 1 t4kg 0 Go again, love a woman, loved by her husband, but who is an adulteress This refers back to [Hosea 1:2](../01/02.md). Yahweh again tells Hosea to love an adulterous woman.
84 HOS 3 1 sa34 translate-symaction 0 Love her just as I, Yahweh, love the people of Israel By loving the adulterous woman, Hosea will be an example of Yahweh’s love for Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
85 HOS 3 1 rvb9 0 they turn to other gods and love raisin cakes People ate raisin or fig cakes during festivals where they worshiped false gods.
91 HOS 3 5 ce6i figs-metonymy 0 David their king Here “David” represents all the descendants of David. Alternate translation: “a descendant of David to be their king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
92 HOS 3 5 plr4 0 in the last days “in the future”
93 HOS 3 5 h6db figs-metonymy 0 they will come trembling before Yahweh and his goodness Here “trembling” represents feelings of awe and humility. Alternate translation: “they will come back to Yahweh and will humble themselves, honor him, and ask for his blessings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
94 HOS 4 intro m65b 0 # Hosea 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The author stops using the metaphor of a husband/wife relationship and begins using a new illustration using lawsuits. God is suing the people of Israel because of all the wrong they have done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Lawsuits<br><br>Lawsuits are special cases where people go to court when they have a legal issue to resolve between them. Normally, one party is accusing another party of having done wrong.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metonymy<br><br>Metonymy is used in the first few verses of this chapter. Metonymy is a figure of speech in which a thing or idea is called not by its own name, but by the name of something closely associated with it. Bloodshed is associated with murder. Stumbling represents sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) # Hosea 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The author stops using the metaphor of a husband/wife relationship and begins using a new illustration using lawsuits. God is suing the people of Israel because of all the wrong they have done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Lawsuits<br><br>Lawsuits are special cases where people go to court when they have a legal issue to resolve between them. Normally, one party is accusing another party of having done wrong.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metonymy<br><br>Metonymy is used in the first few verses of this chapter. Metonymy is a figure of speech in which a thing or idea is called not by its own name, but by the name of something closely associated with it. Bloodshed is associated with murder. Stumbling represents sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
95 HOS 4 1 k5fr 0 General Information: This chapter begins Yahweh’s argument against the unfaithful Israelites.
96 HOS 4 1 t2hu figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh has a lawsuit against the inhabitants of the land Yahweh stating that the people of Israel have sinned against him and broken his covenant is spoken of as if Yahweh were accusing them in court. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
97 HOS 4 1 ste3 0 lawsuit This is a complaint by one person against another person in a court of law. See how you translated this in [Hosea 2:2](../02/02.md).
138 HOS 4 17 vcx4 figs-synecdoche 0 Ephraim united himself with idols; leave him alone Here “Ephraim” represents the whole northern kingdom of Israel, which is a metonym for the people who live there. They chose to worship idols, instead of Yahweh. Yahweh is commanding Hosea to not try to correct them. The people of Israel will not listen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
139 HOS 4 18 t2qi 0 her rulers dearly love their shame The rulers are not ashamed of what they are doing when they worship idols and turn against Yahweh.
140 HOS 4 19 kwi7 figs-metaphor 0 The wind will wrap her up in its wings Here “wind” represents God’s judgment and anger against the nation of Israel. Yahweh will allow the enemy army to defeat the people of Israel and take them as captives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
141 HOS 5 intro cz2x 0 # Hosea 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using the poetic form exclusively.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>The author uses Ephraim and Israel interchangeably. They both refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. Judah is also mentioned and refers to the southern kingdom of Judah. Benjamin is part of the southern kingdom of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is full of metaphors and similes. The writer uses these figures of speech to show how Yahweh will treat his people for not obeying his instructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) # Hosea 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using the poetic form exclusively.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>The author uses Ephraim and Israel interchangeably. They both refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. Judah is also mentioned and refers to the southern kingdom of Judah. Benjamin is part of the southern kingdom of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is full of metaphors and similes. The writer uses these figures of speech to show how Yahweh will treat his people for not obeying his instructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
142 HOS 5 1 qy78 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh is talking about Israel.
143 HOS 5 1 i4kf translate-names 0 You have been a snare at Mizpah and a net spread over Tabor A snare and a net are both objects used to catch prey. In this case, the priests and the royal household had devised ways to keep the people away from Yahweh, while enticing them into idolatry. Mizpah and Tabor were places for idol worship in the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
144 HOS 5 2 e4c5 figs-metaphor 0 The rebels stand deep in slaughter Here “rebels” refers to all of those people who had turned away from Yahweh, and “deep in slaughter” could refer to the murder of innocent people, or to the slaughter of animals offered to pagan idols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
180 HOS 5 14 y54f figs-metaphor 0 will tear As a lion tears apart the animal it is eating, so Yahweh will tear his people away from their homes and country. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
181 HOS 5 15 gc86 0 I will go and return to my place Yahweh will leave his rebellious people.
182 HOS 5 15 w7fg figs-metaphor 0 seek my face Try to come into God’s presence by means of worship and sacrifice. Alternate translation: “ask me to pay attention to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
183 HOS 6 intro xu4q 0 # Hosea 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using the poetic form to show how Yahweh will still show mercy to his wayward people, the northern kingdom of Israel and the southern kingdom of Judah. Gilead is an area in the northern kingdom of Israel where several of the tribes lived. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Change in speaker<br>There is a change in person from 6:1-3 to 6:4-11. In the first passage, the speaker is an anonymous Israelite, but in the rest of the chapter, the speaker is Yahweh.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Throughout the chapter, the author uses the metaphor of prostitution to say that his people have abandoned him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) # Hosea 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using the poetic form to show how Yahweh will still show mercy to his wayward people, the northern kingdom of Israel and the southern kingdom of Judah. Gilead is an area in the northern kingdom of Israel where several of the tribes lived. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Change in speaker<br>There is a change in person from 6:1-3 to 6:4-11. In the first passage, the speaker is an anonymous Israelite, but in the rest of the chapter, the speaker is Yahweh.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Throughout the chapter, the author uses the metaphor of prostitution to say that his people have abandoned him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
184 HOS 6 1 a6ue 0 Connecting Statement: The people of Israel confess their need to repent.
185 HOS 6 1 u9ye figs-parallelism 0 he has torn us to pieces … he has injured us God has punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped idols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
186 HOS 6 1 ntx5 figs-parallelism 0 he will heal us … he will bandage our wounds Israel believes that God will be merciful to them when they repent and he will deliver them from their troubles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
205 HOS 6 11 c9zv figs-activepassive 0 For you also, Judah, a harvest has been appointed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I have set a time of harvest for you also, Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
206 HOS 6 11 nid7 figs-metaphor 0 harvest Here “harvest” represents God’s final judgment on Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
207 HOS 6 11 hag4 0 fortunes prosperity and security
208 HOS 7 intro yc44 0 # Hosea 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using poetic forms to speak of Yahweh’s anger over the sin of the people. The people are not seeking Yahweh; they are seeking other gods and looking for salvation from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Baking<br><br>Baking of bread is an extended metaphor in this chapter. Yahweh uses various aspects of this activity to show his displeasure with their sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel and Ephraim<br>This chapter begins by using two different names for the same group of people: Israel and Ephraim. It also mentions Samaria, which was the capital of the northern kingdom of Israel. # Hosea 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using poetic forms to speak of Yahweh’s anger over the sin of the people. The people are not seeking Yahweh; they are seeking other gods and looking for salvation from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Baking<br><br>Baking of bread is an extended metaphor in this chapter. Yahweh uses various aspects of this activity to show his displeasure with their sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel and Ephraim<br>This chapter begins by using two different names for the same group of people: Israel and Ephraim. It also mentions Samaria, which was the capital of the northern kingdom of Israel.
209 HOS 7 1 wc7w 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking.
210 HOS 7 1 l8yq figs-metaphor 0 I want to heal Israel Making Israel obedient to God again and receivers of his blessing is spoken of as if it were healing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
211 HOS 7 1 u93n figs-explicit 0 for they practice deceit The people are selling and buying products dishonestly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
247 HOS 7 16 r57a figs-simile 0 They are like a slack bow That is, a bow that has no bowstring, or that has no tension. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
248 HOS 7 16 q25q figs-metonymy 0 because of the insolence of their tongues Here “tongue” refers to what the officials say. Alternate translation: “because they insult me” or “because they curse me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
249 HOS 7 16 r7lt figs-abstractnouns 0 This will become their mockery in the land of Egypt The abstract noun “mockery” can be stated as an action. Alternate translation: “This is why people in Egypt will mock and laugh at Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
250 HOS 8 intro sj97 0 # Hosea 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to use the poetic form to communicate several other ways the people of Israel have sinned against God. First, Yahweh notes that they have set up a king without consulting him.<br>Next, they set up or reinstalled the golden calves of Samaria. Last, they were seeking help from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>This chapter contains some references to the “calf of Samaria.” This most likely refers to an image that was set up by an earlier king of Israel. He did this in order to discourage his people from going to Jerusalem, which was part of the southern kingdom of Judah. # Hosea 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to use the poetic form to communicate several other ways the people of Israel have sinned against God. First, Yahweh notes that they have set up a king without consulting him.<br>Next, they set up or reinstalled the golden calves of Samaria. Last, they were seeking help from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>This chapter contains some references to the “calf of Samaria.” This most likely refers to an image that was set up by an earlier king of Israel. He did this in order to discourage his people from going to Jerusalem, which was part of the southern kingdom of Judah.
251 HOS 8 1 iyy7 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking about the coming of the Assyrian army to attack the northern kingdom.
252 HOS 8 1 rq62 figs-metaphor 0 An eagle is coming over the house of Yahweh The eagle, a bird of prey, is sometimes used to represent the enemies of Israel. Alternate translation: “As an eagle hunts another animal, the enemies of Israel are coming to capture my people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
253 HOS 8 1 tc1q figs-metaphor 0 broken my covenant Here “broken” represents “disobeyed,” “violated.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
272 HOS 8 12 x66d translate-numbers 0 ten thousand “10,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
273 HOS 8 13 gmz3 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking.
274 HOS 8 13 fl3w 0 They will return to Egypt Because of their sin, God will send his people away as slaves to the Egyptians.
275 HOS 9 intro lkm6 0 # Hosea 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter is written in poetic form to speak of Yahweh’s displeasure with Israel’s sins. He is showing the many ways in which they do not honor him. The priests and kings do not understand how they have totally broken their covenant with Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Exile<br>Because the covenant has been broken, the people will be exiled into another land. This actually shows the mercy of God toward his people. He did not destroy them; he simply moved them to another place. However, this chapter goes into detail about many parts of their society to show how far they have moved away from truly worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Change in speaker<br>In verse 16, Yahweh is speaking; but in verse 17, Hosea starts speaking. There is a change in pronouns; the use of “my God” must imply that someone other than Yahweh is speaking. # Hosea 9 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter is written in poetic form to speak of Yahweh’s displeasure with Israel’s sins. He is showing the many ways in which they do not honor him. The priests and kings do not understand how they have totally broken their covenant with Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Exile<br>Because the covenant has been broken, the people will be exiled into another land. This actually shows the mercy of God toward his people. He did not destroy them; he simply moved them to another place. However, this chapter goes into detail about many parts of their society to show how far they have moved away from truly worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Change in speaker<br>In verse 16, Yahweh is speaking; but in verse 17, Hosea starts speaking. There is a change in pronouns; the use of “my God” must imply that someone other than Yahweh is speaking.
276 HOS 9 1 fz5r 0 General Information: Hosea the prophet is speaking.
277 HOS 9 2 f2gu figs-personification 0 But the threshing floor and the winepress will not feed them This describes the threshing floor and the winepress as if they were humans that can feed someone. This means that the harvest will not provide enough grain for threshing to meet the needs of the people, and that it will not provide the grapes for pressing to make enough wine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
278 HOS 9 2 nt1h 0 the new wine will fail them There will not be enough grape juice to make wine with.

6
en_tn_29-JOL.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
JOL front intro aq5w 0 # Introduction to Joel<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Joel<br><br>1. The land ruined; the day of Yahweh is coming (1:1–2:11)<br>- Locusts and drought (1:1–20)<br>- The day of Yahweh (2:1–11)<br>1. Yahweh restores his people (2:12-32)<br>- The people should turn to Yahweh, for he will pity them (2:12–27)<br>- The Spirit of Yahweh, wonders, and salvation (2:28–32)<br>1. Yahweh will judge the nations (3:1-21)<br>- Yahweh judges the nations (3:1–16)<br>- Yahweh dwells in Zion (3:17–21)<br><br>### What is the Book of Joel about?<br><br>The main idea in the Book of Joel is “the day of Yahweh.” This expression is found five times (1:15, 2:1, 2:11, 2:21, 3:14).<br><br>The people of Israel looked forward to “the day of Yahweh” as a day that Yahweh would judge the nations around them. But Joel warns that Yahweh would also judge Israel for being unfaithful to him. After judging them, Yahweh will restore his people.<br><br>Joel’s message applies to the people of God in the church age. For Yahweh says, “I will pour out my Spirit on all flesh” and “everyone who calls on Yahweh will be saved” (2:28 and 2:32, quoted by Peter in Acts 2:17 and 2:21).<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Joel” or just “Joel.” Translators may also call it the “The Book about Joel” or “The Sayings of Joel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Joel?<br><br>This book contains the prophecies of an Israelite named Joel, son of Pethuel. The book does not tell when Joel prophesied.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the meaning of the locust attacks in Joel 1 and 2, and of the drought in Joel 2?<br><br>Locust attacks occurred often in the ancient Near East. Certain kinds of grasshoppers would come in countless numbers. There would be so many that they would darken the sky like a black cloud that blocked the sunlight. They often came after a long period of no rain. They came down on whatever crops were surviving in the fields and stripped them bare of their leaves. The locusts could not be stopped and caused terrible damage. For this reason, locust attacks served as a powerful image of military attacks in the Old Testament. In Chapters 1 and 2, Joel described locust attacks using military terms. He may have been speaking of enemy invaders coming and destroying the land its people.<br><br>There are various names for locusts in the original language of the Old Testament. It is uncertain whether these refer to different kinds of locusts or to the same kind of locust in different stages of growth. For this reason, versions of the Bible differ in how they translate these terms.<br><br>Joel also described a drought in Chapter 2. It might have been a real lack of rain. Or Joel may have been speaking of either enemy invaders or Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations.<br><br>Translators should simply translate the locust attacks and drought as Joel described them and not worry about the various possible meanings.<br><br>### What did Joel prophesy about the future for God’s people?<br><br>Joel prophesied that God will defeat Israel’s enemies, rebuild the city of Jerusalem, and rule as victorious king over the whole world. At the same time, God will give his Spirit to all his people, and they will receive messages from him in dreams and visions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How should one translate the poetry of the Book of Joel?<br><br>All of the text in the Book of Joel is poetry. The ULT presents it in this way. The UST, however, presents the text as prose. Translators may choose to use prose in their versions. Translators who want to translate the book as poetry should read about poetry and parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOL 1 intro q2ev 0 # Joel 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Joel is written in poetic form and with striking imagery. The ULT is written in poetic form, but the UST has been transferred to a prose form. If possible, use the poetic form to communicate the meaning of this book in order to stay closer to the original meaning of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Locusts<br>This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and they progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of the whole land of Israel.<br><br>It was common for farmers in the ancient Near East to experience large locust swarms that would come and eat all crops in their fields. Joel might be describing such attacks in this first chapter. Because Joel uses military terms and images to describe these locust attacks, his descriptions might represent enemy invaders who would come and destroy the land its people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>The author also uses rhetorical questions that communicate surprise and alarm. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOL 1 intro q2ev 0 # Joel 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Joel is written in poetic form and with striking imagery. The ULT is written in poetic form, but the UST has been transferred to a prose form. If possible, use the poetic form to communicate the meaning of this book in order to stay closer to the original meaning of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Locusts<br>This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and they progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of the whole land of Israel.<br><br>It was common for farmers in the ancient Near East to experience large locust swarms that would come and eat all crops in their fields. Joel might be describing such attacks in this first chapter. Because Joel uses military terms and images to describe these locust attacks, his descriptions might represent enemy invaders who would come and destroy the land its people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>The author also uses rhetorical questions that communicate surprise and alarm. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOL 1 1 qry6 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: God speaks through Joel to the people of Israel using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOL 1 1 er8g figs-idiom דְּבַר־יְהוָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הָיָ֔ה אֶל־יוֹאֵ֖ל 1 the word of Yahweh that came to Joel This idiom is used to announce that God gave messages to Joel. Alternate translation: “the message Yahweh gave to Joel” or “the message Yahweh spoke to Joel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOL 1 1 qwp8 יְהוָה֙ 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ JOL 1 17 y7su מֶגְרְפֹ֣תֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 clods lumps of dirt
JOL 1 18 w5nw 0 General Information: God continues to tell the priests how they should pray for Israel.
JOL 1 18 ul6j נֶּאֶנְחָ֣ה 1 groan make a deep sound because of pain
JOL 1 20 n9lf אֲפִ֣יקֵי 1 brooks small streams
JOL 2 intro j2gp 0 # Joel 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues in the poetic form with striking imagery of armies and soldiers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Locusts<br><br>This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of Israel.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>This chapter uses simile to a great extent as Joel tries to describe this army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>### Metaphor<br>The drought, or severe lack of rain, Joel describes is probably a real drought. It might also be a picture of either enemy invaders or of Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations. Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts and drought as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOL 2 intro j2gp 0 # Joel 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues in the poetic form with striking imagery of armies and soldiers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Locusts<br><br>This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of Israel.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>This chapter uses simile to a great extent as Joel tries to describe this army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>### Metaphor<br>The drought, or severe lack of rain, Joel describes is probably a real drought. It might also be a picture of either enemy invaders or of Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations. Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts and drought as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOL 2 1 t9j9 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Joel continues poetry that began in the previous chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOL 2 1 m7i5 תִּקְע֨וּ שׁוֹפָ֜ר…וְ⁠הָרִ֨יעוּ֙ 1 Blow the trumpet … sound an alarm Joel is emphasizing the importance of calling Israel together in preparation for the destruction that is coming.
JOL 2 2 qmb9 figs-doublet י֧וֹם חֹ֣שֶׁךְ וַ⁠אֲפֵלָ֗ה 1 day of darkness and gloom The words “darkness” and “gloom” share similar meanings and emphasize that the darkness will be very dark. Both words refer to a time of disaster or divine judgment. Alternate translation: “day that is full of darkness” or “day of terrible judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ JOL 2 32 t1vg figs-metonymy כֹּ֧ל אֲשֶׁר־יִקְרָ֛א בְּ⁠
JOL 2 32 k5zj figs-doublet בְּ⁠הַר־צִיּ֨וֹן וּ⁠בִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֜ם 1 on Mount Zion and in Jerusalem These refer to the same place. Alternate translation: “on Mount Zion in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOL 2 32 j194 figs-ellipsis וּ⁠בַ֨⁠שְּׂרִידִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה קֹרֵֽא 1 among the survivors, those whom Yahweh calls The phrase “there will be” is understood from earlier in the sentence. It can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “among the survivors there will be those whom Yahweh calls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JOL 2 32 e73u 1 survivors people who live through a terrible event like a war or a disaster
JOL 3 intro jcn7 0 # Joel 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There is a change in focus in this chapter from the people of Israel to her enemies. The events of this chapters also contain many prophecies about the events of the end of this world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel<br>The mention of Israel in this chapter is probably a reference to the people of Judah and not the northern kingdom of Israel. It is also possible this is a reference to the people of Israel as a whole.
JOL 3 intro jcn7 0 # Joel 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There is a change in focus in this chapter from the people of Israel to her enemies. The events of this chapters also contain many prophecies about the events of the end of this world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel<br>The mention of Israel in this chapter is probably a reference to the people of Judah and not the northern kingdom of Israel. It is also possible this is a reference to the people of Israel as a whole.
JOL 3 1 b14f 0 General Information: Yahweh continues the speech he began in [Joel 2:25](../02/25.md), promising good things for the people of Israel.
JOL 3 1 nha5 כִּ֗י הִנֵּ֛ה 1 Behold “Listen” or “Pay attention”
JOL 3 1 zy3s figs-doublet בַּ⁠יָּמִ֥ים הָ⁠הֵ֖מָּה וּ⁠בָ⁠עֵ֣ת הַ⁠הִ֑יא 1 in those days and at that time The phrase “at that time” means the same thing as and intensifies the phrase “in those days.” Alternate translation: “in those very days” or “at that very time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 JOL front intro aq5w 0 # Introduction to Joel<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Joel<br><br>1. The land ruined; the day of Yahweh is coming (1:1–2:11)<br>- Locusts and drought (1:1–20)<br>- The day of Yahweh (2:1–11)<br>1. Yahweh restores his people (2:12-32)<br>- The people should turn to Yahweh, for he will pity them (2:12–27)<br>- The Spirit of Yahweh, wonders, and salvation (2:28–32)<br>1. Yahweh will judge the nations (3:1-21)<br>- Yahweh judges the nations (3:1–16)<br>- Yahweh dwells in Zion (3:17–21)<br><br>### What is the Book of Joel about?<br><br>The main idea in the Book of Joel is “the day of Yahweh.” This expression is found five times (1:15, 2:1, 2:11, 2:21, 3:14).<br><br>The people of Israel looked forward to “the day of Yahweh” as a day that Yahweh would judge the nations around them. But Joel warns that Yahweh would also judge Israel for being unfaithful to him. After judging them, Yahweh will restore his people.<br><br>Joel’s message applies to the people of God in the church age. For Yahweh says, “I will pour out my Spirit on all flesh” and “everyone who calls on Yahweh will be saved” (2:28 and 2:32, quoted by Peter in Acts 2:17 and 2:21).<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Joel” or just “Joel.” Translators may also call it the “The Book about Joel” or “The Sayings of Joel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Joel?<br><br>This book contains the prophecies of an Israelite named Joel, son of Pethuel. The book does not tell when Joel prophesied.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the meaning of the locust attacks in Joel 1 and 2, and of the drought in Joel 2?<br><br>Locust attacks occurred often in the ancient Near East. Certain kinds of grasshoppers would come in countless numbers. There would be so many that they would darken the sky like a black cloud that blocked the sunlight. They often came after a long period of no rain. They came down on whatever crops were surviving in the fields and stripped them bare of their leaves. The locusts could not be stopped and caused terrible damage. For this reason, locust attacks served as a powerful image of military attacks in the Old Testament. In Chapters 1 and 2, Joel described locust attacks using military terms. He may have been speaking of enemy invaders coming and destroying the land its people.<br><br>There are various names for locusts in the original language of the Old Testament. It is uncertain whether these refer to different kinds of locusts or to the same kind of locust in different stages of growth. For this reason, versions of the Bible differ in how they translate these terms.<br><br>Joel also described a drought in Chapter 2. It might have been a real lack of rain. Or Joel may have been speaking of either enemy invaders or Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations.<br><br>Translators should simply translate the locust attacks and drought as Joel described them and not worry about the various possible meanings.<br><br>### What did Joel prophesy about the future for God’s people?<br><br>Joel prophesied that God will defeat Israel’s enemies, rebuild the city of Jerusalem, and rule as victorious king over the whole world. At the same time, God will give his Spirit to all his people, and they will receive messages from him in dreams and visions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How should one translate the poetry of the Book of Joel?<br><br>All of the text in the Book of Joel is poetry. The ULT presents it in this way. The UST, however, presents the text as prose. Translators may choose to use prose in their versions. Translators who want to translate the book as poetry should read about poetry and parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
3 JOL 1 intro q2ev 0 # Joel 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Joel is written in poetic form and with striking imagery. The ULT is written in poetic form, but the UST has been transferred to a prose form. If possible, use the poetic form to communicate the meaning of this book in order to stay closer to the original meaning of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Locusts<br>This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and they progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of the whole land of Israel.<br><br>It was common for farmers in the ancient Near East to experience large locust swarms that would come and eat all crops in their fields. Joel might be describing such attacks in this first chapter. Because Joel uses military terms and images to describe these locust attacks, his descriptions might represent enemy invaders who would come and destroy the land its people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>The author also uses rhetorical questions that communicate surprise and alarm. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) # Joel 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Joel is written in poetic form and with striking imagery. The ULT is written in poetic form, but the UST has been transferred to a prose form. If possible, use the poetic form to communicate the meaning of this book in order to stay closer to the original meaning of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Locusts<br>This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and they progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of the whole land of Israel.<br><br>It was common for farmers in the ancient Near East to experience large locust swarms that would come and eat all crops in their fields. Joel might be describing such attacks in this first chapter. Because Joel uses military terms and images to describe these locust attacks, his descriptions might represent enemy invaders who would come and destroy the land its people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>The author also uses rhetorical questions that communicate surprise and alarm. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4 JOL 1 1 qry6 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: God speaks through Joel to the people of Israel using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
5 JOL 1 1 er8g figs-idiom דְּבַר־יְהוָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הָיָ֔ה אֶל־יוֹאֵ֖ל 1 the word of Yahweh that came to Joel This idiom is used to announce that God gave messages to Joel. Alternate translation: “the message Yahweh gave to Joel” or “the message Yahweh spoke to Joel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
6 JOL 1 1 qwp8 יְהוָה֙ 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
38 JOL 1 18 w5nw 0 General Information: God continues to tell the priests how they should pray for Israel.
39 JOL 1 18 ul6j נֶּאֶנְחָ֣ה 1 groan make a deep sound because of pain
40 JOL 1 20 n9lf אֲפִ֣יקֵי 1 brooks small streams
41 JOL 2 intro j2gp 0 # Joel 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues in the poetic form with striking imagery of armies and soldiers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Locusts<br><br>This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of Israel.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>This chapter uses simile to a great extent as Joel tries to describe this army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>### Metaphor<br>The drought, or severe lack of rain, Joel describes is probably a real drought. It might also be a picture of either enemy invaders or of Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations. Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts and drought as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) # Joel 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues in the poetic form with striking imagery of armies and soldiers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Locusts<br><br>This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of Israel.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>This chapter uses simile to a great extent as Joel tries to describe this army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>### Metaphor<br>The drought, or severe lack of rain, Joel describes is probably a real drought. It might also be a picture of either enemy invaders or of Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations. Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts and drought as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
42 JOL 2 1 t9j9 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Joel continues poetry that began in the previous chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
43 JOL 2 1 m7i5 תִּקְע֨וּ שׁוֹפָ֜ר…וְ⁠הָרִ֨יעוּ֙ 1 Blow the trumpet … sound an alarm Joel is emphasizing the importance of calling Israel together in preparation for the destruction that is coming.
44 JOL 2 2 qmb9 figs-doublet י֧וֹם חֹ֣שֶׁךְ וַ⁠אֲפֵלָ֗ה 1 day of darkness and gloom The words “darkness” and “gloom” share similar meanings and emphasize that the darkness will be very dark. Both words refer to a time of disaster or divine judgment. Alternate translation: “day that is full of darkness” or “day of terrible judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
112 JOL 2 32 k5zj figs-doublet בְּ⁠הַר־צִיּ֨וֹן וּ⁠בִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֜ם 1 on Mount Zion and in Jerusalem These refer to the same place. Alternate translation: “on Mount Zion in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
113 JOL 2 32 j194 figs-ellipsis וּ⁠בַ֨⁠שְּׂרִידִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה קֹרֵֽא 1 among the survivors, those whom Yahweh calls The phrase “there will be” is understood from earlier in the sentence. It can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “among the survivors there will be those whom Yahweh calls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
114 JOL 2 32 e73u 1 survivors people who live through a terrible event like a war or a disaster
115 JOL 3 intro jcn7 0 # Joel 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There is a change in focus in this chapter from the people of Israel to her enemies. The events of this chapters also contain many prophecies about the events of the end of this world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel<br>The mention of Israel in this chapter is probably a reference to the people of Judah and not the northern kingdom of Israel. It is also possible this is a reference to the people of Israel as a whole. # Joel 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There is a change in focus in this chapter from the people of Israel to her enemies. The events of this chapters also contain many prophecies about the events of the end of this world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel<br>The mention of Israel in this chapter is probably a reference to the people of Judah and not the northern kingdom of Israel. It is also possible this is a reference to the people of Israel as a whole.
116 JOL 3 1 b14f 0 General Information: Yahweh continues the speech he began in [Joel 2:25](../02/25.md), promising good things for the people of Israel.
117 JOL 3 1 nha5 כִּ֗י הִנֵּ֛ה 1 Behold “Listen” or “Pay attention”
118 JOL 3 1 zy3s figs-doublet בַּ⁠יָּמִ֥ים הָ⁠הֵ֖מָּה וּ⁠בָ⁠עֵ֣ת הַ⁠הִ֑יא 1 in those days and at that time The phrase “at that time” means the same thing as and intensifies the phrase “in those days.” Alternate translation: “in those very days” or “at that very time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])

18
en_tn_30-AMO.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
AMO front intro ih42 0 # Introduction to Amos<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Amos<br><br>1. Amos introduced (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh judges the nations (1:2-2:16)<br>- The surrounding nations (1:2–2:3)<br>- The southern kingdom (2:4–5)<br>- The northern kingdom (2:6–16)<br>1. Amos prophesies against the people of Israel (3:1–6:14)<br>1. Yahweh shows Amos several visions (7:1-9:10)<br>1. Israel is to be restored (9:11–15)<br><br>### What is the Book of Amos about?<br><br>The Book of Amos contains the words of Amos, a shepherd of Tekoa. Amos began to prophesy about 760 BC. He spoke Yahweh’s messages against God’s people behaving wickedly. He spoke messages to both the southern kingdom of Judah and the northern kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>Yahweh gave Amos prophecies of judgment (Chapters 1-6) to proclaim to the people. Each of them begins with the phrase “This is what Yahweh says” (ULT).<br><br>Three visions of Yahweh coming to judge the people are in the last part of the book (7:1-9:10). A final vision promises that Yahweh will restore Israel (9:11-15). He will restore the “tent of David.” This means a descendant of David would once again be king over Israel.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Amos” or just “Amos.” Translators may also call it the “The Book of the Sayings of Amos.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Amos?<br><br>The prophet Amos probably wrote this book. He lived in the southern kingdom of Judah. Amos came from a poor family. They grew sycamore trees (7:14, 15) and were shepherds ([Amos 1:1](../../amo/01/01.md)). Though Amos was not trained as a prophet, he knew and understood the law of Moses. Also, Amos skillfully used expressive and meaningful words.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How is justice described in Amos?<br><br>Justice is an important theme in the Book of Amos. Justice means people treating others fairly according to the law of Yahweh. People in Israel were oppressing and taking advantage of poor people, orphans, and widows. Amos explained that Yahweh would prefer that the people act justly rather than sacrifice to him. Truly obeying the law of Moses meant being just to other people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### What is a lawsuit?<br><br>Many cultures have a process for resolving disputes through the use of courts. These legal disputes are called lawsuits. Amos uses various legal terms. Part of the book presents events in a courtroom. The people are introduced, the problem is explained, the people are examined, witnesses speak, and a verdict is given.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was a son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. In Amos, “Israel” almost always refers to the northern kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Where do the various narratives begin and end?<br><br>The structure of the Book of Amos may make it difficult to understand where Amos ends one thought and begins another. It may be helpful to solve these issues with carefully divided lines or paragraphs.
AMO 1 intro v72p 0 # Amos 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This book is written in a poetic form. Because it was written by a farmer, it includes many references to agricultural concepts.<br><br>### “For three sins of Judah, even for four”<br>The phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each oracle. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
AMO 1 intro v72p 0 # Amos 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This book is written in a poetic form. Because it was written by a farmer, it includes many references to agricultural concepts.<br><br>### “For three sins of Judah, even for four”<br>The phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each oracle. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
AMO 1 1 zsg5 writing-poetry 0 General Information: God speaks through Amos using poetic language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
AMO 1 1 e8f1 figs-activepassive 0 These are the things concerning Israel that Amos, one of the shepherds in Tekoa, received in revelation This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “These are the things concerning Israel that God revealed to Amos, one of the shepherds in Tekoa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
AMO 1 1 qz81 0 These are the things “This is the message”
@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ AMO 1 14 hpu5 figs-metaphor 0 with a tempest in the day of the whirlwind The fi
AMO 1 14 xh9x 0 tempest … whirlwind These are two kinds of violent storms.
AMO 1 14 zf7h 0 whirlwind a strong wind that spins very quickly as it moves and can cause damage
AMO 1 15 s4xt figs-abstractnouns 0 Their king will go into captivity The abstract noun “captivity” can be translated as the verb “capture.” This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Their enemies will capture their king and take him away as a prisoner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
AMO 2 intro ibd6 0 # Amos 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter consists of oracles against Moab and Judah by using poetic language and imagery. But the UST translates it using prose. If possible, translate this chapter as poetry, but you may translate as narrative.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>You will notice that the phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each of these oracles. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
AMO 2 intro ibd6 0 # Amos 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter consists of oracles against Moab and Judah by using poetic language and imagery. But the UST translates it using prose. If possible, translate this chapter as poetry, but you may translate as narrative.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>You will notice that the phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each of these oracles. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
AMO 2 1 g1vl 0 For three sins of … even for four This is a poetic device. It does not mean that a specific number of sins had been committed, but indicates that many sins had led to God’s judgment. See how you translated these words in [Amos 1:3](../01/03.md).
AMO 2 1 uc48 figs-metonymy 0 Moab This represents the Moabite people. Alternate translation: “the people of Moab” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
AMO 2 1 pft8 figs-litotes 0 I will not turn away punishment Yahweh uses two negatives here to emphasize that he would punish them. See how you translated these words in [Amos 1:3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ AMO 2 15 q2w6 figs-explicit 0 the fast runner will not escape The implied infor
AMO 2 16 c22v figs-metonymy 0 flee naked This could mean: (1) this is a metonym for “run away without his weapons” or (2) this is meant literally as “run away wearing no clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
AMO 2 16 i9l6 0 in that day “at that time”
AMO 2 16 szp1 figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
AMO 3 intro gtz5 0 # Amos 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Amos continues to use poetic form in this chapter to prophesy the disaster coming to the kingdoms of Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>This chapter begins with a number of rhetorical questions. The last question provides the reader with some answers: “Yahweh has certainly spoken through his prophets. So listen to them.” The answer to these rhetorical questions have the expected response of “no” because they are things that are not expected to happen. The writer is helping the reader to conclude that God uses the prophets to speak his message.
AMO 3 intro gtz5 0 # Amos 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Amos continues to use poetic form in this chapter to prophesy the disaster coming to the kingdoms of Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>This chapter begins with a number of rhetorical questions. The last question provides the reader with some answers: “Yahweh has certainly spoken through his prophets. So listen to them.” The answer to these rhetorical questions have the expected response of “no” because they are things that are not expected to happen. The writer is helping the reader to conclude that God uses the prophets to speak his message.
AMO 3 1 em48 0 Hear this word “Hear this message” or “Listen to this message”
AMO 3 1 k2d9 0 that Yahweh has spoken against you … against the whole family “this word that Yahweh has spoken about you … about the whole family” or “Yahweh’s message about you … about the whole family”
AMO 3 1 kc3z 0 you, people of Israel … the whole family that I brought up out of the land of Egypt These two phrases refer to the same group of people. The people God is speaking to are the descendants of those he had taken out of Egypt.
@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ AMO 3 15 law2 0 The houses of ivory “the houses that are decorated with ivor
AMO 3 15 i8hw 0 ivory the teeth and horns of large animals
AMO 3 15 vic1 figs-metaphor 0 the large houses will vanish “the large houses will exist no more.” Here “vanish” represents being destroyed. Alternate translation: “the large houses will be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
AMO 3 15 n6kq figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
AMO 4 intro wy7z 0 # Amos 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and is about the people’s refusal to listen to Yahweh even as he tries to point them back to himself.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Repetition<br>This chapter contains a repeated sentence: “Yet you have not returned to me —this is Yahweh’s declaration.” Please make sure this sentence is translated the same way each time to show the repetition. This repetition produces a list of sins Yahweh is mounting against his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
AMO 4 intro wy7z 0 # Amos 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and is about the people’s refusal to listen to Yahweh even as he tries to point them back to himself.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Repetition<br>This chapter contains a repeated sentence: “Yet you have not returned to me —this is Yahweh’s declaration.” Please make sure this sentence is translated the same way each time to show the repetition. This repetition produces a list of sins Yahweh is mounting against his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
AMO 4 1 jn6e figs-metaphor 0 you cows of Bashan, you who are in the mountain of Samaria Amos speaks to the women of Israel who live in Samaria as if they were well-fed cows. Alternate translation: “you wealthy women who live in the mountains of Samaria, you who are like the well-fed cows of Bashan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
AMO 4 1 w7hi figs-nominaladj 0 you who oppress the poor The phrase “the poor” refers to poor people. Alternate translation: “you who oppress poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
AMO 4 1 mg4u figs-metaphor 0 you who crush the needy Hear “crush” is a metaphor that represents treating people badly. The phrase “the needy” refers to people who need help. Alternate translation: “you who treat needy people badly” or “you who hurt needy people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ AMO 4 13 krg8 figs-123person 0 he who forms the mountains … reveals his thoug
AMO 4 13 n7pa 0 makes the morning darkness This could mean: (1) God causes the day to be very dark with thick clouds. Alternate translation: “makes the morning dark” or (2) God causes time to pass, so every day becomes night. Alternate translation: “makes morning and evening”
AMO 4 13 s3jv figs-metaphor 0 treads on the high places of the earth God ruling over all the earth is spoken of as if he walks on the highest places of the earth. Alternate translation: “rules over all the earth” or “rules over even the highest places of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
AMO 4 13 sha6 0 Yahweh, God of hosts, is his name By declaring his full name, Yahweh is declaring his power and authority to do these things. Your language may have a way for people to do this.
AMO 5 intro w1eh 0 # Amos 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to be written in a poetic format and foretells the destruction of the kingdom of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Place Names<br>This chapter refers to various places in land of Israel (i.e. Gilgal, Bethel, Beersheba). Normally these places have good connotations, but here they are referred to negatively. This is most likely because these cities became known for their idol worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### City gate<br>The “city gate” is mentioned several times. This was a place where people would go with legal and financial issues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
AMO 5 intro w1eh 0 # Amos 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to be written in a poetic format and foretells the destruction of the kingdom of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Place Names<br>This chapter refers to various places in land of Israel (i.e. Gilgal, Bethel, Beersheba). Normally these places have good connotations, but here they are referred to negatively. This is most likely because these cities became known for their idol worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### City gate<br>The “city gate” is mentioned several times. This was a place where people would go with legal and financial issues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
AMO 5 1 u6w8 figs-metonymy 0 house of Israel The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to Israel’s descendants. Alternate translation: “you people of Israel” or “you Israelite people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
AMO 5 2 cqa2 figs-metaphor 0 The virgin Israel has fallen … no one to raise her up The phrase “The virgin Israel” represents the nation of Israel. The nation of Israel being destroyed and having no other nation to help them become strong again is spoken of as if it were a young woman who has fallen and has no one to raise her up. Alternate translation: “The nation of Israel is like a woman who has fallen … no one to help her get up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
AMO 5 2 lta8 figs-activepassive 0 she is forsaken on her land This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People have forsaken her” or “they have abandoned her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ AMO 5 25 fma5 figs-metonymy 0 house of Israel The word “house” is a metonym
AMO 5 26 qnx9 figs-metonymy 0 You have lifted up the images of Sikkuth … and Kaiwan Here “lifted up the images” represents worshiping them. Alternate translation: “You have worshiped the images of Sikkuth … and Kaiwan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
AMO 5 26 tjr6 translate-names 0 Sikkuth … Kaiwan These are the names of two false gods. The people had made images to represent them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
AMO 5 26 q6vz 0 Kaiwan Some versions write this as “Kiyyun.”
AMO 6 intro cn1s 0 # Amos 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to be written in poetic style except for verses 9-10, which are in prose. These two verses contain many interested features.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>Verses 9-10 will probably be difficult to translate because the situation is vague and details don’t appear to align easily. It is appropriate to translate these verses with some ambiguity remaining. It may be helpful to read many different versions prior to translating these verses.
AMO 6 intro cn1s 0 # Amos 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to be written in poetic style except for verses 9-10, which are in prose. These two verses contain many interested features.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>Verses 9-10 will probably be difficult to translate because the situation is vague and details don’t appear to align easily. It is appropriate to translate these verses with some ambiguity remaining. It may be helpful to read many different versions prior to translating these verses.
AMO 6 1 psf7 0 who are at ease “who feel safe.” The people are comfortable and not concerned that God will judge them.
AMO 6 1 ut6j figs-irony 0 the notable men of the best of the nations “the most important men of this great nation.” Yahweh may be using irony to describe how these men think of themselves. Alternate translation: “the men who think they are the most important people in the best nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
AMO 6 1 s17g figs-metonymy 0 the house of Israel comes The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to Israel’s descendants. Alternate translation: “the Israelites come” or “the Israelite people group comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ AMO 6 14 yze1 0 look “listen” or “pay attention”
AMO 6 14 u8j4 figs-123person 0 this is the declaration of the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 3:13](../03/13.md). Alternate translation: “this is what the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts, has declared” or “this is what I, the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
AMO 6 14 alt4 figs-metonymy 0 from Lebo Hamath to the brook of the Arabah Here “Lebo Hamath” represents the northern border of Israel, and “brook of the Arabah” represents the southern border. Alternate translation: “from the northern border of your nation to the southern border” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
AMO 6 14 jfe8 0 brook a small river that flows only during the wet season
AMO 7 intro vkd3 0 # Amos 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is mainly written as a narrative about the prophet Amos interacting with Yahweh. Yahweh presents three different scenarios of judgment before Amos who pleads with God and he does not carry out His judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Reported speech<br>In the latter part of the chapter, it is important to follow the conversation carefully to understand who is speaking. There are some instances of “reported speech.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
AMO 7 intro vkd3 0 # Amos 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is mainly written as a narrative about the prophet Amos interacting with Yahweh. Yahweh presents three different scenarios of judgment before Amos who pleads with God and he does not carry out His judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Reported speech<br>In the latter part of the chapter, it is important to follow the conversation carefully to understand who is speaking. There are some instances of “reported speech.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
AMO 7 1 h8xv 0 Look … look The writer is telling the reader that he is about to say something surprising. Your language may have a way of doing this.
AMO 7 1 e1ul 0 locust See how you translated this in [Amos 4:9](../04/09.md).
AMO 7 1 s8l3 0 after the king’s harvest “after the king takes his share from the harvest”
@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ AMO 7 16 dz72 figs-metonymy 0 do not speak against the house of Isaac Here “h
AMO 7 17 c3rd figs-metonymy 0 your sons and your daughters will fall by the sword Here “sword” represents enemies. Alternate translation: “enemies will kill your sons and daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
AMO 7 17 sqs6 figs-activepassive 0 your land will be measured and divided up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “other people will take your land and divide it up among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
AMO 7 17 mr3m figs-metaphor 0 an unclean land A land full of people that are unacceptable to God is spoken of as if the land were physically unclean. Here it means a land other than Israel. Alternate translation: “a foreign land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
AMO 8 intro h32s 0 # Amos 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and it shows the way Yahweh’s people are sinning and<br>how he is going to respond. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “This is the declaration of Yahweh”<br><br>This phrase is used to introduce prophecy. It highlights what God is proclaiming. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
AMO 8 intro h32s 0 # Amos 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and it shows the way Yahweh’s people are sinning and<br>how he is going to respond. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “This is the declaration of Yahweh”<br><br>This phrase is used to introduce prophecy. It highlights what God is proclaiming. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
AMO 8 1 m4g1 0 Look, a basket of summer fruit! The word “look” here shows that Amos saw something interesting. Alternate translation: “I saw a basket of summer fruit!”
AMO 8 1 i65f 0 summer fruit “ripe fruit”
AMO 8 2 ixx6 figs-rquestion 0 What do you see, Amos? Yahweh uses a question to teach Amos. Alternate translation: “Tell me what you see, Amos.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ AMO 8 14 sg5b figs-metonymy 0 by the sin of Samaria Here “sin” represents t
AMO 8 14 xsl2 0 As your god lives, Dan This is a way of making a solemn oath. The people declare that they believe the god of Dan is certainly alive to emphasize that they will certainly do what they promise to do.
AMO 8 14 bfm8 0 As the way to Beersheba exists This is probably a reference to the roads that pilgrims would take to Beersheba in order to worship idols there. Again, this is a way of making a solemn oath. They state that the way to Beersheba certainly exists in order to emphasize that they will certainly do what they promise to do.
AMO 8 14 s65t figs-idiom 0 they will fall This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “they will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
AMO 9 intro ych5 0 # Amos 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and continues to show the awesome and terrible judgment of Yahweh on his people. In verse 11, the writer writes about the forgiveness and mercy of God on the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The declaration of Yahweh”<br>This phrase is used to introduce prophecy. It highlights what God is proclaiming. Try to remain consistent in translating this phrase throughout the book. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
AMO 9 intro ych5 0 # Amos 9 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and continues to show the awesome and terrible judgment of Yahweh on his people. In verse 11, the writer writes about the forgiveness and mercy of God on the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The declaration of Yahweh”<br>This phrase is used to introduce prophecy. It highlights what God is proclaiming. Try to remain consistent in translating this phrase throughout the book. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
AMO 9 1 h5x6 0 General Information: Yahweh shows Amos another vision.
AMO 9 1 iv3s 0 Strike the tops … Break them It is uncertain to whom Yahweh is speaking these commands.
AMO 9 1 rj89 figs-explicit 0 Strike the tops of the pillars so that the foundations will shake It is implied that Yahweh is speaking about the pillars and foundations of a temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 AMO front intro ih42 0 # Introduction to Amos<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Amos<br><br>1. Amos introduced (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh judges the nations (1:2-2:16)<br>- The surrounding nations (1:2–2:3)<br>- The southern kingdom (2:4–5)<br>- The northern kingdom (2:6–16)<br>1. Amos prophesies against the people of Israel (3:1–6:14)<br>1. Yahweh shows Amos several visions (7:1-9:10)<br>1. Israel is to be restored (9:11–15)<br><br>### What is the Book of Amos about?<br><br>The Book of Amos contains the words of Amos, a shepherd of Tekoa. Amos began to prophesy about 760 BC. He spoke Yahweh’s messages against God’s people behaving wickedly. He spoke messages to both the southern kingdom of Judah and the northern kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>Yahweh gave Amos prophecies of judgment (Chapters 1-6) to proclaim to the people. Each of them begins with the phrase “This is what Yahweh says” (ULT).<br><br>Three visions of Yahweh coming to judge the people are in the last part of the book (7:1-9:10). A final vision promises that Yahweh will restore Israel (9:11-15). He will restore the “tent of David.” This means a descendant of David would once again be king over Israel.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Amos” or just “Amos.” Translators may also call it the “The Book of the Sayings of Amos.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Amos?<br><br>The prophet Amos probably wrote this book. He lived in the southern kingdom of Judah. Amos came from a poor family. They grew sycamore trees (7:14, 15) and were shepherds ([Amos 1:1](../../amo/01/01.md)). Though Amos was not trained as a prophet, he knew and understood the law of Moses. Also, Amos skillfully used expressive and meaningful words.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How is justice described in Amos?<br><br>Justice is an important theme in the Book of Amos. Justice means people treating others fairly according to the law of Yahweh. People in Israel were oppressing and taking advantage of poor people, orphans, and widows. Amos explained that Yahweh would prefer that the people act justly rather than sacrifice to him. Truly obeying the law of Moses meant being just to other people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### What is a lawsuit?<br><br>Many cultures have a process for resolving disputes through the use of courts. These legal disputes are called lawsuits. Amos uses various legal terms. Part of the book presents events in a courtroom. The people are introduced, the problem is explained, the people are examined, witnesses speak, and a verdict is given.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was a son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. In Amos, “Israel” almost always refers to the northern kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Where do the various narratives begin and end?<br><br>The structure of the Book of Amos may make it difficult to understand where Amos ends one thought and begins another. It may be helpful to solve these issues with carefully divided lines or paragraphs.
3 AMO 1 intro v72p 0 # Amos 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This book is written in a poetic form. Because it was written by a farmer, it includes many references to agricultural concepts.<br><br>### “For three sins of Judah, even for four”<br>The phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each oracle. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) # Amos 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This book is written in a poetic form. Because it was written by a farmer, it includes many references to agricultural concepts.<br><br>### “For three sins of Judah, even for four”<br>The phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each oracle. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
4 AMO 1 1 zsg5 writing-poetry 0 General Information: God speaks through Amos using poetic language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
5 AMO 1 1 e8f1 figs-activepassive 0 These are the things concerning Israel that Amos, one of the shepherds in Tekoa, received in revelation This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “These are the things concerning Israel that God revealed to Amos, one of the shepherds in Tekoa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6 AMO 1 1 qz81 0 These are the things “This is the message”
60 AMO 1 14 xh9x 0 tempest … whirlwind These are two kinds of violent storms.
61 AMO 1 14 zf7h 0 whirlwind a strong wind that spins very quickly as it moves and can cause damage
62 AMO 1 15 s4xt figs-abstractnouns 0 Their king will go into captivity The abstract noun “captivity” can be translated as the verb “capture.” This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Their enemies will capture their king and take him away as a prisoner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
63 AMO 2 intro ibd6 0 # Amos 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter consists of oracles against Moab and Judah by using poetic language and imagery. But the UST translates it using prose. If possible, translate this chapter as poetry, but you may translate as narrative.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>You will notice that the phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each of these oracles. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) # Amos 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter consists of oracles against Moab and Judah by using poetic language and imagery. But the UST translates it using prose. If possible, translate this chapter as poetry, but you may translate as narrative.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>You will notice that the phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each of these oracles. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
64 AMO 2 1 g1vl 0 For three sins of … even for four This is a poetic device. It does not mean that a specific number of sins had been committed, but indicates that many sins had led to God’s judgment. See how you translated these words in [Amos 1:3](../01/03.md).
65 AMO 2 1 uc48 figs-metonymy 0 Moab This represents the Moabite people. Alternate translation: “the people of Moab” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
66 AMO 2 1 pft8 figs-litotes 0 I will not turn away punishment Yahweh uses two negatives here to emphasize that he would punish them. See how you translated these words in [Amos 1:3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
114 AMO 2 16 c22v figs-metonymy 0 flee naked This could mean: (1) this is a metonym for “run away without his weapons” or (2) this is meant literally as “run away wearing no clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
115 AMO 2 16 i9l6 0 in that day “at that time”
116 AMO 2 16 szp1 figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
117 AMO 3 intro gtz5 0 # Amos 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Amos continues to use poetic form in this chapter to prophesy the disaster coming to the kingdoms of Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>This chapter begins with a number of rhetorical questions. The last question provides the reader with some answers: “Yahweh has certainly spoken through his prophets. So listen to them.” The answer to these rhetorical questions have the expected response of “no” because they are things that are not expected to happen. The writer is helping the reader to conclude that God uses the prophets to speak his message. # Amos 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Amos continues to use poetic form in this chapter to prophesy the disaster coming to the kingdoms of Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>This chapter begins with a number of rhetorical questions. The last question provides the reader with some answers: “Yahweh has certainly spoken through his prophets. So listen to them.” The answer to these rhetorical questions have the expected response of “no” because they are things that are not expected to happen. The writer is helping the reader to conclude that God uses the prophets to speak his message.
118 AMO 3 1 em48 0 Hear this word “Hear this message” or “Listen to this message”
119 AMO 3 1 k2d9 0 that Yahweh has spoken against you … against the whole family “this word that Yahweh has spoken about you … about the whole family” or “Yahweh’s message about you … about the whole family”
120 AMO 3 1 kc3z 0 you, people of Israel … the whole family that I brought up out of the land of Egypt These two phrases refer to the same group of people. The people God is speaking to are the descendants of those he had taken out of Egypt.
165 AMO 3 15 i8hw 0 ivory the teeth and horns of large animals
166 AMO 3 15 vic1 figs-metaphor 0 the large houses will vanish “the large houses will exist no more.” Here “vanish” represents being destroyed. Alternate translation: “the large houses will be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
167 AMO 3 15 n6kq figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
168 AMO 4 intro wy7z 0 # Amos 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and is about the people’s refusal to listen to Yahweh even as he tries to point them back to himself.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Repetition<br>This chapter contains a repeated sentence: “Yet you have not returned to me —this is Yahweh’s declaration.” Please make sure this sentence is translated the same way each time to show the repetition. This repetition produces a list of sins Yahweh is mounting against his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) # Amos 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and is about the people’s refusal to listen to Yahweh even as he tries to point them back to himself.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Repetition<br>This chapter contains a repeated sentence: “Yet you have not returned to me —this is Yahweh’s declaration.” Please make sure this sentence is translated the same way each time to show the repetition. This repetition produces a list of sins Yahweh is mounting against his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
169 AMO 4 1 jn6e figs-metaphor 0 you cows of Bashan, you who are in the mountain of Samaria Amos speaks to the women of Israel who live in Samaria as if they were well-fed cows. Alternate translation: “you wealthy women who live in the mountains of Samaria, you who are like the well-fed cows of Bashan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
170 AMO 4 1 w7hi figs-nominaladj 0 you who oppress the poor The phrase “the poor” refers to poor people. Alternate translation: “you who oppress poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
171 AMO 4 1 mg4u figs-metaphor 0 you who crush the needy Hear “crush” is a metaphor that represents treating people badly. The phrase “the needy” refers to people who need help. Alternate translation: “you who treat needy people badly” or “you who hurt needy people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
216 AMO 4 13 n7pa 0 makes the morning darkness This could mean: (1) God causes the day to be very dark with thick clouds. Alternate translation: “makes the morning dark” or (2) God causes time to pass, so every day becomes night. Alternate translation: “makes morning and evening”
217 AMO 4 13 s3jv figs-metaphor 0 treads on the high places of the earth God ruling over all the earth is spoken of as if he walks on the highest places of the earth. Alternate translation: “rules over all the earth” or “rules over even the highest places of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
218 AMO 4 13 sha6 0 Yahweh, God of hosts, is his name By declaring his full name, Yahweh is declaring his power and authority to do these things. Your language may have a way for people to do this.
219 AMO 5 intro w1eh 0 # Amos 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to be written in a poetic format and foretells the destruction of the kingdom of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Place Names<br>This chapter refers to various places in land of Israel (i.e. Gilgal, Bethel, Beersheba). Normally these places have good connotations, but here they are referred to negatively. This is most likely because these cities became known for their idol worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### City gate<br>The “city gate” is mentioned several times. This was a place where people would go with legal and financial issues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) # Amos 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to be written in a poetic format and foretells the destruction of the kingdom of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Place Names<br>This chapter refers to various places in land of Israel (i.e. Gilgal, Bethel, Beersheba). Normally these places have good connotations, but here they are referred to negatively. This is most likely because these cities became known for their idol worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### City gate<br>The “city gate” is mentioned several times. This was a place where people would go with legal and financial issues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
220 AMO 5 1 u6w8 figs-metonymy 0 house of Israel The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to Israel’s descendants. Alternate translation: “you people of Israel” or “you Israelite people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
221 AMO 5 2 cqa2 figs-metaphor 0 The virgin Israel has fallen … no one to raise her up The phrase “The virgin Israel” represents the nation of Israel. The nation of Israel being destroyed and having no other nation to help them become strong again is spoken of as if it were a young woman who has fallen and has no one to raise her up. Alternate translation: “The nation of Israel is like a woman who has fallen … no one to help her get up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
222 AMO 5 2 lta8 figs-activepassive 0 she is forsaken on her land This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People have forsaken her” or “they have abandoned her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
278 AMO 5 26 qnx9 figs-metonymy 0 You have lifted up the images of Sikkuth … and Kaiwan Here “lifted up the images” represents worshiping them. Alternate translation: “You have worshiped the images of Sikkuth … and Kaiwan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
279 AMO 5 26 tjr6 translate-names 0 Sikkuth … Kaiwan These are the names of two false gods. The people had made images to represent them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
280 AMO 5 26 q6vz 0 Kaiwan Some versions write this as “Kiyyun.”
281 AMO 6 intro cn1s 0 # Amos 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to be written in poetic style except for verses 9-10, which are in prose. These two verses contain many interested features.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>Verses 9-10 will probably be difficult to translate because the situation is vague and details don’t appear to align easily. It is appropriate to translate these verses with some ambiguity remaining. It may be helpful to read many different versions prior to translating these verses. # Amos 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to be written in poetic style except for verses 9-10, which are in prose. These two verses contain many interested features.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>Verses 9-10 will probably be difficult to translate because the situation is vague and details don’t appear to align easily. It is appropriate to translate these verses with some ambiguity remaining. It may be helpful to read many different versions prior to translating these verses.
282 AMO 6 1 psf7 0 who are at ease “who feel safe.” The people are comfortable and not concerned that God will judge them.
283 AMO 6 1 ut6j figs-irony 0 the notable men of the best of the nations “the most important men of this great nation.” Yahweh may be using irony to describe how these men think of themselves. Alternate translation: “the men who think they are the most important people in the best nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
284 AMO 6 1 s17g figs-metonymy 0 the house of Israel comes The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to Israel’s descendants. Alternate translation: “the Israelites come” or “the Israelite people group comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
323 AMO 6 14 u8j4 figs-123person 0 this is the declaration of the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 3:13](../03/13.md). Alternate translation: “this is what the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts, has declared” or “this is what I, the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
324 AMO 6 14 alt4 figs-metonymy 0 from Lebo Hamath to the brook of the Arabah Here “Lebo Hamath” represents the northern border of Israel, and “brook of the Arabah” represents the southern border. Alternate translation: “from the northern border of your nation to the southern border” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
325 AMO 6 14 jfe8 0 brook a small river that flows only during the wet season
326 AMO 7 intro vkd3 0 # Amos 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is mainly written as a narrative about the prophet Amos interacting with Yahweh. Yahweh presents three different scenarios of judgment before Amos who pleads with God and he does not carry out His judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Reported speech<br>In the latter part of the chapter, it is important to follow the conversation carefully to understand who is speaking. There are some instances of “reported speech.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) # Amos 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is mainly written as a narrative about the prophet Amos interacting with Yahweh. Yahweh presents three different scenarios of judgment before Amos who pleads with God and he does not carry out His judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Reported speech<br>In the latter part of the chapter, it is important to follow the conversation carefully to understand who is speaking. There are some instances of “reported speech.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
327 AMO 7 1 h8xv 0 Look … look The writer is telling the reader that he is about to say something surprising. Your language may have a way of doing this.
328 AMO 7 1 e1ul 0 locust See how you translated this in [Amos 4:9](../04/09.md).
329 AMO 7 1 s8l3 0 after the king’s harvest “after the king takes his share from the harvest”
352 AMO 7 17 c3rd figs-metonymy 0 your sons and your daughters will fall by the sword Here “sword” represents enemies. Alternate translation: “enemies will kill your sons and daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
353 AMO 7 17 sqs6 figs-activepassive 0 your land will be measured and divided up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “other people will take your land and divide it up among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
354 AMO 7 17 mr3m figs-metaphor 0 an unclean land A land full of people that are unacceptable to God is spoken of as if the land were physically unclean. Here it means a land other than Israel. Alternate translation: “a foreign land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
355 AMO 8 intro h32s 0 # Amos 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and it shows the way Yahweh’s people are sinning and<br>how he is going to respond. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “This is the declaration of Yahweh”<br><br>This phrase is used to introduce prophecy. It highlights what God is proclaiming. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) # Amos 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and it shows the way Yahweh’s people are sinning and<br>how he is going to respond. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “This is the declaration of Yahweh”<br><br>This phrase is used to introduce prophecy. It highlights what God is proclaiming. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
356 AMO 8 1 m4g1 0 Look, a basket of summer fruit! The word “look” here shows that Amos saw something interesting. Alternate translation: “I saw a basket of summer fruit!”
357 AMO 8 1 i65f 0 summer fruit “ripe fruit”
358 AMO 8 2 ixx6 figs-rquestion 0 What do you see, Amos? Yahweh uses a question to teach Amos. Alternate translation: “Tell me what you see, Amos.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
383 AMO 8 14 xsl2 0 As your god lives, Dan This is a way of making a solemn oath. The people declare that they believe the god of Dan is certainly alive to emphasize that they will certainly do what they promise to do.
384 AMO 8 14 bfm8 0 As the way to Beersheba exists This is probably a reference to the roads that pilgrims would take to Beersheba in order to worship idols there. Again, this is a way of making a solemn oath. They state that the way to Beersheba certainly exists in order to emphasize that they will certainly do what they promise to do.
385 AMO 8 14 s65t figs-idiom 0 they will fall This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “they will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
386 AMO 9 intro ych5 0 # Amos 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and continues to show the awesome and terrible judgment of Yahweh on his people. In verse 11, the writer writes about the forgiveness and mercy of God on the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The declaration of Yahweh”<br>This phrase is used to introduce prophecy. It highlights what God is proclaiming. Try to remain consistent in translating this phrase throughout the book. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) # Amos 9 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and continues to show the awesome and terrible judgment of Yahweh on his people. In verse 11, the writer writes about the forgiveness and mercy of God on the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The declaration of Yahweh”<br>This phrase is used to introduce prophecy. It highlights what God is proclaiming. Try to remain consistent in translating this phrase throughout the book. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
387 AMO 9 1 h5x6 0 General Information: Yahweh shows Amos another vision.
388 AMO 9 1 iv3s 0 Strike the tops … Break them It is uncertain to whom Yahweh is speaking these commands.
389 AMO 9 1 rj89 figs-explicit 0 Strike the tops of the pillars so that the foundations will shake It is implied that Yahweh is speaking about the pillars and foundations of a temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

8
en_tn_32-JON.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
JON front intro hk4p 0 # Introduction to Jonah<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Jonah<br><br>1. Jonah tries to run away from Yahweh. (1:1-2:10)<br> * Jonah disobeys Yahweh’s first call to go to Nineveh. (1:1–3)<br> * Jonah and the Gentile sailors. (1:4–16)<br> * Yahweh provides a large fish to swallow Jonah, and he prays and is rescued. (1:17–2:10)<br>2. Jonah in Nineveh (3:1-4:11)<br> * Yahweh again calls Jonah to go to Nineveh, and Jonah proclaims Yahweh’s message. (3:1–4)<br> * Nineveh repents. (3:5-9)<br> * Yahweh decides not to destroy Nineveh. (3:10)<br> * Jonah is very angry with Yahweh. (4:1–3)<br> * Yahweh teaches Jonah about grace and mercy. (4:4–11)<br><br>### What is the Book of Jonah about?<br><br>Jonah, son of Amittai, was a prophet from Gath Hepher (2 Kings 14:25). This book tells about what happened to Jonah. It tells how Yahweh shows mercy and grace to Gentiles. It also tells how the Ninevites repented and called out to Yahweh for mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>Yahweh sent Jonah to warn the people of Nineveh that he was ready to punish them. Yahweh said that if they would repent he would not harm them. However, Jonah was an Israelite and he did not want the Ninevites to repent. So Jonah tried to sail away in the opposite direction instead of doing what Yahweh told him to do. But Yahweh stopped him by sending a storm and a large fish to swallow him.<br><br>Jonah repented and warned the Ninevites. As a result, Yahweh taught him that he is concerned about all people, not just the Israelites.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally titled “The Book of Jonah” or just “Jonah.” Translators may decide to use a clearer title such as “The Book about Jonah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Jonah?<br><br>Jonah was probably involved in the writing of this book. However, scholars do not know who actually wrote it.<br><br>Jonah lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. He prophesied sometime between 800 and 750 B.C., during the reign of King Jeroboam II.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the nation of Assyria?<br><br>During the time of Jonah, Assyria was the most powerful kingdom in the ancient Near East. Nineveh was the capital city of Assyria.<br><br>Assyria was cruel to its enemies. Eventually, Yahweh punished the Assyrians for the wicked things they did.<br><br>### Did Assyria convert to Judaism?<br><br>Some scholars think that the Assyrians started worshiping Yahweh alone. However, most scholars think they continued to worship other false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
JON 1 intro xvp2 0 # Jonah 01 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The narrative of this chapter starts abruptly. This could cause difficulty for the translator. The translator should not attempt to smooth this introduction unless absolutely necessary.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Miracle<br><br>In verse [Jonah 17](./17.md), there is the mention of “a great fish.” It may be difficult to imagine a sea creature big enough to swallow a man whole; he then survives for three days and nights inside. Translators should not try to explain miraculous events in an attempt to make it easier to understand. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Situational irony<br><br>There is an ironic situation in this chapter. This means that people do or say things that are the opposite of what one would expect them to do. Jonah is a prophet of God and should endeavor to do God’s will. Instead, he runs away from God. Although the Gentile sailors are not Israelites, they act out of faith and fear of Yahweh when sending Jonah to an almost certain death by throwing him overboard. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Sea<br><br>People in the ancient Near East also saw the sea as chaotic and did not trust it. Some of the gods they worshiped were gods of the sea. Jonah’s people, the Hebrews, feared the sea greatly. However, Jonah’s fear of Yahweh was not enough to keep him from sailing on a ship to get away from Yahweh. His actions are contrasted to the actions of the Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>Even though no one knows for sure where Tarshish was, the writer assumes that the reader knows that Jonah had to face away from Nineveh to go there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JON 1 intro xvp2 0 # Jonah 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The narrative of this chapter starts abruptly. This could cause difficulty for the translator. The translator should not attempt to smooth this introduction unless absolutely necessary.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Miracle<br><br>In verse [Jonah 17](./17.md), there is the mention of “a great fish.” It may be difficult to imagine a sea creature big enough to swallow a man whole; he then survives for three days and nights inside. Translators should not try to explain miraculous events in an attempt to make it easier to understand. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Situational irony<br><br>There is an ironic situation in this chapter. This means that people do or say things that are the opposite of what one would expect them to do. Jonah is a prophet of God and should endeavor to do God’s will. Instead, he runs away from God. Although the Gentile sailors are not Israelites, they act out of faith and fear of Yahweh when sending Jonah to an almost certain death by throwing him overboard. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Sea<br><br>People in the ancient Near East also saw the sea as chaotic and did not trust it. Some of the gods they worshiped were gods of the sea. Jonah’s people, the Hebrews, feared the sea greatly. However, Jonah’s fear of Yahweh was not enough to keep him from sailing on a ship to get away from Yahweh. His actions are contrasted to the actions of the Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>Even though no one knows for sure where Tarshish was, the writer assumes that the reader knows that Jonah had to face away from Nineveh to go there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JON 1 1 jdr1 writing-newevent וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה 1 Now the word of Yahweh came This phrase introduces the first half of the story of Jonah. The same phrase introduces the second half of the story (3:1). This is a common way of beginning a historical story about a prophet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JON 1 1 ll6c figs-idiom וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה 1 Now the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh spoke or communicated his message in some way. Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JON 1 1 qa3z דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה 1 the word of Yahweh “the message of Yahweh”
@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ JON 1 16 r3gs וַ⁠יִּֽירְא֧וּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֛ים יִר
JON 1 17 q87y 0 General Information: Some versions number this verse as the first verse of chapter 2. You may want to number the verses according to the main version that your language group uses.
JON 1 17 jdr4 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְמַ֤ן יְהוָה֙ דָּ֣ג גָּד֔וֹל לִ⁠בְלֹ֖עַ אֶת־יוֹנָ֑ה 1 Now Yahweh appointed a great fish to swallow Jonah, This clause introduces the next part of the story, where Yahweh saves Jonah from the sea, and Jonah prays. In this context, the word **Now** is used in English to introduce a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JON 1 17 cjb6 figs-idiom שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה יָמִ֖ים וּ⁠שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה לֵילֽוֹת 1 three days and three nights Perhaps this expression is an idiom in Hebrew meaning “a couple of days” or “a few days” or something similar, but this is uncertain. Alternate translation: “three days and nights” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JON 2 intro ae4k 0 # Jonah 02 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins with a prayer by Jonah, and many translators have chosen to set it apart by setting its lines farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Translators can follow this practice, but they are not obligated to.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sea<br><br>This chapter contains many terms from the sea.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Poetry<br><br>Prayers in Scripture often contain a poetic form. Poetry frequently uses metaphors to communicate something with a special meaning. For example, since Jonah was in a fish in the sea, being so trapped is compared to a prison. Jonah is overwhelmed by the depth of the sea and expresses this by speaking about being at the “base of the mountains” and in the “belly of Sheol.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Repentance<br><br>Scholars are divided over whether Jonah’s repentance was genuine or whether he was trying to save his life. In light of his attitude in chapter 4, it is uncertain whether he was genuinely repentant. If possible, it is best for translators to avoid taking a definitive stance on whether Jonah’s repentance was genuine. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
JON 2 intro ae4k 0 # Jonah 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins with a prayer by Jonah, and many translators have chosen to set it apart by setting its lines farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Translators can follow this practice, but they are not obligated to.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sea<br><br>This chapter contains many terms from the sea.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Poetry<br><br>Prayers in Scripture often contain a poetic form. Poetry frequently uses metaphors to communicate something with a special meaning. For example, since Jonah was in a fish in the sea, being so trapped is compared to a prison. Jonah is overwhelmed by the depth of the sea and expresses this by speaking about being at the “base of the mountains” and in the “belly of Sheol.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Repentance<br><br>Scholars are divided over whether Jonah’s repentance was genuine or whether he was trying to save his life. In light of his attitude in chapter 4, it is uncertain whether he was genuinely repentant. If possible, it is best for translators to avoid taking a definitive stance on whether Jonah’s repentance was genuine. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
JON 2 1 alr2 יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהָ֑י⁠ו 1 Yahweh his God This means “Yahweh, the God he worshiped.” The word **his** does not mean that Jonah owned God.
JON 2 2 al5b וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 And he said “Jonah said”
JON 2 2 jdrc writing-poetry קָ֠רָאתִי מִ⁠צָּ֥רָה לִ֛⁠י אֶל־יְהוָ֖ה וַֽ⁠יַּעֲנֵ֑⁠נִי 1 I cried out to Yahweh from my distress, and he answered me This line begins a poem describing Jonah’s experience and prayer in the belly of the fish. The poem does not give the exact words that Jonah prayed at the time because the poem was written later, describing Jonah’s experience in the fish, his prayer, and God’s answer as if they had already happened in the past. This first line of the poem can be understood in one of two ways: either as being addressed to Yahweh as part of the description of the prayer, or as being addressed to another person as an introduction to the description of the prayer. See also the Note concerning the phrase “Salvation belongs to Yahweh!” in [2:9](../02/09/jdrh). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]])
@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ JON 2 9 nfd2 בְּ⁠ק֤וֹל תּוֹדָה֙ אֶזְבְּחָה־לָּ
JON 2 9 jdrh יְשׁוּעָ֖תָ⁠ה לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 Salvation belongs to Yahweh This last line of the poem can be understood in one of two ways: either (1) as being addressed to Yahweh as part of the description of the prayer; or (2) as being addressed to another person as a conclusion to the description of the prayer. See also the Note concerning the phrase “I cried out to Yahweh from my distress…” in [2:2](../02/02/jdrc).
JON 2 9 r4j4 figs-abstractnouns יְשׁוּעָ֖תָ⁠ה לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 Salvation belongs to Yahweh This can be reworded so that the abstract noun **salvation** is expressed as the verb “save.” Alternate translation: “Yahweh is the one who saves people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JON 2 10 dz3j אֶל־הַ⁠יַּבָּשָֽׁה 1 onto the dry land “upon the ground” or “onto the shore”
JON 3 intro z3ut 0 # Jonah 03 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter returns to a narrative of Jonah’s life.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Animals<br><br>According to the king’s proclamation, the animals had to participate in the fast he ordered. This most likely reflects their pagan mindset. There was nothing in the law of Moses that instructed the people to have the animals participate in any religious acts. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Size of Nineveh<br><br>When the author talks about the size of Nineveh, the measurements he gives are confusing. The phrase “three days’ journey” is ambiguous in Hebrew, as many scholars have remarked. In Jonah’s day, cities were not as big as they are today. So, although Nineveh was a big city, it was not as big as most modern cities.<br><br>### God repenting or relenting<br><br>The last verse of this chapter says, “So then God changed his mind about the punishment that he had said he would do to them, and he did not do it.” This concept of God changing His mind may seem inconsistent with the fact that God’s character and his plans do not change. But this whole book is written from a human viewpoint, and so it presents the actions of God as Jonah saw them. God had told Jonah to warn the Ninevites of judgment for their sin.<br><br>Yahweh is just, but he is also merciful. Because the Ninevites repented, God did not follow through with a judgment in this instance, and Jonah described that in a human way as “changing his mind.” The reader understands that this was God’s plan from the beginning. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
JON 3 intro z3ut 0 # Jonah 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter returns to a narrative of Jonah’s life.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Animals<br><br>According to the king’s proclamation, the animals had to participate in the fast he ordered. This most likely reflects their pagan mindset. There was nothing in the law of Moses that instructed the people to have the animals participate in any religious acts. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Size of Nineveh<br><br>When the author talks about the size of Nineveh, the measurements he gives are confusing. The phrase “three days’ journey” is ambiguous in Hebrew, as many scholars have remarked. In Jonah’s day, cities were not as big as they are today. So, although Nineveh was a big city, it was not as big as most modern cities.<br><br>### God repenting or relenting<br><br>The last verse of this chapter says, “So then God changed his mind about the punishment that he had said he would do to them, and he did not do it.” This concept of God changing His mind may seem inconsistent with the fact that God’s character and his plans do not change. But this whole book is written from a human viewpoint, and so it presents the actions of God as Jonah saw them. God had told Jonah to warn the Ninevites of judgment for their sin.<br><br>Yahweh is just, but he is also merciful. Because the Ninevites repented, God did not follow through with a judgment in this instance, and Jonah described that in a human way as “changing his mind.” The reader understands that this was God’s plan from the beginning. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
JON 3 1 jdr7 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֧י דְבַר־יְהוָ֛ה 1 The word of Yahweh came This phrase introduces the second half of the story of Jonah. The same phrase introduces the first half of the story [1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JON 3 1 xj6n figs-idiom וַ⁠יְהִ֧י דְבַר־יְהוָ֛ה 1 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh spoke in some way. See how you translated this in [1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JON 3 2 ve4i ק֛וּם לֵ֥ךְ אֶל־נִֽינְוֵ֖ה הָ⁠עִ֣יר הַ⁠גְּדוֹלָ֑ה 1 Get up, go to Nineveh, the great city “Go to the large and important city of Nineveh”
@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ JON 3 10 w3uu וַ⁠יַּ֤רְא הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶֽת־מַ
JON 3 10 k8am figs-metaphor שָׁ֖בוּ מִ⁠דַּרְכָּ֣⁠ם הָ⁠רָעָ֑ה 1 they turned from their evil ways Here the author speaks of the people stopping their sinning as if they turned around from walking on a path toward evil and started walking in the opposite direction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JON 3 10 ab85 וַ⁠יִּנָּ֣חֶם הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֗ים עַל־הָ⁠רָעָ֛ה 1 And God relented in regard to the evil The word translated as “evil” here is very broad, including moral evil, physical evil, and everything that is bad. It is the same word used in the previous sentence (and verse 8) to describe the actions of the Ninevites. The author is showing that when people repent of moral evil, God relents of doing physical evil (punishment). God never does moral evil. If this is clear in your language, you may want to use the same word in both sentences. If that is not clear, you may want to use different words.
JON 3 10 it1a figs-explicit וְ⁠לֹ֥א עָשָֽׂה 1 and he did not do it What God did not do can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and he did not punish them” or “and he did not destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JON 4 intro ys57 0 # Jonah 04 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Jonah continues the narrative while bringing the book to what seems like an unusual end. This emphasizes that the book is not really about Jonah. It is about God’s desire to be merciful to everyone, whether Jew or pagan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy not coming true<br><br>It is important to see the relationship between a prophet and Yahweh. A prophet was to prophesy for Yahweh, and his words must come true. According to the law of Moses, if that did not happen, the penalty was death, because that shows that he was not a real prophet. But when Jonah told the city of Nineveh that it was going to be destroyed in forty days, it did not happen at that time. This is because God reserves the right to be merciful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Jonah’s anger<br><br>When God did not destroy Nineveh, Jonah was angry with God because Jonah hated the people of Nineveh. They were enemies of Israel. But God wanted Jonah, and the readers of this book, to learn that God loves all people.<br><br>### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>As in other places, Jonah asks rhetorical questions to show how angry he was at Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>### Parallel to Mount Sinai<br><br>In verse 2, Jonah attributes a series of characteristics to God. A Jewish reader of this book would recognize this as a formula Moses used in speaking about God when he was meeting God on Mount Sinai. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### God’s grace<br><br>When Jonah went outside the city, he got very hot and God graciously provided some relief through the plant. God was trying to teach Jonah through an object lesson. It is important for the reader to see this clearly. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])
JON 4 intro ys57 0 # Jonah 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Jonah continues the narrative while bringing the book to what seems like an unusual end. This emphasizes that the book is not really about Jonah. It is about God’s desire to be merciful to everyone, whether Jew or pagan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy not coming true<br><br>It is important to see the relationship between a prophet and Yahweh. A prophet was to prophesy for Yahweh, and his words must come true. According to the law of Moses, if that did not happen, the penalty was death, because that shows that he was not a real prophet. But when Jonah told the city of Nineveh that it was going to be destroyed in forty days, it did not happen at that time. This is because God reserves the right to be merciful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Jonah’s anger<br><br>When God did not destroy Nineveh, Jonah was angry with God because Jonah hated the people of Nineveh. They were enemies of Israel. But God wanted Jonah, and the readers of this book, to learn that God loves all people.<br><br>### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>As in other places, Jonah asks rhetorical questions to show how angry he was at Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>### Parallel to Mount Sinai<br><br>In verse 2, Jonah attributes a series of characteristics to God. A Jewish reader of this book would recognize this as a formula Moses used in speaking about God when he was meeting God on Mount Sinai. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### God’s grace<br><br>When Jonah went outside the city, he got very hot and God graciously provided some relief through the plant. God was trying to teach Jonah through an object lesson. It is important for the reader to see this clearly. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])
JON 4 1 jdr8 writing-newevent וַ⁠יֵּ֥רַע אֶל־יוֹנָ֖ה רָעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֑ה וַ⁠יִּ֖חַר לֽ⁠וֹ׃ 1 But this was evil to Jonah, a great evil, and it burned to him. This sentence introduces the next part of the story where Jonah responds to God saving the city of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JON 4 1 abc3 figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּ֖חַר לֽ⁠וֹ 1 and it burned to him This is an idiom that speaks of Jonah’s anger as if it were a fire burning inside him. Alternate translation: “and he was very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JON 4 2 q6bb figs-exclamations אָנָּ֤ה 1 Ah! In this context, the word **Ah!** shows intense frustration. Represent this emotion in the most natural way for your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 JON front intro hk4p 0 # Introduction to Jonah<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Jonah<br><br>1. Jonah tries to run away from Yahweh. (1:1-2:10)<br> * Jonah disobeys Yahweh’s first call to go to Nineveh. (1:1–3)<br> * Jonah and the Gentile sailors. (1:4–16)<br> * Yahweh provides a large fish to swallow Jonah, and he prays and is rescued. (1:17–2:10)<br>2. Jonah in Nineveh (3:1-4:11)<br> * Yahweh again calls Jonah to go to Nineveh, and Jonah proclaims Yahweh’s message. (3:1–4)<br> * Nineveh repents. (3:5-9)<br> * Yahweh decides not to destroy Nineveh. (3:10)<br> * Jonah is very angry with Yahweh. (4:1–3)<br> * Yahweh teaches Jonah about grace and mercy. (4:4–11)<br><br>### What is the Book of Jonah about?<br><br>Jonah, son of Amittai, was a prophet from Gath Hepher (2 Kings 14:25). This book tells about what happened to Jonah. It tells how Yahweh shows mercy and grace to Gentiles. It also tells how the Ninevites repented and called out to Yahweh for mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>Yahweh sent Jonah to warn the people of Nineveh that he was ready to punish them. Yahweh said that if they would repent he would not harm them. However, Jonah was an Israelite and he did not want the Ninevites to repent. So Jonah tried to sail away in the opposite direction instead of doing what Yahweh told him to do. But Yahweh stopped him by sending a storm and a large fish to swallow him.<br><br>Jonah repented and warned the Ninevites. As a result, Yahweh taught him that he is concerned about all people, not just the Israelites.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally titled “The Book of Jonah” or just “Jonah.” Translators may decide to use a clearer title such as “The Book about Jonah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Jonah?<br><br>Jonah was probably involved in the writing of this book. However, scholars do not know who actually wrote it.<br><br>Jonah lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. He prophesied sometime between 800 and 750 B.C., during the reign of King Jeroboam II.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the nation of Assyria?<br><br>During the time of Jonah, Assyria was the most powerful kingdom in the ancient Near East. Nineveh was the capital city of Assyria.<br><br>Assyria was cruel to its enemies. Eventually, Yahweh punished the Assyrians for the wicked things they did.<br><br>### Did Assyria convert to Judaism?<br><br>Some scholars think that the Assyrians started worshiping Yahweh alone. However, most scholars think they continued to worship other false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
3 JON 1 intro xvp2 0 # Jonah 01 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The narrative of this chapter starts abruptly. This could cause difficulty for the translator. The translator should not attempt to smooth this introduction unless absolutely necessary.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Miracle<br><br>In verse [Jonah 17](./17.md), there is the mention of “a great fish.” It may be difficult to imagine a sea creature big enough to swallow a man whole; he then survives for three days and nights inside. Translators should not try to explain miraculous events in an attempt to make it easier to understand. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Situational irony<br><br>There is an ironic situation in this chapter. This means that people do or say things that are the opposite of what one would expect them to do. Jonah is a prophet of God and should endeavor to do God’s will. Instead, he runs away from God. Although the Gentile sailors are not Israelites, they act out of faith and fear of Yahweh when sending Jonah to an almost certain death by throwing him overboard. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Sea<br><br>People in the ancient Near East also saw the sea as chaotic and did not trust it. Some of the gods they worshiped were gods of the sea. Jonah’s people, the Hebrews, feared the sea greatly. However, Jonah’s fear of Yahweh was not enough to keep him from sailing on a ship to get away from Yahweh. His actions are contrasted to the actions of the Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>Even though no one knows for sure where Tarshish was, the writer assumes that the reader knows that Jonah had to face away from Nineveh to go there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) # Jonah 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The narrative of this chapter starts abruptly. This could cause difficulty for the translator. The translator should not attempt to smooth this introduction unless absolutely necessary.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Miracle<br><br>In verse [Jonah 17](./17.md), there is the mention of “a great fish.” It may be difficult to imagine a sea creature big enough to swallow a man whole; he then survives for three days and nights inside. Translators should not try to explain miraculous events in an attempt to make it easier to understand. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Situational irony<br><br>There is an ironic situation in this chapter. This means that people do or say things that are the opposite of what one would expect them to do. Jonah is a prophet of God and should endeavor to do God’s will. Instead, he runs away from God. Although the Gentile sailors are not Israelites, they act out of faith and fear of Yahweh when sending Jonah to an almost certain death by throwing him overboard. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Sea<br><br>People in the ancient Near East also saw the sea as chaotic and did not trust it. Some of the gods they worshiped were gods of the sea. Jonah’s people, the Hebrews, feared the sea greatly. However, Jonah’s fear of Yahweh was not enough to keep him from sailing on a ship to get away from Yahweh. His actions are contrasted to the actions of the Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>Even though no one knows for sure where Tarshish was, the writer assumes that the reader knows that Jonah had to face away from Nineveh to go there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4 JON 1 1 jdr1 writing-newevent וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה 1 Now the word of Yahweh came This phrase introduces the first half of the story of Jonah. The same phrase introduces the second half of the story (3:1). This is a common way of beginning a historical story about a prophet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
5 JON 1 1 ll6c figs-idiom וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה 1 Now the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh spoke or communicated his message in some way. Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
6 JON 1 1 qa3z דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה 1 the word of Yahweh “the message of Yahweh”
67 JON 1 17 q87y 0 General Information: Some versions number this verse as the first verse of chapter 2. You may want to number the verses according to the main version that your language group uses.
68 JON 1 17 jdr4 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְמַ֤ן יְהוָה֙ דָּ֣ג גָּד֔וֹל לִ⁠בְלֹ֖עַ אֶת־יוֹנָ֑ה 1 Now Yahweh appointed a great fish to swallow Jonah, This clause introduces the next part of the story, where Yahweh saves Jonah from the sea, and Jonah prays. In this context, the word **Now** is used in English to introduce a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
69 JON 1 17 cjb6 figs-idiom שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה יָמִ֖ים וּ⁠שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה לֵילֽוֹת 1 three days and three nights Perhaps this expression is an idiom in Hebrew meaning “a couple of days” or “a few days” or something similar, but this is uncertain. Alternate translation: “three days and nights” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
70 JON 2 intro ae4k 0 # Jonah 02 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins with a prayer by Jonah, and many translators have chosen to set it apart by setting its lines farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Translators can follow this practice, but they are not obligated to.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sea<br><br>This chapter contains many terms from the sea.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Poetry<br><br>Prayers in Scripture often contain a poetic form. Poetry frequently uses metaphors to communicate something with a special meaning. For example, since Jonah was in a fish in the sea, being so trapped is compared to a prison. Jonah is overwhelmed by the depth of the sea and expresses this by speaking about being at the “base of the mountains” and in the “belly of Sheol.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Repentance<br><br>Scholars are divided over whether Jonah’s repentance was genuine or whether he was trying to save his life. In light of his attitude in chapter 4, it is uncertain whether he was genuinely repentant. If possible, it is best for translators to avoid taking a definitive stance on whether Jonah’s repentance was genuine. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]]) # Jonah 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins with a prayer by Jonah, and many translators have chosen to set it apart by setting its lines farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Translators can follow this practice, but they are not obligated to.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sea<br><br>This chapter contains many terms from the sea.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Poetry<br><br>Prayers in Scripture often contain a poetic form. Poetry frequently uses metaphors to communicate something with a special meaning. For example, since Jonah was in a fish in the sea, being so trapped is compared to a prison. Jonah is overwhelmed by the depth of the sea and expresses this by speaking about being at the “base of the mountains” and in the “belly of Sheol.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Repentance<br><br>Scholars are divided over whether Jonah’s repentance was genuine or whether he was trying to save his life. In light of his attitude in chapter 4, it is uncertain whether he was genuinely repentant. If possible, it is best for translators to avoid taking a definitive stance on whether Jonah’s repentance was genuine. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
71 JON 2 1 alr2 יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהָ֑י⁠ו 1 Yahweh his God This means “Yahweh, the God he worshiped.” The word **his** does not mean that Jonah owned God.
72 JON 2 2 al5b וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 And he said “Jonah said”
73 JON 2 2 jdrc writing-poetry קָ֠רָאתִי מִ⁠צָּ֥רָה לִ֛⁠י אֶל־יְהוָ֖ה וַֽ⁠יַּעֲנֵ֑⁠נִי 1 I cried out to Yahweh from my distress, and he answered me This line begins a poem describing Jonah’s experience and prayer in the belly of the fish. The poem does not give the exact words that Jonah prayed at the time because the poem was written later, describing Jonah’s experience in the fish, his prayer, and God’s answer as if they had already happened in the past. This first line of the poem can be understood in one of two ways: either as being addressed to Yahweh as part of the description of the prayer, or as being addressed to another person as an introduction to the description of the prayer. See also the Note concerning the phrase “Salvation belongs to Yahweh!” in [2:9](../02/09/jdrh). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]])
103 JON 2 9 jdrh יְשׁוּעָ֖תָ⁠ה לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 Salvation belongs to Yahweh This last line of the poem can be understood in one of two ways: either (1) as being addressed to Yahweh as part of the description of the prayer; or (2) as being addressed to another person as a conclusion to the description of the prayer. See also the Note concerning the phrase “I cried out to Yahweh from my distress…” in [2:2](../02/02/jdrc).
104 JON 2 9 r4j4 figs-abstractnouns יְשׁוּעָ֖תָ⁠ה לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 Salvation belongs to Yahweh This can be reworded so that the abstract noun **salvation** is expressed as the verb “save.” Alternate translation: “Yahweh is the one who saves people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
105 JON 2 10 dz3j אֶל־הַ⁠יַּבָּשָֽׁה 1 onto the dry land “upon the ground” or “onto the shore”
106 JON 3 intro z3ut 0 # Jonah 03 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter returns to a narrative of Jonah’s life.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Animals<br><br>According to the king’s proclamation, the animals had to participate in the fast he ordered. This most likely reflects their pagan mindset. There was nothing in the law of Moses that instructed the people to have the animals participate in any religious acts. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Size of Nineveh<br><br>When the author talks about the size of Nineveh, the measurements he gives are confusing. The phrase “three days’ journey” is ambiguous in Hebrew, as many scholars have remarked. In Jonah’s day, cities were not as big as they are today. So, although Nineveh was a big city, it was not as big as most modern cities.<br><br>### God repenting or relenting<br><br>The last verse of this chapter says, “So then God changed his mind about the punishment that he had said he would do to them, and he did not do it.” This concept of God changing His mind may seem inconsistent with the fact that God’s character and his plans do not change. But this whole book is written from a human viewpoint, and so it presents the actions of God as Jonah saw them. God had told Jonah to warn the Ninevites of judgment for their sin.<br><br>Yahweh is just, but he is also merciful. Because the Ninevites repented, God did not follow through with a judgment in this instance, and Jonah described that in a human way as “changing his mind.” The reader understands that this was God’s plan from the beginning. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) # Jonah 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter returns to a narrative of Jonah’s life.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Animals<br><br>According to the king’s proclamation, the animals had to participate in the fast he ordered. This most likely reflects their pagan mindset. There was nothing in the law of Moses that instructed the people to have the animals participate in any religious acts. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Size of Nineveh<br><br>When the author talks about the size of Nineveh, the measurements he gives are confusing. The phrase “three days’ journey” is ambiguous in Hebrew, as many scholars have remarked. In Jonah’s day, cities were not as big as they are today. So, although Nineveh was a big city, it was not as big as most modern cities.<br><br>### God repenting or relenting<br><br>The last verse of this chapter says, “So then God changed his mind about the punishment that he had said he would do to them, and he did not do it.” This concept of God changing His mind may seem inconsistent with the fact that God’s character and his plans do not change. But this whole book is written from a human viewpoint, and so it presents the actions of God as Jonah saw them. God had told Jonah to warn the Ninevites of judgment for their sin.<br><br>Yahweh is just, but he is also merciful. Because the Ninevites repented, God did not follow through with a judgment in this instance, and Jonah described that in a human way as “changing his mind.” The reader understands that this was God’s plan from the beginning. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
107 JON 3 1 jdr7 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֧י דְבַר־יְהוָ֛ה 1 The word of Yahweh came This phrase introduces the second half of the story of Jonah. The same phrase introduces the first half of the story [1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
108 JON 3 1 xj6n figs-idiom וַ⁠יְהִ֧י דְבַר־יְהוָ֛ה 1 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh spoke in some way. See how you translated this in [1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
109 JON 3 2 ve4i ק֛וּם לֵ֥ךְ אֶל־נִֽינְוֵ֖ה הָ⁠עִ֣יר הַ⁠גְּדוֹלָ֑ה 1 Get up, go to Nineveh, the great city “Go to the large and important city of Nineveh”
141 JON 3 10 k8am figs-metaphor שָׁ֖בוּ מִ⁠דַּרְכָּ֣⁠ם הָ⁠רָעָ֑ה 1 they turned from their evil ways Here the author speaks of the people stopping their sinning as if they turned around from walking on a path toward evil and started walking in the opposite direction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
142 JON 3 10 ab85 וַ⁠יִּנָּ֣חֶם הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֗ים עַל־הָ⁠רָעָ֛ה 1 And God relented in regard to the evil The word translated as “evil” here is very broad, including moral evil, physical evil, and everything that is bad. It is the same word used in the previous sentence (and verse 8) to describe the actions of the Ninevites. The author is showing that when people repent of moral evil, God relents of doing physical evil (punishment). God never does moral evil. If this is clear in your language, you may want to use the same word in both sentences. If that is not clear, you may want to use different words.
143 JON 3 10 it1a figs-explicit וְ⁠לֹ֥א עָשָֽׂה 1 and he did not do it What God did not do can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and he did not punish them” or “and he did not destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
144 JON 4 intro ys57 0 # Jonah 04 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Jonah continues the narrative while bringing the book to what seems like an unusual end. This emphasizes that the book is not really about Jonah. It is about God’s desire to be merciful to everyone, whether Jew or pagan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy not coming true<br><br>It is important to see the relationship between a prophet and Yahweh. A prophet was to prophesy for Yahweh, and his words must come true. According to the law of Moses, if that did not happen, the penalty was death, because that shows that he was not a real prophet. But when Jonah told the city of Nineveh that it was going to be destroyed in forty days, it did not happen at that time. This is because God reserves the right to be merciful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Jonah’s anger<br><br>When God did not destroy Nineveh, Jonah was angry with God because Jonah hated the people of Nineveh. They were enemies of Israel. But God wanted Jonah, and the readers of this book, to learn that God loves all people.<br><br>### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>As in other places, Jonah asks rhetorical questions to show how angry he was at Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>### Parallel to Mount Sinai<br><br>In verse 2, Jonah attributes a series of characteristics to God. A Jewish reader of this book would recognize this as a formula Moses used in speaking about God when he was meeting God on Mount Sinai. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### God’s grace<br><br>When Jonah went outside the city, he got very hot and God graciously provided some relief through the plant. God was trying to teach Jonah through an object lesson. It is important for the reader to see this clearly. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]]) # Jonah 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Jonah continues the narrative while bringing the book to what seems like an unusual end. This emphasizes that the book is not really about Jonah. It is about God’s desire to be merciful to everyone, whether Jew or pagan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy not coming true<br><br>It is important to see the relationship between a prophet and Yahweh. A prophet was to prophesy for Yahweh, and his words must come true. According to the law of Moses, if that did not happen, the penalty was death, because that shows that he was not a real prophet. But when Jonah told the city of Nineveh that it was going to be destroyed in forty days, it did not happen at that time. This is because God reserves the right to be merciful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Jonah’s anger<br><br>When God did not destroy Nineveh, Jonah was angry with God because Jonah hated the people of Nineveh. They were enemies of Israel. But God wanted Jonah, and the readers of this book, to learn that God loves all people.<br><br>### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>As in other places, Jonah asks rhetorical questions to show how angry he was at Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>### Parallel to Mount Sinai<br><br>In verse 2, Jonah attributes a series of characteristics to God. A Jewish reader of this book would recognize this as a formula Moses used in speaking about God when he was meeting God on Mount Sinai. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### God’s grace<br><br>When Jonah went outside the city, he got very hot and God graciously provided some relief through the plant. God was trying to teach Jonah through an object lesson. It is important for the reader to see this clearly. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])
145 JON 4 1 jdr8 writing-newevent וַ⁠יֵּ֥רַע אֶל־יוֹנָ֖ה רָעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֑ה וַ⁠יִּ֖חַר לֽ⁠וֹ׃ 1 But this was evil to Jonah, a great evil, and it burned to him. This sentence introduces the next part of the story where Jonah responds to God saving the city of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
146 JON 4 1 abc3 figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּ֖חַר לֽ⁠וֹ 1 and it burned to him This is an idiom that speaks of Jonah’s anger as if it were a fire burning inside him. Alternate translation: “and he was very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
147 JON 4 2 q6bb figs-exclamations אָנָּ֤ה 1 Ah! In this context, the word **Ah!** shows intense frustration. Represent this emotion in the most natural way for your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])

14
en_tn_33-MIC.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

6
en_tn_34-NAM.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
NAM front intro x7kl 0 # Introduction to Nahum<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Nahum<br><br>1. Nahum introduces this book (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh will destroy his enemies (1:2-15)<br>1. Nahum describes how Nineveh will fall (2:1–3:19)<br><br>### What is the Book of Nahum about?<br><br>The Book of Nahum contains prophecies about how Yahweh would judge and punish Nineveh.<br><br>Nineveh was the capital city of the Assyrian Empire. The Assyrians had already conquered the northern kingdom of Israel. They were threatening the southern kingdom of Judah. The book gave Judah hope that the Assyrians would be defeated.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>“The Book of Nahum” or just “Nahum” is the traditional title of this book. Translators may choose to call it “The Sayings of Nahum.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Nahum?<br><br>The prophet Nahum probably wrote this book. He was a prophet from Elkosh, an unknown city probably in Judah.<br><br>Nahum wrote before Nineveh fell in about 612 B.C. Nahum also mentions the destruction of Thebes, a city in Egypt, which happened about 663 B.C. Therefore, the Book of Nahum was written sometime between 663 and 612 B.C. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the importance of the descriptions of locusts in 3:15–17?<br><br>Locust attacks occurred often in the ancient Near East. Certain kinds of grasshoppers would come in countless numbers. There would be so many that they would darken the sky like a black cloud that blocked the sunlight. They often came after a long period of no rain. They came down on whatever crops were surviving in the fields and stripped them bare of their leaves. The locusts could not be stopped and caused terrible damage. For this reason, locust attacks served as a powerful image of military attacks in the Old Testament.<br><br>The original language of the Old Testament used various names for locusts. It is uncertain whether these names refer to different kinds of locusts or to the same kind of locust in different stages of growth. For this reason, versions of the Bible differ in how they translate these terms.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What emotions were present in the various speakers in the Book of Nahum?<br><br>When Nahum spoke to the Israelites, he wanted to comfort them.<br><br>When Nahum and Yahweh spoke against the Ninevites, they often mocked them. This manner of speech was similar to speech in the ancient Near East when conquerors laughed at their victims.<br><br>It is important for translators to present both emotions of comfort and of mockery when translating this book.
NAM 1 intro fa8i 0 # Nahum 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of this chapter) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, this book consists of one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s anger against Nineveh<br>This prophecy should be read in reference to the book of Jonah. That book described how the people of Niniveh, Assyria’s capital city, repented when Jonah warned them that Yahweh was angry at them. The book of Nahum, written a little over one hundred years later than when Jonah was set, indicates that the Ninevites would be punished by God, but only after he had used them for his own purposes. These actions of Yahweh, although described as vengeance or anger, do not have the same sinful quality as they usually do with humans. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Complete destruction<br>At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true very suddenly.
NAM 1 intro fa8i 0 # Nahum 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of this chapter) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, this book consists of one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s anger against Nineveh<br>This prophecy should be read in reference to the book of Jonah. That book described how the people of Niniveh, Assyria’s capital city, repented when Jonah warned them that Yahweh was angry at them. The book of Nahum, written a little over one hundred years later than when Jonah was set, indicates that the Ninevites would be punished by God, but only after he had used them for his own purposes. These actions of Yahweh, although described as vengeance or anger, do not have the same sinful quality as they usually do with humans. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Complete destruction<br>At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true very suddenly.
NAM 1 1 wy4y figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Nahum describes the destruction of Nineveh in poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NAM 1 1 na47 figs-explicit 0 The declaration about Nineveh. The book of the vision of Nahum, the Elkoshite These words are an introduction to the entire book. This can be stated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the book of the vision of Nahum, the Elkoshite, which gives a declaration about Nineveh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NAM 1 1 q626 translate-names 0 Elkoshite A person from the village of Elkosh (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ NAM 1 14 s2bh figs-explicit 0 I will dig your graves It is implied that Yahweh
NAM 1 15 n617 figs-synecdoche 0 on the mountains there are the feet of someone who is bringing good news Here the word “feet” represent the person who is running in order to declare a message. Alternate translation: “on the mountains there is someone who is bringing good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NAM 1 15 l31d 0 wicked one … he Nahum refers to the people of Nineveh as though they were one person.
NAM 1 15 ink2 figs-metaphor 0 he is completely cut off Nahum speaks of the people of Nineveh being completely destroyed as if they had been cut off, like a person would cut a branch from a tree. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he is completely destroyed” or “Yahweh has completely destroyed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NAM 2 intro m3yl 0 # Nahum 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, this book contains one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Complete destruction<br>At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true and did so very suddenly. At times, this chapter is very violent in describing the destruction of Assyria, and this violence should not be toned down through the use of euphemism.
NAM 2 intro m3yl 0 # Nahum 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, this book contains one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Complete destruction<br>At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true and did so very suddenly. At times, this chapter is very violent in describing the destruction of Assyria, and this violence should not be toned down through the use of euphemism.
NAM 2 1 c5dg writing-poetry 0 General Information: Nahum often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. Here he begins to describe the destruction of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NAM 2 1 xj69 figs-metaphor 0 The one who will dash you to pieces The word “you” refers to Nineveh. Nahum speaks of an army or military leader destroying Nineveh as if he were to shatter Nineveh like one would shatter a clay pot. Alternate translation: “The one who will destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NAM 2 1 m6by 0 The one who will dash you The person who is “the one” is not clear, so translate using a general term. Alternate translation: “Someone who will break you”
@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ NAM 2 13 hg33 0 See “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I a
NAM 2 13 mzs1 figs-metonymy 0 the sword will devour your young lions Here the word “sword” is a metonym for soldiers who attack with swords and is spoken of as if it were a person who eats its victims. Nahum also continues to speak to the people of Nineveh as if they were lions. Alternate translation: “attackers will kill your people with swords” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NAM 2 13 qg4y figs-metaphor 0 I will cut off your prey from your land Yahweh speaks of the people of Nineveh as if they were lions who preyed upon the nations. This could mean: (1) the word “prey” is a metonym for the things that they have taken from those upon whom they preyed, and Yahweh speaks of taking those things away from them as if it were cutting off their prey. Alternate translation: “I will take away from your land all the things that you took from others” or (2) Yahweh speaks of the nations whom the people of Nineveh had plundered as if they were Nineveh’s prey, and preventing Nineveh from plundering any more nations as if he were cutting off their prey. Alternate translation: “I will stop you from preying upon any other nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NAM 2 13 vf1s figs-activepassive 0 the voices of your messengers will be heard no more This likely refers to the messengers that the Assyrians sent out to other nations to demand surrender or payment of tribute. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one will ever hear the voices of your messengers again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NAM 3 intro k8ee 0 # Nahum 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, the book contains one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Euphemism<br>This chapter speaks about the evils of the Assyrians in violent ways. It is important to avoiding toning down this language through the use of euphemism, if at all possible. Although there is some hyperbole, the reader should not assume that the author intends this writing to be taken as completely hyperbolic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
NAM 3 intro k8ee 0 # Nahum 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, the book contains one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Euphemism<br>This chapter speaks about the evils of the Assyrians in violent ways. It is important to avoiding toning down this language through the use of euphemism, if at all possible. Although there is some hyperbole, the reader should not assume that the author intends this writing to be taken as completely hyperbolic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
NAM 3 1 kar1 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Nahum often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. Here he continues to describe the destruction of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NAM 3 1 ki6n figs-metonymy 0 the city full of blood Here the word “blood” represents bloodshed and refers to the people who have committed murder. Alternate translation: “the city full of murderers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NAM 3 1 b6sa figs-metonymy 0 It is all full of lies Here the word “lies” is a metonym for those who tell lies. Alternate translation: “It is full of liars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 NAM front intro x7kl 0 # Introduction to Nahum<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Nahum<br><br>1. Nahum introduces this book (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh will destroy his enemies (1:2-15)<br>1. Nahum describes how Nineveh will fall (2:1–3:19)<br><br>### What is the Book of Nahum about?<br><br>The Book of Nahum contains prophecies about how Yahweh would judge and punish Nineveh.<br><br>Nineveh was the capital city of the Assyrian Empire. The Assyrians had already conquered the northern kingdom of Israel. They were threatening the southern kingdom of Judah. The book gave Judah hope that the Assyrians would be defeated.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>“The Book of Nahum” or just “Nahum” is the traditional title of this book. Translators may choose to call it “The Sayings of Nahum.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Nahum?<br><br>The prophet Nahum probably wrote this book. He was a prophet from Elkosh, an unknown city probably in Judah.<br><br>Nahum wrote before Nineveh fell in about 612 B.C. Nahum also mentions the destruction of Thebes, a city in Egypt, which happened about 663 B.C. Therefore, the Book of Nahum was written sometime between 663 and 612 B.C. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the importance of the descriptions of locusts in 3:15–17?<br><br>Locust attacks occurred often in the ancient Near East. Certain kinds of grasshoppers would come in countless numbers. There would be so many that they would darken the sky like a black cloud that blocked the sunlight. They often came after a long period of no rain. They came down on whatever crops were surviving in the fields and stripped them bare of their leaves. The locusts could not be stopped and caused terrible damage. For this reason, locust attacks served as a powerful image of military attacks in the Old Testament.<br><br>The original language of the Old Testament used various names for locusts. It is uncertain whether these names refer to different kinds of locusts or to the same kind of locust in different stages of growth. For this reason, versions of the Bible differ in how they translate these terms.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What emotions were present in the various speakers in the Book of Nahum?<br><br>When Nahum spoke to the Israelites, he wanted to comfort them.<br><br>When Nahum and Yahweh spoke against the Ninevites, they often mocked them. This manner of speech was similar to speech in the ancient Near East when conquerors laughed at their victims.<br><br>It is important for translators to present both emotions of comfort and of mockery when translating this book.
3 NAM 1 intro fa8i 0 # Nahum 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of this chapter) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, this book consists of one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s anger against Nineveh<br>This prophecy should be read in reference to the book of Jonah. That book described how the people of Niniveh, Assyria’s capital city, repented when Jonah warned them that Yahweh was angry at them. The book of Nahum, written a little over one hundred years later than when Jonah was set, indicates that the Ninevites would be punished by God, but only after he had used them for his own purposes. These actions of Yahweh, although described as vengeance or anger, do not have the same sinful quality as they usually do with humans. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Complete destruction<br>At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true very suddenly. # Nahum 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of this chapter) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, this book consists of one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s anger against Nineveh<br>This prophecy should be read in reference to the book of Jonah. That book described how the people of Niniveh, Assyria’s capital city, repented when Jonah warned them that Yahweh was angry at them. The book of Nahum, written a little over one hundred years later than when Jonah was set, indicates that the Ninevites would be punished by God, but only after he had used them for his own purposes. These actions of Yahweh, although described as vengeance or anger, do not have the same sinful quality as they usually do with humans. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Complete destruction<br>At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true very suddenly.
4 NAM 1 1 wy4y figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Nahum describes the destruction of Nineveh in poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
5 NAM 1 1 na47 figs-explicit 0 The declaration about Nineveh. The book of the vision of Nahum, the Elkoshite These words are an introduction to the entire book. This can be stated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the book of the vision of Nahum, the Elkoshite, which gives a declaration about Nineveh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6 NAM 1 1 q626 translate-names 0 Elkoshite A person from the village of Elkosh (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
45 NAM 1 15 n617 figs-synecdoche 0 on the mountains there are the feet of someone who is bringing good news Here the word “feet” represent the person who is running in order to declare a message. Alternate translation: “on the mountains there is someone who is bringing good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
46 NAM 1 15 l31d 0 wicked one … he Nahum refers to the people of Nineveh as though they were one person.
47 NAM 1 15 ink2 figs-metaphor 0 he is completely cut off Nahum speaks of the people of Nineveh being completely destroyed as if they had been cut off, like a person would cut a branch from a tree. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he is completely destroyed” or “Yahweh has completely destroyed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
48 NAM 2 intro m3yl 0 # Nahum 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, this book contains one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Complete destruction<br>At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true and did so very suddenly. At times, this chapter is very violent in describing the destruction of Assyria, and this violence should not be toned down through the use of euphemism. # Nahum 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, this book contains one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Complete destruction<br>At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true and did so very suddenly. At times, this chapter is very violent in describing the destruction of Assyria, and this violence should not be toned down through the use of euphemism.
49 NAM 2 1 c5dg writing-poetry 0 General Information: Nahum often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. Here he begins to describe the destruction of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
50 NAM 2 1 xj69 figs-metaphor 0 The one who will dash you to pieces The word “you” refers to Nineveh. Nahum speaks of an army or military leader destroying Nineveh as if he were to shatter Nineveh like one would shatter a clay pot. Alternate translation: “The one who will destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
51 NAM 2 1 m6by 0 The one who will dash you The person who is “the one” is not clear, so translate using a general term. Alternate translation: “Someone who will break you”
92 NAM 2 13 mzs1 figs-metonymy 0 the sword will devour your young lions Here the word “sword” is a metonym for soldiers who attack with swords and is spoken of as if it were a person who eats its victims. Nahum also continues to speak to the people of Nineveh as if they were lions. Alternate translation: “attackers will kill your people with swords” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
93 NAM 2 13 qg4y figs-metaphor 0 I will cut off your prey from your land Yahweh speaks of the people of Nineveh as if they were lions who preyed upon the nations. This could mean: (1) the word “prey” is a metonym for the things that they have taken from those upon whom they preyed, and Yahweh speaks of taking those things away from them as if it were cutting off their prey. Alternate translation: “I will take away from your land all the things that you took from others” or (2) Yahweh speaks of the nations whom the people of Nineveh had plundered as if they were Nineveh’s prey, and preventing Nineveh from plundering any more nations as if he were cutting off their prey. Alternate translation: “I will stop you from preying upon any other nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
94 NAM 2 13 vf1s figs-activepassive 0 the voices of your messengers will be heard no more This likely refers to the messengers that the Assyrians sent out to other nations to demand surrender or payment of tribute. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one will ever hear the voices of your messengers again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
95 NAM 3 intro k8ee 0 # Nahum 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, the book contains one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Euphemism<br>This chapter speaks about the evils of the Assyrians in violent ways. It is important to avoiding toning down this language through the use of euphemism, if at all possible. Although there is some hyperbole, the reader should not assume that the author intends this writing to be taken as completely hyperbolic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) # Nahum 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, the book contains one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Euphemism<br>This chapter speaks about the evils of the Assyrians in violent ways. It is important to avoiding toning down this language through the use of euphemism, if at all possible. Although there is some hyperbole, the reader should not assume that the author intends this writing to be taken as completely hyperbolic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
96 NAM 3 1 kar1 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Nahum often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. Here he continues to describe the destruction of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
97 NAM 3 1 ki6n figs-metonymy 0 the city full of blood Here the word “blood” represents bloodshed and refers to the people who have committed murder. Alternate translation: “the city full of murderers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
98 NAM 3 1 b6sa figs-metonymy 0 It is all full of lies Here the word “lies” is a metonym for those who tell lies. Alternate translation: “It is full of liars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

6
en_tn_35-HAB.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
HAB front intro g1ir 0 # Introduction to Habakkuk<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Habakkuk<br><br>1. Habakkuk asks Yahweh questions (1:1–4)<br>1. Yahweh responds (1:5–11)<br>1. Habakkuk asks Yahweh more questions (1:12–2:1)<br>1. Yahweh responds again (2:2–5)<br>1. Habakkuk gives five taunts against the wicked (2:6-20)<br>1. Habakkuk prays (3:1–19)<br><br>### What is the Book of Habakkuk about?<br><br>Other prophets spoke against Israel sinning and failing to obey Yahweh. But Habakkuk questioned Yahweh about the things he did. Yahweh said he would punish the people of Judah by sending the Babylonian army. Habakkuk complained because the Babylonians were more wicked than the people of Judah. Yahweh assured Habakkuk that he would also punish the Babylonians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Habakkuk” or just “Habakkuk.” Translators may choose to call it “The Sayings of Habakkuk.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Habakkuk?<br><br>The prophet Habakkuk wrote this book. Scripture does not mention Habakkuk except in this book.<br><br>The Chaldean empire is another name for the Babylonian empire. The Book of Habakkuk mentions it several times. This helps us to date Habakkuk’s life. The Chaldean empire had power from about 720 to 538 B.C. Habakkuk probably prophesied about the time of Jeremiah, Zephaniah, and Nahum during the reigns of Kings Josiah, Jehoahaz, and Jehoiakim in Judah.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did Yahweh use an evil nation to punish Judah?<br><br>Habakkuk wanted to know why Yahweh used an evil nation to punish Judah. Yahweh responded that he will judge the evil nations also. But righteous people will live by being faithful to Yahweh.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How do I identify the speaker?<br><br>Habakkuk spoke to Yahweh and Yahweh answered him. The translator should be careful to identify whether the speaker is Habakkuk or Yahweh in each section. The translator may wish to make the identity of the speaker explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### What style of writing is the Book of Habakkuk?<br><br>In the first two chapters, Habakkuk asks Yahweh questions and Yahweh answers him. The third chapter is a psalm. Habakkuk ends by telling the choirmaster to use stringed instruments.<br><br>### Does Habakkuk question or challenge Yahweh?<br><br>Habakkuk spoke directly to Yahweh and seems to be challenging God. Habakkuk was not questioning the authority of Yahweh. He was telling Yahweh that he does not understand what Yahweh is doing. In some cultures, it may be improper to speak to an authority in this way. It may be necessary to rephrase Habakkuk’s questions to emphasize his sincere desire to learn why God is doing what he is doing, without doubting him.
HAB 1 intro pub8 0 # Habakkuk 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:1-17.<br><br>This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Injustice<br><br>Habakkuk sees great injustice, especially in the defeat of Israel by the Assyrians. He cries out to Yahweh to ask him to put an end to it. He is questioning Yahweh, but he trusts in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>### Chaldeans<br>Yahweh will raise up the Chaldeans to bring justice to the Hebrew people. They will defeat the Assyrians. At this time, the Chaldeans were an insignificant city and people group. This was probably intended to show the power of Yahweh.
HAB 1 intro pub8 0 # Habakkuk 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:1-17.<br><br>This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Injustice<br><br>Habakkuk sees great injustice, especially in the defeat of Israel by the Assyrians. He cries out to Yahweh to ask him to put an end to it. He is questioning Yahweh, but he trusts in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>### Chaldeans<br>Yahweh will raise up the Chaldeans to bring justice to the Hebrew people. They will defeat the Assyrians. At this time, the Chaldeans were an insignificant city and people group. This was probably intended to show the power of Yahweh.
HAB 1 1 aip2 figs-explicit 0 The message that Habakkuk the prophet received, These words introduce the first two chapters of the book. It is implicit that Habakkuk received this message from Yahweh. This can be stated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Habakkuk the prophet received from Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
HAB 1 2 zqs2 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
HAB 1 2 h93d figs-explicit 0 how long will I cry for help, and you will not hear? The reader should understand that Habakkuk has been crying to Yahweh for help for a long time. He asks this question because he is frustrated and wants to know how much longer it will be before Yahweh responds. Alternate translation: “how much longer shall I cry for help before you will respond?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ HAB 1 16 ey7r figs-metaphor 0 he sacrifices … his net … his dragnet … he
HAB 1 17 y2y3 figs-explicit 0 Will he therefore keep emptying his net, and will he continually slaughter the nations without mercy? Habakkuk asks this question because he is frustrated and wants to know how long Yahweh will allow the Chaldeans to continue to destroy people and nations. Alternate translation: “Will you therefore let them empty their fishing nets and continue to slaughter the nations while they feel no compassion?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
HAB 1 17 re7y figs-synecdoche 0 Will he … keep emptying his net … will he continually slaughter In 1:15-17 the singular pronoun “he” and “his” refer to a Babylonian solider who represents all of the Babylonian soldiers. These pronouns can be stated as plural. Alternate translation: “Will they … keep emptying their net … will they continually slaughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
HAB 1 17 rz38 figs-metaphor 0 keep emptying his net Habakkuk speaks of the Chaldeans preparing to conquer more nations as if they were fishermen who empty their nets so that they can use them to catch more fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HAB 2 intro qke1 0 # Habakkuk 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:1-20.<br><br>This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The righteous will live by his faith”<br>This is an important phrase in Scripture. Paul also uses it to explain that man is justified by his faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
HAB 2 intro qke1 0 # Habakkuk 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:1-20.<br><br>This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The righteous will live by his faith”<br>This is an important phrase in Scripture. Paul also uses it to explain that man is justified by his faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
HAB 2 1 m4n8 figs-parallelism 0 I will stand at my guard post and station myself on the watchtower These two phrases mean basically the same thing. This could mean: (1) Habakkuk went to an actual post in the watchtower or (2) this is a metaphor in which Habakkuk speaks of waiting eagerly for Yahweh’s response as if he were a watchman waiting at his post for the arrival of a messenger. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HAB 2 1 s5ad 0 to see what he will say to me “to see what Yahweh will say to me”
HAB 2 1 lcz4 figs-idiom 0 how I should turn from my complaint Here the word “turn” refers to returning an answer. Habakkuk considers what answer he will give concerning the things that he has said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ HAB 2 19 u5fx 0 See, it is overlaid “Look at it. You can see for yourself th
HAB 2 19 xks1 figs-activepassive 0 it is overlaid with gold and silver This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “a person overlays the wood or stone with gold and silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
HAB 2 19 uq17 figs-idiom 0 there is no breath at all within it The idiom “no breath … within it” means that it is not alive, but dead. Alternate translation: “it is not alive” or “it is dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
HAB 2 20 qts3 figs-metonymy 0 all the land Here the word “land” is a metonym for the people who live in the land. Alternate translation: “everyone in the land” or “everyone on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HAB 3 intro i7n7 0 # Habakkuk 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-19.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Poetry<br>Although this is a prayer, it is in the form of poetry. Habakkuk uses startling imagery to show his fear of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
HAB 3 intro i7n7 0 # Habakkuk 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-19.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Poetry<br>Although this is a prayer, it is in the form of poetry. Habakkuk uses startling imagery to show his fear of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
HAB 3 1 j4yf figs-explicit 0 The prayer of Habakkuk the prophet: These words introduce the third chapter of this book. This can be stated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the prayer that Habakkuk the prophet prayed to Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
HAB 3 2 v94e 0 I have heard your report This could mean: (1) “I have heard people talk about what you have done in the past” or (2) “I have heard what you just said.”
HAB 3 2 ne6e figs-metaphor 0 revive your work Habakkuk speaks of Yahweh doing again the things that he has done in the past as if Yahweh were to cause his work to live again. Alternate translation: “bring your work back to life” or “what you did before, do again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 HAB front intro g1ir 0 # Introduction to Habakkuk<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Habakkuk<br><br>1. Habakkuk asks Yahweh questions (1:1–4)<br>1. Yahweh responds (1:5–11)<br>1. Habakkuk asks Yahweh more questions (1:12–2:1)<br>1. Yahweh responds again (2:2–5)<br>1. Habakkuk gives five taunts against the wicked (2:6-20)<br>1. Habakkuk prays (3:1–19)<br><br>### What is the Book of Habakkuk about?<br><br>Other prophets spoke against Israel sinning and failing to obey Yahweh. But Habakkuk questioned Yahweh about the things he did. Yahweh said he would punish the people of Judah by sending the Babylonian army. Habakkuk complained because the Babylonians were more wicked than the people of Judah. Yahweh assured Habakkuk that he would also punish the Babylonians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Habakkuk” or just “Habakkuk.” Translators may choose to call it “The Sayings of Habakkuk.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Habakkuk?<br><br>The prophet Habakkuk wrote this book. Scripture does not mention Habakkuk except in this book.<br><br>The Chaldean empire is another name for the Babylonian empire. The Book of Habakkuk mentions it several times. This helps us to date Habakkuk’s life. The Chaldean empire had power from about 720 to 538 B.C. Habakkuk probably prophesied about the time of Jeremiah, Zephaniah, and Nahum during the reigns of Kings Josiah, Jehoahaz, and Jehoiakim in Judah.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did Yahweh use an evil nation to punish Judah?<br><br>Habakkuk wanted to know why Yahweh used an evil nation to punish Judah. Yahweh responded that he will judge the evil nations also. But righteous people will live by being faithful to Yahweh.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How do I identify the speaker?<br><br>Habakkuk spoke to Yahweh and Yahweh answered him. The translator should be careful to identify whether the speaker is Habakkuk or Yahweh in each section. The translator may wish to make the identity of the speaker explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### What style of writing is the Book of Habakkuk?<br><br>In the first two chapters, Habakkuk asks Yahweh questions and Yahweh answers him. The third chapter is a psalm. Habakkuk ends by telling the choirmaster to use stringed instruments.<br><br>### Does Habakkuk question or challenge Yahweh?<br><br>Habakkuk spoke directly to Yahweh and seems to be challenging God. Habakkuk was not questioning the authority of Yahweh. He was telling Yahweh that he does not understand what Yahweh is doing. In some cultures, it may be improper to speak to an authority in this way. It may be necessary to rephrase Habakkuk’s questions to emphasize his sincere desire to learn why God is doing what he is doing, without doubting him.
3 HAB 1 intro pub8 0 # Habakkuk 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:1-17.<br><br>This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Injustice<br><br>Habakkuk sees great injustice, especially in the defeat of Israel by the Assyrians. He cries out to Yahweh to ask him to put an end to it. He is questioning Yahweh, but he trusts in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>### Chaldeans<br>Yahweh will raise up the Chaldeans to bring justice to the Hebrew people. They will defeat the Assyrians. At this time, the Chaldeans were an insignificant city and people group. This was probably intended to show the power of Yahweh. # Habakkuk 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:1-17.<br><br>This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Injustice<br><br>Habakkuk sees great injustice, especially in the defeat of Israel by the Assyrians. He cries out to Yahweh to ask him to put an end to it. He is questioning Yahweh, but he trusts in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>### Chaldeans<br>Yahweh will raise up the Chaldeans to bring justice to the Hebrew people. They will defeat the Assyrians. At this time, the Chaldeans were an insignificant city and people group. This was probably intended to show the power of Yahweh.
4 HAB 1 1 aip2 figs-explicit 0 The message that Habakkuk the prophet received, These words introduce the first two chapters of the book. It is implicit that Habakkuk received this message from Yahweh. This can be stated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Habakkuk the prophet received from Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5 HAB 1 2 zqs2 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
6 HAB 1 2 h93d figs-explicit 0 how long will I cry for help, and you will not hear? The reader should understand that Habakkuk has been crying to Yahweh for help for a long time. He asks this question because he is frustrated and wants to know how much longer it will be before Yahweh responds. Alternate translation: “how much longer shall I cry for help before you will respond?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
51 HAB 1 17 y2y3 figs-explicit 0 Will he therefore keep emptying his net, and will he continually slaughter the nations without mercy? Habakkuk asks this question because he is frustrated and wants to know how long Yahweh will allow the Chaldeans to continue to destroy people and nations. Alternate translation: “Will you therefore let them empty their fishing nets and continue to slaughter the nations while they feel no compassion?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
52 HAB 1 17 re7y figs-synecdoche 0 Will he … keep emptying his net … will he continually slaughter In 1:15-17 the singular pronoun “he” and “his” refer to a Babylonian solider who represents all of the Babylonian soldiers. These pronouns can be stated as plural. Alternate translation: “Will they … keep emptying their net … will they continually slaughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
53 HAB 1 17 rz38 figs-metaphor 0 keep emptying his net Habakkuk speaks of the Chaldeans preparing to conquer more nations as if they were fishermen who empty their nets so that they can use them to catch more fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
54 HAB 2 intro qke1 0 # Habakkuk 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:1-20.<br><br>This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The righteous will live by his faith”<br>This is an important phrase in Scripture. Paul also uses it to explain that man is justified by his faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) # Habakkuk 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:1-20.<br><br>This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The righteous will live by his faith”<br>This is an important phrase in Scripture. Paul also uses it to explain that man is justified by his faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
55 HAB 2 1 m4n8 figs-parallelism 0 I will stand at my guard post and station myself on the watchtower These two phrases mean basically the same thing. This could mean: (1) Habakkuk went to an actual post in the watchtower or (2) this is a metaphor in which Habakkuk speaks of waiting eagerly for Yahweh’s response as if he were a watchman waiting at his post for the arrival of a messenger. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
56 HAB 2 1 s5ad 0 to see what he will say to me “to see what Yahweh will say to me”
57 HAB 2 1 lcz4 figs-idiom 0 how I should turn from my complaint Here the word “turn” refers to returning an answer. Habakkuk considers what answer he will give concerning the things that he has said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
127 HAB 2 19 xks1 figs-activepassive 0 it is overlaid with gold and silver This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “a person overlays the wood or stone with gold and silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
128 HAB 2 19 uq17 figs-idiom 0 there is no breath at all within it The idiom “no breath … within it” means that it is not alive, but dead. Alternate translation: “it is not alive” or “it is dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
129 HAB 2 20 qts3 figs-metonymy 0 all the land Here the word “land” is a metonym for the people who live in the land. Alternate translation: “everyone in the land” or “everyone on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
130 HAB 3 intro i7n7 0 # Habakkuk 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-19.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Poetry<br>Although this is a prayer, it is in the form of poetry. Habakkuk uses startling imagery to show his fear of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]]) # Habakkuk 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-19.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Poetry<br>Although this is a prayer, it is in the form of poetry. Habakkuk uses startling imagery to show his fear of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
131 HAB 3 1 j4yf figs-explicit 0 The prayer of Habakkuk the prophet: These words introduce the third chapter of this book. This can be stated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the prayer that Habakkuk the prophet prayed to Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
132 HAB 3 2 v94e 0 I have heard your report This could mean: (1) “I have heard people talk about what you have done in the past” or (2) “I have heard what you just said.”
133 HAB 3 2 ne6e figs-metaphor 0 revive your work Habakkuk speaks of Yahweh doing again the things that he has done in the past as if Yahweh were to cause his work to live again. Alternate translation: “bring your work back to life” or “what you did before, do again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

6
en_tn_36-ZEP.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
ZEP front intro l57g 0 # Introduction to Zephaniah<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Zephaniah<br><br>1. Zephaniah introduces this book (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh will punish Judah and the nations (1:2–18)<br>1. Yahweh calls Judah to repent (2:1–3)<br>1. Yahweh will judge the nations (2:4-15)<br>- Philistia (2:4–7)<br>- Moab and Ammon (2:8–11)<br>- Egypt (2:12)<br>- Assyria (2:13–15)<br>1. Yahweh will judge Jerusalem (3:1–8)<br>1. Yahweh will purify, restore, gather, and bless his people (3:9–20)<br><br>### What is the Book of Zephaniah about?<br><br>Zechariah warned Judah and other nations that Yahweh was about to punish them. He also prophesied about how Yahweh would restore Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional name of this book is “The Book of Zephaniah” or just “Zephaniah.” Translators may decide to call it “The Sayings of Zephaniah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Zephaniah?<br><br>Zephaniah wrote this book. But four different Old Testament people have the name Zephaniah. This Zephaniah was probably the great-grandson of King Hezekiah and a cousin to King Josiah. Zephaniah lived in the city of Jerusalem. He began to prophesy about seventy years after the prophets Isaiah and Micah. Zephaniah spoke Yahweh’s messages during the reign of King Josiah (about 640–621 B.C.), and just before Jeremiah began to prophesy.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Were the people of Judah faithful to Yahweh at the time Zephaniah started to prophesy?<br><br>Manasseh, the grandfather of Josiah, had been one of the worst kings of Judah. He led the people to worship other gods. After his death, his son Amon ruled for only two years before he was killed. Amon’s son Josiah became king when he was eight years old. Josiah learned to worship and honor Yahweh. Zephaniah likely began his work after Josiah had destroyed most of the idols and shrines of false gods in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### What country is coming to invade Judah?<br><br>Zephaniah often said a foreign nation would invade the kingdom of Judah. Zephaniah probably meant Babylonia. However, the Book of Zephaniah never names this nation.
ZEP 1 intro t3tv 0 # Zephaniah 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 1:2-18.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the fall of Jerusalem, the coming of the Messiah or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
ZEP 1 intro t3tv 0 # Zephaniah 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 1:2-18.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the fall of Jerusalem, the coming of the Messiah or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
ZEP 1 1 w6l8 0 General Information: Verses 1:2-18 refer to Yahweh’s judgment. Verses 1:2-3 describe Yahweh’s final judgment of every sinner in the future.
ZEP 1 1 k2ge figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh that came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message” or “Yahweh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ZEP 1 1 exz8 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ ZEP 1 17 cq1r figs-simile 0 Their blood will be poured out like dust Their bloo
ZEP 1 17 jrq1 figs-simile 0 their inner parts like dung The verb “poured out” is understood here. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “their enemies will cut open their bodies and leave them to rot like dung” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
ZEP 1 18 ai7h figs-metaphor 0 the fire of his jealousy Here “fire” refers to the intensity of Yahweh’s anger. This can be stated as a simile. Alternate translation: “his jealousy is as intense as a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
ZEP 1 18 ij81 figs-explicit 0 all the inhabitants of the earth It is understood that this refers to the wicked people. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the wicked people who live on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEP 2 intro t1it 0 # Zephaniah 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 2:1-9, 12-15.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
ZEP 2 intro t1it 0 # Zephaniah 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 2:1-9, 12-15.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
ZEP 2 1 w5gd 0 General Information: In 2:1-3, Yahweh continues to speak to Judah, and tells them to repent.
ZEP 2 1 w14p figs-doublet 0 Rally yourselves together and gather These two phrases mean the same thing. Together they intensify the command for the people to gather together in order to repent of their sins. Alternate translation: “Gather yourselves together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ZEP 2 2 m93y figs-metonymy 0 before the decree takes effect This phrase refers to the punishment that will happen as a result of Yahweh’s decree. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh punishes you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ ZEP 2 15 pvv7 figs-idiom 0 said in her heart This idiom means “said to hersel
ZEP 2 15 g214 figs-explicit 0 I am, and nothing is my equal It may be necessary to supply an object for “I am.” Alternate translation: “I am the greatest city, and no other city is equal to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEP 2 15 w3q5 0 a horror “a horrible place to see”
ZEP 2 15 n4jw 0 hiss and shake his fist A hiss is an angry sound. This phrase indicates extreme anger of the people toward Nineveh.
ZEP 3 intro f3en 0 # Zephaniah 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 3:1-20.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
ZEP 3 intro f3en 0 # Zephaniah 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 3:1-20.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
ZEP 3 1 d7qu figs-metonymy 0 General Information: In verses 3:1-5, Zephaniah speaks Yahweh’s message of judgment to the sinful people of Jerusalem. The city represents the people who live within it. To make this clear, it may be helpful to replace the singular “she” and “her” with the plural “they” and “their.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ZEP 3 1 aew2 figs-explicit 0 the rebellious city The nature of their rebellion can be stated. Alternate translation: “the people of the city who have rebelled against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEP 3 1 fc2a 0 The violent city is defiled “The people of the city have committed violence and so I consider them unclean”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 ZEP front intro l57g 0 # Introduction to Zephaniah<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Zephaniah<br><br>1. Zephaniah introduces this book (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh will punish Judah and the nations (1:2–18)<br>1. Yahweh calls Judah to repent (2:1–3)<br>1. Yahweh will judge the nations (2:4-15)<br>- Philistia (2:4–7)<br>- Moab and Ammon (2:8–11)<br>- Egypt (2:12)<br>- Assyria (2:13–15)<br>1. Yahweh will judge Jerusalem (3:1–8)<br>1. Yahweh will purify, restore, gather, and bless his people (3:9–20)<br><br>### What is the Book of Zephaniah about?<br><br>Zechariah warned Judah and other nations that Yahweh was about to punish them. He also prophesied about how Yahweh would restore Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional name of this book is “The Book of Zephaniah” or just “Zephaniah.” Translators may decide to call it “The Sayings of Zephaniah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Zephaniah?<br><br>Zephaniah wrote this book. But four different Old Testament people have the name Zephaniah. This Zephaniah was probably the great-grandson of King Hezekiah and a cousin to King Josiah. Zephaniah lived in the city of Jerusalem. He began to prophesy about seventy years after the prophets Isaiah and Micah. Zephaniah spoke Yahweh’s messages during the reign of King Josiah (about 640–621 B.C.), and just before Jeremiah began to prophesy.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Were the people of Judah faithful to Yahweh at the time Zephaniah started to prophesy?<br><br>Manasseh, the grandfather of Josiah, had been one of the worst kings of Judah. He led the people to worship other gods. After his death, his son Amon ruled for only two years before he was killed. Amon’s son Josiah became king when he was eight years old. Josiah learned to worship and honor Yahweh. Zephaniah likely began his work after Josiah had destroyed most of the idols and shrines of false gods in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### What country is coming to invade Judah?<br><br>Zephaniah often said a foreign nation would invade the kingdom of Judah. Zephaniah probably meant Babylonia. However, the Book of Zephaniah never names this nation.
3 ZEP 1 intro t3tv 0 # Zephaniah 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 1:2-18.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the fall of Jerusalem, the coming of the Messiah or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) # Zephaniah 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 1:2-18.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the fall of Jerusalem, the coming of the Messiah or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
4 ZEP 1 1 w6l8 0 General Information: Verses 1:2-18 refer to Yahweh’s judgment. Verses 1:2-3 describe Yahweh’s final judgment of every sinner in the future.
5 ZEP 1 1 k2ge figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh that came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message” or “Yahweh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
6 ZEP 1 1 exz8 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
63 ZEP 1 17 jrq1 figs-simile 0 their inner parts like dung The verb “poured out” is understood here. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “their enemies will cut open their bodies and leave them to rot like dung” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
64 ZEP 1 18 ai7h figs-metaphor 0 the fire of his jealousy Here “fire” refers to the intensity of Yahweh’s anger. This can be stated as a simile. Alternate translation: “his jealousy is as intense as a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
65 ZEP 1 18 ij81 figs-explicit 0 all the inhabitants of the earth It is understood that this refers to the wicked people. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the wicked people who live on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
66 ZEP 2 intro t1it 0 # Zephaniah 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 2:1-9, 12-15.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) # Zephaniah 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 2:1-9, 12-15.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
67 ZEP 2 1 w5gd 0 General Information: In 2:1-3, Yahweh continues to speak to Judah, and tells them to repent.
68 ZEP 2 1 w14p figs-doublet 0 Rally yourselves together and gather These two phrases mean the same thing. Together they intensify the command for the people to gather together in order to repent of their sins. Alternate translation: “Gather yourselves together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
69 ZEP 2 2 m93y figs-metonymy 0 before the decree takes effect This phrase refers to the punishment that will happen as a result of Yahweh’s decree. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh punishes you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
111 ZEP 2 15 g214 figs-explicit 0 I am, and nothing is my equal It may be necessary to supply an object for “I am.” Alternate translation: “I am the greatest city, and no other city is equal to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
112 ZEP 2 15 w3q5 0 a horror “a horrible place to see”
113 ZEP 2 15 n4jw 0 hiss and shake his fist A hiss is an angry sound. This phrase indicates extreme anger of the people toward Nineveh.
114 ZEP 3 intro f3en 0 # Zephaniah 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 3:1-20.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) # Zephaniah 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 3:1-20.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
115 ZEP 3 1 d7qu figs-metonymy 0 General Information: In verses 3:1-5, Zephaniah speaks Yahweh’s message of judgment to the sinful people of Jerusalem. The city represents the people who live within it. To make this clear, it may be helpful to replace the singular “she” and “her” with the plural “they” and “their.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
116 ZEP 3 1 aew2 figs-explicit 0 the rebellious city The nature of their rebellion can be stated. Alternate translation: “the people of the city who have rebelled against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
117 ZEP 3 1 fc2a 0 The violent city is defiled “The people of the city have committed violence and so I consider them unclean”

4
en_tn_37-HAG.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
HAG front intro hz6m 0 # Introduction to Haggai<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Haggai<br><br>1. The people must finish the temple for Yahweh to bless them again (1:1–15)<br>1. This temple will be more glorious than the first temple (2:1–9)<br>1. Yahweh will bless a defiled people (2:10–19)<br>1. Yahweh will defeat the nations and establish his ruler (2:20–23)<br><br>### What is the Book of Haggai about?<br><br>The people of Israel lacked food and warm clothes. The prophet Haggai told them it was because they were not obeying Yahweh. If they would listen to him and start rebuilding the temple, then Yahweh would send rain and bless them again. The people listened and began to work on the temple. Yahweh encouraged the people, the priests, and the leaders. He told them that he was with them and would bless them.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has been titled “Haggai” or “The Book of Haggai.” Translators may decide to call it “The Sayings of Haggai.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Haggai?<br><br>The prophet Haggai wrote this book. He wrote it after the exiles returned from Babylon. They returned during the reign of the Persian king Darius I. Haggai probably gave all the prophesies in this book during a four-month period of time.<br><br>Very little is known about Haggai. He lived at the same time as the prophet Zechariah.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did Haggai prophesy before Ezra and Nehemiah?<br><br>It is likely that Haggai prophesied before the time of Ezra and Nehemiah.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What does “consider your ways” mean?<br><br>Yahweh told the people to “consider your ways” several times in this book. This means that he wants them to think carefully about how they have lived and behaved.
HAG 1 intro n84r 0 # Haggai 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Farming imagery<br>Scripture frequently uses the imagery of farming in reference to spiritual matters. The statement “You have sown much seed, but bring in little harvest” indicates that they had done a lot but have very little to show for it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]])
HAG 1 intro n84r 0 # Haggai 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Farming imagery<br>Scripture frequently uses the imagery of farming in reference to spiritual matters. The statement “You have sown much seed, but bring in little harvest” indicates that they had done a lot but have very little to show for it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]])
HAG 1 1 qt5i translate-ordinal 0 In the second year of Darius the king “In the second year of the reign of Darius the king” or “After Darius had been king for more than a year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
HAG 1 1 ha87 translate-names 0 Darius … Haggai … Zerubbabel … Shealtiel … Joshua … Jehozadak These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
HAG 1 1 y3ei translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the sixth month, on the first day of the month “on the first day of the sixth month.” This is the sixth month of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of August on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ HAG 1 14 n1e7 figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh stirred up the spirit of the governor of J
HAG 1 14 iax3 0 remnant people who were still alive after being captive in Babylon and had returned to Jerusalem
HAG 1 15 vp6z translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the twenty-fourth day of the sixth month This is just 23 days after he received the vision. This is the sixth month of the Hebrew calendar. The twenty-fourth day is near the middle of September on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
HAG 1 15 cx2u translate-ordinal 0 the second year of Darius the king “second year of the reign of Darius the king” or “after Darius had been king for more than one year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
HAG 2 intro ieh7 0 # Haggai 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:3-9, 21-23.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Unclean<br>Haggai uses an extended metaphor in this chapter related to ritual cleanliness. While the Jews were not unclean by nature as the Gentiles were, their actions made them unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
HAG 2 intro ieh7 0 # Haggai 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:3-9, 21-23.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Unclean<br>Haggai uses an extended metaphor in this chapter related to ritual cleanliness. While the Jews were not unclean by nature as the Gentiles were, their actions made them unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
HAG 2 1 v31v translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the seventh month on the twenty-first day of the month This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. The twenty-first day is near the middle of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
HAG 2 1 fm14 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [Haggai 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message” or “Yawheh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
HAG 2 1 t1us figs-synecdoche 0 by the hand of Haggai Here the word “hand” refers to Haggai himself. Yahweh used Haggai as the agent to deliver his command. See how you translated this in [Haggai 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “through Haggai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 HAG front intro hz6m 0 # Introduction to Haggai<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Haggai<br><br>1. The people must finish the temple for Yahweh to bless them again (1:1–15)<br>1. This temple will be more glorious than the first temple (2:1–9)<br>1. Yahweh will bless a defiled people (2:10–19)<br>1. Yahweh will defeat the nations and establish his ruler (2:20–23)<br><br>### What is the Book of Haggai about?<br><br>The people of Israel lacked food and warm clothes. The prophet Haggai told them it was because they were not obeying Yahweh. If they would listen to him and start rebuilding the temple, then Yahweh would send rain and bless them again. The people listened and began to work on the temple. Yahweh encouraged the people, the priests, and the leaders. He told them that he was with them and would bless them.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has been titled “Haggai” or “The Book of Haggai.” Translators may decide to call it “The Sayings of Haggai.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Haggai?<br><br>The prophet Haggai wrote this book. He wrote it after the exiles returned from Babylon. They returned during the reign of the Persian king Darius I. Haggai probably gave all the prophesies in this book during a four-month period of time.<br><br>Very little is known about Haggai. He lived at the same time as the prophet Zechariah.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did Haggai prophesy before Ezra and Nehemiah?<br><br>It is likely that Haggai prophesied before the time of Ezra and Nehemiah.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What does “consider your ways” mean?<br><br>Yahweh told the people to “consider your ways” several times in this book. This means that he wants them to think carefully about how they have lived and behaved.
3 HAG 1 intro n84r 0 # Haggai 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Farming imagery<br>Scripture frequently uses the imagery of farming in reference to spiritual matters. The statement “You have sown much seed, but bring in little harvest” indicates that they had done a lot but have very little to show for it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]]) # Haggai 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Farming imagery<br>Scripture frequently uses the imagery of farming in reference to spiritual matters. The statement “You have sown much seed, but bring in little harvest” indicates that they had done a lot but have very little to show for it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]])
4 HAG 1 1 qt5i translate-ordinal 0 In the second year of Darius the king “In the second year of the reign of Darius the king” or “After Darius had been king for more than a year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
5 HAG 1 1 ha87 translate-names 0 Darius … Haggai … Zerubbabel … Shealtiel … Joshua … Jehozadak These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6 HAG 1 1 y3ei translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the sixth month, on the first day of the month “on the first day of the sixth month.” This is the sixth month of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of August on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
30 HAG 1 14 iax3 0 remnant people who were still alive after being captive in Babylon and had returned to Jerusalem
31 HAG 1 15 vp6z translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the twenty-fourth day of the sixth month This is just 23 days after he received the vision. This is the sixth month of the Hebrew calendar. The twenty-fourth day is near the middle of September on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
32 HAG 1 15 cx2u translate-ordinal 0 the second year of Darius the king “second year of the reign of Darius the king” or “after Darius had been king for more than one year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
33 HAG 2 intro ieh7 0 # Haggai 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:3-9, 21-23.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Unclean<br>Haggai uses an extended metaphor in this chapter related to ritual cleanliness. While the Jews were not unclean by nature as the Gentiles were, their actions made them unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) # Haggai 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:3-9, 21-23.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Unclean<br>Haggai uses an extended metaphor in this chapter related to ritual cleanliness. While the Jews were not unclean by nature as the Gentiles were, their actions made them unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
34 HAG 2 1 v31v translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the seventh month on the twenty-first day of the month This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. The twenty-first day is near the middle of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
35 HAG 2 1 fm14 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [Haggai 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message” or “Yawheh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
36 HAG 2 1 t1us figs-synecdoche 0 by the hand of Haggai Here the word “hand” refers to Haggai himself. Yahweh used Haggai as the agent to deliver his command. See how you translated this in [Haggai 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “through Haggai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

18
en_tn_38-ZEC.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
ZEC front intro yx6e 0 # Introduction to Zechariah<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Zechariah<br><br>1. Zechariah calls the returning nation of Israel to repent and return to Yahweh (1:1–6)<br>1. The eight night visions (1:7-6:8)<br>- Yahweh sends his messengers throughout the whole earth (1:7–17)<br>- Four horns and four craftsmen (1:18–21)<br>- The measuring line (2:1–13)<br>- The priest in filthy clothes (3:1–10)<br>- The golden lampstand olive trees (4:1–14)<br>- The flying scroll (5:1–4)<br>- The woman in a basket (5:5–11)<br>- Four chariots (6:1–8)<br>1. A crown for the high priest (6:9–15)<br>1. Questions about fasting (7:1–8:23)<br>1. Yahweh judges the nations and saves his people (9:1–11:17)<br>1. Final message (12:1-14:21)<br>- Yahweh will finally defeat Israel’s enemies (12:1-9)<br>- Israel mourns for the one they pierced (12:10-14)<br>- Yahweh purifies Israel and removes false prophets (13:1-6)<br>- Yahweh comes as king (14:1–21)<br><br>### What is the Book of Zechariah about?<br><br>Zechariah wrote to the people of Judah who returned from being exiled in Babylon. The people of Judah continued to sin, as their ancestors did before they went into exile. Zechariah called the people to repent and to obey Yahweh. And he called them to renew the covenant with Yahweh. Zechariah also prophesied about the Messiah and about Israel finally being victorious over her enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has been titled “Zechariah” or “The Book of Zechariah.” Translators may decide to call it the “The Book About Zechariah” or “The Sayings of Zechariah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Zechariah?<br><br>The prophet Zechariah wrote this book between 520 and 518 B.C.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did Zechariah prophesy before Ezra, Nehemiah, and Haggai?<br><br>Zechariah prophesied before the time of Ezra and Nehemiah. He prophesied at the same time as Haggai and continued after Haggai.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was a son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. Zechariah uses the term “Israel” to refer to both the nation of Israel and the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>### What imagery does Zechariah use in reference to the Messiah?<br><br>Zechariah presented the Messiah as both a king and a shepherd. Zechariah said that the Messiah would come and deliver his people. However, the Messiah would also be pierced (12:10) and struck with the sword (13:7). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “that day” mean?<br><br>Zechariah often spoke of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referring to a future “day,” the translator should be aware that the author may be speaking about the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
ZEC 1 intro qki3 0 # Zechariah 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in prose mainly with imagery used throughout to portray Zechariah’s vision given by the Lord.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set lines 1:3-6, 14-17, which are extended quotations, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>This book contains a number of visions given to Zechariah, so the images are not ones Zechariah actually saw but were given to him in a vision or dream. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Date<br>Zechariah uses two separate dates in this first chapter. When compared to the book of Haggai, Zechariah’s prophecy was proclaimed just a few weeks after Haggai. However, they prophesied in two different places: Haggai was in Jerusalem and Zechariah was somewhere outside of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
ZEC 1 intro qki3 0 # Zechariah 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in prose mainly with imagery used throughout to portray Zechariah’s vision given by the Lord.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set lines 1:3-6, 14-17, which are extended quotations, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>This book contains a number of visions given to Zechariah, so the images are not ones Zechariah actually saw but were given to him in a vision or dream. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Date<br>Zechariah uses two separate dates in this first chapter. When compared to the book of Haggai, Zechariah’s prophecy was proclaimed just a few weeks after Haggai. However, they prophesied in two different places: Haggai was in Jerusalem and Zechariah was somewhere outside of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
ZEC 1 1 if96 translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the eighth month This is the eighth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of October and the first part of November on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
ZEC 1 1 fpf6 translate-ordinal 0 the second year of Darius’ reign “the second year of the reign of Darius the king” or “the second year since Darius became king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
ZEC 1 1 qr9f figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message” or “Yawheh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ ZEC 1 21 k412 writing-symlanguage 0 These are the horns that scattered Judah Th
ZEC 1 21 zd7p figs-metaphor 0 so that no man would lift up his head The nations oppressing the people of Judah severely is spoken of as if no person in Judah was able to raise his head. Alternate translation: “and caused them to suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ZEC 1 21 gm5d figs-metaphor 0 to cast down the horns of the nations that lifted up a horn against the land of Judah Yahweh speaks of the nations using their military power to conquer Judah as if the nations had lifted up their horns. He speaks of these four craftsmen destroying the military power of these nations as if the craftsmen threw those horns to the ground. Alternate translation: “to destroy the power of the nations who used their military might against the land of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ZEC 1 21 q7u9 0 to cast down the horns of the nations that lifted up a horn “to cast down the horns that the nations had lifted up”
ZEC 2 intro j9a8 0 # Zechariah 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is introduced in prose with imagery used in the rest of the chapter to portray Zechariah’s third vision about measuring lines given by the Lord.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 2:4-13, which are extended quotations, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br><br>This book contains a number of visions given to Zechariah so the images are not ones Zechariah actually saw but were given to him in a vision or dream. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing. Please be careful to translate each of the terms in your language.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “This is Yahweh’s declaration”<br>This phrase is used several times in this chapter. The UST often translates this as “Yahweh says.”
ZEC 2 intro j9a8 0 # Zechariah 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is introduced in prose with imagery used in the rest of the chapter to portray Zechariah’s third vision about measuring lines given by the Lord.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 2:4-13, which are extended quotations, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br><br>This book contains a number of visions given to Zechariah so the images are not ones Zechariah actually saw but were given to him in a vision or dream. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing. Please be careful to translate each of the terms in your language.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “This is Yahweh’s declaration”<br>This phrase is used several times in this chapter. The UST often translates this as “Yahweh says.”
ZEC 2 1 u35h figs-synecdoche 0 I lifted up my eyes The word “eyes” represents the person who looks. Alternate translation: “I looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ZEC 2 1 dn7b 0 measuring line a rope with a certain length that a person would use to measure buildings or large sections of land
ZEC 2 2 eb3u 0 So he said to me “So the man with the measuring line said to me”
@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ ZEC 2 12 e1sr figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh will inherit Judah as his rightful possess
ZEC 2 13 f45h figs-synecdoche 0 all flesh Here the word “flesh” represents all humanity. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ZEC 2 13 p2lb figs-metaphor 0 he has been roused Zechariah speaks of Yahweh beginning to act as if someone had roused Yahweh from inactivity. It is implied that this action refers to his returning to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “he is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEC 2 13 dh6y figs-explicit 0 from out of his holy place Here “his holy place” refers to heaven, and not to the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “from his holy place in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEC 3 intro gw6m 0 # Zechariah 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is introduced in prose and shares the fourth vision, which is the priest in dirty clothes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 3:7-9, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Difficult concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The high priest<br><br>This chapter seems to refer to a particular person, Joshua the high priest. However, little is known about him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])
ZEC 3 intro gw6m 0 # Zechariah 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is introduced in prose and shares the fourth vision, which is the priest in dirty clothes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 3:7-9, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Difficult concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The high priest<br><br>This chapter seems to refer to a particular person, Joshua the high priest. However, little is known about him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])
ZEC 3 1 l2ct 0 General Information: Yahweh shows Zechariah a vision of Joshua the priest.
ZEC 3 1 lm1x 0 Satan was standing at his right hand to accuse him of sin “Satan was standing at Joshua’s right side, ready to accuse Joshua of sin”
ZEC 3 2 p64g figs-rquestion 0 Is this not a brand pulled from the fire? The angel of Yahweh asks this rhetorical question to emphasize the positive answer that it anticipates. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Joshua is a brand pulled from the fire.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ ZEC 3 9 i5c3 figs-metaphor 0 There are seven eyes on this single stone The side
ZEC 3 9 l4bw 0 engrave “carve”
ZEC 3 9 i5q1 figs-metonymy 0 I will remove the sin from this land in one day Here the word “land” represents the people who live in the land. Alternate translation: “I will remove the sin of the people from this land in one day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ZEC 3 10 a257 figs-explicit 0 each man will invite his neighbor to sit under his vine and under his fig tree Both the “vine” and the “fig tree” are symbols of prosperity. This phrase describes actions in which people live prosperously and in peace. Alternate translation: “because they will be at peace, each person will invite his neighbor to come and sit under his vine and his fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEC 4 intro if68 0 # Zechariah 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose about the fifth vision, which is about the golden lampstand olive trees.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>This chapter shows a conversation between Zechariah and the angel of Yahweh. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.
ZEC 4 intro if68 0 # Zechariah 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose about the fifth vision, which is about the golden lampstand olive trees.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>This chapter shows a conversation between Zechariah and the angel of Yahweh. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.
ZEC 4 1 g1iy figs-simile 0 roused me like a man roused from his sleep Zechariah compares the way in which the angel interrupted his being in deep thought with the way someone would awaken another person from sleep. Alternate translation: “caused me to become more alert like a man awakened from his sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
ZEC 4 2 nj7i 0 lamp wicks the parts of a lamp that are lit on fire
ZEC 4 3 n5h3 figs-ellipsis 0 the left side The ellipsis in this phrase may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “the left side of the bowl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ ZEC 4 13 anh7 figs-rquestion 0 Do you not know what these are? The angel asks t
ZEC 4 14 rx28 writing-symlanguage 0 These are the sons of fresh olive oil The branches symbolize these people, but they are not literally the people. Alternate translation: “These two branches represent the sons of fresh olive oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
ZEC 4 14 j7gl figs-idiom 0 the sons of fresh olive oil This idiom means that these men have been anointed with fresh olive oil. A person who is anointed is one whom Yahweh has chosen or appointed for a special duty. Alternate translation: “the anointed men” or “the men whom Yahweh has appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ZEC 4 14 a6x2 figs-idiom 0 who stand before the Lord The idiom “stand before” means to be in a person’s presence and to serve him. Alternate translation: “who serve the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ZEC 5 intro x2ef 0 # Zechariah 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter contains the next two visions. One is about a flying scroll and one is about the basket filled with iniquity. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/iniquity]])
ZEC 5 intro x2ef 0 # Zechariah 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter contains the next two visions. One is about a flying scroll and one is about the basket filled with iniquity. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/iniquity]])
ZEC 5 1 xqx2 0 Then I turned The word “I” refers to Zechariah.
ZEC 5 1 gf8m figs-synecdoche 0 lifted my eyes The word “eyes” represents the person who looks. Alternate translation: “looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ZEC 5 1 ynu9 0 behold The word “behold” here shows that Zechariah was surprised by what he saw.
@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ ZEC 5 9 xf59 figs-merism 0 They lifted up the basket between earth and heaven T
ZEC 5 11 dyi3 figs-ellipsis 0 To build a temple in the land of Shinar for it The ellipsis can be supplied from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “They are taking the basket to the land of Shinar to build a temple for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ZEC 5 11 un6q figs-activepassive 0 the basket will be set there This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they will set the basket there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ZEC 5 11 gtm8 0 on its prepared base The words “prepared base” refer to a pedestal or other kind of fixture upon which they will place the basket.
ZEC 6 intro z96r 0 # Zechariah 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose and tells the last vision of the four chariots in the first part of the chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 6:12-13.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Crown<br>The second part of the chapter is about a crown made for the high priest. This is an actual person, but the meaning of the word “branch” should be translated as his name. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Meaning of the visions<br>The visions are stated and even when the prophet asked for an explanation, their true meaning is often obscure. This uncertainty should remain in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
ZEC 6 intro z96r 0 # Zechariah 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose and tells the last vision of the four chariots in the first part of the chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 6:12-13.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Crown<br>The second part of the chapter is about a crown made for the high priest. This is an actual person, but the meaning of the word “branch” should be translated as his name. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Meaning of the visions<br>The visions are stated and even when the prophet asked for an explanation, their true meaning is often obscure. This uncertainty should remain in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
ZEC 6 1 wvi1 figs-synecdoche 0 lifted my eyes Here the word “eyes” represents the person who sees. Alternate translation: “looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ZEC 6 1 zj81 0 between two mountains; and the two mountains were made of bronze Since the second phrase describes the mountains in the first phrase, the two phrases may be combined. Alternate translation: “between two bronze mountains”
ZEC 6 2 tw1y figs-explicit 0 The first chariot had red horses It is implicit that the horses were pulling the chariots. Alternate translation: “The first chariot had red horses pulling it” or “Red horses were pulling the first chariot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ ZEC 6 14 f3px 0 for Hen son of Zephaniah as a memorial Some modern versions in
ZEC 6 15 e6jp figs-explicit 0 those who are far off This refers to the Israelites who remain in Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEC 6 15 u2bz figs-you 0 so you will know The word “you” is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
ZEC 6 15 zqz3 figs-metonymy 0 truly listen to the voice of Yahweh your God Here to “listen” means to obey and the word “voice” represents the words that Yahweh speaks. Alternate translation: “truly obey what Yahweh your God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ZEC 7 intro meb2 0 # Zechariah 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter starts about two years after the previous chapter and is written in prose.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 7:4-14, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fasting<br>This chapter discusses fasting. People were asking the same questions as those from previous generations. The Israelites were asking these same questions before they were exiled from their land.
ZEC 7 intro meb2 0 # Zechariah 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter starts about two years after the previous chapter and is written in prose.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 7:4-14, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fasting<br>This chapter discusses fasting. People were asking the same questions as those from previous generations. The Israelites were asking these same questions before they were exiled from their land.
ZEC 7 1 v1rz translate-ordinal 0 on the fourth day “on day 4” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
ZEC 7 1 vut4 translate-hebrewmonths 0 Kislev (which was the ninth month) “Kislev” is the ninth month of the Hebrew calendar. The fourth day of Kislev is near the end of November on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ZEC 7 1 t9mu figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came to Zechariah This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to Zechariah” or “Yahweh spoke this message to Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ ZEC 7 12 z4q7 figs-metonymy 0 by the mouth of the prophets Here the “mouth of
ZEC 7 14 hga8 figs-metaphor 0 I will scatter them with a whirlwind Yahweh speaks of how he will scatter the people as if a whirlwind were scattering everything in its path. Alternate translation: “I will scatter them as a whirlwind scatters things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ZEC 7 14 x4q6 0 whirlwind a strong wind that spins very quickly as it moves and can cause damage
ZEC 7 14 c1xg 0 delightful land “pleasant land” or “fruitful land”
ZEC 8 intro uri7 0 # Zechariah 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a series of sayings from Yahweh of hosts. Each saying is an encouraging note for those returning from the exile to the land of Judah and Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]])
ZEC 8 intro uri7 0 # Zechariah 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a series of sayings from Yahweh of hosts. Each saying is an encouraging note for those returning from the exile to the land of Judah and Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]])
ZEC 8 1 eh47 figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh of hosts came to me, saying This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [Zechariah 7:4](../07/04.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh of hosts gave me a message. He said” or “Yahweh of hosts spoke this message to me, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ZEC 8 2 rx8t 0 I am passionate for Zion “I have a strong desire to protect Zion”
ZEC 8 2 vc1c figs-metonymy 0 for Zion Here “Zion” represents the people of Zion. Alternate translation: “for the people of Zion” or “for the people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ ZEC 8 22 nz8j figs-metonymy 0 mighty nations This is a metonym for the people i
ZEC 8 23 vw6j figs-explicit 0 will grasp the hem of your robe The implied information is that the foreigners will grab their robe to get their attention. Alternate translation: “will grasp the hem of your robe to get your attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEC 8 23 ed1e figs-explicit 0 Let us go with you The implied information is that people of God are going to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Let us go to Jerusalem with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEC 8 23 wc2l 0 God is with you “God is with you people”
ZEC 9 intro lyp2 0 # Zechariah 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose about the cities and peoples around where Israel stood as a country until the exile.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 9:9-10.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecies against other nations<br>The first two verses show that the prophecy concerns neighboring countries. Hamath, Damscus, Tyre and Sidon are cities in areas that were near Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
ZEC 9 intro lyp2 0 # Zechariah 9 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose about the cities and peoples around where Israel stood as a country until the exile.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 9:9-10.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecies against other nations<br>The first two verses show that the prophecy concerns neighboring countries. Hamath, Damscus, Tyre and Sidon are cities in areas that were near Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
ZEC 9 1 gn78 0 This is a declaration of Yahweh’s word concerning “This is Yahweh’s message about”
ZEC 9 1 fjj8 figs-metonymy 0 the land of Hadrak and Damascus Here “Hadrak” and “Damascus” refer to the people who live in those places. Alternate translation: “the people of the land of Hadrak and the city Damascus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ZEC 9 1 xk5a 0 Hadrak The location of Hadrak is unknown today.

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 ZEC front intro yx6e 0 # Introduction to Zechariah<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Zechariah<br><br>1. Zechariah calls the returning nation of Israel to repent and return to Yahweh (1:1–6)<br>1. The eight night visions (1:7-6:8)<br>- Yahweh sends his messengers throughout the whole earth (1:7–17)<br>- Four horns and four craftsmen (1:18–21)<br>- The measuring line (2:1–13)<br>- The priest in filthy clothes (3:1–10)<br>- The golden lampstand olive trees (4:1–14)<br>- The flying scroll (5:1–4)<br>- The woman in a basket (5:5–11)<br>- Four chariots (6:1–8)<br>1. A crown for the high priest (6:9–15)<br>1. Questions about fasting (7:1–8:23)<br>1. Yahweh judges the nations and saves his people (9:1–11:17)<br>1. Final message (12:1-14:21)<br>- Yahweh will finally defeat Israel’s enemies (12:1-9)<br>- Israel mourns for the one they pierced (12:10-14)<br>- Yahweh purifies Israel and removes false prophets (13:1-6)<br>- Yahweh comes as king (14:1–21)<br><br>### What is the Book of Zechariah about?<br><br>Zechariah wrote to the people of Judah who returned from being exiled in Babylon. The people of Judah continued to sin, as their ancestors did before they went into exile. Zechariah called the people to repent and to obey Yahweh. And he called them to renew the covenant with Yahweh. Zechariah also prophesied about the Messiah and about Israel finally being victorious over her enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has been titled “Zechariah” or “The Book of Zechariah.” Translators may decide to call it the “The Book About Zechariah” or “The Sayings of Zechariah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Zechariah?<br><br>The prophet Zechariah wrote this book between 520 and 518 B.C.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did Zechariah prophesy before Ezra, Nehemiah, and Haggai?<br><br>Zechariah prophesied before the time of Ezra and Nehemiah. He prophesied at the same time as Haggai and continued after Haggai.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was a son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. Zechariah uses the term “Israel” to refer to both the nation of Israel and the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>### What imagery does Zechariah use in reference to the Messiah?<br><br>Zechariah presented the Messiah as both a king and a shepherd. Zechariah said that the Messiah would come and deliver his people. However, the Messiah would also be pierced (12:10) and struck with the sword (13:7). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “that day” mean?<br><br>Zechariah often spoke of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referring to a future “day,” the translator should be aware that the author may be speaking about the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
3 ZEC 1 intro qki3 0 # Zechariah 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in prose mainly with imagery used throughout to portray Zechariah’s vision given by the Lord.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set lines 1:3-6, 14-17, which are extended quotations, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>This book contains a number of visions given to Zechariah, so the images are not ones Zechariah actually saw but were given to him in a vision or dream. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Date<br>Zechariah uses two separate dates in this first chapter. When compared to the book of Haggai, Zechariah’s prophecy was proclaimed just a few weeks after Haggai. However, they prophesied in two different places: Haggai was in Jerusalem and Zechariah was somewhere outside of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) # Zechariah 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in prose mainly with imagery used throughout to portray Zechariah’s vision given by the Lord.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set lines 1:3-6, 14-17, which are extended quotations, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>This book contains a number of visions given to Zechariah, so the images are not ones Zechariah actually saw but were given to him in a vision or dream. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Date<br>Zechariah uses two separate dates in this first chapter. When compared to the book of Haggai, Zechariah’s prophecy was proclaimed just a few weeks after Haggai. However, they prophesied in two different places: Haggai was in Jerusalem and Zechariah was somewhere outside of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
4 ZEC 1 1 if96 translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the eighth month This is the eighth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of October and the first part of November on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
5 ZEC 1 1 fpf6 translate-ordinal 0 the second year of Darius’ reign “the second year of the reign of Darius the king” or “the second year since Darius became king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
6 ZEC 1 1 qr9f figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message” or “Yawheh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
49 ZEC 1 21 zd7p figs-metaphor 0 so that no man would lift up his head The nations oppressing the people of Judah severely is spoken of as if no person in Judah was able to raise his head. Alternate translation: “and caused them to suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
50 ZEC 1 21 gm5d figs-metaphor 0 to cast down the horns of the nations that lifted up a horn against the land of Judah Yahweh speaks of the nations using their military power to conquer Judah as if the nations had lifted up their horns. He speaks of these four craftsmen destroying the military power of these nations as if the craftsmen threw those horns to the ground. Alternate translation: “to destroy the power of the nations who used their military might against the land of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
51 ZEC 1 21 q7u9 0 to cast down the horns of the nations that lifted up a horn “to cast down the horns that the nations had lifted up”
52 ZEC 2 intro j9a8 0 # Zechariah 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is introduced in prose with imagery used in the rest of the chapter to portray Zechariah’s third vision about measuring lines given by the Lord.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 2:4-13, which are extended quotations, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br><br>This book contains a number of visions given to Zechariah so the images are not ones Zechariah actually saw but were given to him in a vision or dream. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing. Please be careful to translate each of the terms in your language.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “This is Yahweh’s declaration”<br>This phrase is used several times in this chapter. The UST often translates this as “Yahweh says.” # Zechariah 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is introduced in prose with imagery used in the rest of the chapter to portray Zechariah’s third vision about measuring lines given by the Lord.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 2:4-13, which are extended quotations, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br><br>This book contains a number of visions given to Zechariah so the images are not ones Zechariah actually saw but were given to him in a vision or dream. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing. Please be careful to translate each of the terms in your language.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “This is Yahweh’s declaration”<br>This phrase is used several times in this chapter. The UST often translates this as “Yahweh says.”
53 ZEC 2 1 u35h figs-synecdoche 0 I lifted up my eyes The word “eyes” represents the person who looks. Alternate translation: “I looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
54 ZEC 2 1 dn7b 0 measuring line a rope with a certain length that a person would use to measure buildings or large sections of land
55 ZEC 2 2 eb3u 0 So he said to me “So the man with the measuring line said to me”
73 ZEC 2 13 f45h figs-synecdoche 0 all flesh Here the word “flesh” represents all humanity. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
74 ZEC 2 13 p2lb figs-metaphor 0 he has been roused Zechariah speaks of Yahweh beginning to act as if someone had roused Yahweh from inactivity. It is implied that this action refers to his returning to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “he is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
75 ZEC 2 13 dh6y figs-explicit 0 from out of his holy place Here “his holy place” refers to heaven, and not to the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “from his holy place in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
76 ZEC 3 intro gw6m 0 # Zechariah 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is introduced in prose and shares the fourth vision, which is the priest in dirty clothes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 3:7-9, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Difficult concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The high priest<br><br>This chapter seems to refer to a particular person, Joshua the high priest. However, little is known about him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]]) # Zechariah 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is introduced in prose and shares the fourth vision, which is the priest in dirty clothes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 3:7-9, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Difficult concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The high priest<br><br>This chapter seems to refer to a particular person, Joshua the high priest. However, little is known about him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])
77 ZEC 3 1 l2ct 0 General Information: Yahweh shows Zechariah a vision of Joshua the priest.
78 ZEC 3 1 lm1x 0 Satan was standing at his right hand to accuse him of sin “Satan was standing at Joshua’s right side, ready to accuse Joshua of sin”
79 ZEC 3 2 p64g figs-rquestion 0 Is this not a brand pulled from the fire? The angel of Yahweh asks this rhetorical question to emphasize the positive answer that it anticipates. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Joshua is a brand pulled from the fire.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
98 ZEC 3 9 l4bw 0 engrave “carve”
99 ZEC 3 9 i5q1 figs-metonymy 0 I will remove the sin from this land in one day Here the word “land” represents the people who live in the land. Alternate translation: “I will remove the sin of the people from this land in one day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
100 ZEC 3 10 a257 figs-explicit 0 each man will invite his neighbor to sit under his vine and under his fig tree Both the “vine” and the “fig tree” are symbols of prosperity. This phrase describes actions in which people live prosperously and in peace. Alternate translation: “because they will be at peace, each person will invite his neighbor to come and sit under his vine and his fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
101 ZEC 4 intro if68 0 # Zechariah 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose about the fifth vision, which is about the golden lampstand olive trees.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>This chapter shows a conversation between Zechariah and the angel of Yahweh. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing. # Zechariah 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose about the fifth vision, which is about the golden lampstand olive trees.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>This chapter shows a conversation between Zechariah and the angel of Yahweh. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.
102 ZEC 4 1 g1iy figs-simile 0 roused me like a man roused from his sleep Zechariah compares the way in which the angel interrupted his being in deep thought with the way someone would awaken another person from sleep. Alternate translation: “caused me to become more alert like a man awakened from his sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
103 ZEC 4 2 nj7i 0 lamp wicks the parts of a lamp that are lit on fire
104 ZEC 4 3 n5h3 figs-ellipsis 0 the left side The ellipsis in this phrase may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “the left side of the bowl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
126 ZEC 4 14 rx28 writing-symlanguage 0 These are the sons of fresh olive oil The branches symbolize these people, but they are not literally the people. Alternate translation: “These two branches represent the sons of fresh olive oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
127 ZEC 4 14 j7gl figs-idiom 0 the sons of fresh olive oil This idiom means that these men have been anointed with fresh olive oil. A person who is anointed is one whom Yahweh has chosen or appointed for a special duty. Alternate translation: “the anointed men” or “the men whom Yahweh has appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
128 ZEC 4 14 a6x2 figs-idiom 0 who stand before the Lord The idiom “stand before” means to be in a person’s presence and to serve him. Alternate translation: “who serve the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
129 ZEC 5 intro x2ef 0 # Zechariah 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter contains the next two visions. One is about a flying scroll and one is about the basket filled with iniquity. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/iniquity]]) # Zechariah 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter contains the next two visions. One is about a flying scroll and one is about the basket filled with iniquity. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/iniquity]])
130 ZEC 5 1 xqx2 0 Then I turned The word “I” refers to Zechariah.
131 ZEC 5 1 gf8m figs-synecdoche 0 lifted my eyes The word “eyes” represents the person who looks. Alternate translation: “looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
132 ZEC 5 1 ynu9 0 behold The word “behold” here shows that Zechariah was surprised by what he saw.
153 ZEC 5 11 dyi3 figs-ellipsis 0 To build a temple in the land of Shinar for it The ellipsis can be supplied from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “They are taking the basket to the land of Shinar to build a temple for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
154 ZEC 5 11 un6q figs-activepassive 0 the basket will be set there This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they will set the basket there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
155 ZEC 5 11 gtm8 0 on its prepared base The words “prepared base” refer to a pedestal or other kind of fixture upon which they will place the basket.
156 ZEC 6 intro z96r 0 # Zechariah 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose and tells the last vision of the four chariots in the first part of the chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 6:12-13.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Crown<br>The second part of the chapter is about a crown made for the high priest. This is an actual person, but the meaning of the word “branch” should be translated as his name. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Meaning of the visions<br>The visions are stated and even when the prophet asked for an explanation, their true meaning is often obscure. This uncertainty should remain in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) # Zechariah 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose and tells the last vision of the four chariots in the first part of the chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 6:12-13.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Crown<br>The second part of the chapter is about a crown made for the high priest. This is an actual person, but the meaning of the word “branch” should be translated as his name. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Meaning of the visions<br>The visions are stated and even when the prophet asked for an explanation, their true meaning is often obscure. This uncertainty should remain in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
157 ZEC 6 1 wvi1 figs-synecdoche 0 lifted my eyes Here the word “eyes” represents the person who sees. Alternate translation: “looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
158 ZEC 6 1 zj81 0 between two mountains; and the two mountains were made of bronze Since the second phrase describes the mountains in the first phrase, the two phrases may be combined. Alternate translation: “between two bronze mountains”
159 ZEC 6 2 tw1y figs-explicit 0 The first chariot had red horses It is implicit that the horses were pulling the chariots. Alternate translation: “The first chariot had red horses pulling it” or “Red horses were pulling the first chariot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
181 ZEC 6 15 e6jp figs-explicit 0 those who are far off This refers to the Israelites who remain in Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
182 ZEC 6 15 u2bz figs-you 0 so you will know The word “you” is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
183 ZEC 6 15 zqz3 figs-metonymy 0 truly listen to the voice of Yahweh your God Here to “listen” means to obey and the word “voice” represents the words that Yahweh speaks. Alternate translation: “truly obey what Yahweh your God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
184 ZEC 7 intro meb2 0 # Zechariah 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter starts about two years after the previous chapter and is written in prose.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 7:4-14, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fasting<br>This chapter discusses fasting. People were asking the same questions as those from previous generations. The Israelites were asking these same questions before they were exiled from their land. # Zechariah 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter starts about two years after the previous chapter and is written in prose.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 7:4-14, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fasting<br>This chapter discusses fasting. People were asking the same questions as those from previous generations. The Israelites were asking these same questions before they were exiled from their land.
185 ZEC 7 1 v1rz translate-ordinal 0 on the fourth day “on day 4” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
186 ZEC 7 1 vut4 translate-hebrewmonths 0 Kislev (which was the ninth month) “Kislev” is the ninth month of the Hebrew calendar. The fourth day of Kislev is near the end of November on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
187 ZEC 7 1 t9mu figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came to Zechariah This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to Zechariah” or “Yahweh spoke this message to Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
218 ZEC 7 14 hga8 figs-metaphor 0 I will scatter them with a whirlwind Yahweh speaks of how he will scatter the people as if a whirlwind were scattering everything in its path. Alternate translation: “I will scatter them as a whirlwind scatters things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
219 ZEC 7 14 x4q6 0 whirlwind a strong wind that spins very quickly as it moves and can cause damage
220 ZEC 7 14 c1xg 0 delightful land “pleasant land” or “fruitful land”
221 ZEC 8 intro uri7 0 # Zechariah 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a series of sayings from Yahweh of hosts. Each saying is an encouraging note for those returning from the exile to the land of Judah and Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]]) # Zechariah 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a series of sayings from Yahweh of hosts. Each saying is an encouraging note for those returning from the exile to the land of Judah and Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]])
222 ZEC 8 1 eh47 figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh of hosts came to me, saying This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [Zechariah 7:4](../07/04.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh of hosts gave me a message. He said” or “Yahweh of hosts spoke this message to me, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
223 ZEC 8 2 rx8t 0 I am passionate for Zion “I have a strong desire to protect Zion”
224 ZEC 8 2 vc1c figs-metonymy 0 for Zion Here “Zion” represents the people of Zion. Alternate translation: “for the people of Zion” or “for the people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
281 ZEC 8 23 vw6j figs-explicit 0 will grasp the hem of your robe The implied information is that the foreigners will grab their robe to get their attention. Alternate translation: “will grasp the hem of your robe to get your attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
282 ZEC 8 23 ed1e figs-explicit 0 Let us go with you The implied information is that people of God are going to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Let us go to Jerusalem with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
283 ZEC 8 23 wc2l 0 God is with you “God is with you people”
284 ZEC 9 intro lyp2 0 # Zechariah 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose about the cities and peoples around where Israel stood as a country until the exile.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 9:9-10.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecies against other nations<br>The first two verses show that the prophecy concerns neighboring countries. Hamath, Damscus, Tyre and Sidon are cities in areas that were near Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) # Zechariah 9 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose about the cities and peoples around where Israel stood as a country until the exile.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 9:9-10.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecies against other nations<br>The first two verses show that the prophecy concerns neighboring countries. Hamath, Damscus, Tyre and Sidon are cities in areas that were near Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
285 ZEC 9 1 gn78 0 This is a declaration of Yahweh’s word concerning “This is Yahweh’s message about”
286 ZEC 9 1 fjj8 figs-metonymy 0 the land of Hadrak and Damascus Here “Hadrak” and “Damascus” refer to the people who live in those places. Alternate translation: “the people of the land of Hadrak and the city Damascus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
287 ZEC 9 1 xk5a 0 Hadrak The location of Hadrak is unknown today.

8
en_tn_39-MAL.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
MAL front intro axt4 0 # Introduction to Malachi<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Malachi<br><br>1. The word of Yahweh comes to Israel (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh loves Israel and rejects Esau (Edom) (1:2–5)<br>1. A message against the priests (1:6–2:9)<br>1. A message against Judah: they have broken faith by divorcing and intermarrying (2:10–16)<br>1. A message about the day of refining (2:17–3:6)<br>1. A message about tithing (3:7–12)<br>1. A message about those who others treated shamefully, but who were faithful to Yahweh (3:13–18)<br>1. Yahweh will punish the wicked and send Elijah before the “great and terrible day of Yahweh” (4:5–6)<br><br>### What is the Book of Malachi about?<br><br>The Book of Malachi is about the prophecies that Malachi spoke to the Jews who had returned from Babylon to Judah. At that time, the Jews were discouraged even though they had finished building a new temple. The wonderful things that previous prophets had promised for Judah had not yet happened. And the Persian Empire still ruled over them. As a result, they no longer were concerned about the law or worshiping Yahweh. Malachi rebuked them for not trusting in Yahweh. But he also promised them that Yahweh would do everything that he promised to do.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has been titled “Malachi” or “The Book of Malachi.” Translators may decide to call it “The Book about Malachi” or “The Sayings of Malachi.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Malachi?<br><br>The prophet Malachi wrote these messages from Yahweh to the Jews. However, since “Malachi” means “my messenger,” it is possible that this was a title for this prophet. If so, we do not know his real name.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was meant by the day of Yahweh?<br><br>Malachi spoke about “the day” several times. This is the same as “the day of Yahweh.” In the Book of Malachi, this is the time when Yahweh would judge his people. He would remove those who wickedly sin and bless those who trust in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
MAL 1 intro b7vm 0 # Malachi 01 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh of hosts<br>This is an important title used in this chapter. It reminds the reader of the great power Yahweh has to punish the nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. They all have a rather dramatic effect. They increase the emotional connotations of what is being said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 1 intro b7vm 0 # Malachi 1 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh of hosts<br>This is an important title used in this chapter. It reminds the reader of the great power Yahweh has to punish the nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. They all have a rather dramatic effect. They increase the emotional connotations of what is being said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 1 1 qm8z 0 The declaration of the word of Yahweh to Israel by the hand of Malachi This can be expressed as a statement. “This is the declaration of the word of Yahweh to Israel by the hand of Malachi”
MAL 1 1 x4vm 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
MAL 1 1 lx85 figs-idiom 0 by the hand of Malachi The phrase “by the hand of” is an idiom that means that Yahweh used Malachi to deliver his message. Alternate translation: “through Malachi” or “spoken to them by Malachi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ MAL 1 13 kz7p figs-rquestion 0 Should I accept this from your hand? Here Yahweh
MAL 1 13 nx88 figs-synecdoche 0 from your hand Here “your hand” stands for “you.” Alternate translation: “from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAL 1 14 v5fd figs-activepassive 0 my name will be honored among the nations This may be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “people in the other nations honor my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAL 1 14 z5ra figs-metonymy 0 my name will be honored Here “my name” stands for Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I will be honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 2 intro jc2b 0 # Malachi 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Levites<br>The priests are given a strong warning in this chapter. They have not followed the law of Moses and have led the people in the wrong direction. Yahweh has not accepted their sacrifices. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Marital unfaithfulness<br>Because the Jews lived under a covenantal arrangement with Yahweh, their relationship is described using the imagery of a marriage. Marital unfaithfulness indicates a person’s unfaithfulness to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 intro jc2b 0 # Malachi 2 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Levites<br>The priests are given a strong warning in this chapter. They have not followed the law of Moses and have led the people in the wrong direction. Yahweh has not accepted their sacrifices. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Marital unfaithfulness<br>Because the Jews lived under a covenantal arrangement with Yahweh, their relationship is described using the imagery of a marriage. Marital unfaithfulness indicates a person’s unfaithfulness to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 2 y1il figs-idiom 0 lay it on your heart This refers to considering something to be very important. Alternate translation: “consider it to be very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAL 2 2 w6cs figs-abstractnouns 0 give honor to my name The abstract noun “honor” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “honor my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAL 2 2 e4vh figs-metonymy 0 my name Here this expression refers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ MAL 2 17 ba81 figs-explicit 0 By saying The complete idea here is, “You have
MAL 2 17 wde5 figs-metaphor 0 in the eyes The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “in the opinion” or “in the judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 17 ze8s figs-rquestion 0 Where is the God of justice? The priests ask this question in order to claim either that Yahweh does not care whether people do evil or not, or that he never punishes evildoers. Alternate translation: “God certainly does not punish evil people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 2 17 kw1t 0 the God of justice the God who punishes evildoers justly
MAL 3 intro wb48 0 # Malachi 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Messiah<br>There are several prophecies in this chapter concerning the Messiah and the one who comes before the Messiah. At times, this chapter switches between prophesying about the first coming of the Messiah and the second coming of the Messiah without formal divisions between them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Several rhetorical questions are used in this chapter to convince the reader of the truth of what he is saying and of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
MAL 3 intro wb48 0 # Malachi 3 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Messiah<br>There are several prophecies in this chapter concerning the Messiah and the one who comes before the Messiah. At times, this chapter switches between prophesying about the first coming of the Messiah and the second coming of the Messiah without formal divisions between them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Several rhetorical questions are used in this chapter to convince the reader of the truth of what he is saying and of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
MAL 3 1 zeq2 0 General Information: Yahweh begins speaking again to the people of Israel in verse 1, but the prophet Malachi begins speaking in verse 2.
MAL 3 1 v6se 0 See “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
MAL 3 1 j5pe figs-metaphor 0 he will prepare the way before me Here getting people ready to welcome Yahweh is spoken of as if a road were being cleared for Yahweh to travel on. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ MAL 3 17 em21 0 They will be mine “They will be my people”
MAL 3 17 j5ap figs-abstractnouns 0 my own treasured possession Here “possession” refers to one’s personal property. This idea can be expressed with a verb. Alternate translation: “they will belong completely to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAL 3 17 pp17 0 I act the time when Yahweh will judge and punish the rebellious Israelites, giving victory to the faithful Israelites
MAL 3 18 d9hz 0 distinguish between “see a difference between” or “treat differently”
MAL 4 intro azp5 0 # Malachi 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Last days<br>Although the Jews may have hoped these prophecies referenced a time in the near future to them, the prophecies of this chapter exclusively relate to the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
MAL 4 intro azp5 0 # Malachi 4 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Last days<br>Although the Jews may have hoped these prophecies referenced a time in the near future to them, the prophecies of this chapter exclusively relate to the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
MAL 4 1 q73f 0 see “look” or “listen” or “pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
MAL 4 1 y5w1 figs-metaphor 0 the day is coming, burning like a furnace The disaster occurring at this time is spoken of as if the day itself were burning. God’s judgment is often spoken of as if it were a fire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 4 1 e9jy 0 arrogant … evildoers See how you translated these wordsd in [Malachi 3:15](../03/15.md).

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 MAL front intro axt4 0 # Introduction to Malachi<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Malachi<br><br>1. The word of Yahweh comes to Israel (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh loves Israel and rejects Esau (Edom) (1:2–5)<br>1. A message against the priests (1:6–2:9)<br>1. A message against Judah: they have broken faith by divorcing and intermarrying (2:10–16)<br>1. A message about the day of refining (2:17–3:6)<br>1. A message about tithing (3:7–12)<br>1. A message about those who others treated shamefully, but who were faithful to Yahweh (3:13–18)<br>1. Yahweh will punish the wicked and send Elijah before the “great and terrible day of Yahweh” (4:5–6)<br><br>### What is the Book of Malachi about?<br><br>The Book of Malachi is about the prophecies that Malachi spoke to the Jews who had returned from Babylon to Judah. At that time, the Jews were discouraged even though they had finished building a new temple. The wonderful things that previous prophets had promised for Judah had not yet happened. And the Persian Empire still ruled over them. As a result, they no longer were concerned about the law or worshiping Yahweh. Malachi rebuked them for not trusting in Yahweh. But he also promised them that Yahweh would do everything that he promised to do.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has been titled “Malachi” or “The Book of Malachi.” Translators may decide to call it “The Book about Malachi” or “The Sayings of Malachi.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Malachi?<br><br>The prophet Malachi wrote these messages from Yahweh to the Jews. However, since “Malachi” means “my messenger,” it is possible that this was a title for this prophet. If so, we do not know his real name.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was meant by the day of Yahweh?<br><br>Malachi spoke about “the day” several times. This is the same as “the day of Yahweh.” In the Book of Malachi, this is the time when Yahweh would judge his people. He would remove those who wickedly sin and bless those who trust in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
3 MAL 1 intro b7vm 0 # Malachi 01 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh of hosts<br>This is an important title used in this chapter. It reminds the reader of the great power Yahweh has to punish the nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. They all have a rather dramatic effect. They increase the emotional connotations of what is being said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) # Malachi 1 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh of hosts<br>This is an important title used in this chapter. It reminds the reader of the great power Yahweh has to punish the nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. They all have a rather dramatic effect. They increase the emotional connotations of what is being said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4 MAL 1 1 qm8z 0 The declaration of the word of Yahweh to Israel by the hand of Malachi This can be expressed as a statement. “This is the declaration of the word of Yahweh to Israel by the hand of Malachi”
5 MAL 1 1 x4vm 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
6 MAL 1 1 lx85 figs-idiom 0 by the hand of Malachi The phrase “by the hand of” is an idiom that means that Yahweh used Malachi to deliver his message. Alternate translation: “through Malachi” or “spoken to them by Malachi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
52 MAL 1 13 nx88 figs-synecdoche 0 from your hand Here “your hand” stands for “you.” Alternate translation: “from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
53 MAL 1 14 v5fd figs-activepassive 0 my name will be honored among the nations This may be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “people in the other nations honor my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
54 MAL 1 14 z5ra figs-metonymy 0 my name will be honored Here “my name” stands for Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I will be honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
55 MAL 2 intro jc2b 0 # Malachi 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Levites<br>The priests are given a strong warning in this chapter. They have not followed the law of Moses and have led the people in the wrong direction. Yahweh has not accepted their sacrifices. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Marital unfaithfulness<br>Because the Jews lived under a covenantal arrangement with Yahweh, their relationship is described using the imagery of a marriage. Marital unfaithfulness indicates a person’s unfaithfulness to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) # Malachi 2 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Levites<br>The priests are given a strong warning in this chapter. They have not followed the law of Moses and have led the people in the wrong direction. Yahweh has not accepted their sacrifices. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Marital unfaithfulness<br>Because the Jews lived under a covenantal arrangement with Yahweh, their relationship is described using the imagery of a marriage. Marital unfaithfulness indicates a person’s unfaithfulness to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
56 MAL 2 2 y1il figs-idiom 0 lay it on your heart This refers to considering something to be very important. Alternate translation: “consider it to be very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
57 MAL 2 2 w6cs figs-abstractnouns 0 give honor to my name The abstract noun “honor” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “honor my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
58 MAL 2 2 e4vh figs-metonymy 0 my name Here this expression refers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
120 MAL 2 17 wde5 figs-metaphor 0 in the eyes The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “in the opinion” or “in the judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
121 MAL 2 17 ze8s figs-rquestion 0 Where is the God of justice? The priests ask this question in order to claim either that Yahweh does not care whether people do evil or not, or that he never punishes evildoers. Alternate translation: “God certainly does not punish evil people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
122 MAL 2 17 kw1t 0 the God of justice the God who punishes evildoers justly
123 MAL 3 intro wb48 0 # Malachi 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Messiah<br>There are several prophecies in this chapter concerning the Messiah and the one who comes before the Messiah. At times, this chapter switches between prophesying about the first coming of the Messiah and the second coming of the Messiah without formal divisions between them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Several rhetorical questions are used in this chapter to convince the reader of the truth of what he is saying and of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) # Malachi 3 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Messiah<br>There are several prophecies in this chapter concerning the Messiah and the one who comes before the Messiah. At times, this chapter switches between prophesying about the first coming of the Messiah and the second coming of the Messiah without formal divisions between them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Several rhetorical questions are used in this chapter to convince the reader of the truth of what he is saying and of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
124 MAL 3 1 zeq2 0 General Information: Yahweh begins speaking again to the people of Israel in verse 1, but the prophet Malachi begins speaking in verse 2.
125 MAL 3 1 v6se 0 See “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
126 MAL 3 1 j5pe figs-metaphor 0 he will prepare the way before me Here getting people ready to welcome Yahweh is spoken of as if a road were being cleared for Yahweh to travel on. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
176 MAL 3 17 j5ap figs-abstractnouns 0 my own treasured possession Here “possession” refers to one’s personal property. This idea can be expressed with a verb. Alternate translation: “they will belong completely to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
177 MAL 3 17 pp17 0 I act the time when Yahweh will judge and punish the rebellious Israelites, giving victory to the faithful Israelites
178 MAL 3 18 d9hz 0 distinguish between “see a difference between” or “treat differently”
179 MAL 4 intro azp5 0 # Malachi 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Last days<br>Although the Jews may have hoped these prophecies referenced a time in the near future to them, the prophecies of this chapter exclusively relate to the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]]) # Malachi 4 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Last days<br>Although the Jews may have hoped these prophecies referenced a time in the near future to them, the prophecies of this chapter exclusively relate to the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
180 MAL 4 1 q73f 0 see “look” or “listen” or “pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
181 MAL 4 1 y5w1 figs-metaphor 0 the day is coming, burning like a furnace The disaster occurring at this time is spoken of as if the day itself were burning. God’s judgment is often spoken of as if it were a fire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
182 MAL 4 1 e9jy 0 arrogant … evildoers See how you translated these wordsd in [Malachi 3:15](../03/15.md).